texlive[56590] Master: revtex4-1 from phelype .tds.zip, now its own
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Wed Oct 7 23:59:05 CEST 2020
Revision: 56590
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=56590
Author: karl
Date: 2020-10-07 23:59:05 +0200 (Wed, 07 Oct 2020)
Log Message:
-----------
revtex4-1 from phelype .tds.zip, now its own package
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-publishers.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipauth4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipnum4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrev4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/00readme.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/DOWNLOAD
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/docs.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/docs.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aiptemplate.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_1.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_2.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apstemplate.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_1.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_2.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1a.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1b.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/aip.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1-bst.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aip4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aps10pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aps11pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aps12pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/aps4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/revsymb4-1.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.cls
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/revtex4-1.tlpsrc
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipauth4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipnum4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrev4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrmp4-1.bst
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aip4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aps10pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aps11pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aps12pt4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/aps4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/apsrmp4-1.rtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/revsymb4-1.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.cls
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipauth4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipauth4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipauth4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -1,3487 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `aipauth4-1.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** REVTeX-compatible aipauth4-1.bst 2010-07-25 ***
-%%
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
- % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
- % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
- % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
- % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
- % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
- % parenthesis!
- % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
- % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
- % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
- % be parentheses in the label.
- % The \cite command functions as follows:
- % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
- % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
- % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
- % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
- % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
- % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
- % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
- % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs aipauth4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
-ENTRY
-{
- address
- archive
- archivePrefix
- author
- bookaddress
- booktitle
- chapter
- collaboration
- doi
- edition
- editor
- eid
- eprint
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- primaryClass
- publisher
- school
- SLACcitation
- series
- title
- translation
- type
- url
- volume
- year
-}{
-}{
- label
- extra.label sort.label
- short.list
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- output.state before.all
- after.word after.punctuation
- after.sentence after.block
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
-}
-
-STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {non.stop}
-{ duplicate$
- "}" * add.period$
- #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
-
-FUNCTION {multiply}
-{
- 'arith.multiplicand :=
- 'arith.mulitplier :=
- #0
- { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
- { arith.multiplicand +
- arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
-{
- chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- pop$ #-1
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
-
-FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
-{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
- { duplicate$ empty$ not }
- { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
- duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$ pop$ ""
- }
- { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
- #2 global.max$ substring$
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
- pop$ arith.accumulator
-}
-
-FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
-{
- duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
-
-INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
-
-FUNCTION { control.init }
-{
- #0
- 'control.key :=
- #0
- #1 +
- #8 +
- 'control.author :=
- #0
- 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- #0
- 'control.author.dotless :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nospace :=
- #1
- 'control.author.initials :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nocomma :=
- #0
- 'control.author.first :=
- #1
- 'control.author.reversed :=
- #0
- 'control.editor :=
- #-1
- 'control.title :=
- #0
- 'control.pages :=
- #0
- 'control.eprint :=
- #1
- 'control.year :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
-{
- " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.check}
-{
- control.editor
- {
- "editor formatted same as author"
- control.author.reversed {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.reversed :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.first {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.first :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.reversed 'skip$
- {
- "not reversed"
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- } if$
- control.author.initials {
- duplicate$ ", initials" *
- control.author.dotless {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.dotless :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
- control.author.initials 'skip$ {
- "not initials"
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.dotless :=
- } if$
- pop$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.parse}
-{
- duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$ pop$ pop$
- }
- { empty$
- {
- pop$ #-1
- }{
- str.to.hex
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.dump}
-{
- duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
- "{" swap$ * "}, " *
- *
-}
-
-INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
-
-FUNCTION {control.decode}
-{
- - duplicate$
- #0 <
- {
- skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
- }
- {
- swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
-{
- control.author
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
- {
- int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
- "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
- warning$
- }{
- 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
- 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
- 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
- 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
- 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
- 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
- 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
- duplicate$ #0 =
- 'skip$
- {
- "Control: residue of author"
- "(" swap$ * ")" * *
- warning$
- }
- if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.setup}
-{
- type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
- "control.key" key control.dump *
- "control.author" author control.dump *
- "control.editor" editor control.dump *
- "control.title" title control.dump *
- "control.pages" pages control.dump *
- "control.year" year control.dump *
- "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
- top$
- 'control.key key control.parse
- 'control.author author control.parse
- 'control.editor editor control.parse
- 'control.title title control.parse
- 'control.pages pages control.parse
- 'control.year year control.parse
- 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
- control.author.decode
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.presort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.forward}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.reverse}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.sort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
-{
- "Control: key "
- control.key
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- pop$ *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
-{
- "Control: author "
- control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
- control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
- control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
- control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
- control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
- control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
- control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
- control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
-{
- "Control: editor formatted "
- control.editor
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "identically to author"
- } {
- "differently from author"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of article title "
- control.title
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "required"
- } {
- "allowed"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
-{
- "Control: page "
- control.pages
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "none"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "range"
- } {
- "single"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
-{
- "Control: year "
- control.year
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "truncated"
- } {
- "verbatim"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of eprint "
- control.eprint
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.bib}
-{
- control.key.bib
- control.author.bib
- control.editor.bib
- control.title.bib
- control.pages.bib
- control.year.bib
- control.eprint.bib
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{
- #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'after.word :=
- #2 'after.punctuation :=
- #3 'after.sentence :=
- #4 'after.block :=
- #0 'punctuation.no :=
- #1 'punctuation.space :=
- #2 'punctuation.yes :=
- "" 'bibfield :=
- "" 'output.bibfield :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t}
-FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
-{ ""
- "," *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.space}
-{
- "\ "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{
- swap$
- output.state after.word =
- {
- block.punctuation *
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.punctuation =
- {
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
- {
- add.period$
- "\EOS\ " *
- }{
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- bibfield.command
- " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- write$
- bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
- output.state after.block =
- {
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- punctuation.state duplicate$
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- punctuation.no =
- { pop$ before.all }
- { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
- if$
- 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- "" 'bibfield :=
- }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- output.nonnull
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
-{
- non.stop
- {
- bibitem.shut.nostop *
- }{
- bibitem.shut.stop *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.itag} {
- "p"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
- ""
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
-{ SLACcitation empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- newline$
- SLACcitation write$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{
- bibitem.shut
- write$
- output.SLACcitation
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
-{
- new.sentence
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{
- word.space *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
-{
- "\hspace {0pt}" *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
- new.block.comma
- skip$
-}
-
-STRINGS {z}
-FUNCTION {remove.dots}
-{
- control.author.dotless {
- 'z :=
- ""
- { z empty$ not }
- { z #1 #1 substring$
- z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
- duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
- { * }
- if$
- }
- while$
- } 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bolden}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { word.space }
- if$
- swap$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{
- "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{
- "and"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{
- "et~al."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{
- "eds."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{
- "vol."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{
- "no."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{
- "pp."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{
- "p."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
-{ "pages" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{
- "chap."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{
- "Tech. Rep."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{
- "1st"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{
- "2nd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{
- "3rd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{
- "4th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{
- "5th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
-{
- "\urlprefix "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
- #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
- { bbl.th * }
- { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "1" =
- { pop$ bbl.st * }
- { duplicate$ "2" =
- { pop$ bbl.nd * }
- { "3" =
- { bbl.rd * }
- { bbl.th * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
-MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
-MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
-MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
-MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
-MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
-MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
-MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
-MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
-MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
-MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
-MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
-MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
-MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
-MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
-MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
-MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
-MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
-MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
-MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
-MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
-MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
-MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
-MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
-MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
-MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
-MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
-MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
-MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
-MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
-MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
-MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
-MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
-MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
-MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
-MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
-MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
-MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
-MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
-MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
-MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
-MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
-MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
-MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
-MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
-MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
-MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
-MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
-MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
-MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
-MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
-MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
-MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
-MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
-MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
-MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
-MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
-MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
-MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
-MACRO {science} {"Science"}
-MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
-MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
-MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
-MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
-MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
- % End module: physjour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
-MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
-MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
-MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
-MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
-MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
-MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
-MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
-MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
-MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
-MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
-MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
-MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
-MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
-MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
-MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
-MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
-MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
-MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
-MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
-MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
-MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
-MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
-MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
-MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
-MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
-MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
-MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
-MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
-MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
-MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
-MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
-MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
-MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
-MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
-MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
-MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
-MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
-MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
-MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
-MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
-MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
-MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
-MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
-MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
-MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
-MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
-MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
-MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
-MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
-MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
-MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
-MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
-MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
-MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
-MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
-MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
-MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
-MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
-MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
-MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
-MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
-MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
-MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
-MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
-MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
-MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
-MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
-MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
-MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
-MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
-MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
-MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
-MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
-MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
-MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
-MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
-MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
-MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
-MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
-MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
-MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
-MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
-MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
- % End module: geojour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
-
-MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
-MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
-MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
-MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
-MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
-MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
-MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
-MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
-MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
-MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
-MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
-MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
-MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
-MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
-MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
-MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
-MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
-MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
-MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
-MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
-
-MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
-MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
-MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
- % End module: photjour.mbs
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$
- pop$ ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ pop$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
- ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.base}
-{
- "http://arxiv.org/abs"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
-{
- "arXiv"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eprint.command}
-{
- "\Eprint "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.eprint}
-{
- eprint duplicate$ empty$
- control.eprint #0 <
- or
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- duplicate$
- ""
- archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
- "/" *
- swap$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- swap$
- ""
- archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
- swap$ *
- primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- *
- eprint.command swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.translation}
-{ translation duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { ""
- "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{
- url duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\url "
- "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {check.speaker}
-{ key empty$ 'skip$
- { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
- {
- bolden
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-
-STRINGS { bibinfo}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
-{
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{}"
- } {
- "f{~}"
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{.}."
- } {
- "f."
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bracify}
-{
- "{" swap$ * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {name.comma}
-{
- control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
-{
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- control.author.initials {
- "f"
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." *
- } if$
- "~" *
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- bracify
- swap$
- } {
- format.names.fname
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- }
- if$
- "jj"
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
- * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
-{ s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
- } if$
- bracify
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- swap$
- *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } {
- "," *
- s nameptr
- format.names.fname
- "jj"
- " "
- name.comma
- control.author.jnrlst {
- swap$ * skip$
- } {
- skip$ * swap$
- } if$
- bracify swap$ bracify swap$
- *
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
-{
- "," *
- " " *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
- duplicate$ num.names$
- duplicate$ 'numnames :=
- 'namesleft :=
- 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- type$ "presentation" =
- 'check.speaker
- 'skip$
- if$
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 > not
- {
- t *
- } {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- } {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " *
- bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
- } {
- bbl.and
- space.word *
- t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
- } {
- "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
- }{
- "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
- } if$
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
-{
- control.author.reversed { %
- control.author.initials { %
- control.author.dotless { %
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
- "{f{}}"
- } { % nm-rv
- "{f{~}}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } { % !control.author.dotless
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
- "{ff}"
- } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
- "{f.}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
- s nameptr
- "{ff}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
- s nameptr
- "{f.}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{
- control.editor #0 > {
- format.names
- } {
- 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.ed.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- }{
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
- }{
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.key}
-{ empty$
- { key field.or.null }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author "author" format.names
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
- if$
- *
- }
- if$
- "author" 'bibfield :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
-{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- get.bbl.editor
- *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base}
-{
- "http://dx.doi.org/"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
-{
- "\doibase "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {noop.command}
-{
- "\href at noop "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {href.command}
-{
- "\href "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
-{
- doi duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- url duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ "" noop.command
- }{
- href.command
- }
- if$
- }
- {
- doi.base.command swap$ *
- href.command
- }
- if$
- "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
-{
- "}"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.open}
-{
- link.tag.open output.nopunct
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.shut}
-{
- link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.doi}
-{
- link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {select.language}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { language empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
- { "" }
- { note #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "{" =
- 'skip$
- {
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "u" }
- if$ change.case$
- }
- if$
- note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
-{
- "\enquote "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {string.enquote}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- non.stop {
- block.punctuation
- } { "" } if$
- swap$ pop$
- *
- bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
- duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- string.enquote
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
-{ title empty$
- 'skip$
- { before.all 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
-{
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- format.name$
- cite.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.full.names}
-{
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- {
- 't :=
- }
- 'pop$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal
- emphasize *
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {make.full.names}
-{
- key editor author
- type$ "proceedings" =
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- cite$ #1 #3 substring$
- }{
- skip$
- }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
-{
- year duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ ""
- }{
- skip$
- } if$
- extra.label *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{
- newline$
- ""
- label
- * ")" *
- make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
- { pop$ }{ * } if$
- bracify
- "[" swap$ * "]" *
- cite$ bracify "%" *
- *
- "\bibitem "
- swap$ *
- write$ newline$
- " "
- duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
- before.all 'output.state :=
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
- 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }{
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }{
- t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{
- bbl.in
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- before.all 'output.state :=
- " (" swap$ * ")" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{
- year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
- {
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label *
- date.encapsulate
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
-{
- format.date
- "year" output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output}
-{
- format.date.output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
- title
- } 'skip$ if$
- "title" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
-{ editor empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
- ": try using @inbook instead" *
- warning$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- bbl.volume
- capitalize
- swap$
- tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
- series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- ", "
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{
- bbl.number
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- #1 or
- #0 and
- 'skip$
- { capitalize }
- if$
- number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- {
- series empty$
- {
- number "number" bibinfo.check
- }{
- format.number
- series "series" bibinfo.check
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
- swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
- "" 's :=
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- duplicate$ is.num
- { s swap$ * 's := }
- { pop$ "" 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- s empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$ s }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
- s "first" = s "1" = or
- { bbl.first 't := }
- { s "second" = s "2" = or
- { bbl.second 't := }
- { s "third" = s "3" = or
- { bbl.third 't := }
- { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
- { bbl.fourth 't := }
- { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
- { bbl.fifth 't := }
- { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
- { s
- eng.ord
- 't := }
- { edition 't := }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- convert.edition
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "t" }
- if$ change.case$
- "edition" bibinfo.check
- word.space * bbl.edition *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ multi.page.check
- {
- bbl.pages swap$
- n.dashify
- }{
- bbl.page swap$
- }
- if$
- tie.or.space.prefix
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {first.page}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
-{
- pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
-{
- ","
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
- { volnum.punct *
- swap$
- control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$ pop$
- }{
- #0 >
- {
- n.dashify
- }{
- first.page
- } if$
- } if$
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
-{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { volnum.punct * }
- if$
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
-{
- eid empty$
- { format.journal.pages }
- { format.journal.eid }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
-{
- series "series" bibinfo.check output
- volume field.or.null
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "volume" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- bolden
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- {
- format.pages
- }
- { type empty$
- {
- bbl.chapter
- capitalize
- }{
- type
- capitalize
- "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- chapter tie.or.space.prefix
- "chapter" bibinfo.check
- * *
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- pop$ emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
-{
- editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- bbl.edby
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle
- "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
- output
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- "address" 'bibfield :=
- output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- author empty$ 'skip$
- { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { swap$ pop$
- "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ number "number" bibinfo.check
- type duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ bbl.techrep }
- 'skip$
- if$
- "type" bibinfo.check
- swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
- { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- pop$ word.in
- }
- { bbl.volume
- swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
- }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ t }
- { t duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," word.space *
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- *
- year duplicate$ empty$
- {
- "empty year in " cite$ *
- warning$
- pop$ ""
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "year" bibinfo.check
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- ""
- "(" * swap$ * ")" *
- after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
-{
- publisher empty$
- { format.organization.address }
- { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- format.publisher.address
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
-{
- school "school" bibinfo.warn
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- ", " *
- }
- if$
- swap$
- }
- if$
- *
- output
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
-{
- control.title duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$
- }{
- format.title
- "title" 'bibfield :=
- swap$ #0 >
- {
- "title" output.check
- }{
- output
- } if$
- new.block.comma
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors
- booktitle empty$ {
- "author" output.check
- }{ output } if$
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- output.article.booktitle
- crossref missing$
- {
- link.open
- journal
- "journal" bibinfo.warn
- "journal" 'bibfield :=
- output
- add.blank
- format.ser.vol.num
- output
- eid.or.pages
- format.date.output.check
- pages empty$ {
- doi output
- } 'skip$ if$
- link.shut
- }{
- format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- format.translation output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "author and editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
-% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.edition output
- author empty$
- {
- }
- {
- format.editor.in output
- editor format.key output
- }
- if$
- format.number.series output
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.bvolume output
- new.block.comma
- format.publisher.address output
- }{
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- format.isbn.output
- format.chapter.pages
- output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- format.isbn.output
- format.book.pages output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {footnote}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
- author format.key output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
-
- format.title output
- new.block.comma
-
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
- format.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.edition output
- new.block.comma
- }{
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- crossref missing$
- { format.isbn.output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.publisher.address output
- format.edition output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.edition output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.mthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.phdthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presentation}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
- month "month" output.check
- year "year" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- new.sentence
- type missing$ 'skip$
- {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
- if$
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.editors output
- editor format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series output
- format.bvolume output
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.tr.number
- output.nonnull
- institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
- format.org.or.pub output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note "note" output.check
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-EXECUTE {control.init}
-
-ITERATE {control.pass}
-
-EXECUTE {control.check}
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
-{
- word.space * bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- nameptr
- #2
- =
- numnames
- #3
- > and
- {
- "others" 't :=
- #1 'namesleft :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * } 'skip$ if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.key.label
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.key.label
- 'author.key.label
- if$
- }
- if$
- 'short.list :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{
- calc.short.authors
- short.list
- year duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ ""
- }{
- control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- "(" swap$ *
- * 'label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { s nameptr
- "{ll{ }}"
- control.author.initials {
- "{ f{ }}" *
- }{
- "{ ff{ }}" *
- } if$
- "{ jj{ }}" *
- format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- " " *
- namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
- { "zzzzz" * }
- {
- t sortify *
- }
- if$
- }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
-{
- year
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { seq.num }
-
-FUNCTION {init.seq}
-{ #0 'seq.num :=}
-
-EXECUTE {init.seq}
-
-FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
-{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
- #-1 #10 substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.presort}
-{
- calc.label
- label sortify
- " "
- *
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.sort
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.sort
- 'author.sort
- if$
- }
- if$
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.label :=
- sort.label
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
-
-INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
- "" 'next.extra :=
- #0 'last.extra.num :=
- #0 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.forward}
-{
- last.label label =
- { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
- last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
- }
- { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
- "" 'extra.label :=
- label 'last.label :=
- }
- if$
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.reverse}
-{ next.extra "b" =
- { "a" 'extra.label := }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label 'next.extra :=
- extra.label
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
- if$
- 'extra.label :=
- label extra.label * 'label :=
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {forward.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
-}
-
-REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
-{ sort.label
- " "
- *
- year.sort.key
- field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
-{
- "\texttt {"
- pop$
- "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
-{
- "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
-{
- "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
-{
- "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
- "``" "''"
- "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
-{
- "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
-{
- bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
- bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
-{
- "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
-{
- "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warn.bib}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib}
-{
- warn.bib
- "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- init.bib.ay
- init.bib.quote
- init.bib.namefont
- init.bib.hypertex
- init.bib.eprint
- init.bib.doi
- init.bib.lang
- init.bib.bibinfo
- init.bib.translation
- init.bib.endbibitem
- "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
- "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
- "%</preamble>" write$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{
- id.bst diagn.cmntlog
- control.bib
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{"
- number.label int.to.str$
- * "}%" *
- write$ newline$
- init.bib
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `aipauth4-1.bst'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipnum4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipnum4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/aipnum4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -1,3477 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `aipnum4-1.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** REVTeX-compatible aipnum4-1.bst 2010-07-25 ***
-%%
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
- % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
- % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
- % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
- % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
- % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
- % parenthesis!
- % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
- % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
- % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
- % be parentheses in the label.
- % The \cite command functions as follows:
- % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
- % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
- % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
- % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
- % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
- % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
- % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
- % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs aipnum4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
-ENTRY
-{
- address
- archive
- archivePrefix
- author
- bookaddress
- booktitle
- chapter
- collaboration
- doi
- edition
- editor
- eid
- eprint
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- primaryClass
- publisher
- school
- SLACcitation
- series
- title
- translation
- type
- url
- volume
- year
-}{
-}{
- label
- extra.label sort.label
- short.list
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- output.state before.all
- after.word after.punctuation
- after.sentence after.block
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
-}
-
-STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {non.stop}
-{ duplicate$
- "}" * add.period$
- #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
-
-FUNCTION {multiply}
-{
- 'arith.multiplicand :=
- 'arith.mulitplier :=
- #0
- { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
- { arith.multiplicand +
- arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
-{
- chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- pop$ #-1
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
-
-FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
-{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
- { duplicate$ empty$ not }
- { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
- duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$ pop$ ""
- }
- { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
- #2 global.max$ substring$
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
- pop$ arith.accumulator
-}
-
-FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
-{
- duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
-
-INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
-
-FUNCTION { control.init }
-{
- #0
- 'control.key :=
- #0
- #8 +
- 'control.author :=
- #0
- 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- #0
- 'control.author.dotless :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nospace :=
- #1
- 'control.author.initials :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nocomma :=
- #0
- 'control.author.first :=
- #0
- 'control.author.reversed :=
- #1
- 'control.editor :=
- #-1
- 'control.title :=
- #0
- 'control.pages :=
- #0
- 'control.eprint :=
- #1
- 'control.year :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
-{
- " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.check}
-{
- control.editor
- {
- "editor formatted same as author"
- control.author.reversed {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.reversed :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.first {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.first :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.reversed 'skip$
- {
- "not reversed"
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- } if$
- control.author.initials {
- duplicate$ ", initials" *
- control.author.dotless {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.dotless :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
- control.author.initials 'skip$ {
- "not initials"
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.dotless :=
- } if$
- pop$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.parse}
-{
- duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$ pop$ pop$
- }
- { empty$
- {
- pop$ #-1
- }{
- str.to.hex
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.dump}
-{
- duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
- "{" swap$ * "}, " *
- *
-}
-
-INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
-
-FUNCTION {control.decode}
-{
- - duplicate$
- #0 <
- {
- skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
- }
- {
- swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
-{
- control.author
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
- {
- int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
- "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
- warning$
- }{
- 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
- 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
- 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
- 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
- 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
- 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
- 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
- duplicate$ #0 =
- 'skip$
- {
- "Control: residue of author"
- "(" swap$ * ")" * *
- warning$
- }
- if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.setup}
-{
- type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
- "control.key" key control.dump *
- "control.author" author control.dump *
- "control.editor" editor control.dump *
- "control.title" title control.dump *
- "control.pages" pages control.dump *
- "control.year" year control.dump *
- "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
- top$
- 'control.key key control.parse
- 'control.author author control.parse
- 'control.editor editor control.parse
- 'control.title title control.parse
- 'control.pages pages control.parse
- 'control.year year control.parse
- 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
- control.author.decode
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.presort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.forward}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.reverse}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.sort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
-{
- "Control: key "
- control.key
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- pop$ *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
-{
- "Control: author "
- control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
- control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
- control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
- control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
- control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
- control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
- control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
- control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
-{
- "Control: editor formatted "
- control.editor
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "identically to author"
- } {
- "differently from author"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of article title "
- control.title
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "required"
- } {
- "allowed"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
-{
- "Control: page "
- control.pages
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "none"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "range"
- } {
- "single"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
-{
- "Control: year "
- control.year
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "truncated"
- } {
- "verbatim"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of eprint "
- control.eprint
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.bib}
-{
- control.key.bib
- control.author.bib
- control.editor.bib
- control.title.bib
- control.pages.bib
- control.year.bib
- control.eprint.bib
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{
- #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'after.word :=
- #2 'after.punctuation :=
- #3 'after.sentence :=
- #4 'after.block :=
- #0 'punctuation.no :=
- #1 'punctuation.space :=
- #2 'punctuation.yes :=
- "" 'bibfield :=
- "" 'output.bibfield :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t}
-FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
-{ ""
- "," *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.space}
-{
- "\ "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{
- swap$
- output.state after.word =
- {
- block.punctuation *
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.punctuation =
- {
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
- {
- add.period$
- "\EOS\ " *
- }{
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- bibfield.command
- " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- write$
- bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
- output.state after.block =
- {
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- punctuation.state duplicate$
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- punctuation.no =
- { pop$ before.all }
- { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
- if$
- 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- "" 'bibfield :=
- }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- output.nonnull
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
-{
- non.stop
- {
- bibitem.shut.nostop *
- }{
- bibitem.shut.stop *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.itag} {
- "p"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
- ""
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
-{ SLACcitation empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- newline$
- SLACcitation write$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{
- bibitem.shut
- write$
- output.SLACcitation
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
-{
- new.sentence
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{
- word.space *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
-{
- "\hspace {0pt}" *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
- new.block.comma
- skip$
-}
-
-STRINGS {z}
-FUNCTION {remove.dots}
-{
- control.author.dotless {
- 'z :=
- ""
- { z empty$ not }
- { z #1 #1 substring$
- z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
- duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
- { * }
- if$
- }
- while$
- } 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bolden}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { word.space }
- if$
- swap$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{
- "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{
- "and"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{
- "et~al."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{
- "eds."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{
- "vol."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{
- "no."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{
- "pp."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{
- "p."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
-{ "pages" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{
- "chap."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{
- "Tech. Rep."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{
- "1st"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{
- "2nd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{
- "3rd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{
- "4th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{
- "5th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
-{
- "\urlprefix "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
- #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
- { bbl.th * }
- { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "1" =
- { pop$ bbl.st * }
- { duplicate$ "2" =
- { pop$ bbl.nd * }
- { "3" =
- { bbl.rd * }
- { bbl.th * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
-MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
-MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
-MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
-MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
-MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
-MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
-MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
-MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
-MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
-MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
-MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
-MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
-MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
-MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
-MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
-MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
-MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
-MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
-MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
-MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
-MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
-MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
-MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
-MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
-MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
-MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
-MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
-MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
-MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
-MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
-MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
-MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
-MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
-MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
-MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
-MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
-MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
-MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
-MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
-MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
-MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
-MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
-MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
-MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
-MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
-MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
-MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
-MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
-MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
-MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
-MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
-MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
-MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
-MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
-MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
-MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
-MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
-MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
-MACRO {science} {"Science"}
-MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
-MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
-MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
-MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
-MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
- % End module: physjour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
-MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
-MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
-MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
-MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
-MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
-MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
-MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
-MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
-MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
-MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
-MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
-MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
-MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
-MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
-MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
-MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
-MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
-MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
-MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
-MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
-MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
-MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
-MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
-MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
-MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
-MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
-MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
-MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
-MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
-MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
-MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
-MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
-MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
-MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
-MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
-MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
-MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
-MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
-MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
-MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
-MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
-MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
-MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
-MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
-MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
-MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
-MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
-MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
-MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
-MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
-MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
-MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
-MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
-MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
-MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
-MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
-MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
-MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
-MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
-MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
-MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
-MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
-MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
-MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
-MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
-MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
-MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
-MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
-MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
-MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
-MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
-MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
-MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
-MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
-MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
-MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
-MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
-MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
-MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
-MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
-MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
-MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
-MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
- % End module: geojour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
-
-MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
-MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
-MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
-MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
-MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
-MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
-MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
-MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
-MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
-MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
-MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
-MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
-MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
-MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
-MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
-MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
-MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
-MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
-MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
-MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
-
-MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
-MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
-MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
- % End module: photjour.mbs
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$
- pop$ ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ pop$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
- ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.base}
-{
- "http://arxiv.org/abs"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
-{
- "arXiv"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eprint.command}
-{
- "\Eprint "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.eprint}
-{
- eprint duplicate$ empty$
- control.eprint #0 <
- or
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- duplicate$
- ""
- archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
- "/" *
- swap$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- swap$
- ""
- archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
- swap$ *
- primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- *
- eprint.command swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.translation}
-{ translation duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { ""
- "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{
- url duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\url "
- "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {check.speaker}
-{ key empty$ 'skip$
- { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
- {
- bolden
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-
-STRINGS { bibinfo}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
-{
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{}"
- } {
- "f{~}"
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{.}."
- } {
- "f."
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bracify}
-{
- "{" swap$ * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {name.comma}
-{
- control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
-{
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- control.author.initials {
- "f"
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." *
- } if$
- "~" *
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- bracify
- swap$
- } {
- format.names.fname
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- }
- if$
- "jj"
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
- * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
-{ s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
- } if$
- bracify
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- swap$
- *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } {
- "," *
- s nameptr
- format.names.fname
- "jj"
- " "
- name.comma
- control.author.jnrlst {
- swap$ * skip$
- } {
- skip$ * swap$
- } if$
- bracify swap$ bracify swap$
- *
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
-{
- "," *
- " " *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
- duplicate$ num.names$
- duplicate$ 'numnames :=
- 'namesleft :=
- 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- type$ "presentation" =
- 'check.speaker
- 'skip$
- if$
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 > not
- {
- t *
- } {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- } {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " *
- bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
- } {
- bbl.and
- space.word *
- t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
- } {
- "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
- }{
- "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
- } if$
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
-{
- control.author.reversed { %
- control.author.initials { %
- control.author.dotless { %
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
- "{f{}}"
- } { % nm-rv
- "{f{~}}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } { % !control.author.dotless
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
- "{ff}"
- } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
- "{f.}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
- s nameptr
- "{ff}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
- s nameptr
- "{f.}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{
- control.editor #0 > {
- format.names
- } {
- 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.ed.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- }{
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
- }{
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.key}
-{ empty$
- { key field.or.null }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author "author" format.names
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
- if$
- *
- }
- if$
- "author" 'bibfield :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
-{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- get.bbl.editor
- *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base}
-{
- "http://dx.doi.org/"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
-{
- "\doibase "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {noop.command}
-{
- "\href at noop "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {href.command}
-{
- "\href "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
-{
- doi duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- url duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ "" noop.command
- }{
- href.command
- }
- if$
- }
- {
- doi.base.command swap$ *
- href.command
- }
- if$
- "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
-{
- "}"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.open}
-{
- link.tag.open output.nopunct
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.shut}
-{
- link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.doi}
-{
- link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {select.language}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { language empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
- { "" }
- { note #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "{" =
- 'skip$
- {
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "u" }
- if$ change.case$
- }
- if$
- note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
-{
- "\enquote "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {string.enquote}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- non.stop {
- block.punctuation
- } { "" } if$
- swap$ pop$
- *
- bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
- duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- string.enquote
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
-{ title empty$
- 'skip$
- { before.all 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
-{
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- format.name$
- cite.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.full.names}
-{
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- {
- 't :=
- }
- 'pop$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal
- emphasize *
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {make.full.names}
-{
- key editor author
- type$ "proceedings" =
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- cite$ #1 #3 substring$
- }{
- skip$
- }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
-{
- year duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ ""
- }{
- skip$
- } if$
- extra.label *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{
- newline$
- ""
- label
- * ")" *
- make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
- { pop$ }{ * } if$
- bracify
- "[" swap$ * "]" *
- cite$ bracify "%" *
- *
- "\bibitem "
- swap$ *
- write$ newline$
- " "
- duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
- before.all 'output.state :=
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
- 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }{
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }{
- t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{
- bbl.in
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- before.all 'output.state :=
- " (" swap$ * ")" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{
- year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
- {
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label *
- date.encapsulate
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
-{
- format.date
- "year" output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output}
-{
- format.date.output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
- title
- } 'skip$ if$
- "title" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
-{ editor empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
- ": try using @inbook instead" *
- warning$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- bbl.volume
- capitalize
- swap$
- tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
- series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- ", "
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{
- bbl.number
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- #1 or
- #0 and
- 'skip$
- { capitalize }
- if$
- number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- {
- series empty$
- {
- number "number" bibinfo.check
- }{
- format.number
- series "series" bibinfo.check
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
- swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
- "" 's :=
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- duplicate$ is.num
- { s swap$ * 's := }
- { pop$ "" 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- s empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$ s }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
- s "first" = s "1" = or
- { bbl.first 't := }
- { s "second" = s "2" = or
- { bbl.second 't := }
- { s "third" = s "3" = or
- { bbl.third 't := }
- { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
- { bbl.fourth 't := }
- { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
- { bbl.fifth 't := }
- { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
- { s
- eng.ord
- 't := }
- { edition 't := }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- convert.edition
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "t" }
- if$ change.case$
- "edition" bibinfo.check
- word.space * bbl.edition *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ multi.page.check
- {
- bbl.pages swap$
- n.dashify
- }{
- bbl.page swap$
- }
- if$
- tie.or.space.prefix
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {first.page}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
-{
- pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
-{
- ","
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
- { volnum.punct *
- swap$
- control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$ pop$
- }{
- #0 >
- {
- n.dashify
- }{
- first.page
- } if$
- } if$
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
-{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { volnum.punct * }
- if$
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
-{
- eid empty$
- { format.journal.pages }
- { format.journal.eid }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
-{
- series "series" bibinfo.check output
- volume field.or.null
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "volume" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- bolden
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- {
- format.pages
- }
- { type empty$
- {
- bbl.chapter
- capitalize
- }{
- type
- capitalize
- "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- chapter tie.or.space.prefix
- "chapter" bibinfo.check
- * *
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- pop$ emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
-{
- editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- bbl.edby
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle
- "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
- output
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- "address" 'bibfield :=
- output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- author empty$ 'skip$
- { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { swap$ pop$
- "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ number "number" bibinfo.check
- type duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ bbl.techrep }
- 'skip$
- if$
- "type" bibinfo.check
- swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
- { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- pop$ word.in
- }
- { bbl.volume
- swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
- }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ t }
- { t duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," word.space *
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- *
- year duplicate$ empty$
- {
- "empty year in " cite$ *
- warning$
- pop$ ""
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "year" bibinfo.check
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- ""
- "(" * swap$ * ")" *
- after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
-{
- publisher empty$
- { format.organization.address }
- { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- format.publisher.address
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
-{
- school "school" bibinfo.warn
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- ", " *
- }
- if$
- swap$
- }
- if$
- *
- output
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
-{
- control.title duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$
- }{
- format.title
- "title" 'bibfield :=
- swap$ #0 >
- {
- "title" output.check
- }{
- output
- } if$
- new.block.comma
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors
- booktitle empty$ {
- "author" output.check
- }{ output } if$
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- output.article.booktitle
- crossref missing$
- {
- link.open
- journal
- "journal" bibinfo.warn
- "journal" 'bibfield :=
- output
- add.blank
- format.ser.vol.num
- output
- eid.or.pages
- format.date.output.check
- pages empty$ {
- doi output
- } 'skip$ if$
- link.shut
- }{
- format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- format.translation output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "author and editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
-% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.edition output
- author empty$
- {
- }
- {
- format.editor.in output
- editor format.key output
- }
- if$
- format.number.series output
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.bvolume output
- new.block.comma
- format.publisher.address output
- }{
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- format.isbn.output
- format.chapter.pages
- output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- format.isbn.output
- format.book.pages output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {footnote}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
- author format.key output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
-
- format.title output
- new.block.comma
-
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
- format.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.edition output
- new.block.comma
- }{
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- crossref missing$
- { format.isbn.output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.publisher.address output
- format.edition output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.edition output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.mthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.phdthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presentation}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
- month "month" output.check
- year "year" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- new.sentence
- type missing$ 'skip$
- {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
- if$
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.editors output
- editor format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series output
- format.bvolume output
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.tr.number
- output.nonnull
- institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
- format.org.or.pub output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note "note" output.check
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-EXECUTE {control.init}
-
-ITERATE {control.pass}
-
-EXECUTE {control.check}
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
-{
- word.space * bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- nameptr
- #2
- =
- numnames
- #3
- > and
- {
- "others" 't :=
- #1 'namesleft :=
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * } 'skip$ if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.key.label
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.key.label
- 'author.key.label
- if$
- }
- if$
- 'short.list :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{
- calc.short.authors
- short.list
- year duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ ""
- }{
- control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- "(" swap$ *
- * 'label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { s nameptr
- "{ll{ }}"
- control.author.initials {
- "{ f{ }}" *
- }{
- "{ ff{ }}" *
- } if$
- "{ jj{ }}" *
- format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- " " *
- namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
- { "zzzzz" * }
- {
- t sortify *
- }
- if$
- }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
-{
- year
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { seq.num }
-
-FUNCTION {init.seq}
-{ #0 'seq.num :=}
-
-EXECUTE {init.seq}
-
-FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
-{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
- #-1 #10 substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.presort}
-{
- calc.label
- label sortify
- " "
- *
- seq.num #1 + 'seq.num :=
- seq.num int.to.fix
- 'sort.label :=
- sort.label
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
-
-INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
- "" 'next.extra :=
- #0 'last.extra.num :=
- #0 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.forward}
-{
- last.label label =
- { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
- last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
- }
- { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
- "" 'extra.label :=
- label 'last.label :=
- }
- if$
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.reverse}
-{ next.extra "b" =
- { "a" 'extra.label := }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label 'next.extra :=
- extra.label
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
- if$
- 'extra.label :=
- label extra.label * 'label :=
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {forward.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
-}
-
-REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
-{ sort.label
- " "
- *
- year.sort.key
- field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
-{
- "\texttt {"
- pop$
- "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
-{
- "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
-{
- "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
-{
- "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
- "``" "''"
- "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
-{
- "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
-{
- bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
- bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
-{
- "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
-{
- "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warn.bib}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib}
-{
- warn.bib
- "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- init.bib.ay
- init.bib.quote
- init.bib.namefont
- init.bib.hypertex
- init.bib.eprint
- init.bib.doi
- init.bib.lang
- init.bib.bibinfo
- init.bib.translation
- init.bib.endbibitem
- "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
- "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
- "%</preamble>" write$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{
- id.bst diagn.cmntlog
- control.bib
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{"
- number.label int.to.str$
- * "}%" *
- write$ newline$
- init.bib
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `aipnum4-1.bst'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrev4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrev4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrev4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -1,3457 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `apsrev4-1.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** REVTeX-compatible Phys Rev 2010-07-25 ***
-%%
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
- % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
- % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
- % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
- % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
- % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
- % parenthesis!
- % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
- % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
- % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
- % be parentheses in the label.
- % The \cite command functions as follows:
- % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
- % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
- % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
- % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
- % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
- % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
- % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
- % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs apsrev4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
-ENTRY
-{
- address
- archive
- archivePrefix
- author
- bookaddress
- booktitle
- chapter
- collaboration
- doi
- edition
- editor
- eid
- eprint
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- primaryClass
- publisher
- school
- SLACcitation
- series
- title
- translation
- type
- url
- volume
- year
-}{
-}{
- label
- extra.label sort.label
- short.list
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- output.state before.all
- after.word after.punctuation
- after.sentence after.block
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
-}
-
-STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {non.stop}
-{ duplicate$
- "}" * add.period$
- #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
-
-FUNCTION {multiply}
-{
- 'arith.multiplicand :=
- 'arith.mulitplier :=
- #0
- { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
- { arith.multiplicand +
- arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
-{
- chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- pop$ #-1
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
-
-FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
-{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
- { duplicate$ empty$ not }
- { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
- duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$ pop$ ""
- }
- { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
- #2 global.max$ substring$
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
- pop$ arith.accumulator
-}
-
-FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
-{
- duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
-
-INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
-
-FUNCTION { control.init }
-{
- #0
- 'control.key :=
- #0
- #8 +
- #64 +
- 'control.author :=
- #1
- 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- #0
- 'control.author.dotless :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nospace :=
- #1
- 'control.author.initials :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nocomma :=
- #0
- 'control.author.first :=
- #0
- 'control.author.reversed :=
- #1
- 'control.editor :=
- #-1
- 'control.title :=
- #0
- 'control.pages :=
- #0
- 'control.eprint :=
- #1
- 'control.year :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
-{
- " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.check}
-{
- control.editor
- {
- "editor formatted same as author"
- control.author.reversed {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.reversed :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.first {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.first :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.reversed 'skip$
- {
- "not reversed"
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- } if$
- control.author.initials {
- duplicate$ ", initials" *
- control.author.dotless {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.dotless :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
- control.author.initials 'skip$ {
- "not initials"
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.dotless :=
- } if$
- pop$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.parse}
-{
- duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$ pop$ pop$
- }
- { empty$
- {
- pop$ #-1
- }{
- str.to.hex
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.dump}
-{
- duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
- "{" swap$ * "}, " *
- *
-}
-
-INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
-
-FUNCTION {control.decode}
-{
- - duplicate$
- #0 <
- {
- skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
- }
- {
- swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
-{
- control.author
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
- {
- int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
- "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
- warning$
- }{
- 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
- 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
- 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
- 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
- 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
- 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
- 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
- duplicate$ #0 =
- 'skip$
- {
- "Control: residue of author"
- "(" swap$ * ")" * *
- warning$
- }
- if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.setup}
-{
- type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
- "control.key" key control.dump *
- "control.author" author control.dump *
- "control.editor" editor control.dump *
- "control.title" title control.dump *
- "control.pages" pages control.dump *
- "control.year" year control.dump *
- "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
- top$
- 'control.key key control.parse
- 'control.author author control.parse
- 'control.editor editor control.parse
- 'control.title title control.parse
- 'control.pages pages control.parse
- 'control.year year control.parse
- 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
- control.author.decode
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.presort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.forward}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.reverse}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.sort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
-{
- "Control: key "
- control.key
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- pop$ *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
-{
- "Control: author "
- control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
- control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
- control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
- control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
- control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
- control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
- control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
- control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
-{
- "Control: editor formatted "
- control.editor
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "identically to author"
- } {
- "differently from author"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of article title "
- control.title
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "required"
- } {
- "allowed"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
-{
- "Control: page "
- control.pages
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "none"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "range"
- } {
- "single"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
-{
- "Control: year "
- control.year
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "truncated"
- } {
- "verbatim"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of eprint "
- control.eprint
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.bib}
-{
- control.key.bib
- control.author.bib
- control.editor.bib
- control.title.bib
- control.pages.bib
- control.year.bib
- control.eprint.bib
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{
- #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'after.word :=
- #2 'after.punctuation :=
- #3 'after.sentence :=
- #4 'after.block :=
- #0 'punctuation.no :=
- #1 'punctuation.space :=
- #2 'punctuation.yes :=
- "" 'bibfield :=
- "" 'output.bibfield :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t}
-FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
-{ ""
- "," *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.space}
-{
- "\ "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{
- swap$
- output.state after.word =
- {
- block.punctuation *
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.punctuation =
- {
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
- {
- add.period$
- "\EOS\ " *
- }{
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- bibfield.command
- " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- write$
- bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
- output.state after.block =
- {
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- punctuation.state duplicate$
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- punctuation.no =
- { pop$ before.all }
- { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
- if$
- 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- "" 'bibfield :=
- }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- output.nonnull
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
-{
- non.stop
- {
- bibitem.shut.nostop *
- }{
- bibitem.shut.stop *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.itag} {
- "p"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
- ""
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
-{ SLACcitation empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- newline$
- SLACcitation write$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{
- bibitem.shut
- write$
- output.SLACcitation
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
-{
- new.sentence
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{
- word.space *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
-{
- "\hspace {0pt}" *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
- new.block.comma
- skip$
-}
-
-STRINGS {z}
-FUNCTION {remove.dots}
-{
- control.author.dotless {
- 'z :=
- ""
- { z empty$ not }
- { z #1 #1 substring$
- z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
- duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
- { * }
- if$
- }
- while$
- } 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bolden}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { word.space }
- if$
- swap$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{
- "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{
- "and"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{
- "et~al."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{
- "eds."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{
- "vol."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{
- "no."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{
- "pp."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{
- "p."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
-{ "pages" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{
- "chap."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{
- "Tech. Rep."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{
- "1st"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{
- "2nd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{
- "3rd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{
- "4th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{
- "5th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
-{
- "\urlprefix "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
- #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
- { bbl.th * }
- { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "1" =
- { pop$ bbl.st * }
- { duplicate$ "2" =
- { pop$ bbl.nd * }
- { "3" =
- { bbl.rd * }
- { bbl.th * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
-MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
-MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
-MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
-MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
-MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
-MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
-MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
-MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
-MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
-MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
-MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
-MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
-MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
-MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
-MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
-MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
-MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
-MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
-MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
-MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
-MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
-MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
-MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
-MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
-MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
-MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
-MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
-MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
-MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
-MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
-MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
-MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
-MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
-MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
-MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
-MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
-MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
-MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
-MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
-MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
-MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
-MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
-MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
-MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
-MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
-MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
-MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
-MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
-MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
-MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
-MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
-MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
-MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
-MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
-MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
-MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
-MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
-MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
-MACRO {science} {"Science"}
-MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
-MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
-MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
-MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
-MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
- % End module: physjour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
-MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
-MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
-MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
-MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
-MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
-MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
-MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
-MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
-MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
-MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
-MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
-MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
-MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
-MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
-MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
-MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
-MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
-MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
-MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
-MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
-MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
-MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
-MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
-MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
-MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
-MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
-MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
-MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
-MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
-MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
-MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
-MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
-MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
-MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
-MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
-MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
-MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
-MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
-MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
-MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
-MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
-MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
-MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
-MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
-MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
-MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
-MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
-MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
-MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
-MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
-MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
-MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
-MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
-MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
-MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
-MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
-MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
-MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
-MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
-MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
-MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
-MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
-MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
-MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
-MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
-MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
-MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
-MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
-MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
-MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
-MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
-MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
-MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
-MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
-MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
-MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
-MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
-MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
-MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
-MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
-MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
-MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
-MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
- % End module: geojour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
-
-MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
-MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
-MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
-MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
-MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
-MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
-MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
-MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
-MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
-MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
-MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
-MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
-MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
-MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
-MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
-MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
-MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
-MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
-MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
-MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
-
-MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
-MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
-MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
- % End module: photjour.mbs
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$
- pop$ ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ pop$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
- ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.base}
-{
- "http://arxiv.org/abs"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
-{
- "arXiv"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eprint.command}
-{
- "\Eprint "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.eprint}
-{
- eprint duplicate$ empty$
- control.eprint #0 <
- or
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- duplicate$
- ""
- archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
- "/" *
- swap$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- swap$
- ""
- archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
- swap$ *
- primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- *
- eprint.command swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.translation}
-{ translation duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { ""
- "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{
- url duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\url "
- "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {check.speaker}
-{ key empty$ 'skip$
- { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
- {
- bolden
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-
-STRINGS { bibinfo}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
-{
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{}"
- } {
- "f{~}"
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{.}."
- } {
- "f."
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bracify}
-{
- "{" swap$ * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {name.comma}
-{
- control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
-{
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- control.author.initials {
- "f"
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." *
- } if$
- "~" *
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- bracify
- swap$
- } {
- format.names.fname
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- }
- if$
- "jj"
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
- * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
-{ s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
- } if$
- bracify
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- swap$
- *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } {
- "," *
- s nameptr
- format.names.fname
- "jj"
- " "
- name.comma
- control.author.jnrlst {
- swap$ * skip$
- } {
- skip$ * swap$
- } if$
- bracify swap$ bracify swap$
- *
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
-{
- "," *
- " " *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
- duplicate$ num.names$
- duplicate$ 'numnames :=
- 'namesleft :=
- 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- type$ "presentation" =
- 'check.speaker
- 'skip$
- if$
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 > not
- {
- t *
- } {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- } {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " *
- bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
- } {
- bbl.and
- space.word *
- t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
- } {
- "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
- }{
- "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
- } if$
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
-{
- control.author.reversed { %
- control.author.initials { %
- control.author.dotless { %
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
- "{f{}}"
- } { % nm-rv
- "{f{~}}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } { % !control.author.dotless
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
- "{ff}"
- } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
- "{f.}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
- s nameptr
- "{ff}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
- s nameptr
- "{f.}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{
- control.editor #0 > {
- format.names
- } {
- 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.ed.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- }{
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
- }{
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.key}
-{ empty$
- { key field.or.null }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author "author" format.names
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
- if$
- *
- }
- if$
- "author" 'bibfield :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
-{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- get.bbl.editor
- *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base}
-{
- "http://dx.doi.org/"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
-{
- "\doibase "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {noop.command}
-{
- "\href at noop "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {href.command}
-{
- "\href "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
-{
- doi duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- url duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ "" noop.command
- }{
- href.command
- }
- if$
- }
- {
- doi.base.command swap$ *
- href.command
- }
- if$
- "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
-{
- "}"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.open}
-{
- link.tag.open output.nopunct
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.shut}
-{
- link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.doi}
-{
- link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {select.language}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { language empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
- { "" }
- { note #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "{" =
- 'skip$
- {
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "u" }
- if$ change.case$
- }
- if$
- note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
-{
- "\enquote "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {string.enquote}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- non.stop {
- block.punctuation
- } { "" } if$
- swap$ pop$
- *
- bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
- duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- string.enquote
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
-{ title empty$
- 'skip$
- { before.all 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
-{
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- format.name$
- cite.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.full.names}
-{
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- {
- 't :=
- }
- 'pop$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal
- emphasize *
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {make.full.names}
-{
- key editor author
- type$ "proceedings" =
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- cite$ #1 #3 substring$
- }{
- skip$
- }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
-{
- year duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ ""
- }{
- skip$
- } if$
- extra.label *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{
- newline$
- ""
- label
- * ")" *
- make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
- { pop$ }{ * } if$
- bracify
- "[" swap$ * "]" *
- cite$ bracify "%" *
- *
- "\bibitem "
- swap$ *
- write$ newline$
- " "
- duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
- before.all 'output.state :=
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
- 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }{
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }{
- t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{
- bbl.in
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- before.all 'output.state :=
- " (" swap$ * ")" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{
- year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
- {
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label *
- date.encapsulate
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
-{
- format.date
- "year" output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output}
-{
- format.date.output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
- title
- } 'skip$ if$
- "title" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
-{ editor empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
- ": try using @inbook instead" *
- warning$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- bbl.volume
- capitalize
- swap$
- tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
- series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- ", "
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{
- bbl.number
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- #1 or
- #0 and
- 'skip$
- { capitalize }
- if$
- number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- {
- series empty$
- {
- number "number" bibinfo.check
- }{
- format.number
- series "series" bibinfo.check
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
- swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
- "" 's :=
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- duplicate$ is.num
- { s swap$ * 's := }
- { pop$ "" 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- s empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$ s }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
- s "first" = s "1" = or
- { bbl.first 't := }
- { s "second" = s "2" = or
- { bbl.second 't := }
- { s "third" = s "3" = or
- { bbl.third 't := }
- { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
- { bbl.fourth 't := }
- { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
- { bbl.fifth 't := }
- { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
- { s
- eng.ord
- 't := }
- { edition 't := }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- convert.edition
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "t" }
- if$ change.case$
- "edition" bibinfo.check
- word.space * bbl.edition *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ multi.page.check
- {
- bbl.pages swap$
- n.dashify
- }{
- bbl.page swap$
- }
- if$
- tie.or.space.prefix
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {first.page}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
-{
- pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
-{
- ","
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
- { volnum.punct *
- swap$
- control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$ pop$
- }{
- #0 >
- {
- n.dashify
- }{
- first.page
- } if$
- } if$
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
-{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { volnum.punct * }
- if$
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
-{
- eid empty$
- { format.journal.pages }
- { format.journal.eid }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
-{
- series "series" bibinfo.check output
- volume field.or.null
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "volume" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- bolden
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- {
- format.pages
- }
- { type empty$
- {
- bbl.chapter
- capitalize
- }{
- type
- capitalize
- "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- chapter tie.or.space.prefix
- "chapter" bibinfo.check
- * *
- pages empty$
- 'skip$
- { ", " * format.pages * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- pop$ emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
-{
- editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- bbl.edby
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle
- "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
- output
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- "address" 'bibfield :=
- output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- author empty$ 'skip$
- { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { swap$ pop$
- "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ number "number" bibinfo.check
- type duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ bbl.techrep }
- 'skip$
- if$
- "type" bibinfo.check
- swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
- { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- pop$ word.in
- }
- { bbl.volume
- swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
- }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ t }
- { t duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," word.space *
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- *
- year duplicate$ empty$
- {
- "empty year in " cite$ *
- warning$
- pop$ ""
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "year" bibinfo.check
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- ""
- "(" * swap$ * ")" *
- after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
-{
- publisher empty$
- { format.organization.address }
- { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- format.publisher.address
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
-{
- school "school" bibinfo.warn
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- ", " *
- }
- if$
- swap$
- }
- if$
- *
- output
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
-{
- control.title duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$
- }{
- format.title
- "title" 'bibfield :=
- swap$ #0 >
- {
- "title" output.check
- }{
- output
- } if$
- new.block.comma
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors
- booktitle empty$ {
- "author" output.check
- }{ output } if$
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- output.article.booktitle
- crossref missing$
- {
- link.open
- journal
- "journal" bibinfo.warn
- "journal" 'bibfield :=
- output
- add.blank
- format.ser.vol.num
- output
- eid.or.pages
- format.date.output.check
- pages empty$ {
- doi output
- } 'skip$ if$
- link.shut
- }{
- format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- format.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- format.translation output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "author and editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
-% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.edition output
- author empty$
- {
- }
- {
- format.editor.in output
- editor format.key output
- }
- if$
- format.number.series output
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.bvolume output
- new.block.comma
- format.publisher.address output
- }{
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- format.isbn.output
- format.chapter.pages
- output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- format.isbn.output
- format.book.pages output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {footnote}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
- author format.key output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
-
- format.title output
- new.block.comma
-
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
- format.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.edition output
- new.block.comma
- }{
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter and pages"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- format.date.output.check
- }
- if$
- crossref missing$
- { format.isbn.output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.publisher.address output
- format.edition output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.edition output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.mthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.phdthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- format.date.output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presentation}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
- month "month" output.check
- year "year" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- new.sentence
- type missing$ 'skip$
- {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
- if$
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.editors output
- editor format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series output
- format.bvolume output
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.tr.number
- output.nonnull
- institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
- format.org.or.pub output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.date.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note "note" output.check
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-EXECUTE {control.init}
-
-ITERATE {control.pass}
-
-EXECUTE {control.check}
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
-{
- word.space * bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- format.name.apply
- s num.names$ duplicate$
- #2 >
- { pop$
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- #2 <
- 'skip$
- {
- s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- {
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- bbl.and space.word *
- s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
- cite.name.font
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.key.label
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.key.label
- 'author.key.label
- if$
- }
- if$
- 'short.list :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{
- calc.short.authors
- short.list
- year duplicate$ empty$
- short.list key field.or.null = or
- {
- pop$ ""
- }{
- control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- "(" swap$ *
- * 'label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { s nameptr
- "{ll{ }}"
- control.author.initials {
- "{ f{ }}" *
- }{
- "{ ff{ }}" *
- } if$
- "{ jj{ }}" *
- format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- " " *
- namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
- { "zzzzz" * }
- {
- t sortify *
- }
- if$
- }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
-{
- year
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { seq.num }
-
-FUNCTION {init.seq}
-{ #0 'seq.num :=}
-
-EXECUTE {init.seq}
-
-FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
-{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
- #-1 #10 substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.presort}
-{
- calc.label
- label sortify
- " "
- *
- seq.num #1 + 'seq.num :=
- seq.num int.to.fix
- 'sort.label :=
- sort.label
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
-
-INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
- "" 'next.extra :=
- #0 'last.extra.num :=
- #0 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.forward}
-{
- last.label label =
- { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
- last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
- }
- { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
- "" 'extra.label :=
- label 'last.label :=
- }
- if$
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.reverse}
-{ next.extra "b" =
- { "a" 'extra.label := }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label 'next.extra :=
- extra.label
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
- if$
- 'extra.label :=
- label extra.label * 'label :=
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {forward.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
-}
-
-REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
-{ sort.label
- " "
- *
- year.sort.key
- field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
-{
- "\texttt {"
- pop$
- "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
-{
- "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
-{
- "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
-{
- "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
- "``" "''"
- "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
-{
- "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
-{
- bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
- bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
-{
- "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
-{
- "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warn.bib}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib}
-{
- warn.bib
- "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- init.bib.ay
- init.bib.quote
- init.bib.namefont
- init.bib.hypertex
- init.bib.eprint
- init.bib.doi
- init.bib.lang
- init.bib.bibinfo
- init.bib.translation
- init.bib.endbibitem
- "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
- "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
- "%</preamble>" write$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{
- id.bst diagn.cmntlog
- control.bib
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{"
- number.label int.to.str$
- * "}%" *
- write$ newline$
- init.bib
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `apsrev4-1.bst'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrmp4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrmp4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex/apsrmp4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -1,3448 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `apsrmp4-1.bst',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
-%% ----------------------------------------
-%% *** REVTeX-compatible RMP 2010-07-25 ***
-%%
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
- % ===============================================================
- % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
- % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
- % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
- %
- % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
- % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
- % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
- % ===============================================================
- % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
- % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
- % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
- % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
- % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
- % The form of the \bibitem entries is
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
- % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
- % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
- % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
- % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
- % parenthesis!
- % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
- % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
- % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
- % be parentheses in the label.
- % The \cite command functions as follows:
- % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
- % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
- % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
- % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
- % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
- % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
- % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
- % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
- % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
- %---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs apsrmp4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
-ENTRY
-{
- address
- archive
- archivePrefix
- author
- bookaddress
- booktitle
- chapter
- collaboration
- doi
- edition
- editor
- eid
- eprint
- howpublished
- institution
- isbn
- issn
- journal
- key
- language
- month
- note
- number
- organization
- pages
- primaryClass
- publisher
- school
- SLACcitation
- series
- title
- translation
- type
- url
- volume
- year
-}{
-}{
- label
- extra.label sort.label
- short.list
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- output.state before.all
- after.word after.punctuation
- after.sentence after.block
-}
-
-INTEGERS
-{
- punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
-}
-
-STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
-
-FUNCTION {not}
-{ { #0 }
- { #1 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {and}
-{ 'skip$
- { pop$ #0 }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {or}
-{ { pop$ #1 }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {non.stop}
-{ duplicate$
- "}" * add.period$
- #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
-
-FUNCTION {multiply}
-{
- 'arith.multiplicand :=
- 'arith.mulitplier :=
- #0
- { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
- { arith.multiplicand +
- arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
-{
- chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
- { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
- { pop$
- pop$ #-1
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
-
-FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
-{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
- { duplicate$ empty$ not }
- { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
- duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$ pop$ ""
- }
- { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
- #2 global.max$ substring$
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
- pop$ arith.accumulator
-}
-
-FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
-{
- duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
-
-INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
-
-FUNCTION { control.init }
-{
- #0
- 'control.key :=
- #0
- #1 +
- #2 +
- #8 +
- #64 +
- 'control.author :=
- #1
- 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- #0
- 'control.author.dotless :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nospace :=
- #1
- 'control.author.initials :=
- #0
- 'control.author.nocomma :=
- #1
- 'control.author.first :=
- #1
- 'control.author.reversed :=
- #0
- 'control.editor :=
- #-1
- 'control.title :=
- #0
- 'control.pages :=
- #0
- 'control.eprint :=
- #1
- 'control.year :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
-{
- " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.check}
-{
- control.editor
- {
- "editor formatted same as author"
- control.author.reversed {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.reversed :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.first {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.first :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.reversed 'skip$
- {
- "not reversed"
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
- } if$
- control.author.initials {
- duplicate$ ", initials" *
- control.author.dotless {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.dotless :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- } 'skip$ if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
- control.author.initials 'skip$ {
- "not initials"
- control.author.nocomma {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.nospace {
- duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
- #0 'control.author.nospace :=
- } 'skip$ if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
- #1 'control.author.dotless :=
- } if$
- pop$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.parse}
-{
- duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$ pop$ pop$
- }
- { empty$
- {
- pop$ #-1
- }{
- str.to.hex
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.dump}
-{
- duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
- "{" swap$ * "}, " *
- *
-}
-
-INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
-
-FUNCTION {control.decode}
-{
- - duplicate$
- #0 <
- {
- skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
- }
- {
- swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
- }
- if$
- swap$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
-{
- control.author
- duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
- {
- int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
- "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
- warning$
- }{
- 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
- 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
- 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
- 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
- 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
- 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
- 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
- duplicate$ #0 =
- 'skip$
- {
- "Control: residue of author"
- "(" swap$ * ")" * *
- warning$
- }
- if$
- pop$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.setup}
-{
- type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
- "control.key" key control.dump *
- "control.author" author control.dump *
- "control.editor" editor control.dump *
- "control.title" title control.dump *
- "control.pages" pages control.dump *
- "control.year" year control.dump *
- "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
- top$
- 'control.key key control.parse
- 'control.author author control.parse
- 'control.editor editor control.parse
- 'control.title title control.parse
- 'control.pages pages control.parse
- 'control.year year control.parse
- 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
- control.author.decode
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.presort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.forward}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.reverse}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.sort}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
-{
- "Control: key "
- control.key
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- pop$ *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
-{
- "Control: author "
- control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
- control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
- control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
- control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
- control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
- control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
- control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
- control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
-{
- "Control: editor formatted "
- control.editor
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "identically to author"
- } {
- "differently from author"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of article title "
- control.title
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "required"
- } {
- "allowed"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
-{
- "Control: page "
- control.pages
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "none"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "range"
- } {
- "single"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
-{
- "Control: year "
- control.year
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$
- "disabled!"
- } {
- #0 > {
- "truncated"
- } {
- "verbatim"
- } if$
- } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
-{
- "Control: production of eprint "
- control.eprint
- duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
- #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
- diagn.cmntlog
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control.bib}
-{
- control.key.bib
- control.author.bib
- control.editor.bib
- control.title.bib
- control.pages.bib
- control.year.bib
- control.eprint.bib
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
-{
- #0 'before.all :=
- #1 'after.word :=
- #2 'after.punctuation :=
- #3 'after.sentence :=
- #4 'after.block :=
- #0 'punctuation.no :=
- #1 'punctuation.space :=
- #2 'punctuation.yes :=
- "" 'bibfield :=
- "" 'output.bibfield :=
-}
-
-STRINGS { s t}
-FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
-{ ""
- "," *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.space}
-{
- "\ "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
- "(" *
- output.state int.to.str$ *
- "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
- ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
- swap$
- duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
-{
- swap$
- output.state after.word =
- {
- block.punctuation *
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.punctuation =
- {
- word.space *
- }
- {
- output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
- {
- add.period$
- "\EOS\ " *
- }{
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- bibfield.command
- " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- write$
- bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
- output.state after.block =
- {
- newline$
- "\newblock " write$
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- punctuation.state duplicate$
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- punctuation.no =
- { pop$ before.all }
- { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
- if$
- 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- "" 'bibfield :=
- }
- 'output.nonnull
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- output.nonnull
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
-
-FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
-{
- non.stop
- {
- bibitem.shut.nostop *
- }{
- bibitem.shut.stop *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.itag} {
- "p"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
- ""
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
-{ SLACcitation empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- newline$
- SLACcitation write$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {fin.entry}
-{
- bibitem.shut
- write$
- output.SLACcitation
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block}
-{ output.state before.all =
- 'skip$
- { after.block 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence}
-{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
- 'skip$
- { after.sentence 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
-{
- new.sentence
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.blank}
-{
- word.space *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
-{
- "\hspace {0pt}" *
- before.all 'output.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.block}
-{
- new.block.comma
- skip$
-}
-
-STRINGS {z}
-FUNCTION {remove.dots}
-{
- control.author.dotless {
- 'z :=
- ""
- { z empty$ not }
- { z #1 #1 substring$
- z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
- duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
- { * }
- if$
- }
- while$
- } 'skip$ if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
-{ empty$
- swap$ empty$
- and
- 'skip$
- 'new.block
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {field.or.null}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- 'skip$
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {emphasize}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bolden}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
-{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
- { "~" }
- { word.space }
- if$
- swap$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {capitalize}
-{
- "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {space.word}
-{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
-
- % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
- % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
- % The language selected here is ENGLISH
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.and}
-{
- "and"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
-{
- "et~al."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
-{
- "eds."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
-{ "edited by" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
-{
- "ed."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
-{
- "vol."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.of}
-{ "of" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.number}
-{
- "no."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
-{ "no." }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.in}
-{ "in" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
-{
- "pp."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.page}
-{
- "p."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
-{ "pages" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
-{
- "chap."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
-{
- "Tech. Rep."
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
-{ "Master's thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
-{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.first}
-{
- "1st"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.second}
-{
- "2nd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.third}
-{
- "3rd"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
-{
- "4th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
-{
- "5th"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.st}
-{ "st" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
-{ "nd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
-{ "rd" }
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.th}
-{ "th" }
-
-MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
-
-MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
-
-MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
-
-MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
-
-MACRO {may} {"May"}
-
-MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
-
-MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
-
-MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
-
-MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
-
-MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
-
-MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
-
-MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
-{
- "\urlprefix "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eng.ord}
-{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
- #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
- { bbl.th * }
- { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "1" =
- { pop$ bbl.st * }
- { duplicate$ "2" =
- { pop$ bbl.nd * }
- { "3" =
- { bbl.rd * }
- { bbl.th * }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
-MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
-MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
-MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
-MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
-MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
-MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
-MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
-MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
-MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
-MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
-MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
-MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
-MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
-MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
-MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
-MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
-MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
-MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
-MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
-MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
-MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
-MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
-MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
-MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
-MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
-MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
-MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
-MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
-MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
-MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
-MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
-MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
-MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
-MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
-MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
-MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
-MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
-MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
-MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
-MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
-MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
-MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
-MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
-MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
-MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
-MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
-MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
-MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
-MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
-MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
-MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
-MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
-MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
-MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
-MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
-MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
-MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
-MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
-MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
-MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
-MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
-MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
-MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
-MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
-MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
-MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
-MACRO {science} {"Science"}
-MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
-MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
-MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
-MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
-MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
-MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
-MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
- % End module: physjour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
-MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
-MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
-MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
-MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
-MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
-MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
-MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
-MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
-MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
-MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
-MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
-MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
-MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
-MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
-MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
-MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
-MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
-MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
-MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
-MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
-MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
-MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
-MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
-MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
-MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
-MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
-MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
-MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
-MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
-MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
-MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
-MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
-MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
-MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
-MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
-MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
-MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
-MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
-MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
-MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
-MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
-MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
-MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
-MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
-MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
-MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
-MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
-MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
-MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
-MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
-MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
-MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
-MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
-MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
-MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
-MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
-MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
-MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
-MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
-MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
-MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
-MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
-MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
-MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
-MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
-MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
-MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
-MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
-MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
-MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
-MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
-MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
-MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
-MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
-MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
-MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
-MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
-MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
-MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
-MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
-MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
-MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
-MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
-MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
-MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
-MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
-MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
-MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
-MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
-MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
-MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
-MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
-MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
-MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
-MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
-MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
- % End module: geojour.mbs
- %-------------------------------------------------------------------
- % Begin module:
- % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
-
-MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
-MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
-MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
-MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
-MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
-MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
-MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
-MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
-MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
-MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
-MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
-MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
-MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
-MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
-MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
-MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
-MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
-MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
-MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
-MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
-MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
-MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
-MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
-MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
-
-MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
-MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
-MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
- % End module: photjour.mbs
-%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
-MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
-
-MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
-
-MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
-
-MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
-
-MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
-
-MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {ieeetcad}
- {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
-
-MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
-
-MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
-
-MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
-
-MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
-
-MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
-
-MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
-
-MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
-
-MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
-
-MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- pop$
- pop$ ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ pop$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
-{ swap$
- duplicate$ missing$
- {
- swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
- ""
- }{
- duplicate$ empty$
- {
- swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
- }{
- swap$
- bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.base}
-{
- "http://arxiv.org/abs"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
-{
- "arXiv"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eprint.command}
-{
- "\Eprint "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.eprint}
-{
- eprint duplicate$ empty$
- control.eprint #0 <
- or
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- duplicate$
- ""
- archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
- "/" *
- swap$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- swap$
- ""
- archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
- swap$ *
- primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
- "{" swap$ * "} " *
- *
- eprint.command swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.translation}
-{ translation duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { ""
- "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.url}
-{
- url duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "\url "
- "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
-
-FUNCTION {check.speaker}
-{ key empty$ 'skip$
- { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
- {
- bolden
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-
-STRINGS { bibinfo}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
-{
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{}"
- } {
- "f{~}"
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "f{.}."
- } {
- "f."
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bracify}
-{
- "{" swap$ * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {name.comma}
-{
- control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
-{
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- control.author.initials {
- "f"
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." *
- } if$
- "~" *
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- bracify
- swap$
- } {
- format.names.fname
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- }
- if$
- "jj"
- " " swap$ *
- name.comma
- bracify
- control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
- * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
-{ s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
- nameptr #1 >
- control.author.first
- and
- control.author.reversed not
- or
- {
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
- } {
- "ff"
- } if$
- control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
- "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
- } if$
- bracify
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- swap$
- *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } {
- "," *
- s nameptr
- format.names.fname
- "jj"
- " "
- name.comma
- control.author.jnrlst {
- swap$ * skip$
- } {
- skip$ * swap$
- } if$
- bracify swap$ bracify swap$
- *
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
-{
- "," *
- " " *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names}
-{ 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
- duplicate$ num.names$
- duplicate$ 'numnames :=
- 'namesleft :=
- 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- type$ "presentation" =
- 'check.speaker
- 'skip$
- if$
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 > not
- {
- t *
- } {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- } {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- names.punctuate
- t "others" =
- {
- " " *
- bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
- } {
- bbl.and
- space.word *
- t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
-{
- s nameptr
- control.author.initials {
- control.author.dotless {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
- } {
- "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
- } if$
- } {
- control.author.nospace {
- "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
- }{
- "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
- } if$
- } if$
- } {
- "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
- } if$
- format.name$
- remove.dots
- bib.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
-{
- control.author.reversed { %
- control.author.initials { %
- control.author.dotless { %
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
- "{f{}}"
- } { % nm-rv
- "{f{~}}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- remove.dots
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
- if$
- } { % !control.author.dotless
- s nameptr
- control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
- "{ff}"
- } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
- "{f.}"
- } if$
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
- s nameptr
- "{ff}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
- s nameptr
- "{f.}"
- format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
- if$
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
- s nameptr
- "{jj}" format.name$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
- if$
- } if$
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
-{
- control.editor #0 > {
- format.names
- } {
- 'bibinfo :=
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- {
- format.names.ed.morfont
- bibinfo bibinfo.check
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- {
- names.punctuate
- t *
- }{
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- { 't := }
- { pop$ }
- if$
- numnames #2 >
- 'names.punctuate
- 'skip$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
- }{
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
- } if$
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.key}
-{ empty$
- { key field.or.null }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.authors}
-{ author "author" format.names
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
- if$
- *
- }
- if$
- "author" 'bibfield :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
-{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editors}
-{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "," *
- word.space *
- get.bbl.editor
- capitalize
- *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base}
-{
- "http://dx.doi.org/"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
-{
- "\doibase "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {noop.command}
-{
- "\href at noop "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {href.command}
-{
- "\href "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
-{
- doi duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$
- url duplicate$ empty$
- {
- pop$ "" noop.command
- }{
- href.command
- }
- if$
- }
- {
- doi.base.command swap$ *
- href.command
- }
- if$
- "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
-{
- "}"
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.open}
-{
- link.tag.open output.nopunct
-}
-
-FUNCTION {link.shut}
-{
- link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {add.doi}
-{
- link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {select.language}
-{ duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { language empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.note}
-{
- note empty$
- { "" }
- { note #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "{" =
- 'skip$
- {
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "u" }
- if$ change.case$
- }
- if$
- note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
-{
- "\enquote "
-}
-
-FUNCTION {string.enquote}
-{
- punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
- non.stop {
- block.punctuation
- } { "" } if$
- swap$ pop$
- *
- bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.title}
-{ title
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
- duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- string.enquote
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
-{ title empty$
- 'skip$
- { before.all 'output.state := }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
-{
- s nameptr
- "{vv~}{ll}"
- format.name$
- cite.name.font
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.full.names}
-{
- 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { format.name.apply
- 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- namesleft #1 >
- { ", " * t * }
- {
- s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
- {
- 't :=
- }
- 'pop$
- if$
- t "others" =
- {
- " " * bbl.etal
- emphasize *
- }{
- numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
- bbl.and
- space.word * t *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- 't
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {make.full.names}
-{
- key editor author
- type$ "proceedings" =
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$
- cite$ #1 #3 substring$
- }{
- skip$
- }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
- }
- { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
-{
- year duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ ""
- "????" *
- }{
- skip$
- } if$
- extra.label *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
-{
- newline$
- ""
- label
- * ")" *
- make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
- { pop$ }{ * } if$
- bracify
- "[" swap$ * "]" *
- cite$ bracify "%" *
- *
- "\bibitem "
- swap$ *
- write$ newline$
- " "
- duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
- before.all 'output.state :=
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {n.dashify}
-{
- 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
- { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
- { "--" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }{
- { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
- { "-" *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
- }
- if$
- }{
- t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- if$
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {word.in}
-{
- bbl.in
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
-{
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- {
- before.all 'output.state :=
- " (" swap$ * ")" *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date}
-{
- year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
- {
- "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
- pop$ "????"
- }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label *
- date.encapsulate
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
-{
- format.date
- "year" output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.date.output}
-{
- format.date.output.check
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.btitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
- title
- } 'skip$ if$
- "title" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {either.or.check}
-{ empty$
- 'pop$
- { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
-{ editor empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
- ": try using @inbook instead" *
- warning$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "" }
- {
- "volume and number" number either.or.check
- bbl.volume
- capitalize
- swap$
- tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
- series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- ", "
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number}
-{
- bbl.number
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- #1 or
- #0 and
- 'skip$
- { capitalize }
- if$
- number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.number.series}
-{ volume empty$
- { number empty$
- { series field.or.null }
- {
- series empty$
- {
- number "number" bibinfo.check
- }{
- format.number
- series "series" bibinfo.check
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- { "" }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {is.num}
-{ chr.to.int$
- duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
- swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
-}
-
-FUNCTION {extract.num}
-{ duplicate$ 't :=
- "" 's :=
- { t empty$ not }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- duplicate$ is.num
- { s swap$ * 's := }
- { pop$ "" 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- s empty$
- 'skip$
- { pop$ s }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {convert.edition}
-{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
- s "first" = s "1" = or
- { bbl.first 't := }
- { s "second" = s "2" = or
- { bbl.second 't := }
- { s "third" = s "3" = or
- { bbl.third 't := }
- { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
- { bbl.fourth 't := }
- { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
- { bbl.fifth 't := }
- { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
- { s
- eng.ord
- 't := }
- { edition 't := }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- t
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.edition}
-{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- convert.edition
- output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
- { "l" }
- { "t" }
- if$ change.case$
- "edition" bibinfo.check
- word.space * bbl.edition *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { multiresult }
-FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
-{ 't :=
- #0 'multiresult :=
- { multiresult not
- t empty$ not
- and
- }
- { t #1 #1 substring$
- duplicate$ "-" =
- swap$ duplicate$ "," =
- swap$ "+" =
- or or
- { #1 'multiresult := }
- { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
- if$
- }
- while$
- multiresult
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { duplicate$ multi.page.check
- {
- bbl.pages swap$
- n.dashify
- }{
- bbl.page swap$
- }
- if$
- tie.or.space.prefix
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {first.page}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
- { t #1 #1 substring$ *
- t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
-{
- pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
-{
- ","
- word.space *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
-{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
- { volnum.punct *
- swap$
- control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
- pop$ pop$
- }{
- #0 >
- {
- n.dashify
- }{
- first.page
- } if$
- } if$
- "pages" bibinfo.check
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
-{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- { volnum.punct * }
- if$
- swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
-{
- eid empty$
- { format.journal.pages }
- { format.journal.eid }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
-{
- series "series" bibinfo.check output
- volume field.or.null
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- "volume" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- bolden
- number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
- 'skip$
- if$
- swap$
- "~(" swap$ * ")" *
- }
- if$ *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
-{ chapter empty$
- {
- ""
- }
- { type empty$
- {
- bbl.chapter
- capitalize
- }{
- type
- capitalize
- "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
- chapter tie.or.space.prefix
- "chapter" bibinfo.check
- * *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
-{
- booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
- pop$ emphasize
- select.language
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
-{
- editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- bbl.edby
- word.space * swap$ *
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle
- "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
- output
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- "address" 'bibfield :=
- output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
-{
- format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
- {
- add.doi
- word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
- format.bvolume output
- author empty$ 'skip$
- { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
-{ type duplicate$ empty$
- 'pop$
- { swap$ pop$
- "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
-{ number "number" bibinfo.check
- type duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ bbl.techrep }
- 'skip$
- if$
- "type" bibinfo.check
- swap$ duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
- { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
-{ volume duplicate$ empty$
- { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
- pop$ word.in
- }
- { bbl.volume
- swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
- }
- if$
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
-{
- word.in
- " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
-{ 't :=
- ""
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ t }
- { t duplicate$ empty$
- { pop$ }
- {
- "," word.space *
- * swap$ *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- *
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
- ""
- "(" * swap$ * ")" *
- after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
-{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
-{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
-{
- publisher empty$
- { format.organization.address }
- { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- format.publisher.address
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
-{
- school "school" bibinfo.warn
- address "address" bibinfo.check
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- swap$
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
- {
- ", " *
- }
- if$
- swap$
- }
- if$
- *
- duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "(" swap$ * ")" * } if$ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
- output
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
-{
- control.title duplicate$ #0 <
- { pop$
- }{
- format.title
- "title" 'bibfield :=
- swap$ #0 >
- {
- "title" output.check
- }{
- output
- } if$
- new.block.comma
- } if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {control}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {article}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors
- booktitle empty$ {
- "author" output.check
- }{ output } if$
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- article.title.produce
- output.article.booktitle
- crossref missing$
- {
- link.open
- journal
- "journal" bibinfo.warn
- "journal" 'bibfield :=
- output
- add.blank
- format.ser.vol.num
- output
- eid.or.pages
- pages empty$ {
- doi output
- } 'skip$ if$
- link.shut
- }{
- format.article.crossref output.nonnull
- eid.or.pages
- }
- if$
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- format.translation output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {book}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "author and editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
-% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- format.date.output.check date.block
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- format.edition output
- author empty$
- {
- }
- {
- format.editor.in output
- editor format.key output
- }
- if$
- format.number.series output
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.bvolume output
- new.block.comma
- format.publisher.address output
- }{
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.isbn.output
- format.chapter.pages
- output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {booklet}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- format.date.output date.block
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.isbn.output
- format.book.pages output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {footnote}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.note output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inbook}
-{ output.bibitem
- author empty$
- {
- format.editors "editor" output.check
- editor format.key output
- }{
- format.authors output.nonnull
- author format.key output
- }
- if$
- format.date.output.check date.block
-
- format.title output
- new.block.comma
-
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.edition output
- new.block.comma
- format.publisher.address output
- }{
- format.chapter.pages
- "chapter"
- output.check
- new.block.comma
- format.book.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- crossref missing$
- { format.isbn.output }
- 'skip$
- if$
- format.pages "pages" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {incollection}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.edition output
- format.chapter.pages output
- format.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- format.chapter.pages output
- }
- if$
- format.pages "pages" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {inproceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- article.title.produce
- crossref missing$
- {
- format.in.ed.booktitle
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- }{
- format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
- }
- if$
- format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
- format.pages "pages" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
-FUNCTION {manual}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- format.date.output date.block
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
- address "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.edition output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.mthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {misc}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- format.date.output
- date.block
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {phdthesis}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- format.btitle
- output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- bbl.phdthesis
- format.thesis.type
- output.nonnull
- link.shut
- format.school.address.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presentation}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors output
- author format.key output
- new.block.comma
- link.open
- format.title
- output
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
- month "month" output.check
- year "year" output.check
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- new.sentence
- type missing$ 'skip$
- {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
- if$
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {proceedings}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.editors output
- editor format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
- format.number.series output
- format.bvolume output
- format.organization.publisher.address output
- format.isbn.output
- format.issn.output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {techreport}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output.check date.block
- link.open
- format.btitle
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- format.tr.number
- output.nonnull
- institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
- format.org.or.pub output
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note output
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {unpublished}
-{ output.bibitem
- format.authors "author" output.check
- author format.key output
- format.date.output date.block
- link.open
- format.title
- "title" output.check
- link.shut
- new.block.comma
- new.sentence.comma
- format.note "note" output.check
- format.eprint output
- fin.entry
-}
-
-FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
-
-READ
-
-EXECUTE {control.init}
-
-ITERATE {control.pass}
-
-EXECUTE {control.check}
-
-FUNCTION {sortify}
-{ purify$
- "l" change.case$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { len }
-
-FUNCTION {chop.word}
-{ 's :=
- 'len :=
- s #1 len substring$ =
- { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
- 's
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
-{
- word.space * bbl.etal
- emphasize
- *
-}
-
-FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
-{ 's :=
- "" 't :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- format.name.apply
- s num.names$ duplicate$
- #2 >
- { pop$
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- #2 <
- 'skip$
- {
- s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
- {
- cite.name.font.apply
- }{
- bbl.and space.word *
- s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
- cite.name.font
- *
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
- }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
- }
- { author format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
- 'key
- if$
- }
- { editor format.lab.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
-{ type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.key.label
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.key.label
- 'author.key.label
- if$
- }
- if$
- 'short.list :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {calc.label}
-{
- calc.short.authors
- short.list
- year duplicate$ empty$
- short.list key field.or.null = or
- {
- pop$ ""
- "????" *
- }{
- control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
- }
- if$
- "(" swap$ *
- * 'label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
-{ 's :=
- #1 'nameptr :=
- ""
- s num.names$ 'numnames :=
- numnames 'namesleft :=
- { namesleft #0 > }
- { s nameptr
- "{ll{ }}"
- control.author.initials {
- "{ f{ }}" *
- }{
- "{ ff{ }}" *
- } if$
- "{ jj{ }}" *
- format.name$ 't :=
- nameptr #1 >
- {
- " " *
- namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
- { "zzzzz" * }
- {
- t sortify *
- }
- if$
- }
- { t sortify * }
- if$
- nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
- namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
- }
- while$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
-{ 't :=
- "A " #2
- "An " #3
- "The " #4 t chop.word
- chop.word
- chop.word
- sortify
- #1 global.max$ substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
-{ author empty$
- { editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
- }
- { author sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
-{
- year
-}
-
-FUNCTION {editor.sort}
-{ editor empty$
- { key empty$
- { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
- ""
- }
- { key sortify }
- if$
- }
- { editor sort.format.names }
- if$
-}
-
-INTEGERS { seq.num }
-
-FUNCTION {init.seq}
-{ #0 'seq.num :=}
-
-EXECUTE {init.seq}
-
-FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
-{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
- #-1 #10 substring$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.presort}
-{
- calc.label
- label sortify
- " "
- *
- type$ "book" =
- type$ "inbook" =
- or
- 'author.editor.sort
- { type$ "proceedings" =
- 'editor.sort
- 'author.sort
- if$
- }
- if$
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.label :=
- sort.label
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {presort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {presort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
-
-INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
-
-FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
- "" 'next.extra :=
- #0 'last.extra.num :=
- #0 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.forward}
-{
- last.label label =
- { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
- last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
- }
- { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
- "" 'extra.label :=
- label 'last.label :=
- }
- if$
- number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {label.reverse}
-{ next.extra "b" =
- { "a" 'extra.label := }
- 'skip$
- if$
- extra.label 'next.extra :=
- extra.label
- duplicate$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
- if$
- 'extra.label :=
- label extra.label * 'label :=
-}
-
-EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
-
-FUNCTION {forward.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {forward.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
-}
-
-REVERSE {reverse.pass}
-
-FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
-{ sort.label
- " "
- *
- year.sort.key
- field.or.null sortify
- *
- " "
- *
- title field.or.null sort.format.title
- *
- #1 entry.max$ substring$
- 'sort.key$ :=
-}
-
-FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
-{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
-}
-
-ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
-
-SORT
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
-{
- "\texttt {"
- pop$
- "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
- eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
-{
- "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
-{
- "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
-{
- "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
- "``" "''"
- "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
-{
- "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
-{
- bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
- bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
-{
- "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
-{
- "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
-{
- "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {warn.bib}
-{
-}
-
-FUNCTION {init.bib}
-{
- warn.bib
- "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
- " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
- " \fi" write$ newline$
- "}%" write$ newline$
- init.bib.ay
- init.bib.quote
- init.bib.namefont
- init.bib.hypertex
- init.bib.eprint
- init.bib.doi
- init.bib.lang
- init.bib.bibinfo
- init.bib.translation
- init.bib.endbibitem
- "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
- "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
- "%</preamble>" write$
-}
-
-FUNCTION {begin.bib}
-{
- id.bst diagn.cmntlog
- control.bib
- preamble$ empty$
- 'skip$
- { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
- if$
- "\begin{thebibliography}{"
- number.label int.to.str$
- * "}%" *
- write$ newline$
- init.bib
-}
-
-EXECUTE {begin.bib}
-
-EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
-
-ITERATE {call.type$}
-
-FUNCTION {end.bib}
-{ newline$
- "\end{thebibliography}%"
- write$ newline$
-}
-
-EXECUTE {end.bib}
-
-%% End of customized bst file
-%%
-%% End of file `apsrmp4-1.bst'.
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipauth4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipauth4-1.bst (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipauth4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,3486 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `aipauth4-1.bst',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** REVTeX-compatible aipauth4-1.bst 2010-07-25 ***
+%%
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+ % ===============================================================
+ % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
+ % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
+ %
+ % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+ % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+ % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+ % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+ % ===============================================================
+ % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
+ % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
+ % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
+ % The form of the \bibitem entries is
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
+ % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
+ % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
+ % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
+ % parenthesis!
+ % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
+ % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
+ % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
+ % be parentheses in the label.
+ % The \cite command functions as follows:
+ % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
+ % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
+ % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
+ % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
+ % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
+ % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
+ % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
+ %---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs aipauth4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
+ENTRY
+{
+ address
+ archive
+ archivePrefix
+ author
+ bookaddress
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ collaboration
+ doi
+ edition
+ editor
+ eid
+ eprint
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ issn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ primaryClass
+ publisher
+ school
+ SLACcitation
+ series
+ title
+ translation
+ type
+ url
+ volume
+ year
+}{
+}{
+ label
+ extra.label sort.label
+ short.list
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ output.state before.all
+ after.word after.punctuation
+ after.sentence after.block
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {non.stop}
+{ duplicate$
+ "}" * add.period$
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
+
+FUNCTION {multiply}
+{
+ 'arith.multiplicand :=
+ 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ #0
+ { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
+ { arith.multiplicand +
+ arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
+{
+ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ pop$ #-1
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
+{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
+ { duplicate$ empty$ not }
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
+ duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$ pop$ ""
+ }
+ { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
+ #2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ pop$ arith.accumulator
+}
+
+FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
+{
+ duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
+
+INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
+
+FUNCTION { control.init }
+{
+ #0
+ 'control.key :=
+ #0
+ #1 +
+ #8 +
+ 'control.author :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.dotless :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nospace :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.initials :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.first :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.reversed :=
+ #0
+ 'control.editor :=
+ #-1
+ 'control.title :=
+ #0
+ 'control.pages :=
+ #0
+ 'control.eprint :=
+ #1
+ 'control.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
+{
+ " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.check}
+{
+ control.editor
+ {
+ "editor formatted same as author"
+ control.author.reversed {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.reversed :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.first {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.first :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.reversed 'skip$
+ {
+ "not reversed"
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ } if$
+ control.author.initials {
+ duplicate$ ", initials" *
+ control.author.dotless {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+ control.author.initials 'skip$ {
+ "not initials"
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } if$
+ pop$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.parse}
+{
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$ pop$ pop$
+ }
+ { empty$
+ {
+ pop$ #-1
+ }{
+ str.to.hex
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.dump}
+{
+ duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
+ "{" swap$ * "}, " *
+ *
+}
+
+INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
+
+FUNCTION {control.decode}
+{
+ - duplicate$
+ #0 <
+ {
+ skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
+ }
+ {
+ swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
+{
+ control.author
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
+ {
+ int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
+ "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
+ warning$
+ }{
+ 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
+ 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
+ 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
+ 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
+ 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
+ duplicate$ #0 =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ "Control: residue of author"
+ "(" swap$ * ")" * *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.setup}
+{
+ type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
+ "control.key" key control.dump *
+ "control.author" author control.dump *
+ "control.editor" editor control.dump *
+ "control.title" title control.dump *
+ "control.pages" pages control.dump *
+ "control.year" year control.dump *
+ "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
+ top$
+ 'control.key key control.parse
+ 'control.author author control.parse
+ 'control.editor editor control.parse
+ 'control.title title control.parse
+ 'control.pages pages control.parse
+ 'control.year year control.parse
+ 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
+ control.author.decode
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.presort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.forward}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.reverse}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.sort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
+{
+ "Control: key "
+ control.key
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ pop$ *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
+{
+ "Control: author "
+ control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
+ control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
+ control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
+ control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
+ control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
+ control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
+{
+ "Control: editor formatted "
+ control.editor
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "identically to author"
+ } {
+ "differently from author"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of article title "
+ control.title
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "required"
+ } {
+ "allowed"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
+{
+ "Control: page "
+ control.pages
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "none"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "range"
+ } {
+ "single"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
+{
+ "Control: year "
+ control.year
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "truncated"
+ } {
+ "verbatim"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of eprint "
+ control.eprint
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.bib}
+{
+ control.key.bib
+ control.author.bib
+ control.editor.bib
+ control.title.bib
+ control.pages.bib
+ control.year.bib
+ control.eprint.bib
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{
+ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'after.word :=
+ #2 'after.punctuation :=
+ #3 'after.sentence :=
+ #4 'after.block :=
+ #0 'punctuation.no :=
+ #1 'punctuation.space :=
+ #2 'punctuation.yes :=
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ "" 'output.bibfield :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t}
+FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
+{ ""
+ "," *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.space}
+{
+ "\ "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{
+ swap$
+ output.state after.word =
+ {
+ block.punctuation *
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.punctuation =
+ {
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
+ {
+ add.period$
+ "\EOS\ " *
+ }{
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ bibfield.command
+ " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ write$
+ bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
+ output.state after.block =
+ {
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ punctuation.state duplicate$
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ punctuation.no =
+ { pop$ before.all }
+ { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
+ if$
+ 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ output.nonnull
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
+{
+ non.stop
+ {
+ bibitem.shut.nostop *
+ }{
+ bibitem.shut.stop *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.itag} {
+ "p"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
+ ""
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
+{ SLACcitation empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ newline$
+ SLACcitation write$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{
+ bibitem.shut
+ write$
+ output.SLACcitation
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
+{
+ new.sentence
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.blank}
+{
+ word.space *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
+{
+ "\hspace {0pt}" *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.block}
+{
+ new.block.comma
+ skip$
+}
+
+STRINGS {z}
+FUNCTION {remove.dots}
+{
+ control.author.dotless {
+ 'z :=
+ ""
+ { z empty$ not }
+ { z #1 #1 substring$
+ z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
+ duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
+ { * }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { word.space }
+ if$
+ swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}
+{
+ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}
+{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
+
+ % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
+ % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
+ % The language selected here is ENGLISH
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}
+{
+ "and"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
+{
+ "et~al."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
+{
+ "eds."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
+{ "edited by" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
+{
+ "vol."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}
+{ "of" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}
+{
+ "no."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
+{ "no." }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}
+{ "in" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
+{
+ "pp."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}
+{
+ "p."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
+{ "pages" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
+{
+ "chap."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
+{
+ "Tech. Rep."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
+{ "Master's thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
+{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.first}
+{
+ "1st"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.second}
+{
+ "2nd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.third}
+{
+ "3rd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
+{
+ "4th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
+{
+ "5th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}
+{ "st" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
+{ "nd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
+{ "rd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}
+{ "th" }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
+{
+ "\urlprefix "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eng.ord}
+{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
+ #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
+ { bbl.th * }
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "1" =
+ { pop$ bbl.st * }
+ { duplicate$ "2" =
+ { pop$ bbl.nd * }
+ { "3" =
+ { bbl.rd * }
+ { bbl.th * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
+MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
+MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
+MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
+MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
+MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
+MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
+MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
+MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
+MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
+MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
+MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
+MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
+MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
+MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
+MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
+MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
+MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
+MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
+MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
+MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
+MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
+MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
+MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
+MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
+MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
+MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
+MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
+MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
+MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
+MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
+MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
+MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
+MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
+MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
+MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
+MACRO {science} {"Science"}
+MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
+MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
+MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
+MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
+ % End module: physjour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
+MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
+MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
+MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
+MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
+MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
+MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
+MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
+MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
+MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
+MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
+MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
+MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
+MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
+MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
+MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
+MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
+MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
+MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
+MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
+MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
+MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
+MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
+MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
+MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
+MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
+MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
+MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
+MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
+MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
+MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
+MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
+MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
+MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
+MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
+MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
+MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
+MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
+MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
+MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
+MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
+MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
+MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
+MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
+MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
+MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
+MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
+MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
+MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
+MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
+MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
+MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
+MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
+MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
+MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
+MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
+MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
+MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
+MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
+MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
+MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
+MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
+MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
+MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
+MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
+MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
+MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
+MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
+MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
+MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
+MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
+MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
+MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
+MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
+MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
+MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
+MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
+MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
+MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
+MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
+MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
+MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
+MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
+MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
+ % End module: geojour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
+
+MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
+MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
+MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
+MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
+MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
+MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
+MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
+MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
+MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
+MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
+MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
+MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
+MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
+MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
+MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
+MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
+MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
+MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
+MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
+MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
+
+MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
+MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
+MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
+ % End module: photjour.mbs
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ pop$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
+ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.base}
+{
+ "http://arxiv.org/abs"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
+{
+ "arXiv"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eprint.command}
+{
+ "\Eprint "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.eprint}
+{
+ eprint duplicate$ empty$
+ control.eprint #0 <
+ or
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ duplicate$
+ ""
+ archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
+ "/" *
+ swap$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ swap$
+ ""
+ archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
+ swap$ *
+ primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ *
+ eprint.command swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.translation}
+{ translation duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ""
+ "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\url "
+ "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {check.speaker}
+{ key empty$ 'skip$
+ { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
+ {
+ bolden
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
+{
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{}"
+ } {
+ "f{~}"
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{.}."
+ } {
+ "f."
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bracify}
+{
+ "{" swap$ * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {name.comma}
+{
+ control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
+{
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f"
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." *
+ } if$
+ "~" *
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ swap$
+ } {
+ format.names.fname
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ }
+ if$
+ "jj"
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
+ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
+{ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } {
+ "," *
+ s nameptr
+ format.names.fname
+ "jj"
+ " "
+ name.comma
+ control.author.jnrlst {
+ swap$ * skip$
+ } {
+ skip$ * swap$
+ } if$
+ bracify swap$ bracify swap$
+ *
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
+{
+ "," *
+ " " *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
+ duplicate$ num.names$
+ duplicate$ 'numnames :=
+ 'namesleft :=
+ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ type$ "presentation" =
+ 'check.speaker
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 > not
+ {
+ t *
+ } {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ } {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " *
+ bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+ } {
+ bbl.and
+ space.word *
+ t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
+ } {
+ "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
+ }{
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
+{
+ control.author.reversed { %
+ control.author.initials { %
+ control.author.dotless { %
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
+ "{f{}}"
+ } { % nm-rv
+ "{f{~}}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } { % !control.author.dotless
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
+ "{ff}"
+ } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
+ "{f.}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
+ s nameptr
+ "{ff}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
+ s nameptr
+ "{f.}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{
+ control.editor #0 > {
+ format.names
+ } {
+ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.ed.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ }{
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
+ }{
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author "author" format.names
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ "author" 'bibfield :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ get.bbl.editor
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base}
+{
+ "http://dx.doi.org/"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
+{
+ "\doibase "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {noop.command}
+{
+ "\href at noop "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {href.command}
+{
+ "\href "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
+{
+ doi duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ "" noop.command
+ }{
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ doi.base.command swap$ *
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
+{
+ "}"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.open}
+{
+ link.tag.open output.nopunct
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.shut}
+{
+ link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.doi}
+{
+ link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { language empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{
+ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { note #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "{" =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "u" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
+{
+ "\enquote "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {string.enquote}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ non.stop {
+ block.punctuation
+ } { "" } if$
+ swap$ pop$
+ *
+ bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
+ duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ string.enquote
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
+{ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { before.all 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.full.names}
+{
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ {
+ 't :=
+ }
+ 'pop$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal
+ emphasize *
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.full.names}
+{
+ key editor author
+ type$ "proceedings" =
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }{
+ skip$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
+{
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ ""
+ }{
+ skip$
+ } if$
+ extra.label *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{
+ newline$
+ ""
+ label
+ * ")" *
+ make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
+ { pop$ }{ * } if$
+ bracify
+ "[" swap$ * "]" *
+ cite$ bracify "%" *
+ *
+ "\bibitem "
+ swap$ *
+ write$ newline$
+ " "
+ duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{
+ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }{
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }{
+ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{
+ bbl.in
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ " (" swap$ * ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label *
+ date.encapsulate
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
+{
+ format.date
+ "year" output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output}
+{
+ format.date.output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
+ title
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ "title" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
+{ editor empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
+ ": try using @inbook instead" *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ bbl.volume
+ capitalize
+ swap$
+ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
+ series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ ", "
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{
+ bbl.number
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ #1 or
+ #0 and
+ 'skip$
+ { capitalize }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ {
+ series empty$
+ {
+ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ }{
+ format.number
+ series "series" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { bbl.first 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { bbl.second 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { bbl.third 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { bbl.fourth 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { bbl.fifth 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s
+ eng.ord
+ 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ convert.edition
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "t" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ "edition" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * bbl.edition *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ multi.page.check
+ {
+ bbl.pages swap$
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ bbl.page swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ tie.or.space.prefix
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{
+ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
+{
+ ","
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
+ { volnum.punct *
+ swap$
+ control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$ pop$
+ }{
+ #0 >
+ {
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ first.page
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
+{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { volnum.punct * }
+ if$
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
+{
+ eid empty$
+ { format.journal.pages }
+ { format.journal.eid }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
+{
+ series "series" bibinfo.check output
+ volume field.or.null
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "volume" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ bolden
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ {
+ format.pages
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ {
+ bbl.chapter
+ capitalize
+ }{
+ type
+ capitalize
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ pop$ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
+{
+ editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ bbl.edby
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle
+ "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ "address" 'bibfield :=
+ output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ author empty$ 'skip$
+ { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { swap$ pop$
+ "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ type duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ bbl.techrep }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ pop$ word.in
+ }
+ { bbl.volume
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
+ }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ t }
+ { t duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," word.space *
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ *
+ warning$
+ pop$ ""
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "year" bibinfo.check
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ ""
+ "(" * swap$ * ")" *
+ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
+{
+ publisher empty$
+ { format.organization.address }
+ { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ format.publisher.address
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
+{
+ school "school" bibinfo.warn
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ ", " *
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ output
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
+{
+ control.title duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$
+ }{
+ format.title
+ "title" 'bibfield :=
+ swap$ #0 >
+ {
+ "title" output.check
+ }{
+ output
+ } if$
+ new.block.comma
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ booktitle empty$ {
+ "author" output.check
+ }{ output } if$
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ output.article.booktitle
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ link.open
+ journal
+ "journal" bibinfo.warn
+ "journal" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ add.blank
+ format.ser.vol.num
+ output
+ eid.or.pages
+ format.date.output.check
+ pages empty$ {
+ doi output
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ link.shut
+ }{
+ format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ format.translation output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+%% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.edition output
+ author empty$
+ {
+ }
+ {
+ format.editor.in output
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.number.series output
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.publisher.address output
+ }{
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.book.pages output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {footnote}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+ author format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+
+ format.title output
+ new.block.comma
+
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.edition output
+ new.block.comma
+ }{
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.isbn.output }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.mthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.phdthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presentation}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
+ month "month" output.check
+ year "year" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ new.sentence
+ type missing$ 'skip$
+ {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.tr.number
+ output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
+ format.org.or.pub output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note "note" output.check
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {control.init}
+
+ITERATE {control.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {control.check}
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
+{
+ word.space * bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ nameptr
+ #2
+ =
+ numnames
+ #3
+ > and
+ {
+ "others" 't :=
+ #1 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * } 'skip$ if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'short.list :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{
+ calc.short.authors
+ short.list
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "(" swap$ *
+ * 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{ll{ }}"
+ control.author.initials {
+ "{ f{ }}" *
+ }{
+ "{ ff{ }}" *
+ } if$
+ "{ jj{ }}" *
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ " " *
+ namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ {
+ t sortify *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
+{
+ year
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { seq.num }
+
+FUNCTION {init.seq}
+{ #0 'seq.num :=}
+
+EXECUTE {init.seq}
+
+FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
+{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
+ #-1 #10 substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.presort}
+{
+ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+ #0 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.forward}
+{
+ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.reverse}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
+}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year.sort.key
+ field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
+{
+ "\texttt {"
+ pop$
+ "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
+{
+ "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
+{
+ "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
+{
+ "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
+ "``" "''"
+ "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
+{
+ "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
+{
+ bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+ bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
+{
+ "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
+{
+ "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warn.bib}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib}
+{
+ warn.bib
+ "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ init.bib.ay
+ init.bib.quote
+ init.bib.namefont
+ init.bib.hypertex
+ init.bib.eprint
+ init.bib.doi
+ init.bib.lang
+ init.bib.bibinfo
+ init.bib.translation
+ init.bib.endbibitem
+ "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
+ "%</preamble>" write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+ id.bst diagn.cmntlog
+ control.bib
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{"
+ number.label int.to.str$
+ * "}%" *
+ write$ newline$
+ init.bib
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+%% End of customized bst file
+%%
+%% End of file `aipauth4-1.bst'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipauth4-1.bst
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipnum4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipnum4-1.bst (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipnum4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,3476 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `aipnum4-1.bst',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,mcite,mct-1,mct-x3,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,blkyear,yr-par,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** REVTeX-compatible aipnum4-1.bst 2010-07-25 ***
+%%
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+ % ===============================================================
+ % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
+ % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
+ %
+ % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+ % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+ % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+ % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+ % ===============================================================
+ % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
+ % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
+ % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
+ % The form of the \bibitem entries is
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
+ % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
+ % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
+ % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
+ % parenthesis!
+ % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
+ % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
+ % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
+ % be parentheses in the label.
+ % The \cite command functions as follows:
+ % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
+ % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
+ % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
+ % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
+ % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
+ % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
+ % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
+ %---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs aipnum4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
+ENTRY
+{
+ address
+ archive
+ archivePrefix
+ author
+ bookaddress
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ collaboration
+ doi
+ edition
+ editor
+ eid
+ eprint
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ issn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ primaryClass
+ publisher
+ school
+ SLACcitation
+ series
+ title
+ translation
+ type
+ url
+ volume
+ year
+}{
+}{
+ label
+ extra.label sort.label
+ short.list
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ output.state before.all
+ after.word after.punctuation
+ after.sentence after.block
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {non.stop}
+{ duplicate$
+ "}" * add.period$
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
+
+FUNCTION {multiply}
+{
+ 'arith.multiplicand :=
+ 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ #0
+ { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
+ { arith.multiplicand +
+ arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
+{
+ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ pop$ #-1
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
+{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
+ { duplicate$ empty$ not }
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
+ duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$ pop$ ""
+ }
+ { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
+ #2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ pop$ arith.accumulator
+}
+
+FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
+{
+ duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
+
+INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
+
+FUNCTION { control.init }
+{
+ #0
+ 'control.key :=
+ #0
+ #8 +
+ 'control.author :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.dotless :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nospace :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.initials :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.first :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.reversed :=
+ #1
+ 'control.editor :=
+ #-1
+ 'control.title :=
+ #0
+ 'control.pages :=
+ #0
+ 'control.eprint :=
+ #1
+ 'control.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
+{
+ " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.check}
+{
+ control.editor
+ {
+ "editor formatted same as author"
+ control.author.reversed {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.reversed :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.first {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.first :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.reversed 'skip$
+ {
+ "not reversed"
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ } if$
+ control.author.initials {
+ duplicate$ ", initials" *
+ control.author.dotless {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+ control.author.initials 'skip$ {
+ "not initials"
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } if$
+ pop$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.parse}
+{
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$ pop$ pop$
+ }
+ { empty$
+ {
+ pop$ #-1
+ }{
+ str.to.hex
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.dump}
+{
+ duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
+ "{" swap$ * "}, " *
+ *
+}
+
+INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
+
+FUNCTION {control.decode}
+{
+ - duplicate$
+ #0 <
+ {
+ skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
+ }
+ {
+ swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
+{
+ control.author
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
+ {
+ int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
+ "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
+ warning$
+ }{
+ 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
+ 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
+ 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
+ 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
+ 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
+ duplicate$ #0 =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ "Control: residue of author"
+ "(" swap$ * ")" * *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.setup}
+{
+ type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
+ "control.key" key control.dump *
+ "control.author" author control.dump *
+ "control.editor" editor control.dump *
+ "control.title" title control.dump *
+ "control.pages" pages control.dump *
+ "control.year" year control.dump *
+ "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
+ top$
+ 'control.key key control.parse
+ 'control.author author control.parse
+ 'control.editor editor control.parse
+ 'control.title title control.parse
+ 'control.pages pages control.parse
+ 'control.year year control.parse
+ 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
+ control.author.decode
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.presort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.forward}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.reverse}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.sort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
+{
+ "Control: key "
+ control.key
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ pop$ *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
+{
+ "Control: author "
+ control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
+ control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
+ control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
+ control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
+ control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
+ control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
+{
+ "Control: editor formatted "
+ control.editor
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "identically to author"
+ } {
+ "differently from author"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of article title "
+ control.title
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "required"
+ } {
+ "allowed"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
+{
+ "Control: page "
+ control.pages
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "none"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "range"
+ } {
+ "single"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
+{
+ "Control: year "
+ control.year
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "truncated"
+ } {
+ "verbatim"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of eprint "
+ control.eprint
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.bib}
+{
+ control.key.bib
+ control.author.bib
+ control.editor.bib
+ control.title.bib
+ control.pages.bib
+ control.year.bib
+ control.eprint.bib
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{
+ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'after.word :=
+ #2 'after.punctuation :=
+ #3 'after.sentence :=
+ #4 'after.block :=
+ #0 'punctuation.no :=
+ #1 'punctuation.space :=
+ #2 'punctuation.yes :=
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ "" 'output.bibfield :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t}
+FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
+{ ""
+ "," *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.space}
+{
+ "\ "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{
+ swap$
+ output.state after.word =
+ {
+ block.punctuation *
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.punctuation =
+ {
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
+ {
+ add.period$
+ "\EOS\ " *
+ }{
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ bibfield.command
+ " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ write$
+ bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
+ output.state after.block =
+ {
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ punctuation.state duplicate$
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ punctuation.no =
+ { pop$ before.all }
+ { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
+ if$
+ 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ output.nonnull
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
+{
+ non.stop
+ {
+ bibitem.shut.nostop *
+ }{
+ bibitem.shut.stop *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.itag} {
+ "p"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
+ ""
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
+{ SLACcitation empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ newline$
+ SLACcitation write$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{
+ bibitem.shut
+ write$
+ output.SLACcitation
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
+{
+ new.sentence
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.blank}
+{
+ word.space *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
+{
+ "\hspace {0pt}" *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.block}
+{
+ new.block.comma
+ skip$
+}
+
+STRINGS {z}
+FUNCTION {remove.dots}
+{
+ control.author.dotless {
+ 'z :=
+ ""
+ { z empty$ not }
+ { z #1 #1 substring$
+ z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
+ duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
+ { * }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { word.space }
+ if$
+ swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}
+{
+ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}
+{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
+
+ % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
+ % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
+ % The language selected here is ENGLISH
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}
+{
+ "and"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
+{
+ "et~al."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
+{
+ "eds."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
+{ "edited by" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
+{
+ "vol."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}
+{ "of" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}
+{
+ "no."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
+{ "no." }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}
+{ "in" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
+{
+ "pp."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}
+{
+ "p."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
+{ "pages" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
+{
+ "chap."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
+{
+ "Tech. Rep."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
+{ "Master's thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
+{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.first}
+{
+ "1st"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.second}
+{
+ "2nd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.third}
+{
+ "3rd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
+{
+ "4th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
+{
+ "5th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}
+{ "st" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
+{ "nd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
+{ "rd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}
+{ "th" }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
+{
+ "\urlprefix "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eng.ord}
+{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
+ #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
+ { bbl.th * }
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "1" =
+ { pop$ bbl.st * }
+ { duplicate$ "2" =
+ { pop$ bbl.nd * }
+ { "3" =
+ { bbl.rd * }
+ { bbl.th * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
+MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
+MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
+MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
+MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
+MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
+MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
+MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
+MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
+MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
+MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
+MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
+MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
+MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
+MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
+MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
+MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
+MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
+MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
+MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
+MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
+MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
+MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
+MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
+MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
+MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
+MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
+MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
+MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
+MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
+MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
+MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
+MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
+MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
+MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
+MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
+MACRO {science} {"Science"}
+MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
+MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
+MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
+MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
+ % End module: physjour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
+MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
+MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
+MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
+MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
+MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
+MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
+MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
+MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
+MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
+MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
+MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
+MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
+MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
+MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
+MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
+MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
+MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
+MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
+MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
+MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
+MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
+MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
+MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
+MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
+MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
+MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
+MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
+MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
+MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
+MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
+MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
+MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
+MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
+MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
+MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
+MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
+MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
+MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
+MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
+MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
+MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
+MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
+MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
+MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
+MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
+MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
+MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
+MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
+MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
+MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
+MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
+MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
+MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
+MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
+MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
+MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
+MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
+MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
+MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
+MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
+MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
+MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
+MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
+MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
+MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
+MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
+MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
+MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
+MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
+MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
+MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
+MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
+MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
+MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
+MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
+MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
+MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
+MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
+MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
+MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
+MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
+MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
+MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
+ % End module: geojour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
+
+MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
+MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
+MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
+MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
+MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
+MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
+MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
+MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
+MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
+MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
+MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
+MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
+MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
+MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
+MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
+MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
+MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
+MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
+MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
+MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
+
+MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
+MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
+MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
+ % End module: photjour.mbs
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ pop$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
+ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.base}
+{
+ "http://arxiv.org/abs"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
+{
+ "arXiv"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eprint.command}
+{
+ "\Eprint "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.eprint}
+{
+ eprint duplicate$ empty$
+ control.eprint #0 <
+ or
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ duplicate$
+ ""
+ archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
+ "/" *
+ swap$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ swap$
+ ""
+ archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
+ swap$ *
+ primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ *
+ eprint.command swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.translation}
+{ translation duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ""
+ "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\url "
+ "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {check.speaker}
+{ key empty$ 'skip$
+ { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
+ {
+ bolden
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
+{
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{}"
+ } {
+ "f{~}"
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{.}."
+ } {
+ "f."
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bracify}
+{
+ "{" swap$ * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {name.comma}
+{
+ control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
+{
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f"
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." *
+ } if$
+ "~" *
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ swap$
+ } {
+ format.names.fname
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ }
+ if$
+ "jj"
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
+ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
+{ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } {
+ "," *
+ s nameptr
+ format.names.fname
+ "jj"
+ " "
+ name.comma
+ control.author.jnrlst {
+ swap$ * skip$
+ } {
+ skip$ * swap$
+ } if$
+ bracify swap$ bracify swap$
+ *
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
+{
+ "," *
+ " " *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
+ duplicate$ num.names$
+ duplicate$ 'numnames :=
+ 'namesleft :=
+ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ type$ "presentation" =
+ 'check.speaker
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 > not
+ {
+ t *
+ } {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ } {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " *
+ bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+ } {
+ bbl.and
+ space.word *
+ t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
+ } {
+ "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
+ }{
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
+{
+ control.author.reversed { %
+ control.author.initials { %
+ control.author.dotless { %
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
+ "{f{}}"
+ } { % nm-rv
+ "{f{~}}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } { % !control.author.dotless
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
+ "{ff}"
+ } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
+ "{f.}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
+ s nameptr
+ "{ff}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
+ s nameptr
+ "{f.}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{
+ control.editor #0 > {
+ format.names
+ } {
+ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.ed.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ }{
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
+ }{
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author "author" format.names
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ "author" 'bibfield :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ get.bbl.editor
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base}
+{
+ "http://dx.doi.org/"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
+{
+ "\doibase "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {noop.command}
+{
+ "\href at noop "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {href.command}
+{
+ "\href "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
+{
+ doi duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ "" noop.command
+ }{
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ doi.base.command swap$ *
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
+{
+ "}"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.open}
+{
+ link.tag.open output.nopunct
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.shut}
+{
+ link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.doi}
+{
+ link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { language empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{
+ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { note #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "{" =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "u" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
+{
+ "\enquote "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {string.enquote}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ non.stop {
+ block.punctuation
+ } { "" } if$
+ swap$ pop$
+ *
+ bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
+ duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ string.enquote
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
+{ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { before.all 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.full.names}
+{
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ {
+ 't :=
+ }
+ 'pop$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal
+ emphasize *
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.full.names}
+{
+ key editor author
+ type$ "proceedings" =
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }{
+ skip$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
+{
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ ""
+ }{
+ skip$
+ } if$
+ extra.label *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{
+ newline$
+ ""
+ label
+ * ")" *
+ make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
+ { pop$ }{ * } if$
+ bracify
+ "[" swap$ * "]" *
+ cite$ bracify "%" *
+ *
+ "\bibitem "
+ swap$ *
+ write$ newline$
+ " "
+ duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{
+ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }{
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }{
+ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{
+ bbl.in
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ " (" swap$ * ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label *
+ date.encapsulate
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
+{
+ format.date
+ "year" output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output}
+{
+ format.date.output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
+ title
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ "title" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
+{ editor empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
+ ": try using @inbook instead" *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ bbl.volume
+ capitalize
+ swap$
+ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
+ series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ ", "
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{
+ bbl.number
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ #1 or
+ #0 and
+ 'skip$
+ { capitalize }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ {
+ series empty$
+ {
+ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ }{
+ format.number
+ series "series" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { bbl.first 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { bbl.second 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { bbl.third 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { bbl.fourth 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { bbl.fifth 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s
+ eng.ord
+ 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ convert.edition
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "t" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ "edition" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * bbl.edition *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ multi.page.check
+ {
+ bbl.pages swap$
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ bbl.page swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ tie.or.space.prefix
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{
+ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
+{
+ ","
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
+ { volnum.punct *
+ swap$
+ control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$ pop$
+ }{
+ #0 >
+ {
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ first.page
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
+{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { volnum.punct * }
+ if$
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
+{
+ eid empty$
+ { format.journal.pages }
+ { format.journal.eid }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
+{
+ series "series" bibinfo.check output
+ volume field.or.null
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "volume" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ bolden
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ {
+ format.pages
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ {
+ bbl.chapter
+ capitalize
+ }{
+ type
+ capitalize
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ pop$ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
+{
+ editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ bbl.edby
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle
+ "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ "address" 'bibfield :=
+ output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ author empty$ 'skip$
+ { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { swap$ pop$
+ "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ type duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ bbl.techrep }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ pop$ word.in
+ }
+ { bbl.volume
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
+ }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ t }
+ { t duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," word.space *
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ *
+ warning$
+ pop$ ""
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "year" bibinfo.check
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ ""
+ "(" * swap$ * ")" *
+ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
+{
+ publisher empty$
+ { format.organization.address }
+ { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ format.publisher.address
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
+{
+ school "school" bibinfo.warn
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ ", " *
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ output
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
+{
+ control.title duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$
+ }{
+ format.title
+ "title" 'bibfield :=
+ swap$ #0 >
+ {
+ "title" output.check
+ }{
+ output
+ } if$
+ new.block.comma
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ booktitle empty$ {
+ "author" output.check
+ }{ output } if$
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ output.article.booktitle
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ link.open
+ journal
+ "journal" bibinfo.warn
+ "journal" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ add.blank
+ format.ser.vol.num
+ output
+ eid.or.pages
+ format.date.output.check
+ pages empty$ {
+ doi output
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ link.shut
+ }{
+ format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ format.translation output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+%% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.edition output
+ author empty$
+ {
+ }
+ {
+ format.editor.in output
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.number.series output
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.publisher.address output
+ }{
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.book.pages output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {footnote}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+ author format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+
+ format.title output
+ new.block.comma
+
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.edition output
+ new.block.comma
+ }{
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.isbn.output }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.mthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.phdthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presentation}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
+ month "month" output.check
+ year "year" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ new.sentence
+ type missing$ 'skip$
+ {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.tr.number
+ output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
+ format.org.or.pub output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note "note" output.check
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {control.init}
+
+ITERATE {control.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {control.check}
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
+{
+ word.space * bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ nameptr
+ #2
+ =
+ numnames
+ #3
+ > and
+ {
+ "others" 't :=
+ #1 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * } 'skip$ if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'short.list :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{
+ calc.short.authors
+ short.list
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "(" swap$ *
+ * 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{ll{ }}"
+ control.author.initials {
+ "{ f{ }}" *
+ }{
+ "{ ff{ }}" *
+ } if$
+ "{ jj{ }}" *
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ " " *
+ namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ {
+ t sortify *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
+{
+ year
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { seq.num }
+
+FUNCTION {init.seq}
+{ #0 'seq.num :=}
+
+EXECUTE {init.seq}
+
+FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
+{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
+ #-1 #10 substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.presort}
+{
+ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ seq.num #1 + 'seq.num :=
+ seq.num int.to.fix
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+ #0 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.forward}
+{
+ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.reverse}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
+}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year.sort.key
+ field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
+{
+ "\texttt {"
+ pop$
+ "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
+{
+ "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
+{
+ "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
+{
+ "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
+ "``" "''"
+ "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
+{
+ "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
+{
+ bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+ bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
+{
+ "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
+{
+ "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warn.bib}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib}
+{
+ warn.bib
+ "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ init.bib.ay
+ init.bib.quote
+ init.bib.namefont
+ init.bib.hypertex
+ init.bib.eprint
+ init.bib.doi
+ init.bib.lang
+ init.bib.bibinfo
+ init.bib.translation
+ init.bib.endbibitem
+ "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
+ "%</preamble>" write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+ id.bst diagn.cmntlog
+ control.bib
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{"
+ number.label int.to.str$
+ * "}%" *
+ write$ newline$
+ init.bib
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+%% End of customized bst file
+%%
+%% End of file `aipnum4-1.bst'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/aipnum4-1.bst
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrev4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrev4-1.bst (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrev4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,3456 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `apsrev4-1.bst',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,seq-no,vonx,nm-init,ed-au,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,blkyear,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-x,volp-com,jpg-1,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-date,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-pub,pre-edn,doi-link,doi,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** REVTeX-compatible Phys Rev 2010-07-25 ***
+%%
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+ % ===============================================================
+ % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
+ % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
+ %
+ % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+ % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+ % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+ % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+ % ===============================================================
+ % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
+ % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
+ % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
+ % The form of the \bibitem entries is
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
+ % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
+ % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
+ % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
+ % parenthesis!
+ % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
+ % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
+ % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
+ % be parentheses in the label.
+ % The \cite command functions as follows:
+ % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
+ % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
+ % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
+ % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
+ % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
+ % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
+ % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
+ %---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs apsrev4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
+ENTRY
+{
+ address
+ archive
+ archivePrefix
+ author
+ bookaddress
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ collaboration
+ doi
+ edition
+ editor
+ eid
+ eprint
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ issn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ primaryClass
+ publisher
+ school
+ SLACcitation
+ series
+ title
+ translation
+ type
+ url
+ volume
+ year
+}{
+}{
+ label
+ extra.label sort.label
+ short.list
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ output.state before.all
+ after.word after.punctuation
+ after.sentence after.block
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {non.stop}
+{ duplicate$
+ "}" * add.period$
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
+
+FUNCTION {multiply}
+{
+ 'arith.multiplicand :=
+ 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ #0
+ { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
+ { arith.multiplicand +
+ arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
+{
+ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ pop$ #-1
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
+{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
+ { duplicate$ empty$ not }
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
+ duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$ pop$ ""
+ }
+ { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
+ #2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ pop$ arith.accumulator
+}
+
+FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
+{
+ duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
+
+INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
+
+FUNCTION { control.init }
+{
+ #0
+ 'control.key :=
+ #0
+ #8 +
+ #64 +
+ 'control.author :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.dotless :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nospace :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.initials :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.first :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.reversed :=
+ #1
+ 'control.editor :=
+ #-1
+ 'control.title :=
+ #0
+ 'control.pages :=
+ #0
+ 'control.eprint :=
+ #1
+ 'control.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
+{
+ " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.check}
+{
+ control.editor
+ {
+ "editor formatted same as author"
+ control.author.reversed {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.reversed :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.first {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.first :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.reversed 'skip$
+ {
+ "not reversed"
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ } if$
+ control.author.initials {
+ duplicate$ ", initials" *
+ control.author.dotless {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+ control.author.initials 'skip$ {
+ "not initials"
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } if$
+ pop$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.parse}
+{
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$ pop$ pop$
+ }
+ { empty$
+ {
+ pop$ #-1
+ }{
+ str.to.hex
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.dump}
+{
+ duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
+ "{" swap$ * "}, " *
+ *
+}
+
+INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
+
+FUNCTION {control.decode}
+{
+ - duplicate$
+ #0 <
+ {
+ skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
+ }
+ {
+ swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
+{
+ control.author
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
+ {
+ int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
+ "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
+ warning$
+ }{
+ 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
+ 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
+ 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
+ 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
+ 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
+ duplicate$ #0 =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ "Control: residue of author"
+ "(" swap$ * ")" * *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.setup}
+{
+ type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
+ "control.key" key control.dump *
+ "control.author" author control.dump *
+ "control.editor" editor control.dump *
+ "control.title" title control.dump *
+ "control.pages" pages control.dump *
+ "control.year" year control.dump *
+ "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
+ top$
+ 'control.key key control.parse
+ 'control.author author control.parse
+ 'control.editor editor control.parse
+ 'control.title title control.parse
+ 'control.pages pages control.parse
+ 'control.year year control.parse
+ 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
+ control.author.decode
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.presort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.forward}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.reverse}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.sort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
+{
+ "Control: key "
+ control.key
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ pop$ *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
+{
+ "Control: author "
+ control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
+ control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
+ control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
+ control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
+ control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
+ control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
+{
+ "Control: editor formatted "
+ control.editor
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "identically to author"
+ } {
+ "differently from author"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of article title "
+ control.title
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "required"
+ } {
+ "allowed"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
+{
+ "Control: page "
+ control.pages
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "none"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "range"
+ } {
+ "single"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
+{
+ "Control: year "
+ control.year
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "truncated"
+ } {
+ "verbatim"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of eprint "
+ control.eprint
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.bib}
+{
+ control.key.bib
+ control.author.bib
+ control.editor.bib
+ control.title.bib
+ control.pages.bib
+ control.year.bib
+ control.eprint.bib
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{
+ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'after.word :=
+ #2 'after.punctuation :=
+ #3 'after.sentence :=
+ #4 'after.block :=
+ #0 'punctuation.no :=
+ #1 'punctuation.space :=
+ #2 'punctuation.yes :=
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ "" 'output.bibfield :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t}
+FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
+{ ""
+ "," *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.space}
+{
+ "\ "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{
+ swap$
+ output.state after.word =
+ {
+ block.punctuation *
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.punctuation =
+ {
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
+ {
+ add.period$
+ "\EOS\ " *
+ }{
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ bibfield.command
+ " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ write$
+ bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
+ output.state after.block =
+ {
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ punctuation.state duplicate$
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ punctuation.no =
+ { pop$ before.all }
+ { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
+ if$
+ 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ output.nonnull
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
+{
+ non.stop
+ {
+ bibitem.shut.nostop *
+ }{
+ bibitem.shut.stop *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.itag} {
+ "p"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
+ ""
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
+{ SLACcitation empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ newline$
+ SLACcitation write$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{
+ bibitem.shut
+ write$
+ output.SLACcitation
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
+{
+ new.sentence
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.blank}
+{
+ word.space *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
+{
+ "\hspace {0pt}" *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.block}
+{
+ new.block.comma
+ skip$
+}
+
+STRINGS {z}
+FUNCTION {remove.dots}
+{
+ control.author.dotless {
+ 'z :=
+ ""
+ { z empty$ not }
+ { z #1 #1 substring$
+ z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
+ duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
+ { * }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { word.space }
+ if$
+ swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}
+{
+ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}
+{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
+
+ % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
+ % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
+ % The language selected here is ENGLISH
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}
+{
+ "and"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
+{
+ "et~al."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
+{
+ "eds."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
+{ "edited by" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
+{
+ "vol."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}
+{ "of" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}
+{
+ "no."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
+{ "no." }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}
+{ "in" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
+{
+ "pp."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}
+{
+ "p."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
+{ "pages" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
+{
+ "chap."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
+{
+ "Tech. Rep."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
+{ "Master's thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
+{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.first}
+{
+ "1st"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.second}
+{
+ "2nd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.third}
+{
+ "3rd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
+{
+ "4th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
+{
+ "5th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}
+{ "st" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
+{ "nd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
+{ "rd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}
+{ "th" }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
+{
+ "\urlprefix "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eng.ord}
+{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
+ #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
+ { bbl.th * }
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "1" =
+ { pop$ bbl.st * }
+ { duplicate$ "2" =
+ { pop$ bbl.nd * }
+ { "3" =
+ { bbl.rd * }
+ { bbl.th * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
+MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
+MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
+MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
+MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
+MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
+MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
+MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
+MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
+MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
+MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
+MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
+MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
+MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
+MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
+MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
+MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
+MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
+MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
+MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
+MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
+MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
+MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
+MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
+MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
+MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
+MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
+MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
+MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
+MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
+MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
+MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
+MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
+MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
+MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
+MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
+MACRO {science} {"Science"}
+MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
+MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
+MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
+MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
+ % End module: physjour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
+MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
+MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
+MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
+MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
+MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
+MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
+MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
+MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
+MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
+MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
+MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
+MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
+MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
+MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
+MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
+MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
+MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
+MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
+MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
+MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
+MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
+MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
+MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
+MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
+MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
+MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
+MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
+MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
+MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
+MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
+MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
+MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
+MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
+MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
+MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
+MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
+MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
+MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
+MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
+MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
+MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
+MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
+MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
+MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
+MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
+MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
+MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
+MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
+MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
+MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
+MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
+MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
+MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
+MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
+MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
+MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
+MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
+MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
+MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
+MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
+MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
+MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
+MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
+MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
+MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
+MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
+MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
+MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
+MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
+MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
+MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
+MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
+MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
+MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
+MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
+MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
+MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
+MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
+MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
+MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
+MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
+MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
+MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
+ % End module: geojour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
+
+MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
+MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
+MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
+MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
+MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
+MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
+MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
+MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
+MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
+MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
+MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
+MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
+MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
+MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
+MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
+MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
+MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
+MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
+MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
+MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
+
+MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
+MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
+MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
+ % End module: photjour.mbs
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ pop$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
+ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.base}
+{
+ "http://arxiv.org/abs"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
+{
+ "arXiv"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eprint.command}
+{
+ "\Eprint "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.eprint}
+{
+ eprint duplicate$ empty$
+ control.eprint #0 <
+ or
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ duplicate$
+ ""
+ archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
+ "/" *
+ swap$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ swap$
+ ""
+ archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
+ swap$ *
+ primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ *
+ eprint.command swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.translation}
+{ translation duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ""
+ "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\url "
+ "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {check.speaker}
+{ key empty$ 'skip$
+ { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
+ {
+ bolden
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
+{
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{}"
+ } {
+ "f{~}"
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{.}."
+ } {
+ "f."
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bracify}
+{
+ "{" swap$ * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {name.comma}
+{
+ control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
+{
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f"
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." *
+ } if$
+ "~" *
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ swap$
+ } {
+ format.names.fname
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ }
+ if$
+ "jj"
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
+ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
+{ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } {
+ "," *
+ s nameptr
+ format.names.fname
+ "jj"
+ " "
+ name.comma
+ control.author.jnrlst {
+ swap$ * skip$
+ } {
+ skip$ * swap$
+ } if$
+ bracify swap$ bracify swap$
+ *
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
+{
+ "," *
+ " " *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
+ duplicate$ num.names$
+ duplicate$ 'numnames :=
+ 'namesleft :=
+ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ type$ "presentation" =
+ 'check.speaker
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 > not
+ {
+ t *
+ } {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ } {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " *
+ bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+ } {
+ bbl.and
+ space.word *
+ t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
+ } {
+ "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
+ }{
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
+{
+ control.author.reversed { %
+ control.author.initials { %
+ control.author.dotless { %
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
+ "{f{}}"
+ } { % nm-rv
+ "{f{~}}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } { % !control.author.dotless
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
+ "{ff}"
+ } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
+ "{f.}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
+ s nameptr
+ "{ff}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
+ s nameptr
+ "{f.}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{
+ control.editor #0 > {
+ format.names
+ } {
+ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.ed.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ }{
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
+ }{
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author "author" format.names
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ "author" 'bibfield :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ get.bbl.editor
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base}
+{
+ "http://dx.doi.org/"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
+{
+ "\doibase "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {noop.command}
+{
+ "\href at noop "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {href.command}
+{
+ "\href "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
+{
+ doi duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ "" noop.command
+ }{
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ doi.base.command swap$ *
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
+{
+ "}"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.open}
+{
+ link.tag.open output.nopunct
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.shut}
+{
+ link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.doi}
+{
+ link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { language empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{
+ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { note #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "{" =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "u" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
+{
+ "\enquote "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {string.enquote}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ non.stop {
+ block.punctuation
+ } { "" } if$
+ swap$ pop$
+ *
+ bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
+ duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ string.enquote
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
+{ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { before.all 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.full.names}
+{
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ {
+ 't :=
+ }
+ 'pop$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal
+ emphasize *
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.full.names}
+{
+ key editor author
+ type$ "proceedings" =
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }{
+ skip$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
+{
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ ""
+ }{
+ skip$
+ } if$
+ extra.label *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{
+ newline$
+ ""
+ label
+ * ")" *
+ make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
+ { pop$ }{ * } if$
+ bracify
+ "[" swap$ * "]" *
+ cite$ bracify "%" *
+ *
+ "\bibitem "
+ swap$ *
+ write$ newline$
+ " "
+ duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{
+ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }{
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }{
+ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{
+ bbl.in
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ " (" swap$ * ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label *
+ date.encapsulate
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
+{
+ format.date
+ "year" output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output}
+{
+ format.date.output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
+ title
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ "title" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
+{ editor empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
+ ": try using @inbook instead" *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ bbl.volume
+ capitalize
+ swap$
+ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
+ series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ ", "
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{
+ bbl.number
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ #1 or
+ #0 and
+ 'skip$
+ { capitalize }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ {
+ series empty$
+ {
+ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ }{
+ format.number
+ series "series" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { bbl.first 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { bbl.second 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { bbl.third 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { bbl.fourth 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { bbl.fifth 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s
+ eng.ord
+ 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ convert.edition
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "t" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ "edition" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * bbl.edition *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ multi.page.check
+ {
+ bbl.pages swap$
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ bbl.page swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ tie.or.space.prefix
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{
+ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
+{
+ ","
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
+ { volnum.punct *
+ swap$
+ control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$ pop$
+ }{
+ #0 >
+ {
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ first.page
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
+{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { volnum.punct * }
+ if$
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
+{
+ eid empty$
+ { format.journal.pages }
+ { format.journal.eid }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
+{
+ series "series" bibinfo.check output
+ volume field.or.null
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "volume" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ bolden
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ {
+ format.pages
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ {
+ bbl.chapter
+ capitalize
+ }{
+ type
+ capitalize
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ pop$ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
+{
+ editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ bbl.edby
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle
+ "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ "address" 'bibfield :=
+ output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ author empty$ 'skip$
+ { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { swap$ pop$
+ "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ type duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ bbl.techrep }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ pop$ word.in
+ }
+ { bbl.volume
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
+ }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ t }
+ { t duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," word.space *
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ *
+ warning$
+ pop$ ""
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "year" bibinfo.check
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ ""
+ "(" * swap$ * ")" *
+ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
+{
+ publisher empty$
+ { format.organization.address }
+ { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ format.publisher.address
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
+{
+ school "school" bibinfo.warn
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ ", " *
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ output
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
+{
+ control.title duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$
+ }{
+ format.title
+ "title" 'bibfield :=
+ swap$ #0 >
+ {
+ "title" output.check
+ }{
+ output
+ } if$
+ new.block.comma
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ booktitle empty$ {
+ "author" output.check
+ }{ output } if$
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ output.article.booktitle
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ link.open
+ journal
+ "journal" bibinfo.warn
+ "journal" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ add.blank
+ format.ser.vol.num
+ output
+ eid.or.pages
+ format.date.output.check
+ pages empty$ {
+ doi output
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ link.shut
+ }{
+ format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ format.translation output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+%% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.edition output
+ author empty$
+ {
+ }
+ {
+ format.editor.in output
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.number.series output
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.publisher.address output
+ }{
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.book.pages output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {footnote}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+ author format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+
+ format.title output
+ new.block.comma
+
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.edition output
+ new.block.comma
+ }{
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter and pages"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.date.output.check
+ }
+ if$
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.isbn.output }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.mthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.phdthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ format.date.output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presentation}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
+ month "month" output.check
+ year "year" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ new.sentence
+ type missing$ 'skip$
+ {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.tr.number
+ output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
+ format.org.or.pub output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.date.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note "note" output.check
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {control.init}
+
+ITERATE {control.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {control.check}
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
+{
+ word.space * bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ format.name.apply
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ {
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ bbl.and space.word *
+ s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'short.list :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{
+ calc.short.authors
+ short.list
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ short.list key field.or.null = or
+ {
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "(" swap$ *
+ * 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{ll{ }}"
+ control.author.initials {
+ "{ f{ }}" *
+ }{
+ "{ ff{ }}" *
+ } if$
+ "{ jj{ }}" *
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ " " *
+ namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ {
+ t sortify *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
+{
+ year
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { seq.num }
+
+FUNCTION {init.seq}
+{ #0 'seq.num :=}
+
+EXECUTE {init.seq}
+
+FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
+{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
+ #-1 #10 substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.presort}
+{
+ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ seq.num #1 + 'seq.num :=
+ seq.num int.to.fix
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+ #0 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.forward}
+{
+ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.reverse}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
+}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year.sort.key
+ field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
+{
+ "\texttt {"
+ pop$
+ "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
+{
+ "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
+{
+ "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
+{
+ "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
+ "``" "''"
+ "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
+{
+ "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
+{
+ bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+ bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
+{
+ "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
+{
+ "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warn.bib}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib}
+{
+ warn.bib
+ "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ init.bib.ay
+ init.bib.quote
+ init.bib.namefont
+ init.bib.hypertex
+ init.bib.eprint
+ init.bib.doi
+ init.bib.lang
+ init.bib.bibinfo
+ init.bib.translation
+ init.bib.endbibitem
+ "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
+ "%</preamble>" write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+ id.bst diagn.cmntlog
+ control.bib
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{"
+ number.label int.to.str$
+ * "}%" *
+ write$ newline$
+ init.bib
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+%% End of customized bst file
+%%
+%% End of file `apsrev4-1.bst'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrev4-1.bst
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.bst
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.bst (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.bst 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,3447 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `apsrmp4-1.bst',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `head,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% physjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% geojour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% photjour.mbs (with options: `ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% merlin.mbs (with options: `tail,ay,nat,lang,pres,pres-bf,vonx,nm-rev1,jnrlst,nmft,nmft-def,fnm-def,nmfted,nmand-rm,lab,lab-def,and-rm,keyxyr,dt-beg,yr-par,dtrev,date-nil-x,tit-qq,inproceedings-chapter,jtit-x,inproceedings-chapter,article-booktitle,article-series,jttl-rm,journal-address,book-bt,thesis-title-o,trtit-b,techreport-institution-par,vol-bf,vnum-sp,volp-com,jpg-1,pp-last,book-editor-booktitle,inbook-editor-booktitle,bookaddress,num-xser,number-cap,chapter-cap,series-number,numser-booktitle,ser-vol,ser-rm,volume-cap,ser-ed,jnm-x,pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,pub-par,ay-empty-pub-parens-x,pre-edn,school-par,doi-link,doi,bkedcap,edby,blk-com,fin-endbibitem,pp,ed,abr,ednx,ord,jabr,and-com,etal-it,revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,SLACcitation,numpages-x,url,url-prefix-x,bibinfo,bibfield,nfss,,{}')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** REVTeX-compatible RMP 2010-07-25 ***
+%%
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+ % ===============================================================
+ % IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+ % This bibliographic style (bst) file has been generated from one or
+ % more master bibliographic style (mbs) files, listed above.
+ %
+ % This generated file can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+ % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+ % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+ % version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+ % ===============================================================
+ % Name and version information of the main mbs file:
+ % For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This bibliography style file is intended for texts in ENGLISH
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a special package file to function properly.
+ % Such a package is natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
+ % The form of the \bibitem entries is
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)Jones, Baker, and Smith]{key}...
+ % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
+ % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
+ % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
+ % parenthesis!
+ % With natbib v5.3, a full list of authors may also follow the year.
+ % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
+ % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
+ % be parentheses in the label.
+ % The \cite command functions as follows:
+ % \citet{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \citet*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith (1990)
+ % \citep{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep*{key} ==>> (Jones, Baker, and Smith, 1990)
+ % \citep[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
+ % \citep[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \citep[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
+ % \citeauthor{key} ==>> Jones et al.
+ % \citeauthor*{key} ==>> Jones, Baker, and Smith
+ % \citeyear{key} ==>> 1990
+ %---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+FUNCTION {id.bst} {"merlin.mbs apsrmp4-1.bst 2010-07-25 4.21a (PWD, AO, DPC) hacked"}
+ENTRY
+{
+ address
+ archive
+ archivePrefix
+ author
+ bookaddress
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ collaboration
+ doi
+ edition
+ editor
+ eid
+ eprint
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ issn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ primaryClass
+ publisher
+ school
+ SLACcitation
+ series
+ title
+ translation
+ type
+ url
+ volume
+ year
+}{
+}{
+ label
+ extra.label sort.label
+ short.list
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ output.state before.all
+ after.word after.punctuation
+ after.sentence after.block
+}
+
+INTEGERS
+{
+ punctuation.state punctuation.no punctuation.space punctuation.yes
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibfield output.bibfield }
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {non.stop}
+{ duplicate$
+ "}" * add.period$
+ #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.mulitplier arith.multiplicand }
+
+FUNCTION {multiply}
+{
+ 'arith.multiplicand :=
+ 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ #0
+ { arith.mulitplier #0 > }
+ { arith.multiplicand +
+ arith.mulitplier #1 - 'arith.mulitplier :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {chr.to.hex}
+{
+ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #9 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "A" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ "a" chr.to.int$ -
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #5 > or not
+ { swap$ pop$ #10 + }
+ { pop$
+ pop$ #-1
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { arith.accumulator }
+
+FUNCTION {str.to.hex}
+{ #0 'arith.accumulator :=
+ { duplicate$ empty$ not }
+ { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.hex
+ duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$ pop$ ""
+ }
+ { arith.accumulator #16 multiply + 'arith.accumulator :=
+ #2 global.max$ substring$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ pop$ arith.accumulator
+}
+
+FUNCTION {diagn.cmntlog}
+{
+ duplicate$ top$ "%" swap$ * write$ newline$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { control.key control.author control.editor control.title control.pages control.eprint control.year }
+
+INTEGERS { control.author.jnrlst control.author.dotless control.author.nospace control.author.initials control.author.nocomma control.author.first control.author.reversed }
+
+FUNCTION { control.init }
+{
+ #0
+ 'control.key :=
+ #0
+ #1 +
+ #2 +
+ #8 +
+ #64 +
+ 'control.author :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.dotless :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nospace :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.initials :=
+ #0
+ 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.first :=
+ #1
+ 'control.author.reversed :=
+ #0
+ 'control.editor :=
+ #-1
+ 'control.title :=
+ #0
+ 'control.pages :=
+ #0
+ 'control.eprint :=
+ #1
+ 'control.year :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warning.dependency}
+{
+ " (dependency: " * swap$ * ") set " * swap$ int.to.str$ * warning$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.check}
+{
+ control.editor
+ {
+ "editor formatted same as author"
+ control.author.reversed {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "reversed" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.reversed :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.first {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "first" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.first :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.reversed 'skip$
+ {
+ "not reversed"
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "jnrlst" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.jnrlst :=
+ } if$
+ control.author.initials {
+ duplicate$ ", initials" *
+ control.author.dotless {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+ control.author.initials 'skip$ {
+ "not initials"
+ control.author.nocomma {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nocomma" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nocomma :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.nospace {
+ duplicate$ #0 swap$ "nospace" warning.dependency
+ #0 'control.author.nospace :=
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ duplicate$ #1 swap$ "dotless" warning.dependency
+ #1 'control.author.dotless :=
+ } if$
+ pop$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.parse}
+{
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$ pop$ pop$
+ }
+ { empty$
+ {
+ pop$ #-1
+ }{
+ str.to.hex
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.dump}
+{
+ duplicate$ missing$ { pop$ "N/A" } 'skip$ if$
+ "{" swap$ * "}, " *
+ *
+}
+
+INTEGERS { decode.threshold }
+
+FUNCTION {control.decode}
+{
+ - duplicate$
+ #0 <
+ {
+ skip$ pop$ swap$ #0
+ }
+ {
+ swap$ pop$ swap$ #1
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.decode}
+{
+ control.author
+ duplicate$ duplicate$ #0 < swap$ #128 < not or
+ {
+ int.to.str$ "(" swap$ * ")" *
+ "Control cannot interpret author " swap$ *
+ warning$
+ }{
+ 'control.author.jnrlst swap$ duplicate$ #64 control.decode
+ 'control.author.dotless swap$ duplicate$ #32 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nospace swap$ duplicate$ #16 control.decode
+ 'control.author.initials swap$ duplicate$ #8 control.decode
+ 'control.author.nocomma swap$ duplicate$ #4 control.decode
+ 'control.author.first swap$ duplicate$ #2 control.decode
+ 'control.author.reversed swap$ duplicate$ #1 control.decode
+ duplicate$ #0 =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ "Control: residue of author"
+ "(" swap$ * ")" * *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+ pop$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.setup}
+{
+ type$ cite$ "{" swap$ * "}, " * *
+ "control.key" key control.dump *
+ "control.author" author control.dump *
+ "control.editor" editor control.dump *
+ "control.title" title control.dump *
+ "control.pages" pages control.dump *
+ "control.year" year control.dump *
+ "control.eprint" eprint control.dump *
+ top$
+ 'control.key key control.parse
+ 'control.author author control.parse
+ 'control.editor editor control.parse
+ 'control.title title control.parse
+ 'control.pages pages control.parse
+ 'control.year year control.parse
+ 'control.eprint eprint control.parse
+ control.author.decode
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.setup 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.presort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.forward}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.reverse}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.sort}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.longest.label}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.key.bib}
+{
+ "Control: key "
+ control.key
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ pop$ *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.author.bib}
+{
+ "Control: author "
+ control.author "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ")" * *
+ control.author.reversed { " reversed" * }{} if$
+ control.author.first { " first" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nocomma { " nocomma" * }{} if$
+ control.author.initials { " initials" * }{} if$
+ control.author.nospace { " nospace" * }{} if$
+ control.author.dotless { " dotless" * }{} if$
+ control.author.jnrlst { " jnrlst" * }{} if$
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.editor.bib}
+{
+ "Control: editor formatted "
+ control.editor
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "identically to author"
+ } {
+ "differently from author"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.title.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of article title "
+ control.title
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "required"
+ } {
+ "allowed"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.pages.bib}
+{
+ "Control: page "
+ control.pages
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "none"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "range"
+ } {
+ "single"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.year.bib}
+{
+ "Control: year "
+ control.year
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$
+ "disabled!"
+ } {
+ #0 > {
+ "truncated"
+ } {
+ "verbatim"
+ } if$
+ } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.eprint.bib}
+{
+ "Control: production of eprint "
+ control.eprint
+ duplicate$ "(" swap$ int.to.str$ * ") " * swap$
+ #0 < { "disabled" } { "enabled" } if$ * *
+ diagn.cmntlog
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control.bib}
+{
+ control.key.bib
+ control.author.bib
+ control.editor.bib
+ control.title.bib
+ control.pages.bib
+ control.year.bib
+ control.eprint.bib
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{
+ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'after.word :=
+ #2 'after.punctuation :=
+ #3 'after.sentence :=
+ #4 'after.block :=
+ #0 'punctuation.no :=
+ #1 'punctuation.space :=
+ #2 'punctuation.yes :=
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ "" 'output.bibfield :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t}
+FUNCTION {block.punctuation}
+{ ""
+ "," *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.space}
+{
+ "\ "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.one}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {show.stackstring.two}{
+ "(" *
+ output.state int.to.str$ *
+ "," * punctuation.state int.to.str$ *
+ ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "1(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ "2(" swap$ * ")" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibfield.command}{ "\bibfield "}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{
+ swap$
+ output.state after.word =
+ {
+ block.punctuation *
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.punctuation =
+ {
+ word.space *
+ }
+ {
+ output.state after.block = output.state after.sentence = or
+ {
+ add.period$
+ "\EOS\ " *
+ }{
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ output.bibfield duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ bibfield.command
+ " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ write$
+ bibfield 'output.bibfield := "" 'bibfield :=
+ output.state after.block =
+ {
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ punctuation.state duplicate$
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ punctuation.no =
+ { pop$ before.all }
+ { punctuation.yes = { after.word }{ after.punctuation } if$ }
+ if$
+ 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ "" 'bibfield :=
+ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nopunct}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ output.nonnull
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ { swap$ pop$ output.nonnull }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.open} { "\BibitemOpen " }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.shut} { "\BibitemShut " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.stop} { bbl.shut "{Stop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut.nostop} { bbl.shut "{NoStop}%" * }
+
+FUNCTION {bibitem.shut}
+{
+ non.stop
+ {
+ bibitem.shut.nostop *
+ }{
+ bibitem.shut.stop *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.itag} {
+ "p"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {html.ltag} {
+ ""
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.SLACcitation}
+{ SLACcitation empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ newline$
+ SLACcitation write$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{
+ bibitem.shut
+ write$
+ output.SLACcitation
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block = output.state before.all = or
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.comma}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sentence.or.colon}
+{
+ new.sentence
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.blank}
+{
+ word.space *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {no.blank.or.punct}
+{
+ "\hspace {0pt}" *
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.block}
+{
+ new.block.comma
+ skip$
+}
+
+STRINGS {z}
+FUNCTION {remove.dots}
+{
+ control.author.dotless {
+ 'z :=
+ ""
+ { z empty$ not }
+ { z #1 #1 substring$
+ z #2 global.max$ substring$ 'z :=
+ duplicate$ "." = 'pop$
+ { * }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ } 'skip$ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\emph {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bolden}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "\textbf {" swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.fname.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\bibfnamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\citenamefont {" swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { word.space }
+ if$
+ swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}
+{
+ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}
+{ word.space swap$ * word.space * }
+
+ % Here are the language-specific definitions for explicit words.
+ % Each function has a name bbl.xxx where xxx is the English word.
+ % The language selected here is ENGLISH
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}
+{
+ "and"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}
+{
+ "et~al."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}
+{
+ "eds."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edby}
+{ "edited by" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}
+{
+ "ed."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}
+{
+ "vol."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}
+{ "of" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}
+{
+ "no."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nr}
+{ "no." }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}
+{ "in" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}
+{
+ "pp."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}
+{
+ "p."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.eidpp}
+{ "pages" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}
+{
+ "chap."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}
+{
+ "Tech. Rep."
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}
+{ "Master's thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}
+{ "Ph.D. thesis" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.first}
+{
+ "1st"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.second}
+{
+ "2nd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.third}
+{
+ "3rd"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fourth}
+{
+ "4th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.fifth}
+{
+ "5th"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}
+{ "st" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}
+{ "nd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}
+{ "rd" }
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}
+{ "th" }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.url.prefix}
+{
+ "\urlprefix "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eng.ord}
+{ duplicate$ "1" swap$ *
+ #-2 #1 substring$ "1" =
+ { bbl.th * }
+ { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "1" =
+ { pop$ bbl.st * }
+ { duplicate$ "2" =
+ { pop$ bbl.nd * }
+ { "3" =
+ { bbl.rd * }
+ { bbl.th * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{physjour.mbs}[2002/01/14 2.2 (PWD)]
+MACRO {aa}{"Astron. \& Astrophys."}
+MACRO {aasup}{"Astron. \& Astrophys. Suppl. Ser."}
+MACRO {aj} {"Astron. J."}
+MACRO {aph} {"Acta Phys."}
+MACRO {advp} {"Adv. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajp} {"Amer. J. Phys."}
+MACRO {ajm} {"Amer. J. Math."}
+MACRO {amsci} {"Amer. Sci."}
+MACRO {anofd} {"Ann. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {am} {"Ann. Math."}
+MACRO {ap} {"Ann. Phys. (NY)"}
+MACRO {adp} {"Ann. Phys. (Leipzig)"}
+MACRO {ao} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {apl} {"Appl. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {app} {"Astroparticle Phys."}
+MACRO {apj} {"Astrophys. J."}
+MACRO {apjsup} {"Astrophys. J. Suppl."}
+MACRO {apss} {"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {araa} {"Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys."}
+MACRO {baas} {"Bull. Amer. Astron. Soc."}
+MACRO {baps} {"Bull. Amer. Phys. Soc."}
+MACRO {cmp} {"Comm. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {cpam} {"Commun. Pure Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {cppcf} {"Comm. Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {cpc} {"Comp. Phys. Comm."}
+MACRO {cqg} {"Class. Quant. Grav."}
+MACRO {cra} {"C. R. Acad. Sci. A"}
+MACRO {fed} {"Fusion Eng. \& Design"}
+MACRO {ft} {"Fusion Tech."}
+MACRO {grg} {"Gen. Relativ. Gravit."}
+MACRO {ieeens} {"IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
+MACRO {ieeeps} {"IEEE Trans. Plasma Sci."}
+MACRO {ijimw} {"Interntl. J. Infrared \& Millimeter Waves"}
+MACRO {ip} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {irp} {"Infrared Phys."}
+MACRO {jap} {"J. Appl. Phys."}
+MACRO {jasa} {"J. Acoust. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {jcp} {"J. Comp. Phys."}
+MACRO {jetp} {"Sov. Phys.--JETP"}
+MACRO {jfe} {"J. Fusion Energy"}
+MACRO {jfm} {"J. Fluid Mech."}
+MACRO {jmp} {"J. Math. Phys."}
+MACRO {jne} {"J. Nucl. Energy"}
+MACRO {jnec} {"J. Nucl. Energy, C: Plasma Phys., Accelerators, Thermonucl. Res."}
+MACRO {jnm} {"J. Nucl. Mat."}
+MACRO {jpc} {"J. Phys. Chem."}
+MACRO {jpp} {"J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {jpsj} {"J. Phys. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jsi} {"J. Sci. Instrum."}
+MACRO {jvst} {"J. Vac. Sci. \& Tech."}
+MACRO {nat} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nature} {"Nature"}
+MACRO {nedf} {"Nucl. Eng. \& Design/Fusion"}
+MACRO {nf} {"Nucl. Fusion"}
+MACRO {nim} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth."}
+MACRO {nimpr} {"Nucl. Inst. \& Meth. in Phys. Res."}
+MACRO {np} {"Nucl. Phys."}
+MACRO {npb} {"Nucl. Phys. B"}
+MACRO {nt/f} {"Nucl. Tech./Fusion"}
+MACRO {npbpc} {"Nucl. Phys. B (Proc. Suppl.)"}
+MACRO {inc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {nc} {"Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {pf} {"Phys. Fluids"}
+MACRO {pfa} {"Phys. Fluids A: Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {pfb} {"Phys. Fluids B: Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {pl} {"Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {pla} {"Phys. Lett. A"}
+MACRO {plb} {"Phys. Lett. B"}
+MACRO {prep} {"Phys. Rep."}
+MACRO {pnas} {"Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA"}
+MACRO {pp} {"Phys. Plasmas"}
+MACRO {ppcf} {"Plasma Phys. \& Controlled Fusion"}
+MACRO {phitrsl} {"Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {prl} {"Phys. Rev. Lett."}
+MACRO {pr} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {physrev} {"Phys. Rev."}
+MACRO {pra} {"Phys. Rev. A"}
+MACRO {prb} {"Phys. Rev. B"}
+MACRO {prc} {"Phys. Rev. C"}
+MACRO {prd} {"Phys. Rev. D"}
+MACRO {pre} {"Phys. Rev. E"}
+MACRO {ps} {"Phys. Scripta"}
+MACRO {procrsl} {"Proc. Roy. Soc. London"}
+MACRO {rmp} {"Rev. Mod. Phys."}
+MACRO {rsi} {"Rev. Sci. Inst."}
+MACRO {science} {"Science"}
+MACRO {sciam} {"Sci. Am."}
+MACRO {sam} {"Stud. Appl. Math."}
+MACRO {sjpp} {"Sov. J. Plasma Phys."}
+MACRO {spd} {"Sov. Phys.--Doklady"}
+MACRO {sptp} {"Sov. Phys.--Tech. Phys."}
+MACRO {spu} {"Sov. Phys.--Uspeki"}
+MACRO {st} {"Sky and Telesc."}
+ % End module: physjour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{geojour.mbs}[2002/07/10 2.0h (PWD)]
+MACRO {aisr} {"Adv. Space Res."}
+MACRO {ag} {"Ann. Geophys."}
+MACRO {anigeo} {"Ann. Geofis."}
+MACRO {angl} {"Ann. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {andmet} {"Ann. d. Meteor."}
+MACRO {andgeo} {"Ann. d. Geophys."}
+MACRO {andphy} {"Ann. Phys.-Paris"}
+MACRO {afmgb} {"Arch. Meteor. Geophys. Bioklimatol."}
+MACRO {atph} {"Atm\'osphera"}
+MACRO {aao} {"Atmos. Ocean"}
+MACRO {ass}{"Astrophys. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {atenv} {"Atmos. Environ."}
+MACRO {aujag} {"Aust. J. Agr. Res."}
+MACRO {aumet} {"Aust. Meteorol. Mag."}
+MACRO {blmet} {"Bound.-Lay. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {bams} {"Bull. Amer. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {cch} {"Clim. Change"}
+MACRO {cdyn} {"Clim. Dynam."}
+MACRO {cbul} {"Climatol. Bull."}
+MACRO {cap} {"Contrib. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {dsr} {"Deep-Sea Res."}
+MACRO {dhz} {"Dtsch. Hydrogr. Z."}
+MACRO {dao} {"Dynam. Atmos. Oceans"}
+MACRO {eco} {"Ecology"}
+MACRO {empl}{"Earth, Moon and Planets"}
+MACRO {envres} {"Environ. Res."}
+MACRO {envst} {"Environ. Sci. Technol."}
+MACRO {ecms} {"Estuarine Coastal Mar. Sci."}
+MACRO {expa}{"Exper. Astron."}
+MACRO {geoint} {"Geofis. Int."}
+MACRO {geopub} {"Geofys. Publ."}
+MACRO {geogeo} {"Geol. Geofiz."}
+MACRO {gafd} {"Geophys. Astrophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {gfd} {"Geophys. Fluid Dyn."}
+MACRO {geomag} {"Geophys. Mag."}
+MACRO {georl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {grl} {"Geophys. Res. Lett."}
+MACRO {ga} {"Geophysica"}
+MACRO {gs} {"Geophysics"}
+MACRO {ieeetap} {"IEEE Trans. Antenn. Propag."}
+MACRO {ijawp} {"Int. J. Air Water Pollut."}
+MACRO {ijc} {"Int. J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {ijrs} {"Int. J. Remote Sens."}
+MACRO {jam} {"J. Appl. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {jaot} {"J. Atmos. Ocean. Technol."}
+MACRO {jatp} {"J. Atmos. Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jastp} {"J. Atmos. Solar-Terr. Phys."}
+MACRO {jce} {"J. Climate"}
+MACRO {jcam} {"J. Climate Appl. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcm} {"J. Climate Meteor."}
+MACRO {jcy} {"J. Climatol."}
+MACRO {jgr} {"J. Geophys. Res."}
+MACRO {jga} {"J. Glaciol."}
+MACRO {jh} {"J. Hydrol."}
+MACRO {jmr} {"J. Mar. Res."}
+MACRO {jmrj} {"J. Meteor. Res. Japan"}
+MACRO {jm} {"J. Meteor."}
+MACRO {jpo} {"J. Phys. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {jra} {"J. Rech. Atmos."}
+MACRO {jaes} {"J. Aeronaut. Sci."}
+MACRO {japca} {"J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc."}
+MACRO {jas} {"J. Atmos. Sci."}
+MACRO {jmts} {"J. Mar. Technol. Soc."}
+MACRO {jmsj} {"J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {josj} {"J. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan"}
+MACRO {jwm} {"J. Wea. Mod."}
+MACRO {lao} {"Limnol. Oceanogr."}
+MACRO {mwl} {"Mar. Wea. Log"}
+MACRO {mau} {"Mausam"}
+MACRO {meteor} {"``Meteor'' Forschungsergeb."}
+MACRO {map} {"Meteorol. Atmos. Phys."}
+MACRO {metmag} {"Meteor. Mag."}
+MACRO {metmon} {"Meteor. Monogr."}
+MACRO {metrun} {"Meteor. Rundsch."}
+MACRO {metzeit} {"Meteor. Z."}
+MACRO {metgid} {"Meteor. Gidrol."}
+MACRO {mwr} {"Mon. Weather Rev."}
+MACRO {nwd} {"Natl. Weather Dig."}
+MACRO {nzjmfr} {"New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res."}
+MACRO {npg} {"Nonlin. Proc. Geophys."}
+MACRO {om} {"Oceanogr. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {ocac} {"Oceanol. Acta"}
+MACRO {oceanus} {"Oceanus"}
+MACRO {paleoc} {"Paleoceanography"}
+MACRO {pce} {"Phys. Chem. Earth"}
+MACRO {pmg} {"Pap. Meteor. Geophys."}
+MACRO {ppom} {"Pap. Phys. Oceanogr. Meteor."}
+MACRO {physzeit} {"Phys. Z."}
+MACRO {pps} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pss} {"Planet. Space Sci."}
+MACRO {pag} {"Pure Appl. Geophys."}
+MACRO {qjrms} {"Quart. J. Roy. Meteorol. Soc."}
+MACRO {quatres} {"Quat. Res."}
+MACRO {rsci} {"Radio Sci."}
+MACRO {rse} {"Remote Sens. Environ."}
+MACRO {rgeo} {"Rev. Geophys."}
+MACRO {rgsp} {"Rev. Geophys. Space Phys."}
+MACRO {rdgeo} {"Rev. Geofis."}
+MACRO {revmeta} {"Rev. Meteorol."}
+MACRO {sgp}{"Surveys in Geophys."}
+MACRO {sp} {"Solar Phys."}
+MACRO {ssr} {"Space Sci. Rev."}
+MACRO {tellus} {"Tellus"}
+MACRO {tac} {"Theor. Appl. Climatol."}
+MACRO {tagu} {"Trans. Am. Geophys. Union (EOS)"}
+MACRO {wrr} {"Water Resour. Res."}
+MACRO {weather} {"Weather"}
+MACRO {wafc} {"Weather Forecast."}
+MACRO {ww} {"Weatherwise"}
+MACRO {wmob} {"WMO Bull."}
+MACRO {zeitmet} {"Z. Meteorol."}
+ % End module: geojour.mbs
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % Begin module:
+ % \ProvidesFile{photjour.mbs}[1999/02/24 2.0b (PWD)]
+
+MACRO {appopt} {"Appl. Opt."}
+MACRO {bell} {"Bell Syst. Tech. J."}
+MACRO {ell} {"Electron. Lett."}
+MACRO {jasp} {"J. Appl. Spectr."}
+MACRO {jqe} {"IEEE J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {jlwt} {"J. Lightwave Technol."}
+MACRO {jmo} {"J. Mod. Opt."}
+MACRO {josa} {"J. Opt. Soc. America"}
+MACRO {josaa} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~A"}
+MACRO {josab} {"J. Opt. Soc. Amer.~B"}
+MACRO {jdp} {"J. Phys. (Paris)"}
+MACRO {oc} {"Opt. Commun."}
+MACRO {ol} {"Opt. Lett."}
+MACRO {phtl} {"IEEE Photon. Technol. Lett."}
+MACRO {pspie} {"Proc. Soc. Photo-Opt. Instrum. Eng."}
+MACRO {sse} {"Solid-State Electron."}
+MACRO {sjot} {"Sov. J. Opt. Technol."}
+MACRO {sjqe} {"Sov. J. Quantum Electron."}
+MACRO {sleb} {"Sov. Phys.--Leb. Inst. Rep."}
+MACRO {stph} {"Sov. Phys.--Techn. Phys."}
+MACRO {stphl} {"Sov. Techn. Phys. Lett."}
+MACRO {vr} {"Vision Res."}
+MACRO {zph} {"Z. f. Physik"}
+MACRO {zphb} {"Z. f. Physik~B"}
+MACRO {zphd} {"Z. f. Physik~D"}
+
+MACRO {CLEO} {"CLEO"}
+MACRO {ASSL} {"Adv. Sol.-State Lasers"}
+MACRO {OSA} {"OSA"}
+ % End module: photjour.mbs
+%% Copyright 1994-2007 Patrick W Daly
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surv."}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Software Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput. Aid. Des."}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. Syst. Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Program."}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Graphic."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Progr. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theor. Comput. Sci."}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.command} { "\bibinfo " }
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ pop$
+ pop$ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ pop$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command "{" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$
+ duplicate$ missing$
+ {
+ swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$
+ ""
+ }{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+ }{
+ swap$
+ bibinfo.command " {" * swap$ * "} {" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.base}
+{
+ "http://arxiv.org/abs"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {archiv.prefix.base}
+{
+ "arXiv"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eprint.command}
+{
+ "\Eprint "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.eprint}
+{
+ eprint duplicate$ empty$
+ control.eprint #0 <
+ or
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ duplicate$
+ ""
+ archive duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ archiv.base } 'skip$ if$ *
+ "/" *
+ swap$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ swap$
+ ""
+ archivePrefix duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { ":" * } if$ *
+ swap$ *
+ primaryClass duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } { " [" swap$ * "]" * } if$ *
+ "{" swap$ * "} " *
+ *
+ eprint.command swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.translation}
+{ translation duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ""
+ "\translation{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "\url "
+ "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {check.speaker}
+{ key empty$ 'skip$
+ { key nameptr int.to.str$ =
+ {
+ bolden
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.fname}
+{
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{}"
+ } {
+ "f{~}"
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "f{.}."
+ } {
+ "f."
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bracify}
+{
+ "{" swap$ * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {name.comma}
+{
+ control.author.nocomma 'skip$ { "," swap$ * } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.format.onefont}
+{
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f"
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." *
+ } if$
+ "~" *
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ swap$
+ } {
+ format.names.fname
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ }
+ if$
+ "jj"
+ " " swap$ *
+ name.comma
+ bracify
+ control.author.jnrlst 'skip$ 'swap$ if$
+ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr format.names.format.onefont format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.morfont}
+{ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font
+ nameptr #1 >
+ control.author.first
+ and
+ control.author.reversed not
+ or
+ {
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ "f" % default: name + surname + comma junior
+ } {
+ "ff"
+ } if$
+ control.author.dotless 'skip$ {
+ "." * % nm-init % Initials. + surname (J. F. Smith) control.author.initials
+ } if$
+ bracify
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } {
+ "," *
+ s nameptr
+ format.names.fname
+ "jj"
+ " "
+ name.comma
+ control.author.jnrlst {
+ swap$ * skip$
+ } {
+ skip$ * swap$
+ } if$
+ bracify swap$ bracify swap$
+ *
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {names.punctuate}
+{
+ "," *
+ " " *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ { pop$ "" } {
+ duplicate$ num.names$
+ duplicate$ 'numnames :=
+ 'namesleft :=
+ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ type$ "presentation" =
+ 'check.speaker
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 > not
+ {
+ t *
+ } {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ } {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ names.punctuate
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " *
+ bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+ } {
+ bbl.and
+ space.word *
+ t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.onefont}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.initials {
+ control.author.dotless {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvx|nm-rvcx
+ } {
+ "{f{~}~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rv
+ } if$
+ } {
+ control.author.nospace {
+ "{f{.}.~}{vv~}{ll}{ jj}" % nm-rvv|nm-rvvc
+ }{
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" % nm-init|nm-rev|nm-rev1
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ } {
+ "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ bib.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed.morfont}
+{
+ control.author.reversed { %
+ control.author.initials { %
+ control.author.dotless { %
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvx nm-rvcx
+ "{f{}}"
+ } { % nm-rv
+ "{f{~}}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ remove.dots
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font " " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } { % !control.author.dotless
+ s nameptr
+ control.author.nospace { % nm-rvv
+ "{ff}"
+ } { % nm-rev nm-rev1
+ "{f.}"
+ } if$
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % Full names !control.author.initials nm-revf nm-revv1
+ s nameptr
+ "{ff}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ } { % !control.author.reversed nm-init
+ s nameptr
+ "{f.}"
+ format.name$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { tie.or.space.prefix bib.fname.font swap$ * }
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ bib.name.font *
+ s nameptr
+ "{jj}" format.name$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { bib.fname.font ", " swap$ * }
+ if$
+ } if$
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{
+ control.editor #0 > {
+ format.names
+ } {
+ 'bibinfo :=
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ {
+ format.names.ed.morfont
+ bibinfo bibinfo.check
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ {
+ names.punctuate
+ t *
+ }{
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ { 't := }
+ { pop$ }
+ if$
+ numnames #2 >
+ 'names.punctuate
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal emphasize *
+ }{
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+ } if$
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author "author" format.names
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { collaboration "collaboration" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { " (" swap$ * ")" * }
+ if$
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ "author" 'bibfield :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "," *
+ word.space *
+ get.bbl.editor
+ capitalize
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn.output}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base}
+{
+ "http://dx.doi.org/"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {doi.base.command}
+{
+ "\doibase "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {noop.command}
+{
+ "\href at noop "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {href.command}
+{
+ "\href "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.open}
+{
+ doi duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$
+ url duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ pop$ "" noop.command
+ }{
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ {
+ doi.base.command swap$ *
+ href.command
+ }
+ if$
+ "{" * swap$ * "} {" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.tag.shut}
+{
+ "}"
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.open}
+{
+ link.tag.open output.nopunct
+}
+
+FUNCTION {link.shut}
+{
+ link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.doi}
+{
+ link.tag.open swap$ * link.tag.shut *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { language empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\selectlanguage {" language * "}" * swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{
+ note empty$
+ { "" }
+ { note #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "{" =
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "u" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+ note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.enquote}
+{
+ "\enquote "
+}
+
+FUNCTION {string.enquote}
+{
+ punctuation.no 'punctuation.state :=
+ non.stop {
+ block.punctuation
+ } { "" } if$
+ swap$ pop$
+ *
+ bbl.enquote "{" * swap$ * "}" *
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "t" change.case$ } if$
+ duplicate$ "title" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ string.enquote
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.quote.title}
+{ title empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { before.all 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.name.apply}
+{
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv~}{ll}"
+ format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.full.names}
+{
+ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { format.name.apply
+ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+ {
+ 't :=
+ }
+ 'pop$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ {
+ " " * bbl.etal
+ emphasize *
+ }{
+ numnames #2 > { "," * }{ skip$ } if$
+ bbl.and
+ space.word * t *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {make.full.names}
+{
+ key editor author
+ type$ "proceedings" =
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or { pop$ }{ { pop$ "" }{ swap$ pop$ "" swap$ } if$ } if$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$
+ cite$ #1 #3 substring$
+ }{
+ skip$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { swap$ pop$ swap$ pop$ format.full.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.bibitem}
+{
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ ""
+ "????" *
+ }{
+ skip$
+ } if$
+ extra.label *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{
+ newline$
+ ""
+ label
+ * ")" *
+ make.full.names duplicate$ short.list =
+ { pop$ }{ * } if$
+ bracify
+ "[" swap$ * "]" *
+ cite$ bracify "%" *
+ *
+ "\bibitem "
+ swap$ *
+ write$ newline$
+ " "
+ duplicate$ bbl.open * write$ newline$
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{
+ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }{
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }{
+ t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{
+ bbl.in
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {date.encapsulate}
+{
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+ " (" swap$ * ")" *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+ year "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+ {
+ "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
+ pop$ "????"
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label *
+ date.encapsulate
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output.check}
+{
+ format.date
+ "year" output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.output}
+{
+ format.date.output.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ empty$ { pop$
+ title
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ "title" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.check.book}
+{ editor empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "can't use both author and editor fields in " cite$ *
+ ": try using @inbook instead" *
+ warning$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ {
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ bbl.volume
+ capitalize
+ swap$
+ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * *
+ series "series" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ ", "
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{
+ bbl.number
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ #1 or
+ #0 and
+ 'skip$
+ { capitalize }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.prefix "number" bibinfo.check * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ {
+ series empty$
+ {
+ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ }{
+ format.number
+ series "series" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+ duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+ swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+ "" 's :=
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ duplicate$ is.num
+ { s swap$ * 's := }
+ { pop$ "" 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ s empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$ s }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ extract.num "l" change.case$ 's :=
+ s "first" = s "1" = or
+ { bbl.first 't := }
+ { s "second" = s "2" = or
+ { bbl.second 't := }
+ { s "third" = s "3" = or
+ { bbl.third 't := }
+ { s "fourth" = s "4" = or
+ { bbl.fourth 't := }
+ { s "fifth" = s "5" = or
+ { bbl.fifth 't := }
+ { s #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+ { s
+ eng.ord
+ 't := }
+ { edition 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ t
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ convert.edition
+ output.state after.word = output.state after.punctuation = or
+ { "l" }
+ { "t" }
+ if$ change.case$
+ "edition" bibinfo.check
+ word.space * bbl.edition *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ multi.page.check
+ {
+ bbl.pages swap$
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ bbl.page swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ tie.or.space.prefix
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {first.page}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = not and }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{
+ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "pages" bibinfo.check word.space bbl.pages * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volnum.punct}
+{
+ ","
+ word.space *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ pop$ format.pages }
+ { volnum.punct *
+ swap$
+ control.pages duplicate$ #0 < {
+ pop$ pop$
+ }{
+ #0 >
+ {
+ n.dashify
+ }{
+ first.page
+ } if$
+ } if$
+ "pages" bibinfo.check
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.eid}
+{ eid "eid" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ { swap$ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ { volnum.punct * }
+ if$
+ swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {eid.or.pages}
+{
+ eid empty$
+ { format.journal.pages }
+ { format.journal.eid }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ser.vol.num}
+{
+ series "series" bibinfo.check output
+ volume field.or.null
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ "volume" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ bolden
+ number "number" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ swap$
+ "~(" swap$ * ")" *
+ }
+ if$ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ {
+ ""
+ }
+ { type empty$
+ {
+ bbl.chapter
+ capitalize
+ }{
+ type
+ capitalize
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+ "chapter" bibinfo.check
+ * *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.booktitle}
+{
+ booktitle duplicate$ "booktitle" bibinfo.check swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ punctuation.yes 'punctuation.state :=
+ pop$ emphasize
+ select.language
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editor.in}
+{
+ editor "editor" format.names.ed duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ bbl.edby
+ word.space * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.article.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle
+ "booktitle" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ "address" 'bibfield :=
+ output.nonnull after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook}
+{
+ format.booktitle duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+ {
+ add.doi
+ word.in swap$ * output.nonnull
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series "series and number" bibinfo.check output
+ format.bvolume output
+ author empty$ 'skip$
+ { format.editor.in "editor" bibinfo.check output }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { swap$ pop$
+ "t" change.case$ "type" bibinfo.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+ type duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ bbl.techrep }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ "type" bibinfo.check
+ swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "t" change.case$ }
+ { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ pop$ word.in
+ }
+ { bbl.volume
+ swap$ tie.or.space.prefix "volume" bibinfo.check * * bbl.of space.word *
+ }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.org.or.pub}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ t }
+ { t duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ }
+ {
+ "," word.space *
+ * swap$ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+ ""
+ "(" * swap$ * ")" *
+ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ punctuation.space 'punctuation.state :=
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.publisher.address}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.address}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.org.or.pub
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.publisher.address}
+{
+ publisher empty$
+ { format.organization.address }
+ { organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ format.publisher.address
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.school.address.output}
+{
+ school "school" bibinfo.warn
+ address "address" bibinfo.check
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ swap$
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+ {
+ ", " *
+ }
+ if$
+ swap$
+ }
+ if$
+ *
+ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ { "(" swap$ * ")" * } if$ after.punctuation 'output.state :=
+ output
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article.title.produce}
+{
+ control.title duplicate$ #0 <
+ { pop$
+ }{
+ format.title
+ "title" 'bibfield :=
+ swap$ #0 >
+ {
+ "title" output.check
+ }{
+ output
+ } if$
+ new.block.comma
+ } if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {control}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors
+ booktitle empty$ {
+ "author" output.check
+ }{ output } if$
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ article.title.produce
+ output.article.booktitle
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ link.open
+ journal
+ "journal" bibinfo.warn
+ "journal" 'bibfield :=
+ output
+ add.blank
+ format.ser.vol.num
+ output
+ eid.or.pages
+ pages empty$ {
+ doi output
+ } 'skip$ if$
+ link.shut
+ }{
+ format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ eid.or.pages
+ }
+ if$
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ format.translation output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+%% crossref missing$ { editor.check.book } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ format.edition output
+ author empty$
+ {
+ }
+ {
+ format.editor.in output
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.number.series output
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.bvolume output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.publisher.address output
+ }{
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.chapter.pages
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output date.block
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.book.pages output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {footnote}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ {
+ format.editors "editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }{
+ format.authors output.nonnull
+ author format.key output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+
+ format.title output
+ new.block.comma
+
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle.inbook
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.edition output
+ new.block.comma
+ format.publisher.address output
+ }{
+ format.chapter.pages
+ "chapter"
+ output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.isbn.output }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ format.pages "pages" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.edition output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ format.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.pages "pages" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ article.title.produce
+ crossref missing$
+ {
+ format.in.ed.booktitle
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ }{
+ format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ format.pages "pages" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output date.block
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+ address "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.edition output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.mthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output
+ date.block
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ format.btitle
+ output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ bbl.phdthesis
+ format.thesis.type
+ output.nonnull
+ link.shut
+ format.school.address.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presentation}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ new.block.comma
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ output
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.organization.address "organization and address" output.check
+ month "month" output.check
+ year "year" output.check
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ new.sentence
+ type missing$ 'skip$
+ {"(" type capitalize * ")" * output}
+ if$
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ bookaddress "address" bibinfo.check output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.organization.publisher.address output
+ format.isbn.output
+ format.issn.output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output.check date.block
+ link.open
+ format.btitle
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ format.tr.number
+ output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" bibinfo.warn
+ format.org.or.pub output
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note output
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.date.output date.block
+ link.open
+ format.title
+ "title" output.check
+ link.shut
+ new.block.comma
+ new.sentence.comma
+ format.note "note" output.check
+ format.eprint output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {control.init}
+
+ITERATE {control.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {control.check}
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cite.name.font.apply}
+{
+ word.space * bbl.etal
+ emphasize
+ *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ "" 't :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ format.name.apply
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ {
+ s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ {
+ cite.name.font.apply
+ }{
+ bbl.and space.word *
+ s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ cite.name.font
+ *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.short.authors}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ 'short.list :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{
+ calc.short.authors
+ short.list
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ short.list key field.or.null = or
+ {
+ pop$ ""
+ "????" *
+ }{
+ control.year #0 > { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ } 'skip$ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ "(" swap$ *
+ * 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{ll{ }}"
+ control.author.initials {
+ "{ f{ }}" *
+ }{
+ "{ ff{ }}" *
+ } if$
+ "{ jj{ }}" *
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ " " *
+ namesleft #1 = t "others" = and
+ { "zzzzz" * }
+ {
+ t sortify *
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {year.sort.key}
+{
+ year
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { seq.num }
+
+FUNCTION {init.seq}
+{ #0 'seq.num :=}
+
+EXECUTE {init.seq}
+
+FUNCTION {int.to.fix}
+{ "000000000" swap$ int.to.str$ *
+ #-1 #10 substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.presort}
+{
+ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.presort 'label.presort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num number.label }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+ #0 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.forward}
+{
+ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {label.reverse}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ extra.label
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "{\natexlab{" swap$ * "}}" * }
+ if$
+ 'extra.label :=
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.forward 'label.forward if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.reverse 'label.reverse if$
+}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {sortkey.sort}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year.sort.key
+ field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.pass}
+{ type$ "control" = 'control.sort 'sortkey.sort if$
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.pass}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.eprint}
+{
+ "\texttt {"
+ pop$
+ "\providecommand \url [0]{\begingroup\@sanitize at url \@url }%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@url [1]{\endgroup\@href {#1}{" "}}%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " " [0]{URL }%" bbl.url.prefix swap$ * * write$ newline$
+ eprint.command "\providecommand " swap$ * "[0]{\href }%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.doi}
+{
+ "\providecommand \doibase [0]{" doi.base "}%" * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.hypertex}
+{
+ "\providecommand " noop.command "[0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand " href.command "[0]{\begingroup \@sanitize at url \@href}%" * * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@href[1]{\@@startlink{#1}\@@href}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@href[1]{\endgroup#1\@@endlink}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@sanitize at url [0]{\catcode `\\12\catcode `\$12\catcode `\&12\catcode `\#12\catcode `\^12\catcode `\_12\catcode `\%12\relax}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@startlink[1]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@@endlink[0]{}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.namefont}
+{
+ "\providecommand \bibnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibfnamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \citenamefont [1]{#1}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.quote}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.enquote * " [1]{" *
+ "``" "''"
+ "#1" swap$ "}%" * * * * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.ay}
+{
+ "\providecommand \natexlab [1]{#1}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.bibinfo}
+{
+ bibinfo.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+ bibfield.command "\providecommand " swap$ * " [0]{\@secondoftwo}%" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.lang}
+{
+ "\providecommand \selectlanguage [0]{\@gobble}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.endbibitem}
+{
+ "\providecommand " bbl.open * "[0]{}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemStop [0]{}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \bibitemNoStop [0]{.\EOS\space}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \EOS [0]{\spacefactor3000\relax}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib.translation}
+{
+ "\providecommand \translation [1]{[#1]}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {warn.bib}
+{
+}
+
+FUNCTION {init.bib}
+{
+ warn.bib
+ "\makeatletter" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifxundefined [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \@ifx{#1\undefined}" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifnum [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifnum #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ "\providecommand \@ifx [1]{%" write$ newline$
+ " \ifx #1\expandafter \@firstoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \else \expandafter \@secondoftwo" write$ newline$
+ " \fi" write$ newline$
+ "}%" write$ newline$
+ init.bib.ay
+ init.bib.quote
+ init.bib.namefont
+ init.bib.hypertex
+ init.bib.eprint
+ init.bib.doi
+ init.bib.lang
+ init.bib.bibinfo
+ init.bib.translation
+ init.bib.endbibitem
+ "\providecommand " bbl.shut * " [1]{\csname bibitem#1\endcsname}%" * write$ newline$
+ "\let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty" write$ newline$
+ "%</preamble>" write$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+ id.bst diagn.cmntlog
+ control.bib
+ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{"
+ number.label int.to.str$
+ * "}%" *
+ write$ newline$
+ init.bib
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}%"
+ write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+%% End of customized bst file
+%%
+%% End of file `apsrmp4-1.bst'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bst/revtex4-1/apsrmp4-1.bst
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/00readme.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/00readme.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/00readme.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+\title{%
+ The \classname{revtex4-1} document class of the American Physical Society%
+ \protect\thanks{Work under hire to The American Physical Society.}%
+}%
+\author{Arthur Ogawa%
+ \protect\thanks{First revision of REV\TeX4.0 (unreleased) by David Carlisle}%
+}%
+\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
+\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
+
+\maketitle
+
+This file embodies the implementation of the APS \revtex\ 4.1 document class
+for electronic submissions to journals.
+
+The distribution point for this work is
+\url{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/},
+which contains fully unpacked, prebuilt runtime files and documentation.
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Using \protect\revtex}
+
+The file \file{README} has retrieval and installation information.
+
+User documentation is presented separately in \file{auguide.tex}.
+
+The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
+
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/16}{Initial version}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so \cs{clearpage} not in scope of twocolumn}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Rearrange the ordering so numerical ones come first. AO: David, what does this mean?}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{use font-dependent spacing}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{4.0d had twoside option setting twoside switch to false}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so the following test works}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{print homepage}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{protect against hyperref revtex kludges which are not needed now}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{multiple preprint commands}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{comma not space between email and homepage}
+\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{single space footnotes}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{First modifications by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net)}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{figuresname}}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{tablesname}}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{10pt} is in this module.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{11pt} is in this module.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{12pt} is in this module.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: made aps.rtx part of revtex4.dtx}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: remove duplicates}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{call \cs{print at floats}}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer assignment until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer decision until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Define three separate environments, defer assignment to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Frank Mittelbach, has stated in \protect\classname{multicol}: ``The kernel command \cs{@footnotetext} should not be modified.'' Thus, I have removed David Carlisle's redefinition of that command. Note, however, that later versions of \protect\classname{multicol} do not require this workaround. Belt and suspenders.}%
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Move this ``complex'' option to the front, where it can be overridden by ``simple'' options.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{New option}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{One-line caption sets flush left.}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{only execute if appropriate}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Processing delayed to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Removed invocation of nonexistent class option \protect\classoption{groupauthors} and all other class options that should only be invoked by the document. (Otherwise precedence of class options does not work.)}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Restore all media size class option of \protect\file{classes.dtx}}
+\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Stack \cs{preprint} args flush right at right margin.}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 115) If three or more preprints specified, set on single line, with commas.}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 129) section* within appendix was producing appendixname}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{*-form mandates pagebreak}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{also spelled ``acknowledgements''.}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Do not put by REVTeX in every page foot}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes via ltxgrid procedures}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes with ltxgrid}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Insert procedure \cs{checkindate}}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Lose compatability mode.}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{New ltxgrid-based code, other bug fixes}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{New option ``checkin''}
+\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Prevent an inner footnote from performing twice}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{Also alter how lists get indented.}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{eprint takes an optional argument, syntactical only in this case.}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{New option}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/10}{More features and bug fixes: compatability with longtable and array packages. Now certainly incompatible with multicol.}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/17}{make longtable trigger the head, too}
+\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/18}{But alternative spelling is deprecated.}
+\changes{4.0e}{2000/09/20}{New option showkeys}
+\changes{4.0e}{2000/11/14}{Bug fixes and minor new features: title block affiliations can have ancillary data, just like authors; clearpage processing revamped, with floats staying in order; widetext ornaments.}
+\changes{4.0e}{2000/11/21}{adornments above and below.}
+\changes{4.0f}{2001/02/13}{Last bug fixes before release.}
+\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/17}{Running headers always as if two-sided}
+\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
+\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
+\changes{4.0rc4}{2001/07/23}{hyperref is no longer loaded via class option: use a usepackage statement instead}
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 451) ``Cannot have more than 256 cites in a document''}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 460) ``Proper style is "FIG. 1. ..." (no colon)''}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 478) \cs{ds at letterpaper}, so that ``letterpaper really is the default''}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 488) Change processing of options to allow an unused option to specify society and journal}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{(AO, 461) Change the csname revtex uses from @dotsep to ltxu at dotsep. The former is understood in mu. (What we wanted was a dimension.)}%
+\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{For natbib versions before 8.21, \cs{NAT at sort} was consulted only as natbib was being read in. Now it is fully dynamic.}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/05/29}{The csname substyle at ext is now defined without a dot (.), to be compatible with \LaTeX usage (see @clsextension and @pkgextension).}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{(AO) Implement bibnotes through \cs{frontmatter at footnote@produce} instead of \cs{bibnotes at sw}}%
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{Add option reprint, opposite of preprint, and preferred alternative to twocolumn}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/30}{(AO) Structure the Abstract using the \texttt{bibliography} environment}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) coordinate \cs{if at twoside} with \cs{twoside at sw}}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer need to test \cs{chapter} as of \texttt{natbib} version 8.2}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer use \cs{secnumarabic at sw}, instead use \cs{setup at secnums}}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) Provide more diagnostics when \cs{@society} is assigned.}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) provide option longbibliography}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Add \cs{@hangfroms at section}}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Break out \cs{@caption at fignum@sep}}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Class option galley sets \cs{preprintsty at sw} to false}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Code relating to new syntax for frontmatter has been placed in \file{ltxfront.dtx}}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Package textcase is now simply a required package}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Procedures \cs{@parse at class@options at society} and \cs{@parse at class@options at journal} and friends}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Remove options newabstract and oldabstract}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/01}{Section numbering via procedures \cs{secnums at rtx} and \cs{secnums at arabic}.}
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{As with author formatting, rag the right more, and assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}. Also neutralize \cs{def at after@address}.}%
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Rag the right even more: .8\cs{hsize}. Also, assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}.}%
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{The \texttt{rmp} journal substyle selects \texttt{groupedaddress} by default.}%
+\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{setup at hook} to initialize all.}
+\changes{4.1c}{2008/08/15}{Document class option longbibliography via \cs{substyle at post}}
+\changes{4.1d}{2009/03/27}{Definition of \cs{ @fnsymbol} follows fixltx2e.sty}
+\changes{4.1e}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) be nice to a list within the abstract}
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 513) Add class option linenumbers: number the lines a la \classname{lineno}}
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 516) Merged references are separated with a semicolon}
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 521) Lonely bibliography head}%
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 522) Warn if software is expired}%
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 523) Add class option nomerge, to turn off new natbib 8.3 syntax}
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/20}{(AO, 524) Makes no sense if citations are superscript numbers and so are footnotes}
+\changes{4.1f}{2009/10/05}{(AO, 530) \cs{@fnsymbol}: Failed to import fixltx2e.sty technology. Return to LaTeX core.}
+\changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 525) Remove phantom paragraph above display math that is given in vertical mode}%
+\changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 538) \cs{MakeTextUppercase} inappropriately expands the double backslash}
+\changes{4.1h}{2009/10/09}{(AO) Remove expiry code in the release software}%
+\changes{4.1i}{2009/10/23}{(AO, 541) Defer assignment of \cs{cite} until after natbib loads}
+\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/24}{(AO, 549) Repairing natbib's \cs{BibitemShut} and \cs{bibAnnote}}
+\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 545) hypertext capabilities off by default; enable with \classoption{hypertext}}
+\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 552) Repair spacing in \cs{onlinecite}}
+\changes{4.1k}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 554) give the \cs{newlabel} command syntax appropriate to the hyperref package}
+\changes{4.1n}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 565) restore 4.0 behavior: invoking class option preprint implies class option preprintnumbers}
+\changes{4.1n}{2009/11/30}{(AO, 566) restore 4.0 behavior: flush column bottoms}
+\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/05}{(AO, 569) Use of \classname{hyperref} interferes with column balancing of last page}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/09}{(AO, 569) execute the after-last-shipout procedures from within the safety of the output routine}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Interface \cs{set at footnotewidth} for determining the set width of footnotes}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/13}{(AO, 573) arrange to load \classname{lineno} after any other packages.}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 575) the default for journal prstper is longbibliography}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 576) In .bst files, remove support for the annote field}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO) fine-tune spacing above and below widetext}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
+\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) \cs{@makefntext} and \cs{frontmatter at makefntext} must be defined harmoniously}%
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 575) Automatically incorporate the (Bib\TeX-generated) .bbl into an explicit \env{thebibliography}}%
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 549) Remove patch to natbib, which is now at version 8.31a}
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/07}{(AO, 578) accommodate the possible space character preceding \cs{BibitemShut}.}
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 579) Endnote shall comprise their own Bib\TeX\ entry type: @FOOTNOTE.}
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/10}{(AO, 580) Provide a document class option to turn off production of eprint field in bibliography.}
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
+\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/09}{(AO, 581) Handle case: merged references, with first ending in a stop character.}
+\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide interface to \classname{ltxgrid} \cs{onecolumn at grid@setup} and \cs{twocolumn at grid@setup}}
+\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 584) Per MD, remove trailing space character from each journal abbreviation: it had caused an extraneous space in the .bbl}
+\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/01}{(AO, 586) When .bbl is pasted into the document, prevent automatic bibliography inclusion.}%
+\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
+\changes{4.1r}{2010/06/22}{(AO, 595) Provide \cs{lovname} along with other List of Videos definitions.}%
+
+\iffalse ltxdoc klootch
+This file has version number 4.1r, last revised 2010/07/25.\fi
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/00readme.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/DOWNLOAD
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/DOWNLOAD (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/DOWNLOAD 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+Last updated August 9, 2010
+
+To download REVTeX 4 (version 4.1), download the files listed below, or, more
+conveniently, download revtex4-1.zip which contains all of the files.
+
+All files in this release are contained within a second zip file within the
+main zip file called revtex4-1-tds.zip. This contains all of the REVTeX 4.1
+files in the TeX Directory Structure (TDS) layout used with most current TeX
+distributions. Install REVTeX 4.1 by unzipping the files in the appropriate
+place (usually the texmf-local directory of your local TeX installation) and
+run texhash or the equivalent command to index the files. Please consult your
+TeX distribution's guide for installing new packages.
+
+NOTE: The only files necessary for running REVTeX 4.1 are those under
+tex/latex/revtex and bibtex/bst/revtex, but it is a good idea to install
+the entire distribution, especially the documentation.
+
+TeX inputs: tex/latex/revtex/
+ -----------------
+revtex4-1.cls - The REVTeX 4.1 class file
+aps4-1.rtx - APS-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1
+aip4-1.rtx - AIP-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1
+apsrmp4-1.rtx - APS-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1,
+ specifically for Rev. Mod. Phys.
+aps10pt4-1.rtx - 10-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+aps11pt4-1.rtx - 11-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+aps12pt4-1.rtx - 12-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+revsymb4-1.sty - A collection of common symbols for use outside of REVTeX.
+
+ltxdocext.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxfront.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxgrid.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxutil.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+
+BibTeX inputs: bibtex/bst/revtex/
+ ------------------
+apsrev4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for use for Phys. Rev. journals
+apsrmp4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for use for Rev. Mod. Phys.
+aipauth4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for AIP journals with author/year style citations
+aipnum4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for AIP journals with numerical style citations
+
+
+Documentation: doc/latex/revtex/
+ -----------------
+README - How to get started
+DOWNLOAD - How to download REVTeX4.1
+
+Author guide: doc/latex/revtex/auguide/
+ ------
+auguide4-1.tex (pdf) - REVTeX 4.1 Author's Guide
+whatsnew4-1.tex (pdf) - What's New in REVTeX 4.1
+summary.tex (pdf) - REVTeX 4.1 Command and Options Summary
+docs.sty - Package used by REVTeX documentation
+
+APS guide: doc/latex/revtex/aps
+ ------
+apsguide4-1.tex (pdf) - APS Author Guide for REVTeX 4.1
+
+AIP guide: doc/latex/revtex/aip
+ ------
+aipguide4-1.tex (pdf) - Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for REVTeX 4.1
+
+APS Sample document: doc/latex/revtex/sample/aps
+ -------
+apssamp.tex (pdf) - A sample file showing most common features of an APS
+ REVTeX 4.1 document
+fig_1.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+fig_2.eps - sample wide figure for apssamp.tex
+vid_1a.eps - sample video frame for apssamp.tex
+vid_1b.eps - sample video frame for apssamp.tex
+apssamp.bib - sample BibTeX source file for apssamp.tex
+apstemplate.tex - A template for APS authors to follow
+
+AIP Sample document: doc/latex/revtex/sample/aip
+ -------
+aipsamp.tex (pdf) - A sample file showing most common features of an AIP
+ REVTeX 4.1 document
+fig_1.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+fig_2.eps - sample wide figure for apssamp.tex
+aipsamp.bib - sample BibTeX source file for apssamp.tex
+aiptemplate.tex - A template for APS authors to follow
+
+
+Programmer's docs: doc/latex/revtex/source/
+ -------
+ltxdocext.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxdocext package
+ltxfront.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxfront package
+ltxgrid.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxgrid package
+ltxutil.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxutil package
+revtex4-1.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the revtex4-1 document class
+aip.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the AIP journal styles
+
+Source files: source/latex/revtex
+ -------------------
+ltxdocext.dtx - The source file for the ltxdocext package
+ltxfront.dtx - The source file for the ltxfront package
+ltxgrid.dtx - The source file for the ltxgrid package
+ltxutil.dtx - The source file for the ltxutil package
+revtex4-1.dtx - The source file for revtex4.cls and revsymb.sty.
+aip.dtx - The source file for AIP journal styles
+
+Not Included
+------------
+The following packages are required by REVTeX but are not
+included in this distribution. Please obtain from CTAN
+(Comprehensive TeX Archive Network), e.g. <http://www.ctan.org/>. Direct
+links to the necessary files can be found at <http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/>.
+
+natbib.dtx - Version 8.31a or later; found in latex/contrib/natbib on CTAN
+natbib.ins - LaTeX this to create natbib.sty and natbib
+ documentation from natbib.dtx
+bm.dtx - Bold math style - part of (current!) standard LaTeX2e tools
+bm.sty - generated from bm.dtx by running tools.ins
+textcase.dtx - Found in latex/contrib/textcase on CTAN
+textcase.ins - LaTeX this to generate textcase.sty from textcase.dtx
+url.sty - Found in latex/contrib/misc on CTAN
+
+An up-to-date installation of AMS-LaTeX is also required for certain
+documentclass options. Version 2.0 or higher is needed. It is
+available from <http://www.ams.org/tex/>.
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/README (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/README 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+%% ****** Start of file README ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010.
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+
+Last updated 09 August 2010
+
+This file describes the contents of this distribution of REVTeX 4.1.
+The definitive source of information about REVTeX 4 is the APS web
+page http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/.
+
+User queries should be directed to revtex at aps.org.
+
+Manifest
+--------
+
+All files in this release are contained within the compressed archive
+revtex4-1.zip. For installation instructions, see below.
+
+NOTE: The only files necessary for running REVTeX 4.1 are those under
+tex/latex/revtex and bibtex/bst/revtex, but it is a good idea to install
+the entire distribution, especially the documentation.
+
+TeX inputs: tex/latex/revtex/
+ -----------------
+revtex4-1.cls - The REVTeX 4.1 class file
+aps4-1.rtx - APS-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1
+aip4-1.rtx - AIP-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1
+apsrmp4-1.rtx - APS-specific customizations for REVTeX 4.1,
+ specifically for Rev. Mod. Phys.
+aps10pt4-1.rtx - 10-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+aps11pt4-1.rtx - 11-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+aps12pt4-1.rtx - 12-point size class option file for REVTeX.
+revsymb4-1.sty - A collection of common symbols for use outside of REVTeX.
+
+ltxdocext.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxfront.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxgrid.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+ltxutil.sty - Part of ltxgrid package used for page layout in REVTeX.
+
+BibTeX inputs: bibtex/bst/revtex/
+ ------------------
+apsrev4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for use for Phys. Rev. journals
+apsrmp4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for use for Rev. Mod. Phys.
+aipauth4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for AIP journals with author/year style citations
+aipnum4-1.bst - BibTeX styles for AIP journals with numerical style citations
+
+
+Documentation: doc/latex/revtex/
+ -----------------
+README - How to get started
+DOWNLOAD - How to download REVTeX4.1
+
+Author guide: doc/latex/revtex/auguide/
+ ------
+auguide4-1.tex (pdf) - REVTeX 4.1 Author's Guide
+whatsnew4-1.tex (pdf) - What's New in REVTeX 4.1
+summary.tex (pdf) - REVTeX 4.1 Command and Options Summary
+docs.sty - Package used by REVTeX documentation
+
+APS guide: doc/latex/revtex/aps
+ ------
+apsguide4-1.tex (pdf) - APS Author Guide for REVTeX 4.1
+
+AIP guide: doc/latex/revtex/aip
+ ------
+aipguide4-1.tex (pdf) - Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for REVTeX 4.1
+
+APS Sample document: doc/latex/revtex/sample/aps
+ -------
+apssamp.tex (pdf) - A sample file showing most common features of an APS
+ REVTeX 4.1 document
+fig_1.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+fig_2.eps - sample wide figure for apssamp.tex
+vid_1a.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+vid_1b.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+apssamp.bib - sample BibTeX source file for apssamp.tex
+apstemplate.tex - A template for APS authors to follow
+
+AIP Sample document: doc/latex/revtex/sample/aip
+ -------
+aipsamp.tex (pdf) - A sample file showing most common features of an AIP
+ REVTeX 4.1 document
+fig_1.eps - sample figure for apssamp.tex
+fig_2.eps - sample wide figure for apssamp.tex
+aipsamp.bib - sample BibTeX source file for apssamp.tex
+aiptemplate.tex - A template for APS authors to follow
+
+
+Programmer's docs: doc/latex/revtex/source/
+ -------
+ltxdocext.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxdocext package
+ltxfront.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxfront package
+ltxgrid.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxgrid package
+ltxutil.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the ltxutil package
+revtex4-1.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the revtex4-1 document class
+aip.pdf - Programmer's documentation for the AIP journal styles
+
+Source files: source/latex/revtex
+ -------------------
+ltxdocext.dtx - The source file for the ltxdocext package
+ltxfront.dtx - The source file for the ltxfront package
+ltxgrid.dtx - The source file for the ltxgrid package
+ltxutil.dtx - The source file for the ltxutil package
+revtex4-1.dtx - The source file for revtex4.cls and revsymb.sty.
+aip.dtx - The source file for AIP journal styles
+
+Not Included
+------------
+The following packages are required by REVTeX but are not
+included in this distribution. Please obtain from CTAN
+(Comprehensive TeX Archive Network), e.g. <http://www.ctan.org/>. Direct
+links to the necessary files can be found at <http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/>.
+
+natbib.dtx - Version 8.31a or later; found in latex/contrib/natbib on CTAN
+natbib.ins - LaTeX this to create natbib.sty and natbib
+ documentation from natbib.dtx
+bm.dtx - Bold math style - part of (current!) standard LaTeX2e tools
+bm.sty - generated from bm.dtx by running tools.ins
+textcase.dtx - Found in latex/contrib/textcase on CTAN
+textcase.ins - LaTeX this to generate textcase.sty from textcase.dtx
+url.sty - Found in latex/contrib/misc on CTAN
+
+An up-to-date installation of AMS-LaTeX is also required for certain
+documentclass options. Version 2.0 or higher is needed. It is
+available from <http://www.ams.org/tex/>.
+
+Recommended styles and packages
+--------------------------
+With REVTeX implemented as a native LaTeX2e document class, users can
+take advantage of many of the well-supported LaTeX2e packages available.
+Here are some that are particularly useful and recommended.
+
+longtable.sty for tables running to multiple pages - part of a
+standard LaTeX2e distribution.
+
+hyperref.sty for hyperlinking - should work well with REVTeX 4.1.
+
+graphics.sty and graphicx.sty for figure inclusion - part of LaTeX2e's
+standard distribution.
+
+Installation
+------------
+You already started the installation process by unzipping revtex4-1.zip.
+As you will have seen, it created a directory revtex4.1 containing
+this file README, the file DOWNLOAD, and the file revtex4-1-tds.zip, which
+contains the bulk of the installation.
+
+To install this software into a TDS-compliant TeX installation, like
+TeX Live, working as root, issue a shell command like
+
+ unzip revtex4-1-tds.zip -d /usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/
+
+where the destination for the unzipped files is, in this example,
+appropriate for a local modificaton of a sufficiently recent distribution
+of TeX Live. You may of course choose a different destination depending
+on your particular requirements.
+
+After installation, files will be located as per the Manifest above.
+
+Run the appropriate update command (mktexlsr, initexmf -u, etc.); under
+TeX Live that would be (as root)
+
+ mktexlsr /usr/local/texlive/texmf-local
+
+Install required packages (AMS-LaTeX, natbib, textcase, and bm).
+Please consult the documentaton for your local TeX package for more information.
+MikTeX users should use a recent version (see http://miktex.org/) and consult
+the documentation there. There are several steps you will have to do. Please
+note that the steps given here may change with future versions of MikTeX, but
+the basic steps should be quite similar.
+ 1) Create a texmf-local directory if needed. For example, you might create
+ a directory such as C:\local\miktex\texmf-local.
+ 2) Tell MikTeX where your texmf-local directory is. Find the MikTeX Options
+ window and look for the "Roots" tab. If your texmf-local directory
+ is not listed, click "Add" and add it.
+ 3) Unzip the revtex4-1-tds.zip (part of the REVTeX distribtution) in your
+ texmf-local directory.
+ 4) Update the "File Name Database (FNDB)." This step is essential and
+ it registers all of the files in your texmf-local directory with MikTeX.
+ Do this by clicking on "Refresh FNDB" in the General tab of the MikTeX
+ Options window.
+
+MikTex also comes with a package manager. This can be an easier way to maintain
+the packages installed on your system. However, please note that the packages
+available may not be the most current version of the packages.
+
+Credits
+-------
+David Carlisle created the first draft of REVTeX 4; Arthur Ogawa has
+supported the TeX development since. Patrick Daly was so kind as to
+incorporate needed changes into natbib and custom-bib. All worked under
+commission from the APS. Mark Doyle, APS Assistant Director, Journal
+Information Systems coordinated the effort, which was partly underwritten
+by the American Institute of Physics. The APS is the maintainer of REVTeX,
+and all bugs are our responsibility. Please e-mail feedback to revtex at aps.org.
+
+Backwards compatibility
+-----------------------
+The REVTeX 4.1 class file has been named revtex4-1.cls to distinguish it
+from its predecessors. If the class file is copied to revtex4.cls,
+files created with earlier versions of REVTeX 4 should still work.
+
+LaTeX2e requirements
+--------------------
+REVTeX 4 requires:
+LaTeX2e [1996/06/01],
+natbib [2009/11/07]
+textcase
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/README
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+%% ****** Start of file auguide.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the AIP distribution of substyles for REVTeX 4.1
+%% For version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2009,2010 American Institute of Physics
+%%
+\listfiles
+\documentclass[%
+ reprint,%
+%secnumarabic,%
+ amssymb, amsmath,%
+ aip,cha,%
+%groupedaddress,%
+%frontmatterverbose,
+]{revtex4-1}
+
+\usepackage{docs}%
+\usepackage{bm}%
+\usepackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+%\nofiles
+\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\usepackage
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
+\fi
+\hyphenation{title}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1}%
+
+\author{AIP Journal Program}%
+\email{tex at aip.org}
+\affiliation{American Institute of Physics\\Suite 1NO1, 2 Huntington Quadrangle\\Melville, New York 11747-4502, USA}%
+
+\date{March 2010}%
+\revised{August 2010}%
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This is the author's guide to the AIP substyles for \revtex~4.1,
+providing a useful formatting tool
+for \LaTeX\ users submitting papers to journals
+published by the American Institute of Physics.
+This guide is intended as an adjunct to the documentation for \revtex\ itself
+(published by the American Physical Society),
+so information contained therein is not repeated here,
+except as it bears on the specific features of the AIP substyles.
+
+
+\subsection{Prerequisite Documentation}
+
+The following documentation should be considered your first source of information
+on how to prepare your document for use with this format;
+they are to be found within the APS \revtex~4.1 distribution.
+Updated versions of these are maintained at
+the \revtex~4.1 homepage located at \url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/},
+are also available at the Comprehensive \TeX\ Archive Network (CTAN, see \url{http://www.ctan.org/}),
+and form part of the \TeX Live distribution of \TeX.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textit{Author's Guide to \revtex~4.1}
+\item \textit{\revtex~4.1 Command and Options Summary}
+\item \textit{What's New in \revtex~4.1}
+\end{itemize}
+The present guide builds upon these documents, with which you should already be familiar.
+
+The AIP substyles distribution for \revtex~4.1 includes
+a sample document (\file{aipsamp.tex}),
+a good starting point for
+the manuscript you are preparing for submission to an AIP journal.
+
+By using \revtex's \textit{Author's Guide to \revtex~4.1}, you can develop your
+document until it contains all of the content you desire.
+This guide informs you on document class options, commands, and
+markup guidelines specific to AIP journals.
+
+\subsection{Software Requirements}
+
+This guide assumes a working \revtex~4.1 installation including the AIP substyles.
+Please see the installation guide included with the distribution.\cite{Note1}
+
+Please note that the AIP substyles work {\it only} with \revtex~4.1:
+the original \revtex~4.0 release does {\it not} make the AIP substyle available, nor is it compatible with them.
+
+For your computer to run \revtex~4.1 with the AIP substyles, the following are required:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+a working installation of \LaTeX\,
+\item
+\revtex~4.1 and all packages it requires,
+\item
+the AIP substyles for \revtex~4.1, and
+\item
+any further \LaTeX\ packages used in your document.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The easiest way to obtain all of the needed software is to install an up-to-date distribution of \TeX,
+like \TeX Live, available on CTAN.
+
+To obtain the most up-to-date version of this software, please see \url{http://www.aip.org/pubservs/compuscript.html}.
+
+
+\subsection{Submitting to AIP Journals}
+
+Authors preparing a manuscript for submission to
+AIP journals should consult the Information for Contributors for the applicable journal,
+available through links at \url{http://journals.aip.org/}.
+These requirements are not covered systematically in this author's guide;
+you are responsible for understanding the requirements of the particular journal to which
+you will submit your article.
+
+For further information about journal requirements, contact the Editorial
+Office of the appropriate journal. (Follow links at \url{http://journals.aip.org/}.)
+
+\subsection{Contact Information}\label{sec:resources}%
+Any bugs, problems, or inconsistencies concerning the AIP journal substyles
+should be reported to AIP support at \href{mailto:tex at aip.org}{tex at aip.org}.
+Reports should include information on the error and a
+\textit{small} sample document that manifests the problem, if possible.
+(Please don't send large files!)
+
+Feedback concerning \revtex~4.1 itself should be sent, as usual,
+to the American Physical Society at\\ \href{mailto:revtex at aps.org}{revtex at aps.org}.
+
+To determine if the problem you are experiencing belongs to \revtex\ or is specific to the
+AIP substyles, simply remove \texttt{aip} from your document class options and rerun
+your document. If the problem goes away, you may assume that it is due to the AIP substyles;
+if not, it belongs to \revtex.
+
+\section{Sample \LaTeXe\ Document}
+As the \revtex\ documentation makes clear, your document employs a \LaTeXe\ document class
+(specifically \texttt{revtex4-1.cls}), so you should use
+the \LaTeXe\ commands and environments familiar to you with, say, the
+standard article class \texttt{revtex4-1.cls}, and you will be able to
+employ many of the packages you are used to using with \LaTeXe.
+
+Using \texttt{aipsamp.tex} as an example,
+your document will start with the usual \revtex\ \cmd\documentclass\ statement, but with
+a particular document class option \texttt{aip} that specifies the AIP substyle:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+You will then invoke the \LaTeXe\-compatible packages your document requires, say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{graphicx}%
+\usepackage{dcolumn}%
+\usepackage{bm}%
+\end{verbatim}
+follow up with your document content:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{document}
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+and finish with a statement specifying your Bib\TeX\ database:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\bibliography{aipsamp}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The books
+in the bibliography of this guide provide extensive coverage of all topics
+pertaining to preparing documents under \LaTeXe\; they are highly recommended.
+
+\section{\revtex\ Class Options Specific to AIP}
+
+\subsection{Journal Substyle}
+To access particular features of the AIP substyle, you will specify an additional document class option: the journal substyle, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,jcp]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+in this case, \textit{J. Chem. Phys.}, the default.
+A complete list of AIP journals with the corresponding journal substyle appears in Table~\ref{tab:journals}.
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:journals}AIP journal substyles}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\textbf{Journal} & \textbf{class option} \\
+\itshape Appl. Phys. Lett. &\texttt{apl}\\
+\itshape Biomicrofluidics &\texttt{bmf}\\
+\itshape Chaos &\texttt{cha}\\
+\itshape J. Appl. Phys. &\texttt{jap}\\
+\itshape J. Chem. Phys. &\texttt{jcp}\footnotemark[1]\\
+\itshape J. Math. Phys. &\texttt{jmp}\\
+\itshape J. Renewable Sustainable Energy&\texttt{rse}\\
+\itshape Phys. Fluids &\texttt{pof}\\
+\itshape Phys. Plasmas &\texttt{pop}\\
+\itshape Rev. Sci. Instrum.&\texttt{rsi}\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\footnotetext[1]{Default journal substyle.}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsection{Options for Citations and Bibliography}
+The citation style for AIP journals is:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+numerical (default style),
+\item
+author-year, and
+\item
+numerical author-year,
+\end{itemize}
+the latter two styles being only allowed for \textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.}
+
+The familiar numerical citations and numbered bibliography are the default for most journals:
+citations are superscript numbers, and the (numbered) bibliographic entries appear in the order cited.
+
+Author-year citations are only allowed for
+\textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.}, with citations given in author-and-year format.
+Bibliographic entries are sorted by alphabetical order of first author's surname, then by year.
+
+Numerical author-year citations
+(only allowed for \textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.})
+are superscript numbers, just like numerical citations,
+but the bibliographic entries are sorted like the author-year entries and are numbered.
+This means that the first citation will not necessarily be~1.
+
+To obtain the numerical style, simply accept the default, or supply a class option of \texttt{numerical}:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,numerical]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+For author-year citations for \textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.},
+you may specify the \texttt{author-year} option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,author-year]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+Each of the above two options are part of standard \revtex.
+
+To obtain numerical author-year citations
+for \textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.},
+give the author-numerical option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,author-numerical]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that the \texttt{author-numerical} option is not part of standard \revtex\, so use of it
+outside of the AIP substyles may not have any effect.
+
+\subsection{Formatting Options}
+There are two commonly used formats for an article you may write.
+One will comply with the manuscript submission formatting requirements of the editorial office of the journal you are submitting to.
+The other will emulate the format of your article in the published journal itself.
+
+For journal submission, accept the default, or you may specify the \texttt{preprint} option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,preprint]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+To emulate the formatting of the journal, specify the \texttt{reprint} option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip,reprint]{revtex4-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that emulation is not by any means complete: the fonts used will differ, and therefore
+the length of the article will not represent an accurate estimate.
+Other details may also differ.
+
+A summary of class options of interest to AIP authors appears in Table~\ref{tab:options}.
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:options}Other class options}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\textbf{Function} & \textbf{class option} \\
+\multicolumn{2}{l}{\textit{Citation and References}}\\
+superscript numbered&\texttt{numerical}\footnotemark[1]\textsuperscript{,}\footnotemark[2]\\
+author-year&\texttt{author-year}\footnotemark[3]\\
+numbered author-year&\texttt{author-numerical}\footnotemark[3]\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{l}{\textit{Format}}\\
+journal submission&\texttt{preprint}\footnotemark[1]\\
+journal emulation&\texttt{reprint}\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\footnotetext[1]{Default option.}%
+\footnotetext[2]{Standard}%
+\footnotetext[3]{Only allowed for \textit{Chaos} or \textit{J. Math. Phys.}}%
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Useful \LaTeXe\ Markup}
+\LaTeXe\ markup is the preferred way to structure your file.
+In general, the use of low-level commands like \TeX\ primitives or Plain \TeX\ macros
+is less preferable.
+Please see the \revtex\ User's Guide,\cite{Note2}
+the \LaTeX\ manual,\cite{LaTeXman}
+and the \LaTeXe\ book\cite{Compan}
+for further details.
+
+\subsection{Title and Front Matter}\label{sec:front}
+
+The \revtex\ User's Guide has complete information on using \revtex's special markup for your
+article's title, author list, abstract, and other front matter elements.
+Note that class option \texttt{superscriptaddress} is the default for the AIP substyles,
+as required by all AIP journals.
+
+\subsection{Lead Paragraph}
+One AIP journal, \textit{Chaos}, requires a paragraph of text to precede the first
+\cmd\section\ of the article;
+this is known as a lead paragraph and is formatted boldface.
+To give your article a lead paragraph,
+include a quotation environment ahead of the first \cmd\section\ command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[aip]{revtex4-1}
+\begin{document}
+ \begin{quotation}
+ Here is my lead paragraph!
+ \end{quotation}
+ \section{Introduction}
+...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \texttt{quotation} environment functions normally after the first \cmd\section\ command in the document.
+
+\section{Body}
+
+For general information on commands used in the body of the document, see the \revtex\ User's Guide.
+Herein are some features specific to the AIP author.
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}
+
+If you are using numbered citations (numerical or numbered author-year),
+footnotes are by default incorporated into the reference section
+along with your bibliographic entries.
+This automated feature is only effective if you use Bib\TeX\ to prepare your
+bibliography.
+
+Author-year style bibliography does not lend itself to such a treatment,
+so by default footnotes appear in text as is usual.
+However, be advised that, if your article is accepted for publication,
+footnotes may be incorporated into text during the production process.
+
+\section{Citations and References}\label{sec:endnotes}
+
+The preparation of your bibliography ``by hand'' is possible;
+however, if you do so,
+you will be entirely responsible
+for compliance with submission requirements for your bibliographic entries,
+for incorporating any text footnotes into the references,
+and for checking bibliographic entries.
+(In this connection, you may find useful the file \texttt{reftest.tex}, distributed with \revtex.)
+
+There are numerous reasons to use Bib\TeX, not least because it automates the first and second of the above checks.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:use-bib}Using Bib\protect\TeX}
+
+Refer to the \revtex\ User's Guide, the \LaTeX\ manual, and the Bib\TeX\ manual
+for full information about using Bib\TeX.
+
+When using Bib\TeX\, keep in mind that changing your bibliography style or citation style
+(via the document class options described above) will require you to rerun Bib\TeX.
+The standard litany (using \texttt{aipsamp.tex} as an example) for this is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+> latex aipsamp
+> bibtex aipsamp
+> latex aipsamp
+> latex aipsamp
+\end{verbatim}
+Here, the first invocation of \texttt{latex} has the effect of rewriting the
+\texttt{aipsamp.aux} file,
+and the invocation of \texttt{bibtex} creates a new \texttt{aipsamp.bbl} file.
+The next two runs of \texttt{latex} are then required:
+the first to update the \texttt{aipsamp.aux} file reflecting the new values of your citations
+and the second to employ those citations correctly.
+Be sure to check the end of the \texttt{aipsamp.log} file for any message advising you to
+rerun \texttt{latex}.
+
+\subsection{Multiple References per Citation}
+In an article using numerical citations,
+it is not uncommon to encounter the need for a citation
+that refers to more than one article or other reference.
+To accommodate such a case, \revtex~4.1 implements markup similar to that of the
+\texttt{mcite} package for \LaTeXe.
+
+Let's say that two citation keys \texttt{able} and \texttt{baker}
+need to be combined into a single reference.
+The syntax for the \cmd\cite\ command is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+word\cite{able,*baker} further text
+\end{verbatim}
+When you run Bib\TeX\, the resulting bibliography will contain the two entries, but run together
+as a single numbered reference.
+In the \cmd\cite\ command argument, any cite key that starts with the * character
+signifies that its bibliographic entry is to be joined together with the one preceding it;
+the \texttt{*} may join together any number of entries into a single reference.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}\label{sec:TeXbooks}%
+\bibitem{Note1}
+For help regarding the installation of this software and its use, please send email to \href{mailto:tex at aip.org}{tex at aip.org}.
+%
+\bibitem{Note2}
+Available with the \revtex\ distribution, see \url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/}.
+%
+\bibitem[Lamport(1996)]{LaTeXman}
+L. Lamport,
+\emph{\LaTeX\, a Document Preparation System}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1996).
+%
+\bibitem[Goossens(1994)]{Compan}
+M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, and A. Samarin,
+\emph{The \LaTeX\ Companion}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1994).
+%
+\bibitem[Knuth(1986)]{TeXbook}
+D. E. Knuth,
+\emph{The \TeX book}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1986).
+%
+\bibitem[Kopka(1995)]{Guide}
+H. Kopka and P. Daly,
+\emph{A Guide to \LaTeXe}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1995).
+%
+\bibitem[Goossens(1997)]{CompanG}
+M. Goossens, S. Rahtz, and F. Mittelbach,
+\emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics Companion}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1997).
+%
+\bibitem[Rahtz(1999)]{CompanW}
+S. Rahtz, M. Goossens \emph{et al.},
+\emph{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion}
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1999).
+%
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/aipguide4-1.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/docs.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/docs.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/docs.sty 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+% authguide.rty - macros for processing revguide.tex under \documentclass{revtex4}
+% Text entities
+\DeclareRobustCommand\SNG{\emph{Physical Review Style and Notation Guide}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\LUG{\emph{\LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\marglat{\marginpar[\textbf{2e}]{\textbf{2e}}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\margrev{\marginpar[\textbf{4}]{\textbf{4}}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AmS{%
+ {\protect\the\textfont\tw@ A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BibTeX{{\rm B}{\sc ib}\TeX}
+%
+% Various forms of self-indexing commands:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\m}[1]{%
+ \meta{#1}%
+ \index{#1=\string\meta{#1} placeholder}\index{placeholder>#1=\string\meta{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\meta[1]{%
+ \mbox{\m at th\LANGLE\itshape#1\/\RANGLE}%
+}%
+\def\LANGLE{$\langle$}%
+\def\RANGLE{$\rangle$}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\marg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}, argument}\index{argument>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\aarg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string{}#1{\ttfamily\string}}%
+}%
+\let\oarg\undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\oarg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily[%]
+ }\meta{#1}{\ttfamily%[
+ ]}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}, optional argument}%
+ \index{argument, optional>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cmd{\begingroup\makeatletter\@cmd}%
+\long\def\@cmd#1{%
+ \endgroup
+ \cs{\expandafter\cmd at to@cs\string#1}%
+ \expandafter\cmd at to@index\string#1\@nil
+}%
+\def\cmd at to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}%
+\def\cmd at to@index#1#2\@nil{%
+ \index{#2=\string\cmd#1#2}%\index{command>#2=\string\cmd#1#2}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{{\ttfamily\char`\\#1}}%
+\def\scmd#1{%
+ \cs{\expandafter\cmd at to@cs\string#1}%
+ \expandafter\scmd at to@index\string#1\@nil
+}%
+\def\scmd at to@index#1#2\@nil#3{%
+ \index{\string$#3=\string\cmd#1#2---#3}%
+%\index{command>\string$#3=\string\cmd#1#2---#3}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\env{\name at idx{environment}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\envb[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string\begin\string{}\env{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\enve[1]{{\ttfamily\string\end\string{}\env{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\file}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily#1}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}}\index{file>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\substyle{\name at idx{document substyle}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classoption{\name at idx{document class option}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classname{\name at idx{document class}}%
+\def\name at idx#1#2{%
+ {\ttfamily#2}%
+ \index{#2\space#1=\string\ttt{#2}\space#1}\index{#1>#2=\string\ttt{#2}}%
+}%
+%
+% Needed for index:
+%
+\def\ttt{\texttt}%
+\def\pfill{\ }%
+\def\efill{\ }%
+\let\scan at allowedfalse\relax
+%\makeindex
+\AtEndDocument{\@input@{\jobname.ind}\null}%
+%
+% Processing options
+%
+%
+% Layout: override revtex4|aps
+\c at secnumdepth2
+\prepdef\@verbatim{\topsep.5\baselineskip}%
+\renewenvironment{quotation}{%
+ \list{}{%
+ \listparindent 10\p@
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \leftmargin10\p@
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep \z@ \@plus\p@
+ \small
+ }%
+ \item[]%
+}{%
+ \endlist
+}%
+\renewenvironment{quote}{%
+ \list{}{%
+ \leftmargin\z@
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ }\item[]%
+}{%
+ \endlist
+}%
+\leftmargini\parindent
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\ignorespaces
+ #1\unskip
+}%
+\def\toprule{\hline\hline\frstrut}%
+\def\colrule{\hline\frstrut}%
+\def\frstrut{\vrule height2.5ex width\z@ depth\z@\relax}%
+\def\lrstrut{\vrule height\z@ width\z@ depth.5ex\relax}%
+%
+% Klootches
+%
+\let\savenofiles\nofiles
+%
+% Patches:
+%
+%
+\endinput
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip/docs.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aip.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+%% ****** Start of file apsguide4-1.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4.1 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010.
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+%% See the REVTeX 4.1 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%%
+\documentclass[twocolumn,secnumarabic,amssymb, nobibnotes, aps, prd]{revtex4-1}
+%\usepackage{acrofont}%NOTE: Comment out this line for the release version!
+\newcommand{\revtex}{REV\TeX\ }
+\newcommand{\classoption}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\macro}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}}
+\newcommand{\m}[1]{\macro{#1}}
+\newcommand{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9.5in}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1\\(Version 1.0)}%
+
+\author{The American Physical Society}%
+\email[REVTeX Support: ]{revtex at aps.org}
+\affiliation{1 Research Road, Ridge, NY 11961}
+\date{August 10, 2010}%
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+Articles published in American Physical Society journals are converted to
+an XML file during final journal production. Other formats such
+as PDF are derived directly from the XML, which constitutes the version of record.
+Even before journal production, the APS editorial process can make use
+of the information in a properly prepared manuscript. Information such
+as title, authors, affiliations, PACS codes, etc., can be automatically
+extracted and used to populate our manuscript database. References can
+also be culled, cross-checked for accuracy, and used to create a
+linked version for referees and editors. Moreover, time can be saved
+as referrals can be made electronically rather than by conventional
+mail. Thus, a well-prepared electronic manuscript can enhance the
+entire peer review process from author to reader while making the
+whole process less expensive. To this end, authors should follow the
+guidelines in this document when preparing their submissions to \textit{Physical Review Letters},
+ \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics}, \textit{Physical Review A-E}, \textit{Physical Review Special Topics - Accelerators and Beams}, and \textit{Physical Review Special Topics - Physics Education Research}.
+
+Updated versions of this document will be made available at \url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/}. For more complete
+descriptions of how to use the \revtex\ 4.1 macros, please see the
+\textit{\revtex~4.1 Author's Guide} included with the \revtex~4.1
+distribution. Questions about \revtex\ 4.1 and using it to submit to APS journals may be
+emailed to \texttt{revtex at aps.org}.
+
+\section{Formatting}
+\subsection{Preprint, reprint, and twocolumn options}
+\revtex~4.1 offers a new \classoption{reprint} class option to typeset a manuscript
+in a format that is a close approximation to the actual journal's appearance. It should
+be emphasized that this is only an \textit{approximation}; a manuscript may be substantially different
+in length or appearance after it goes through our production process. This is mostly due to the choice
+of fonts and the scaling of figures.
+
+\revtex\ 4.1 is designed to
+make it straightforward to switch between two-column and single-column
+formatting just by changing the class option. Authors may submit with
+either the \classoption{reprint} or the \classoption{twocolumn} class options.
+The \classoption{preprint} primarily does three things: It increases
+the font size to 12pt, increases the line spacing, and changes the
+formatting to single column.
+
+\subsection{Paper size}
+Manuscripts should be submitted to APS formatted for letter size
+paper. Papers are sent electronically to referees who may
+want to print them out. Letter size formatting ensures that this will
+be trouble free for all referees.
+
+\section{Marking up front matter}
+Perhaps the most important macros are those
+pertaining to the markup of the front matter (title, authors,
+affiliations, abstract, PACS codes, etc.). Note that proper
+use of the \revtex\ 4.1 macros means that explicit centering environments
+in the front matter are not needed and should not be used.
+
+\subsection{Title}
+The title of the manuscript should be specified using the \m{title} macro. A
+double backslash {\textbackslash\textbackslash} may be used to force a line break in a long
+title.
+
+\subsection{Authors, affiliations, and collaborations}
+\label{sec:authors}
+\revtex\ 4.1 makes it straightforward to markup up author names and link them up properly with affiliations. Authors should let \revtex\ 4.1 do the work of grouping authors and affiliations and, if using the superscript style, numbering affiliations. Please follow these guidelines:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Use a single \m{author} macro for each author's name. \revtex\ 4.1 automatically puts in all commas and the word `and.'
+\item Use the \m{surname} macro to explicitly indicate if an author's family name consists of more than one name or if the family name is not the author's last name.
+\item The \m{email} macro may be used to specify an author's e-mail
+address. The \m{thanks} macro must not be used for this. Only the
+e-mail address itself may appear in the macro's required argument.
+\item The \m{homepage} macro may be used to specify a URL associated
+with an author. The \m{thanks} macro must not be used for this. Only the
+URL may appear in the macro's required argument.
+\item The \m{altaffiliation} macro may be used to specify an alternate
+affiliation or temporary address for an author. The \m{thanks} macro
+must not be used for this. Only the affiliation
+may appear in the macro's required argument.
+\item The \m{thanks} macro may be used only if one of the more
+specific macros list above does not apply.
+\item Use a single \m{affiliation} for each affiliation.
+\item Superscripts linking authors to affiliations must be
+accomplished using the \classoption{superscriptaddress} class option
+rather than putting in explicit superscripts by hand.
+\item A collaboration may be specified by using the \m{collaboration}
+macro. The \m{author} macro must not be used for collaborations.
+\end{itemize}
+\subsection{Abstract}
+The abstract must be specified using the \env{abstract}
+environment. Note that in \revtex\ 4.1, the abstract must come before
+the \m{maketitle} command. \revtex\ 4.1 now allows the the use of the \env{description}
+environment within the abstract to provide \textit{structured abstracts}. For instance, \textit{Physical Review C} would like authors to provide abstracts with sections summarizing the paper's \textbf{Background}, \textbf{Purpose}, \textbf{Method}, \textbf{Results}, and \textbf{Conclusions}. This can be accomplished in the following manner:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+\begin{description}
+\item[Background] This part would describe the
+context needed to understand what the paper
+is about.
+\item[Purpose] This part would state the purpose
+of the present paper.
+\item[Method] This part describe the methods
+used in the paper.
+\item[Results] This part would summarize the
+results.
+\item[Conclusions] This part would state the
+conclusions of the paper.
+\end{description}
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{PACS codes}
+If supplying suggested PACS codes, they must be supplied as a
+comma-separated list using a single \m{pacs} macro.
+
+\section{References and footnotes}
+Authors are strongly encouraged
+to use Bib\TeX\ when preparing their bibliographies. If Bib\TeX\ is used, current production processes
+require that the \texttt{.bbl} file be included directly into the
+manuscript's main \texttt{.tex} file. \revtex\ 4.1 comes with two Bib\TeX\ style files for formatting
+references, one for the \textit{Physical Review} journals and one
+for \textit{Review of Modern Physics}. The Bib\TeX\ styles support the optional display of journal article titles in the bibliography. To display the titles, use the \texttt{longbibliography} class option.
+
+The following apply whether
+Bib\TeX\ is used or not.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Authors should use the \m{cite} and \m{bibitem} commands to create
+bibliographies and to refer to items in the bibliography. ``By hand"
+numbering of references should be avoided.
+\item \revtex~4.1 provides new syntax for combining multiple citations into a single entry in the bibliography and for putting extra text before and after a reference. Please refer to \textit{\revtex~4.1 Author's Guide} included with the \revtex~4.1 distribution for full details.
+\item Footnotes must be specified using the \m{footnote}
+macro. \revtex\ 4.1 will place the footnotes in
+the bibliography for the \textit{Physical Review}
+journals. Please note that even if you don't use Bib\TeX, you may have to run Bib\TeX\ to get the footnotes to appear. Footnotes giving additional information about authors (such
+as e-mail addresses) must not be specified using the \m{footnote}
+macro (see Section~\ref{sec:authors}).
+\item Avoid custom footnotes using \m{footnotemark} and \m{footnotetext} [except in the context of tables (see
+Section~\ref{sec:tablenotes})].
+\item References should be formatted and specified according to the
+\textit{Physical Review Style Guide}. Note that using Bib\TeX\ automatically ensures this.
+\item In journal styles that use superscript citations (\textit{e.g.}, Phys.~Rev.~B), use \m{onlinecite} to create references that appear on the baseline (\textit{i.e.}, Ref.~4). For superscript citations, use the proper journal class option rather than creating superscripts by hand.
+\item URLs should be specified using the \m{url} macro. Bib\TeX\ will automatically take
+care of this if the \texttt{url} field is used.
+\item E-print identifiers should be included using the \m{eprint} macro. Bib\TeX\ will automatically take care of this if the \texttt{eprint} field is used.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Body of the paper}
+\subsection{Sectioning and cross-referencing}
+For sectioning a manuscript, the basic rule is to use the appropriate
+sectioning commands (\m{section}, \m{subsection}, \m{subsubsection},
+\textit{etc.}). Cross-referencing a section must be done by using the
+proper \m{label} and \m{ref} commands. Cross-referencing by hand is
+not allowed. \m{part}, \m{chapter}, and \m{subparagraph} should not be
+used.
+
+\subsection{Appendices}
+Appendices should be specified using the \m{appendix} command which
+specifies that all following sections create with the \m{section}
+commands are appendices. If there is only one appendix, then the
+\m{appendix*} command should be used instead.
+
+\subsection{Acknowledgments}
+Any acknowledgments should be included by using the
+\env{acknowledgments} environment. Note that in \revtex~4.1, this is
+an environment and not a command.
+
+\subsection{Counters}
+No counters may be created and the standard ones may not be
+altered. If an exceptional label is needed for an equation, the \m{tag}
+command (requires the \classoption{amsmath} class option) should be used. Please
+note that the use of the \m{tag} command may conflict with the use of the \classoption{hyperref} package
+due an incompatibility between \classoption{amsmath} and \classoption{hyperref}.
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+It is preferable to avoid the older \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ 2.09 macros for
+controlling fonts such as \m{rm}, \m{it}, \textit{etc.} Rather, it is
+better to use the macros introduced in \LaTeXe. If the older font
+commands are used (they really should be avoided!), be sure to use
+curly braces to properly limit the extent of the font
+change. \verb+{\bf ...}+ is the correct method.
+Commands for controlling text and math font changes are summarized in
+Table~\ref{tab:fonts}.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:fonts}\LaTeXe\ and AMS-\LaTeX\ font summary.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{lp{2in}}
+\m{textit} & Italics. Replaces \m{it}\\
+\m{textbf} & Bold face. Replaces \m{bf}\\
+\m{textrm} & Roman. Replaces \m{rm}\\
+\m{textsl} & Slanted. Replaces \m{sl}\\
+\m{textsc} & Small caps. Replaces \m{sc}\\
+\m{textsf} & Sans serif. Replaces \m{sf}\\
+\m{texttt} & Typewriter. Replaces \m{tt}\\
+\m{textmd} & Medium series\\
+\m{textnormal} & Normal\\
+\m{textup} & Upright\\
+\m{mathbf} & Bold face\\
+\m{mathcal} & Replaces \m{cal}\\
+\m{mathit} & Italics\\
+\m{mathnormal} & Replaces \m{mit}\\
+\m{mathsf} & Sans serif\\
+\m{mathtt} & Typewriter\\
+\m{mathfrak} & Fraktur: Requires \classoption{amsfonts} or \classoption{amssymb} class option\\
+\m{mathbb} & Bold blackboard: Requires \classoption{amsfonts} or \classoption{amssymb} class option\\
+\m{bm} & Bold Greek and other math symbols: Requires
+\verb+\usepackage{bm}+ and may require the \classoption{amsfonts} class
+option
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+
+Bold Greek letters and other bold math symbols should be accomplished
+with the use of \texttt{bm.sty} which is distributed as a required
+tool with the latest versions of \LaTeXe\ and should be loaded via
+\verb+\usepackage{bm}+. This package introduces the \m{bm}
+macro. Some bold characters may require using the
+\classoption{amsfonts} class option.
+
+New fonts may not be declared with \m{newfont}. Font attribute
+commands for selecting a font family, shape, and series are all
+disallowed; the standard \LaTeXe\ font selection macros list above
+should be used instead.
+
+Finally, the \m{symbol} macro is also not allowed.
+
+\subsection{Environments}
+\subsubsection{Lists}
+The standard list environments \texttt{itemize}, \texttt{enumerate},
+and \texttt{description} are allowed. The \m{item} macro with or without
+the optional argument is also allowed. Customization of the list environments
+(with macros such as \m{labelstyle}, \m{labelitemi}, \m{labelenumi},
+\m{itemsep}, etc.) is allowed but may be ignored in production.
+Generalized lists (\m{begin\{list\}}) and trivial lists
+(\m{begin\{trivlist\}}) are not allowed.
+
+\subsubsection{Other Environments}
+Creating generalized new environments with \m{newenvironment} is not
+allowed. Creating a new theorem environment with \m{newtheorem} is
+allowed though.
+
+The tabbing environment and the macros \m{=}, \m{$>$}, \m{`}, and
+\m{'} are allowed but may be ignored in production. Conversion
+programs used in production should recognize the escapes \m{a=},
+\m{a'}, and \m{a`} for using the corresponding accents within a
+tabbing environment though.
+
+The \env{verbatim} environment is allowed.
+
+\subsection{Boxes}
+Most boxes and macros to manipulate them are not allowed. These
+include \m{raisebox}, \m{parbox}, \m{minipage}, \m{rulebox},
+\m{framebox}, \m{mbox}, \m{fbox}, \m{savebox}, \m{newsavebox},
+\m{sbox}, \m{usebox}, and the environment \m{begin\{lrbox\}}. Rules
+produced with \m{rule} are not allowed.
+
+\subsubsection{Margin Notes}
+Margin notes created with \m{marginpar} are not allowed, as are the
+associated style parameters \m{marginparwidth}, \m{marginparsep}, and
+\m{marginparpush}.
+
+
+\section{Math Markup}
+In general, all math markup and the standard math environments from
+\LaTeXe\ are allowed. These include \m{begin\{math\}},
+\m{begin\{displaymath\}}, \m{begin\{equation\}},
+\m{begin\{eqnarray\}}, and \m{begin\{eqnarray*\}}. The shortcuts \$,
+\$\$, \m{[}, and \m{]} are allowed. In addition, authors may use
+almost all of the additional markup introduced by AMS-\LaTeX\ by using
+the \classoption{amsmath} class option. The explicit exceptions are
+\m{genfrac}, \m{boxed}, and \m{smash}. The markup contained in
+\texttt{amsextra} and \texttt{amsthm} may not be used
+though. Commutative diagrams created with the \texttt{amscd} package
+are acceptable.
+
+\section{Figures}
+\subsection{Figure inclusions}
+Figures should be included into a \revtex~4.1 manuscript by using the
+standard \LaTeXe\ macros. \LaTeXe\ includes
+several powerful packages for including the files in various
+formats. The two main packages are \texttt{graphics} and
+\texttt{graphicx}. Both offer a macro called
+\m{includegraphics};
+they mainly differ in how arguments for
+controlling figure placement (\textit{e.g.}, scaling and rotation)
+are passed to the \m{includegraphics}.
+
+The \env{figure} environment should be used to add a caption to the
+figure and to allow \LaTeX\ to number and place the figures where they
+fit best. If a figure needs to be referred to in the text,
+rather than manually numbering the figures a \m{label} should be added
+to the figure environment (best practice is to put the label within
+the argument of the \m{caption} command) and the \m{ref} macro should be used to
+reference this label. Figures that span the page should use the
+\m{figure*} environment. The \env{picture} environment must not be
+used directly (one can include an Encapsulated PostScript figure that
+was produced using the \env{picture} environment of course).
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:figplace}Figure placement}
+Figures should be placed as close as possible to the point where they are first
+referenced. There is no need to place all figures
+separately at the end of the manuscript and it is preferred that
+authors leave the figures in their natural locations. Authors may
+also find useful the \revtex~4.1 \classoption{floatfix} class option
+which adds emergency float placement processing to avoid ``stuck''
+floats which would otherwise be deferred to the end of the job (and
+can lead to the fatal \texttt{``Too many unprocessed floats''}
+message).
+
+
+\section{Tables}
+\label{sec:tables}
+The standard \LaTeXe\ table formatting environments are supported as is
+the use of the \texttt{longtable} package. Tables may be reformatted
+during production to meet APS style guidelines.
+Here are some helpful hints for trying to get tables formatted correctly:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Use the \texttt{longtable} package to get tables to break
+across pages.
+\item The macro \m{squeezetable} will reduce the font size of the
+table. This macro must occur within a group outside the table
+environment. The proper markup is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begingroup
+\squeezetable
+\begin{table}
+...
+\end{table}
+\endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+\item Try using the float placement option \texttt{H} which will
+enable \LaTeX\ to break a float across pages. Long tables are more
+attractively set with \env{longtable} however.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}[H]
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}
+...
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Doubled rules and table formatting}
+\revtex\ 4.1 provides the \env{ruledtabular} environment which
+automatically puts the scotch rules (double lines) around tables and
+formats all enclosed \env{tabular} environments to the full width of
+the tables and improves inter-column spacing. This environment should
+be used whenever possible.
+
+\subsection{Wide tables}
+When typesetting using \classoption{twocolumn}, tables can either span
+a single column or both columns. Using the '\verb+*+'-ed version of
+the \env{table} or \env{longtable} environments produces wide tables
+that span the columns.
+
+Tables that are very wide and that may be better typeset in a
+landscape orientation (rotated 90 degrees) should be enclosed in a
+\env{turnpage} environment. This will place the rotated table on its own
+page. Note that some dvi previewers may not be able to show the table
+properly, but \texttt{dvips} and \texttt{pdflatex} work correctly.
+
+\subsection{Table placement}
+Tables should be placed as close as possible to the point where they
+are first referenced. There is no need to place all tables separately
+at the end of the manuscript and this is not desirable for APS
+purposes. The class option \classoption{floatfix} may be helpful for
+table placement as well as figure placement (see Section~\ref{sec:figplace}).
+
+\subsection{Aligning columns on a decimal point}
+The standard \LaTeXe\ macro package \classoption{dcolumn} should be
+used to accomplish this.
+
+\subsection{Tablenotes}
+\label{sec:tablenotes}
+Footnotes in tables (tablenotes) should use the \m{footnote}
+macro. However, if more than one reference to the same footnote is
+needed, authors may use \m{footnotetext} and \m{footnotemark}. This
+will produce notes (labeled by lower-case roman letters) inserted
+below the table rather than in the reference section or at the bottom
+of the page.
+
+
+\section{Author-defined macros}
+Authors may define convenience macros to save keystrokes. This means
+that the macros may not invoke \TeX\ macros such as \m{if} or other
+context dependent commands. Also, \LaTeXe\ provides three macros for
+declaring new commands: \m{providecommand}, \m{newcommand}, and
+\m{renewcommand} (as well as their `\verb+*+'-ed versions). These
+should be used. Authors may not use \TeX\relax's low-level commands
+\m{def}, \m{edef}, and \m{gdef}.
+
+\section{Summary}
+To ensure the best use of \TeX\ manuscripts, authors need to follow
+the guidelines specified here. Use of low-level formatting commands to
+finely control horizontal and vertical spacing may be ignored during
+production, or even worse, make it impossible to convert the
+manuscript to XML. Authors should keep
+things as simple as possible and correctly use the proper \revtex~4.1
+or \LaTeXe\ macros. Any questions about usage may be directed to
+\texttt{revtex at aps.org}.
+
+\end{document}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/aps/apsguide4-1.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,1737 @@
+%% ****** Start of file authguide.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+%% See the REVTeX 4.1 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%%
+\listfiles
+\documentclass[%
+,aps%
+ ,twocolumn%
+ ,secnumarabic%
+,amssymb, amsmath,nobibnotes, aps, prl, floatfix]{revtex4-1}
+\usepackage{docs}%
+\usepackage{bm}%
+%\usepackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+%\nofiles
+\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\usepackage
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{\revtex~4.1 Author's Guide}%
+\author{American Physical Society}%
+\email{revtex at aps.org}
+\affiliation{1 Research Road, Ridge, NY 11961}
+\date{August 2010}%
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+\clearpage
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This is the author's guide to \revtex~4.1, the preferred submission
+format for all APS and AIP journals. This guide is intended to be a concise
+introduction to \revtex~4.1. The documentation has been separated out
+into smaller units to make it easier to locate essential
+information.
+
+The following documentation is also part of the \revtex~4.1
+distribution. Updated versions of these will be maintained at
+the \revtex~4.1 homepage located at \url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/}.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1}
+\item \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1}
+\item \textit{\revtex~4.1 Command and Options Summary}
+\item \textit{What's New in \revtex~4.1}
+\end{itemize}
+This guide assumes a working \revtex~4.1
+installation. Please see the installation instructions included with the
+distribution.
+\subsection{Changes in \revtex~4.1}
+The \revtex\ system for \LaTeX\ began its development in 1986 and has
+gone through three major revisions since then. \revtex~4 was released in August, 2001. Since that time,
+many user requests for new features were received. The main goals for \revtex~4.1 are to incorporate
+this user feedback and provide support for the journals of the American Institute of Physics (AIP) . It incorporates the following changes:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Added support for APS journal \textit{Physical Review Special Topics -- Physics Education Research}}.
+\item \textbf{Added support for AIP journals.} There is now an explicit \texttt{aip} society option along with support for AIP journals. Please see the \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1}. In addition, \revtex~4.1 provides an extensible system for the easy addition of new collections of journals.
+\item \textbf{Endnotes now ordered correctly.} Endnotes in the bibliography now appear in the correct order, interleaved with citations.
+\item \textbf{Multiple references in a single citation supported using a special starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command.} One of the major new features in 4.1 made possible by the joint work on \texttt{natbib 8.3}. Multiple Bib\TeX\ entries can be combined into a single \cmd\bibitem\ command.
+\item \textbf{Free form text can be prepended and appended to a bibliographic entry using the special starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command.} Often a citation in the bibliography will have explanatory text such as \textit{See also} or \textit{and references therein} before and after the actual citation. The new \revtex~4.1 \cmd\cite\ command allows the specification of both text to precede and follow a citation.
+\item \textbf{Structured Abstracts.} Use of the \texttt{description} environment in abstracts now provides for ``structured" abstracts.
+\item \textbf{Figures referring to videos now supported.} A ``figure" may now be labeled as a \textbf{Video} by using the \texttt{video} environment. A frame from the video may be included in the figure and a URL to link the caption's label to the online video also may be included. There is also a \cmd\listofvideos\ command.
+\item \textbf{Better support for arXiv.org in Bib\TeX\ } Three more Bib\TeX\ fields have been added: \texttt{SLACcitation}, \texttt{archivePrefix}, and \texttt{primaryClass} in addition to the existing field \texttt{eprint}.
+\item \textbf{Improved Bib\TeX\ \texttt{bst} files.} In addition to the new features above, numerous other improvements to the APS \texttt{bst} files have been made, including support for displaying journal article titles (using the new \texttt{longbibliography} option) and many fixes for \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics}. Also, long author lists are no longer automatically truncated.
+\item \textbf{\cmd\footnote\ in \cmd\widetext\ and \texttt{table*} environments improved.} \cmd\footnote\relax s in the \cmd\widetext\ or \texttt{table*} environments are now correctly placed and formatted.
+\item \textbf{Email addresses no longer print twice on papers less than one page long.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{eqnarray} alignment improved.}
+\item \textbf{\cmd\collaboration\ can be used with the \texttt{groupedaddress} option now.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{letterpaper} now ensured as default paper size.}
+\item \textbf{Table of Contents formatting improved.}
+\item \textbf{Support for the \texttt{longtable} package improved.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{reftest} restored.}
+\item \textbf{Compatibility with the \texttt{geometry, lineno, lscape} and \texttt{colortbl} packages improved.} For line numbering, rather than using \texttt{lineno.sty} directly, the \texttt{linenumbers} class option should be used (this will call in \texttt{lineno.sty} with a proper set of default parameters).
+\item \texttt{hyperref} \textbf{fixes}. Improvements were to make footnotes work better with the \texttt{hyperref} package. In particular, table footnotes were fixed. More anchors for \texttt{hyperref} were also added (titlepage, abstract, and acknowledgements).
+\item \textbf{Documents can have more than 256 \cmd\cite\ commands now.}
+\item \textbf{\cmd\listoffigures\ and \cmd\listoftables\ fixed.}
+\item \textbf{Figure and table labels in captions now reflect proper APS style.}
+\item \textbf{RMP style files conform better to RMP style guidelines.}
+\item \textbf{Section heading upper-casing improved.}
+\item \textbf{Repeated characters at start of affiliation no longer disappear when using \texttt{groupedaddress} option.}
+\item \textbf{There have been many other bug fixes and improvements to the internal \texttt{ltxgrid} package as well.}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{\revtex~4 Backwards Compatibility}
+Documents prepared under \revtex~4 should process correctly under \revtex~4.1. However, the formatting of the pages and, if using Bib\TeX, the references may change.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Submitting to APS Journals}
+
+Authors using \revtex~4.1 to prepare a manuscript for submission to
+\textit{Physical Review Letters}, \textit{Physical Review}, \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics},
+or other APS journals must also read the companion document \textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1}
+distributed with \revtex\ and follow the guidelines detailed there.
+
+The \revtex~4.1 distribution includes both a template
+(\file{apstemplate.tex}) and a sample document (\file{apssamp.tex}).
+The template is a good starting point for a manuscript. In the
+following sections are instructions that should be sufficient for
+creating a paper using \revtex~4.1.
+
+Further information about submissions to the American
+Physical Society may be found at \url{http://publish.aps.org/}.
+
+\subsection{Submitting to AIP Journals}
+
+\revtex~4.1 includes support for the journals of the American Institute of Physics.
+The style files and authoring guides for these journals are distributed as part
+\revtex~4.1 distribution. The distribution includes both a template
+(\file{aiptemplate.tex}) and a sample document (\file{aipsamp.tex}).
+The template is a good starting point for a manuscript. In the
+following sections are instructions that should be sufficient for
+creating a paper using \revtex~4.1.
+
+
+
+More information may be found at
+\url{http://www.aip.org/pubservs/compuscript.html}. Please consult the \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1} for more information about submissions to AIP journals, AIP styles files, and other AIP-specific information.
+
+\subsection{Contact Information}\label{sec:aipresources}%
+Any bugs, problems, or inconsistencies with \revtex\ or the APS journal style files should be reported to
+\revtex\ support at \verb+revtex at aps.org+. Reports should include information on the error and a \textit{small}
+sample document that manifests the problem if possible (please don't send large files!). Issues related to the AIP journal styles should be sent directly to \verb+tex at aip.org+.
+
+\section{Some \LaTeXe\ Basics}
+\revtex~4.1 must sometimes patch the underlying
+\LaTeX\ kernel. This means that \revtex~4.1 requires a fairly recent version of
+\LaTeXe. Versions prior to 2005/12/01 may not work
+correctly. \revtex~4.1 will be maintained to be compatible with future
+versions of \LaTeXe.
+
+\subsection{Useful \LaTeXe\ Markup}
+\LaTeXe\ markup is the preferred way to accomplish many basic tasks.
+
+\subsubsection{Fonts}
+
+Because \revtex~4.1 is based upon \LaTeXe, it inherits all of the
+macros used for controlling fonts. Of particular importance are the
+\LaTeXe\ macros \cmd{\textit}, \cmd{\textbf}, \cmd{\texttt} for changing to
+an italic, bold, or typewriter font respectively. One should always
+use these macros rather than the lower-level \TeX\ macros \cmd{\it},
+\cmd{\bf}, and \cmd{\tt}. The \LaTeXe\ macros offer
+improvements such as better italic correction and scaling in super-
+and subscripts for example. Table~\ref{tab:fonts}
+summarizes the font selection commands in \LaTeXe.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:fonts}\LaTeXe\ font commands}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Text Fonts}}\\
+\textbf{Font command} & \textbf{Explanation} \\
+\cmd\textit\marg{text} & Italics\\
+\cmd\textbf\marg{text} & Boldface\\
+\cmd\texttt\marg{text} & Typewriter\\
+\cmd\textrm\marg{text} & Roman\\
+\cmd\textsl\marg{text} & Slanted\\
+\cmd\textsf\marg{text} & Sans Serif\\
+\cmd\textsc\marg{text} & Small Caps\\
+\cmd\textmd\marg{text} & Medium Series\\
+\cmd\textnormal\marg{text} & Normal Series\\
+\cmd\textup\marg{text} & Upright Series\\
+ &\\
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{Math Fonts}}\\
+\cmd\mathit\marg{text} & Math Italics\\
+\cmd\mathbf\marg{text} & Math Boldface\\
+\cmd\mathtt\marg{text} & Math Typewriter\\
+\cmd\mathsf\marg{text} & Math Sans Serif\\
+\cmd\mathcal\marg{text} & Calligraphic\\
+\cmd\mathnormal\marg{text} & Math Normal\\
+\cmd\bm\marg{text}& Bold math for Greek letters\\
+ & and other symbols\\
+\cmd\mathfrak\marg{text}\footnotemark[1] & Fraktur\\
+\cmd\mathbb\marg{text}\footnotemark[1] & Blackboard Bold\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\footnotetext[1]{Requires \classname{amsfonts} or \classname{amssymb} class option}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsubsection{User-defined macros}
+\LaTeXe\ provides several macros that enable users to easily create new
+macros for use in their manuscripts:
+\begin{itemize}
+\footnotesize
+\item \cmd\newcommand\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\item \cmd\newcommand\verb+*+\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\item \cmd\renewcommand\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\item \cmd\renewcommand\verb+*+\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\item \cmd\providecommand\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\item \cmd\providecommand\verb+*+\marg{\\command}\oarg{narg}\oarg{opt}\marg{def}
+\end{itemize}
+Here \meta{\\command} is the name of the macro being defined,
+\meta{narg} is the number of arguments the macro takes,
+\meta{opt} are optional default values for the arguments, and
+\meta{def} is the actually macro definiton. \cmd\newcommand\ creates a
+new macro, \cmd\renewcommand\ redefines a previously defined macro,
+and \cmd\providecommand\ will define a macro only if it hasn't
+been defined previously. The *-ed versions are an optimization that
+indicates that the macro arguments will always be ``short'' arguments. This is
+almost always the case, so the *-ed versions should be used whenver
+possible.
+
+The use of these macros is preferred over using plain \TeX's low-level
+macros such as
+\cmd\def{},\cmd\edef{}, and \cmd\gdef{}. APS authors must follow the
+\textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1} when defining macros.
+
+\subsubsection{Symbols}
+
+\LaTeXe\ has added some convenient commands for some special symbols
+and effects. These are summarized in Table~\ref{tab:special}. See
+\cite{Guide} for details.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:special}\LaTeXe\ commands for special symbols and effects}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{lc}
+Command & Symbol/Effect\\
+\cmd\textemdash & \textemdash\\
+\cmd\textendash & \textendash\\
+\cmd\textexclamdown & \textexclamdown\\
+\cmd\textquestiondown & \textquestiondown\\
+\cmd\textquotedblleft & \textquotedblleft\\
+\cmd\textquotedblright & \textquotedblright\\
+\cmd\textquoteleft & \textquoteleft\\
+\cmd\textquoteright & \textquoteright\\
+\cmd\textbullet & \textbullet\\
+\cmd\textperiodcentered & \textperiodcentered\\
+\cmd\textvisiblespace & \textvisiblespace\\
+\cmd\textcompworkmark & Break a ligature\\
+\cmd\textcircled\marg{char} & Circle a character\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\LaTeXe\ provides additional symbols in a
+separate package called \classname{latexsym}. To use these symbols, include
+the package using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{latexsym}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Using \LaTeXe\ packages with \revtex}\label{sec:usepackage}%
+
+Many \LaTeXe\ packages are available, for instance, on CTAN at
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/}
+and at
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/}
+or may be available on other distribution media, such as the \TeX\
+Live CD-ROM \url{http://www.tug.org/texlive/}. Some of these packages
+are automatically loaded by \revtex~4.1 when certain class options are
+invoked and are, thus, ``required.'' They will either be distributed
+with \revtex\ or are already included with a standard \LaTeXe\
+distribution.
+
+Required packages are automatically loaded by \revtex\ on an as-needed
+basis. Other packages should be loaded using the
+\cmd\usepackage\ command. To load the
+\classname{hyperref} package, the document preamble might look like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{revtex}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Some common (and very useful) \LaTeXe\ packages are \textit{a priori}
+important enough that \revtex~4.1 has been designed to be specifically
+compatible with them.
+A bug stemming from the use of one of these packages in
+conjunction with any of the APS journals may be reported by contacting
+\revtex\ support.
+\begin{description}
+\item[\textbf{AMS packages}] \revtex~4.1 is compatible with and depends
+ upon the AMS packages
+\classname{amsfonts},
+\classname{amssymb}, and
+\classname{amsmath}. In fact, \revtex~4.1 requires use of these packages
+to accomplish some common tasks. See Section~\ref{sec:math} for more.
+\revtex~4.1 requires version 2.0 or higher of the AMS-\LaTeX\ package.
+
+\item[\textbf{array and dcolumn}]
+The \classname{array} and \classname{dcolumn} packages are part of
+\LaTeX's required suite of packages. \classname{dcolumn} is required
+to align table columns on decimal points (and it in turn depends upon
+the \classname{array} package).
+
+\item[\textbf{longtable}]
+\file{longtable.sty} may be used for large tables that will span more than one
+page. \revtex~4.1 dynamically applies patches to longtable.sty so that
+it will work in two-column mode.
+
+\item[\textbf{hyperref}] \file{hyperref.sty} is a package by Sebastian Rahtz that is
+used for putting hypertext links into \LaTeXe\ documents.
+\revtex~4.1 has hooks to allow e-mail addresses and URL's to become
+hyperlinks if \classname{hyperref} is loaded.
+
+\item[\textbf{lineno}] \revtex~4.1 improves compatibility with \classname{lineno.sty}. This package should only be loaded via the new \classoption{linenumbers} class option. See Section~\ref{sec:lineno} for more information.
+
+\item[\textbf{lscape}] \revtex~4.1 improves compatibility with \classname{lscape.sty}.
+
+\item[\textbf{geometry}] \revtex~4.1 improves compatibility with \classname{geometry.sty}.
+
+\item[\textbf{colortbl}] \revtex~4.1 improves compatibility with \classname{colortbl.sty}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+Other packages will conflict with \revtex~4.1 and should be
+avoided. Usually such a conflict arises because the package adds
+enhancements that \revtex~4.1 already includes. Here are some common
+packages that clash with \revtex~4.1:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\textbf{multicol}] \file{multicol.sty} is a package by Frank Mittelbach
+that adds support for multiple columns. In fact, early versions of
+\revtex~4.1 used \file{multicol.sty} for precisely this. \revtex~4.1
+incorporates its own support for multiple-column typesetting.
+
+\item[\textbf{cite}] Donald Arseneau's \file{cite.sty} is often used to provide
+support for sorting a \cmd\cite\ command's arguments into numerical
+order and to collapse consecutive runs of reference numbers. \revtex~4.1
+has this functionality built-in already via the \classname{natbib} package.
+
+\item[\textbf{mcite}] \revtex~4.1 already contains a lot of this
+functionality through its updated syntax for the \cmd\cite\ command and
+the latest \classname{natbib} package.
+
+\item[\textbf{endfloat}] The same functionality can be accomplished
+using the \classoption{endfloats} class option.
+
+\item[\textbf{float}] \texttt{float.sty} provides a mechanism for creating new float classes with just a few commands. \revtex~4.1 has limited compatible with float.sty. If attempting to use this package, be sure to put any \cmd\newfloat\ commands after the \verb+\begin{document}+ line.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{The Document Preamble}
+
+The preamble of a \LaTeX\ document is the set of commands that precede
+the \envb{document} line. It contains a
+\cmd\documentclass\ line to load the \revtex~4.1 class (\textit{i.e.},
+all of the \revtex~4.1 macro definitions), \cmd\usepackage\ macros to
+load other macro packages, and other macro definitions.
+
+\subsection{The \emph{documentclass} line}
+The basic formatting of the manuscript is controlled by setting
+\emph{class options} using
+\cmd\documentclass\oarg{options}\aarg{\classname{revtex4-1}}.
+The optional arguments that appear in the square brackets control the layout of the
+document. At this point, one only needs to choose:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Either the \classoption{aps} (default) or \classoption{aip} society option
+\item One of the chosen society's journal styles such as \classoption{prl} or \classoption{apl}
+\item A layout option such as \classoption{preprint} (single-column formatting), \classoption{reprint} (an approximation
+to the selected journal's actual layout which may be one- or two-column depending on the journal), or \classoption{twocolumn}
+\end{itemize}
+Usually, one would want to use \classoption{preprint} for draft papers. Paper size options are also
+available as well. In particular, \classoption{a4paper} is available
+as well as the rest of the standard \LaTeX\ paper sizes. A
+full list of class options is given in the \textit{\revtex~4.1 Command
+and Options Summary}.
+
+\subsection{Loading other packages}
+Other packages may be loaded into a \revtex~4.1 document by using the
+standard \LaTeXe\ \cmd\usepackage\ command. For instance, to load
+the \classoption{graphics} package, one would use
+\verb+\usepackage{graphics}+.
+
+\section{The Front Matter}\label{sec:front}
+
+After choosing the basic look and feel of the document by selecting
+the appropriate class options and loading in whatever other macros are
+needed, one is ready to move on to creating a new manuscript. After
+the preamble, be sure to put in a \envb{document} line (and put
+in an \enve{document} as well). This section describes the macros
+\revtex~4.1 provides for formatting the front matter of the
+article. The behavior and usage of these macros can be quite
+different from those provided in the \LaTeXe\ \classname{article} class.
+\subsection{Setting the title}
+
+The title of the manuscript is simply specified by using the
+\cmd\title\aarg{title} macro. A \verb+\\+ may be used to put a line
+break in a long title.
+
+\subsection{Specifying a date}%
+
+The \cmd\date\marg{date} command outputs the date on the
+manuscript. Using \cmd\today\ will cause \LaTeX{} to insert the
+current date whenever the file is run:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\date{\today}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Specifying authors and affiliations}
+
+The \revtex~4.1 macros for specifying authors and their affiliations are designed
+ to save labor for authors and during production. Authors and affiliations are
+arranged into groupings called, appropriately enough, \emph{author
+groups}. Each author group is a set of authors who share the same set
+of affiliations. Author names are specified with the \cmd\author\
+macro while affiliations (or addresses) are specified with the
+\cmd\affiliation\ macro. Author groups are specified by sequences of
+\cmd\author\ macros followed by \cmd\affiliation\ macros. An
+\cmd\affiliation\ macro applies to all previously specified
+\cmd\author\ macros which don't already have an affiliation supplied.
+
+For example, if Bugs Bunny and Roger Rabbit are both at Looney Tune
+Studios, while Mickey Mouse is at Disney World, the markup would be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Bugs Bunny}
+\author{Roger Rabbit}
+\affiliation{Looney Tune Studios}
+\author{Mickey Mouse}
+\affiliation{Disney World}
+\end{verbatim}
+The default is to display this as
+\begin{center}
+Bugs Bunny and Roger Rabbit\\
+\emph{Looney Tune Studios}\\
+Mickey Mouse\\
+\emph{Disney World}\\
+\end{center}
+This layout style for displaying authors and their affiliations is
+chosen by selecting the class option
+\classoption{groupedaddress}. Journal styles usually default this option,
+ so it need not be specified explicitly. The other major way of displaying this
+information is to use superscripts on the authors and
+affiliations. This can be accomplished by selecting the class option
+\classoption{superscriptaddress}. To achieve the display
+\begin{center}
+Bugs Bunny,$^{1}$ Roger Rabbit,$^{1,2}$ and Mickey Mouse$^{2}$\\
+\emph{$^{1}$Looney Tune Studios}\\
+\emph{$^{2}$Disney World}\\
+\end{center}
+one would use the markup
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Bugs Bunny}
+\affiliation{Looney Tune Studios}
+\author{Roger Rabbit}
+\affiliation{Looney Tune Studios}
+\affiliation{Disney World}
+\author{Mickey Mouse}
+\affiliation{Disney World}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that \revtex~4.1 takes care of any commas and \emph{and}'s that join
+the author names together and font selection, as well as any
+superscript numbering. Only the author names and affiliations should
+be given within their respective macros. See below for further information
+regarding the proper way to add footnotes to author names and affiliations.
+
+There is a third class option, \classoption{unsortedaddress}, for
+controlling author/affiliation display. The default
+\classoption{groupedaddress} will actually sort authors into the
+approriate author groups if one chooses to specify an affiliation for
+each author. The markup:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Bugs Bunny}
+\affiliation{Looney Tune Studios}
+\author{Mickey Mouse}
+\affiliation{Disney World}
+\author{Roger Rabbit}
+\affiliation{Looney Tune Studios}
+\end{verbatim}
+will result in the same display as for the first case given
+above even though Roger Rabbit is specified after Mickey Mouse. To
+avoid Roger Rabbit being moved into the same author group as Bugs
+Bunny, use the
+\classoption{unsortedaddress} option instead. In general, it is safest
+to list authors in the order they should appear and specify
+affiliations for multiple authors rather than one at a time. This will
+afford the most independence for choosing the display option. Finally,
+it should be mentioned that the affiliations for the
+\classoption{superscriptaddress} are presented and numbered
+in the order that they are encountered. These means that the order
+will usually follow the order of the authors. An alternative ordering
+can be forced by including a list of \cmd\affiliation\ commands before
+the first \cmd{\author} in the desired order. Then use the exact same
+text for each affilation when specifying them for each author.
+
+If an author doesn't have an affiliation, the \cmd\noaffiliation\
+macro may be used in the place of an \cmd\affiliation\ macro.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Collaborations}
+
+A collaboration name can be specified with the \cmd\collaboration\
+command. This is very similar to the \cmd\author\ command. In \revtex~4.1, it can
+be used with both the \classoption{superscriptaddress} and \classoption{groupedaddress} class options. The
+\cmd\collaboration\ command should appear at the end of the list of
+authors. The collaboration name will be appear centered in parentheses
+between the list of authors and the list of
+affiliations. Because collaborations
+don't normally have affiliations, one needs to follow the
+\cmd\collaboration\ with \cmd\noaffiliation.
+
+\subsubsection{Footnotes for authors, collaborations, affiliations or title}\label{sec:footau}
+
+Often one wants to specify additional information associated with an
+author, collaboration, or affiliation such as an e-mail address, an
+alternate affiliation, or some other ancillary information.
+\revtex~4.1 introduces several new macros just for this purpose. They
+are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item\cmd\email\oarg{optional text}\aarg{e-mail address}
+\item\cmd\homepage\oarg{optional text}\aarg{URL}
+\item\cmd\altaffiliation\oarg{optional text}\aarg{affiliation}
+\item\cmd\thanks\aarg{miscellaneous text}
+\end{itemize}
+In the first three, the \emph{optional text} will be prepended before the
+actual information specified in the required argument. In the APS journal style files, \cmd\email\ and \cmd\homepage\ no longer have a default value. However, in the AIP styles, each have a default text for their optional arguments
+(`Electronic address:' and `URL:' respectively). The \cmd\thanks\
+macro should only be used if one of the other three do not apply. Any
+author name can have multiple occurences of these four macros. Note
+that unlike the
+\cmd\affiliation\ macro, these macros only apply to the \cmd\author\
+that directly precedes it. Any \cmd\affiliation\ \emph{must} follow
+the other author-specific macros. A typical usage might be as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Bugs Bunny}
+\email[E-mail me at: ]{bugs at looney.com}
+\homepage[Visit: ]{http://looney.com/}
+\altaffiliation[Permanent address: ]
+ {Warner Brothers}
+\affiliation{Looney Tunes}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would result in the footnote ``E-mail me at: \texttt{bugs at looney.com},
+Visit: \texttt{http://looney.com/}, Permanent address: Warner
+Brothers'' being attached to Bugs Bunny. Note that:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Only an e-mail address, URL, or affiliation should go in the
+required argument in the curly braces.
+\item The font is automatically taken care of.
+\item An explicit space is needed at the end of the optional text if one is
+desired in the output.
+\item Use the optional arguments to provide customized
+text only if there is a good reason to.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The \cmd\collaboration\ , \cmd\affiliation\ , or even \cmd\title\ can
+also have footnotes attached via these commands. If any ancillary data
+(\cmd\thanks, \cmd\email, \cmd\homepage, or
+\cmd\altaffiliation) are given in the wrong context (e.g., before any
+\cmd\title, \cmd\author, \cmd\collaboration, or \cmd\affiliation\
+command has been given), then a warning is given in the \TeX\ log, and
+the command is ignored.
+
+Duplicate sets of ancillary data are merged, giving rise to a single
+shared footnote. However, this only applies if the ancillary data are
+identical: even the order of the commands specifying the data must be
+identical. Thus, for example, two authors can share a single footnote
+indicating a group e-mail address.
+
+Duplicate \cmd\affiliation\ commands may be given in the course of the
+front matter, without the danger of producing extraneous affiliations
+on the title page. However, ancillary data should be specified for
+only the first instance of any particular institution's
+\cmd\affiliation\ command; a later instance with different ancillary
+data will result in a warning in the \TeX\ log.
+
+It is preferable to arrange authors into
+sets. Within each set all the authors share the same group of
+affiliations. For each author, give the \cmd\author\ (and appropriate
+ancillary data), then follow this author group with the needed group
+of \cmd\affiliation\ commands.
+
+If affiliations have been listed before the first
+\cmd\author\ macro to ensure a particular ordering, be sure
+that any later \cmd\affiliation\ command for the given institution is
+an exact copy of the first, and also ensure that no ancillary data is
+given in these later instances.
+
+
+Each journal class option has a default behavior for the placement of these
+ancillary information footnotes. For instance, the \classoption{prb} option puts all
+such footnotes at the start of the bibliography while the \classoption{prl}
+journal styles displays them on the first page. One can override a
+journal style's default behavior by specifying explicitly the class
+option
+\classoption{bibnotes} (puts the footnotes at the start of the
+bibliography) or \classoption{nobibnotes} (puts them on the first page).
+Please consult the documentation for the various journal style files for further information.
+
+\subsubsection{Specifying first names and surnames}
+
+Many authors have names in which either the surname appears first
+or in which the surname is made up of more than one name. To ensure
+that such names are accurately captured for indexing and other
+purposes, the \cmd\surname\ macro should be used to indicate which portion
+of a name is the surname. Similarly, there is a \cmd\firstname\ macro
+as well, although usage of \cmd\surname\ should be sufficient. If an
+author's surname is a single name and written last, it is not
+necessary to use these macros. These macros do nothing but indicate
+how a name should be indexed. Here are some examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Andrew \surname{Lloyd Weber}}
+\author{\surname{Mao} Tse-Tung}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{The abstract}
+An abstract for a paper is specified by using the \env{abstract}
+environment:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+Text of abstract
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that in \revtex~4.1 the abstract must be specified before the
+\cmd\maketitle\ command and there is no need to embed it in an explicit
+minipage environment.
+
+\subsubsection{Structured abstracts}
+A new feature in \revtex~4.1 is support for \textit{structured abstracts}. A ``structured" abstract is an abstract divided into labeled sections. For instance, \textit{Physical Review C} would like authors to provide abstracts with sections summarizing the paper's \textbf{Background}, \textbf{Purpose}, \textbf{Method}, \textbf{Results}, and \textbf{Conclusions}. This can be accomplished by using the \texttt{description} environment within the \texttt{abstract} environment. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+\begin{description}
+\item[Background] This part would describe the
+context needed to understand what the paper
+is about.
+\item[Purpose] This part would state the purpose
+of the present paper.
+\item[Method] This part describe the methods
+used in the paper.
+\item[Results] This part would summarize the
+results.
+\item[Conclusions] This part would state the
+conclusions of the paper.
+\end{description}
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{PACS codes}
+APS and AIP authors are asked to supply suggested PACS codes with their
+submissions. The \cmd\pacs\ macro is provided as a way to do this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pacs{23.23.+x, 56.65.Dy}
+\end{verbatim}
+The actual display of the PACS numbers below the abstract is
+controlled by two class options: \classoption{showpacs} and
+\classoption{noshowpacs}. In particular, this is now independent of
+the \classoption{preprint} option. \classoption{showpacs} must be
+explicitly included in the class options to display the PACS codes.
+
+\subsection{Keywords}
+A \cmd\keywords\ macro may also be used to indicate keywords for the
+article.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\keywords{nuclear form; yrast level}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will be displayed below the abstract and PACS (if supplied). Like
+PACS codes, the actual display of the the keywords is controlled by
+two classoptions: \classoption{showkeys} and
+\classoption{noshowkeys}. An explicit \classoption{showkeys} must be
+included in the \cmd\documentclass\ line to display the keywords.
+
+\subsection{Institutional report numbers}
+Institutional report numbers can be specified using the \cmd\preprint\
+macro. If the \classoption{preprintnumbers} class option is specified, these will be displayed in the upper right corner of the first page. Multiple \cmd\preprint\ macros maybe supplied (space is
+limited though, so only three or less may actually fit). Please note that the \classoption{preprint} class option does not automatically invoke \classoption{preprintnumbers}.
+
+\subsection{maketitle}
+After specifying the title, authors, affiliations, abstract, PACS
+codes, and report numbers, the final step for formatting the front
+matter of the manuscript is to execute the \cmd\maketitle\ macro by
+simply including it:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+The \cmd\maketitle\ macro must follow all of the macros listed
+above. The macro will format the front matter in accordance with the various
+class options that were specified in the
+\cmd\documentclass\ line (either implicitly through defaults or
+explicitly).
+
+\section{The body of the paper}
+
+For typesetting the body of a paper, \revtex~4.1 relies heavily on
+standard \LaTeXe\ and other packages (particulary those that are part
+of AMS-\LaTeX). Users unfamiliar with these packages should read the
+following sections carefully.
+
+\subsection{Section headings}
+
+Section headings are input as in \LaTeX.
+The output is similar, with a few extra features.
+
+Four levels of headings are available in \revtex{}:
+\begin{quote}
+\cmd\section\marg{title text}\\
+\cmd\subsection\marg{title text}\\
+\cmd\subsubsection\marg{title text}\\
+\cmd\paragraph\marg{title text}
+\end{quote}
+
+Use the starred form of the command to suppress the automatic numbering; e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section*{Introduction}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+To label a section heading for cross referencing, best practice is to
+place the \cmd\label\marg{key} within the argument specifying the heading:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{\label{sec:intro}Introduction}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+In some journal substyles, such as those of the APS,
+all text in the \cmd\section\ command is automatically set uppercase.
+If a lowercase letter is needed, use \cmd\lowercase\aarg{x}.
+For example, to use ``He'' for helium in a \cmd\section\marg{title text} command, type
+\verb+H+\cmd\lowercase\aarg{e} in \marg{title text}.
+
+Use \cmd\protect\verb+\\+ to force a line break in a section heading.
+(Fragile commands must be protected in section headings, captions, and
+footnotes and \verb+\\+ is a fragile command.)
+
+\subsection{Paragraphs and General Text}
+
+Paragraphs always end with a blank input line. Because \TeX\
+automatically calculates linebreaks and word hyphenation in a
+paragraph, it is not necessary to force linebreaks or hyphenation. Of
+course, compound words should still be explicitly hyphenated, e.g.,
+``author-prepared copy.''
+
+Use directional quotes for quotation marks around quoted text
+(\texttt{``xxx''}), not straight double quotes (\texttt{"xxx"}).
+For opening quotes, use one or two backquotes; for closing quotes,
+use one or two forward quotes (apostrophes).
+
+\subsection{One-column vs. two-column layouts}\label{sec:widetext}
+
+One of the hallmarks of \textit{Physical Review} and many of the AIP journals is their two-column
+formatting. \revtex~4.1 provides the \classoption{reprint} class option that provides for each
+journal class option a close approximation to the journal's actual production formatting. Note that
+the \classoption{reprint} option will give either one or two-column formatting as appropriate for the particular journal.
+For most APS and AIP journals, the \classoption{reprint} option will take care of formatting the front matter
+(including the abstract) as a single column and will typeset the body in two columns. \revtex~4.1 has its own
+built-in two-column formatting macros to provide well-balanced columns as well as reasonable control over the placement of floats in either
+one- or two-column modes. When drafting papers, it is common to use a one-column format. This is best achieved by using the
+\classoption{preprint} class option. Authors may override a particular journal's formatting by using the lower level options \classoption{onecolumn} and \classoption{twocolum}, but best practice is to stick with the \classoption{preprint} and \classoption{reprint} options.
+
+Please note that the \classoption{reprint} class option is only an \textit{approximation} of a journal's final layout. Because of font differences, figure rescaling, and other factors, authors should not expect the \classoption{reprint} option to give fully accurate estimates of an article's ultimate length after being typeset for the journal.
+
+Occasionally it is necessary to change the formatting from two-column to
+one-column to better accommodate very long equations that are more
+easily read when typeset to the full width of the page. This is
+accomplished using the \env{widetext} environment:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{widetext}
+long equation goes here
+\end{widetext}
+\end{verbatim}
+In two-column mode, this will temporarily return to one-column mode,
+balancing the text before the environment into two short columns, and
+returning to two-column mode after the environment has
+finished. \revtex~4.1 will also add horizontal rules to guide the
+reader's eye through what may otherwise be a confusing break in the
+flow of text. The
+\env{widetext} environment has no effect on the output under the
+\classoption{preprint} class option because this already uses
+one-column formatting.
+
+Use of the \env{widetext} environment should be restricted to the bare
+minimum of text that needs to be typeset this way. However, short pieces
+of paragraph text and/or math between nearly contiguous wide equations
+should be incorporated into the surrounding wide sections.
+
+Low-level control over the column grid can be accomplished with the
+\cmd\onecolumngrid\ and \cmd\twocolumngrid\ commands. Using these, one
+can avoid the horizontal rules added by \env{widetext}. These commands
+should only be used if absolutely necessary. Wide figures and tables
+should be accommodated using the proper \verb+*+ environments.
+
+\subsection{Cross-referencing}\label{sec:xrefs}
+
+\revtex{} inherits the \LaTeXe\ features for labeling and cross-referencing
+section headings, equations, tables, and figures. This section
+contains a simplified explanation of these cross-referencing features.
+The proper usage in the context of section headings, equations,
+tables, and figures is discussed in the appropriate sections.
+
+Cross-referencing depends upon the use of ``tags,'' which are defined by
+the user. The \cmd\label\marg{key} command is used to identify tags for
+\revtex. Tags are strings of characters that serve to label section
+headings, equations, tables, and figures that replace explicit,
+by-hand numbering.
+
+Files that use cross-referencing (and almost all manuscripts do)
+need to be processed through \revtex\ at least twice to
+ensure that the tags have been properly linked to appropriate numbers.
+If any tags are added in subsequent editing sessions,
+\LaTeX{} will display a warning message in the log file that ends with
+\texttt{... Rerun to get cross-references right}.
+Running the file through \revtex\ again (possibly more than once) will
+resolve the cross-references. If the error message persists, check
+the labels; the same \marg{key} may have been used to label more than one
+object.
+
+Another \LaTeX\ warning is \texttt{There were undefined references},
+which indicates the use of a key in a \cmd\ref\ without ever
+using it in a \cmd\label\ statement.
+
+\revtex{} performs autonumbering exactly as in standard \LaTeX.
+When the file is processed for the first time,
+\LaTeX\ creates an auxiliary file (with the \file{.aux} extension) that
+records the value of each \meta{key}. Each subsequent run retrieves
+the proper number from the auxiliary file and updates the auxiliary
+file. At the end of each run, any change in the value of a \meta{key}
+produces a \LaTeX\ warning message.
+
+Note that with footnotes appearing in the bibliography, extra passes
+of \LaTeX\ may be needed to resolve all cross-references. For
+instance, putting a \cmd\cite\ inside a \cmd\footnote\ will require at
+least three passes.
+
+Using the \classname{hyperref} package to create hyperlinked PDF files
+will cause reference ranges to be expanded to list every
+reference in the range. This behavior can be avoided by using the
+\classname{hypernat} package available from \url{www.ctan.org}.
+
+\subsection{Acknowledgments}
+Use the \env{acknowledgments} environment for an acknowledgments
+section. Depending on the journal substyle, this element may be
+formatted as an unnumbered section title \textit{Acknowledgments} or
+simply as a paragraph. Please note the spelling of
+``acknowledgments.''
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{acknowledgments}
+The authors would like to thank...
+\end{acknowledgments}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Appendices}
+The \cmd\appendix\ command signals that all following sections are
+appendices, so \cmd\section\marg{title text} after \cmd\appendix\ will set
+\marg{title text} as an appendix heading (an empty \marg{title text}
+is permitted). For a single appendix, use a
+\cmd\appendix\verb+*+ followed by \cmd\section\marg{title text}
+command to suppress the appendix letter in the section heading.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:lineno}Line numbering}
+\revtex~4.1 provides the \classoption{linenumbers} class option to enable line numbering. While it is
+possible to directly call in the \classname{lineno.sty}, using the class option ensures
+that the default parameters needed to properly typeset the line numbers are set up correctly. It is
+still possible for authors to override parameters such as \cmd\linenumbersep\ as usual, however.
+
+\section{Math and equations}\label{sec:math}
+
+\subsection{Math in text}
+
+Not surprisingly, \revtex\ uses the \TeX\ math \verb+$+ delimiters
+for math embedded in text. For example,
+\verb|$a^{z}$| give $a^{z}$. Within math mode, use
+\verb+^+\marg{math} for superscripts and
+\verb+_+\marg{math} for subscripts. If the braces after the
+\verb+^+ are omitted, \TeX{} will
+superscript the next \emph{token} (generally a single character or
+command). Thus it is safest to use explicit braces \verb+{}+.
+
+As with text, math should not require extensive explicit vertical or
+horzontal motion commands, because \TeX\ calculates math spacing
+itself automatically. In particular, explicit spacing around
+relations (e.g., $=$) or operators (e.g., $+$) should be
+unnecessary. These suggestions notwithstanding, some fine-tuning of
+math is required in specific cases, see Chapter~18 in the \TeX
+book\cite{TeXbook}.
+
+\subsection{Text in math}\label{sec:textinmath}
+
+There are times when normal, non-italic text needs to be inserted
+into a math expression. The \cmd\text\marg{text} command is the
+preferred method of accomplishing this. It produces regular text
+\emph{and} scales correctly in superscripts:
+\verb+$y=x \text{ for } x_{\text{e-p}}$+ gives
+``$y=x \text{ for } x_{\text{e-p}}$''. To use the \cmd\text\ command,
+the \classname{amsmath} package must be loaded: include a
+\cmd\usepackage\aarg{\classname{amsmath}} command in the document
+preamble or use the class option \classoption{amsmath}. Please note
+that \revtex~4.1 requires version 2.0 or higher of \classname{amsmath}.
+
+Other common alternatives may be less desirable. Using the standard
+\LaTeXe\ \cmd\mbox\marg{text} will give normal text, including a hyphen,
+but will not scale correctly in superscripts:
+\verb+$x_{\mbox{e-p}}$+ gives ``$x_{\mbox{e-p}}$''.
+The \cmd\rm\ command
+only switches to Roman font for math letters. It does not, for
+example, handle hyphens correctly:
+\verb+$$x_{\rm{e-p}}$+ gives ``$x_{\rm e-p}$''. But note that
+\cmd\textrm{}, it does work: \verb+$x_{\textrm{e-p}}$+ gives ``$x_{\textrm{e-p}}$''.
+
+\subsection{Displayed equations}\label{sec:dispmath}
+
+Equations are set centered in the column width or flush left depending
+on the selected journal substyle.
+
+For the simplest type of displayed equation, a numbered, one-line
+equation, use the \env{equation} environment.
+\revtex\ takes care of the equation number%
+---the number will be set below the equation if necessary.
+Use \cmd\[\dots\cmd\] for a single, one-line unnumbered display equation.
+
+Use the \env{eqnarray} environment when more than one consecutive
+equation occurs, putting each equation in a separate row of the
+environment, and using \cmd\nonumber\ before the row end (\cmd\\) to
+suppress the equation number where necessary. If the equations are
+related to each other, align each on the respective relation operator
+(such as $=$).
+
+When an equation is broken over lines or is continued over multiple
+relation operators, it is called a multi-line or continued equation,
+respectively; here, too, use the \env{eqnarray} environment.
+
+For a continued equation, align each row on the relation operator just
+as with multiple equations, and use the \cmd\nonumber\ command to
+suppress auto-numbering on broken lines. Also, use the starred form
+of the row end (\cmd\\\verb+*+) to prevent a pagebreak at that
+juncture.
+
+Short displayed equations that can appear together on a single line
+separated by \cmd\qquad\ space may be placed in a single
+\env{equation} environment.
+
+As explained in Section~\ref{sec:widetext}, occasionally in two-column
+mode a long equation, in order to fit it in the narrow column width,
+would need to be broken into so many lines that it would affect
+readibility. Set it in a wide column using the \env{widetext}
+environment. Then return to the normal text width as soon as
+possible.
+
+The sample file \file{apssamp.tex} illustrates how to obtain each of
+the above effects.
+
+\subsection{Numbering displayed equations}
+
+\revtex~4.1 automatically numbers equations.
+For single-line and multi-line equations, use the
+\env{equation} and \env{eqnarray} environments as described above.
+For unnumbered single-line equations, use the \verb+\[+\dots\verb+\]+
+construction. The command \cmd\nonumber\ will suppress the numbering
+on a single line of an
+\env{eqnarray}.
+For a multi-line equation with no equation numbers at all,
+use the \env{eqnarray*} environment.
+
+A series of equations can be a labeled with a lettered sequence,
+e.g., (3a), (3b), and (3c), by
+putting the respective \env{equation} or \env{eqnarray} environment within a
+\env{subequations} environment.
+The \classname{amsmath} package (can be loaded with the
+\classoption{amsmath} class option) is required for this.
+
+Use the command \cmd\tag\marg{number} to produce an idiosyncratic
+equation number: $(1')$, for example. Numbers assigned by \cmd\tag\
+are completely independent of \revtex's automatic numbering. The
+package \classname{amsmath} is required for using the \cmd\tag\
+command. Please
+note that the use of the \texttt{tag} command may conflict with the use of the \classoption{hyperref} package
+due an incompatibility between \classoption{amsmath} and \classoption{hyperref}.
+
+To have \revtex{} reset the equation numbers at the start of each section,
+use the \classoption{eqsecnum} class option in the document preamble.
+
+See the sample file \file{apssamp.tex} for some examples.
+
+\subsection{Cross-referencing displayed equations}
+
+To refer to a numbered equation, use
+the \cmd\label\marg{key} and \cmd\ref\marg{key} commands.
+The \cmd\label\marg{key} command is used within the referenced equation
+(on the desired line of the \env{eqnarray}, if a multi-line equation):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ A=B \label{pauli}
+\end{equation}
+ ... It follows from Eq.~(\ref{pauli})
+that this is the case ...
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ A & = &B,\label{pauli2}\\
+ A'& = &B'
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{verbatim}
+gives
+\begin{equation}
+A=B \label{pauli}
+\end{equation}
+ ... It follows from Eq.~(\ref{pauli})
+that this is the case ...
+\begin{eqnarray}
+A & = &B,\label{pauli2}\\
+A'& = &B'
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+Please note the parentheses surrounding the \cmd\ref\ command.
+These are \emph{not} provided automatically and, thus, must be
+explicitly incorporated.
+
+Numbers produced with \cmd\tag\ can also be cross-referenced by adding
+a \cmd\label\ command after the \cmd\tag\ command.
+
+Using a \cmd\label\ after \envb{subequations} to reference the
+\emph{general} number of the equations in the
+\env{subequations} environment. For example, if
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{subequations}
+ \label{allequations} % notice location
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ E&=&mc^2,\label{equationa}
+ \\
+ E&=&mc^2,\label{equationb}
+ \\
+ E&=&mc^2,\label{equationc}
+ \end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+gives the output
+\begin{subequations}
+\label{allequations} % notice location
+\begin{eqnarray}
+E&=&mc^2,\label{equationa}
+\\
+E&=&mc^2,\label{equationb}
+\\
+E&=&mc^2,\label{equationc}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+%
+then \verb+Eq.~(\ref{allequations})+ gives ``Eq.~(\ref{allequations})''.
+
+{\bf Note:} incorrect cross-referencing will result if
+\cmd\label\ is used in an unnumbered single-line equation
+(i.e., within the \verb+\[+ and \verb+\]+ commands),
+or if \cmd\label\ is used on a line of an eqnarray that is not being numbered
+(i.e., a line that has a \cmd\nonumber).
+
+\subsection{Using the AMS packages \classoption{amsfonts},
+\classoption{amssymb}, and \classoption{amsmath}}\label{AMS}
+
+The American Mathematical Society's AMS-\LaTeX\ packages provided extra
+fonts, symbols, and math markup that are quite convenient. \revtex~4.1
+supports the use of these packages directly. To use the \classoption{amsfonts},
+\classoption{amssymb}, and \classoption{amsmath} class options,
+AMS-\LaTeX\ (and perhaps the additional AMS fonts) will need to be
+installed. Please note that \revtex~4.1 requires version 2.0 or higher
+of AMS-\LaTeX. These packages can be downloaded from
+\url{http://www.ams.org/tex/}.
+
+There are two class options for accessing the AMS fonts:
+\classoption{amsfonts} and \classoption{amssymb}.
+The \classoption{amsfonts} option defines the \cmd\mathfrak\ and
+\cmd\mathbb\ commands to switch to the Fraktur and
+Blackboard Bold fonts, respectively.
+These fonts are selected with the \cmd\mathfrak\ and \cmd\mathbb\
+font-switching commands:
+\verb+${\mathfrak{G}}$+ gives a Fraktur ``$\mathfrak{G}$''
+and \verb+${\mathbb{Z}}$+ gives a Blackboard Bold ``$\mathbb{Z}$''.
+\revtex{} does not currently support the use of the extra Euler fonts
+(the AMS fonts starting with \texttt{eur} or \texttt{eus}) or the
+Cyrillic fonts (the AMS fonts starting with \texttt{w}).
+
+The \classoption{amssymb} class option gives all the font
+capabilities of the
+\classoption{amsfonts} class option and further defines the commands
+for many commonly used math symbols. These symbols will scale
+correctly in superscripts and other places. See the AMS-\LaTeX\
+documentation for the complete list of symbols available.
+
+\subsection{Bold symbols in math}\label{sec:bboxamsfonts}
+
+\revtex~4.1 uses the standard \LaTeXe\ Bold Math (\classname{bm}) package as the
+basis for creating bold symbols in math mode. As usual, this requires
+an explicit \cmd\usepackage\aarg{\classname{bm}} in the document
+preamble. The command
+\cmd\bm\marg{symbol} makes \marg{symbol} bold in math mode, ensuring
+that it is the correct size, even in superscripts. If the correct font
+in the correct size is not available then result is the \marg{symbol}
+set at the
+correct size in lightface and a \LaTeXe\ warning that says
+``\texttt{No boldmath typeface in this size}\dots''. Most bold special
+characters will require that the AMS fonts be installed and the
+\classoption{amsfonts} class option be invoked.
+
+\cmd\bm\ is the proper means to get bold Greek characters---upper- and
+lowercase---and other symbols.
+The following will come out bold with \cmd\bm:
+normal math italic letters, numbers,
+Greek letters (uppercase and lowercase),
+small bracketing and operators, and \cmd\mathcal. Fraktur
+characters will come out bold in a \cmd\bm; however, Blackboard Bold
+requires using the \cmd\mathbb\ command rather than \cmd{\bm}.
+The \classoption{amsfonts} option adds support for bold math
+letters and symbols in smaller sizes and in superscripts when a
+\cmd\bm\marg{symbol} is used.
+For example, \verb+$\pi^{\bm{\pi}}$+ gives a bold
+lowercase pi in the superscript position: $^{\pi\bm{\pi}}$.
+
+Note that \cmd\bm\marg{math} is a fragile command and, thus, should be
+preceded by \cmd\protect\ in commands with moving arguments.
+
+\section{Footnotes}
+\LaTeX's standard \cmd\footnote\ command is available in
+\revtex~4.1. The footnote text can either appear at the bottom of a page or
+as part of the bibliography. This choice can be controlled by two class options:
+\classoption{footinbib} and \classoption{nofootinbib}. \revtex~4.1
+defaults to the former. Specific journal options may select a
+different value than the default.
+
+Please note that even if Bib\TeX\ is not being used for the references, you
+may have to run Bib\TeX\ if you are using footnotes without the \classoption{nofootinbib} option.
+The log file will contain errors about missing references such as \texttt{Note1} in this case and a file ending in
+\texttt{Notes.bib} will have been produced during the processing of the \TeX\ file.
+
+Note that in the latter case, the
+argument of the
+\cmd\footnote\ command is a moving argument in the sense of the \LUG,
+Appendix~C.1.3: any fragile command within that argument must be
+preceded by a \cmd\protect\ command.
+
+The \cmd\footnote\ macro \emph{should not} be used in the front
+matter for indicating author/affiliation relationships or to provide
+additional information about authors (such as an e-mail
+address). See Section~\ref{sec:footau} for the proper way to do
+this.
+
+Finally, footnotes that appear in tables behave differently. They
+will be typeset as part of the table itself. See
+Section~\ref{sec:tablenote} for details.
+
+\section{Citations and References}\label{sec:endnotes}
+
+\revtex~4.1 adds significant new functionality to \revtex~4's
+typesetting of citations and references. The new functionality is
+designed to make it easier to use Bib\TeX\ and produce the desired output
+in the reference section without having to edit Bib\TeX's output. The new features include:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Endnotes created with the \cmd\footnote\ command are automatically interleaved with the bibliographic references. \revtex~4 would typeset all endnotes at the end of the bibliography.
+\item Combining multiple references automatically into a single entry in the bibliography. \revtex~4 required by-hand editing of Bib\TeX\ output. This is achieved by prepending an asterisk (*) to the reference's \textit{key} in the \cmd\cite\ command. \verb+\cite{{key1,*key2}+ would make a single entry in the bibliography by combining into one \cmd\bibitem\ the entries from the \texttt{.bib} file with keys \textit{key1} and \textit{key2}. See Section~\ref{sec:multiple} for more details.
+\item Text can be prepended or appended to an entry in the bibliography. \revtex~4 required by-hand editing of the Bib\TeX\ output. See Section~\ref{sec:prepend} for an example of how to do this.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Proper formatting of references requires Patrick Daly's \classname{natbib} citation package. \BibTeX\ style files
+for APS and AIP journals are created using his \classname{custom-bib} tool kit. From an author's point of view, all this means is that a proper
+\revtex~4.1 installation requires having \classname{natbib} (version 8.31a
+or higher) installed. It also means that the full set of
+\classname{natbib} functionality is available from within \revtex~4.1
+(but see the \textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1} and \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1} for restrictions if
+submitting to an APS or AIP journal). The \classname{natbib} documentation contains many examples; see in
+particular the \verb+natnotes.tex+ file for a convenient summary. Please also note that \classname{natbib 8.3} and later now gives an error (rather than merely a warning as in earlier versions) if you try to use a Bib\TeX\ file that isn't compatible with author-year style citations with a journal style that requires author-year citations (such as \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics}).
+
+\subsection{Citing a reference}
+As in standard \LaTeX, references are cited in text using the
+\cmd\cite\marg{key} command and are listed in the bibliography using
+the \cmd\bibitem\marg{key} command. The \cmd\cite{} macro enables
+\revtex~4.1 to automatically number the references in the manuscript.
+
+A typical example might be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+String theory\cite{GSW} attempts to
+provide a theory of everything.
+\end{verbatim}
+The corresponding \cmd\bibitem{} would be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\bibitem{GSW} M.~Greene, J.~Schwarz, and
+E.~Witten, \textit{Superstring Theory:
+Introduction}, (Cambridge University
+Press, London, 1985).
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Journals differ in how the \cmd\cite\ will be displayed. Most APS journals
+display the citation in-line, as a number, enclosed in square brackets,
+\textit{e.g.}, ``String theory[1] attempts\dots.'' Other journals
+(most notably \textit{Physical Review B})
+instead use a number in a superscript: ``String theory$^{1}$ attempts\dots.''
+Selecting the journal substyle using a class option (such as
+\classoption{prb}) will invoke the appropriate style.
+In journal substyles using superscripts,
+the macro the \cmd\onlinecite\marg{key} is necessary to get the number
+to appear on the baseline.
+For example, ``String theory (see, for example,
+\verb+Ref.~\onlinecite{GSW}+)'' will give the output
+``String theory (see, for example, Ref.~1).''
+
+The \cmd{\onlinecite} command has the same semantics as
+\classname{natbib}'s \cmd{\citealp} command.
+
+A \cmd\cite\ command with multiple keys is formatted with consecutive
+reference numbers collapsed; e.g., [1,2,3,5] will be output as
+[1--3,5]. To split the list over more than one line, use
+a \verb+%+ character immediately following a comma:
+\begin{verbatim}
+. . . \cite{a,b,c,d,e,f,%
+g,h,i,j,k,l,m,n,o,p,q,r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z}
+\end{verbatim}
+The \verb+%+ avoids unwanted spaces.
+
+\subsection{Author/Year (Non-numeric) Citations}
+
+\textit{Reviews of Modern Physics} uses a citation style based on the
+first author's last name and the year of the reference rather than a
+simple number. Support for this style of citing references is the
+primary reason \revtex~4.1 uses the \classname{natbib}
+package. \classname{natbib} uses an optional argument to the
+\cmd\bibitem\ macro to specify what text to use for the \cmd\cite\
+text:
+\begin{quote}
+\cmd\bibitem\verb+[+\meta{short-name}\verb+(+\meta{year}\verb+)+\meta{long-name}\verb+]+
+\end{quote}
+where \meta{short-name} is the author name used in a parenthetical citation,
+\meta{long-name} that used in a textual citation, and
+\meta{year} is the year. More concretely, the \cmd\bibitem\ example
+above would appear as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\bibitem[Greene et al.(1985)Green,
+Schwarz, and Witten]{GSW}
+M.~Greene, J.~Schwarz, and E.~Witten,
+\textit{Superstring Theory},
+(Cambridge Press, London, 1985).
+\end{verbatim}
+
+When the citation constitutes part of the grammar of the sentence,
+the \cmd\textcite\marg{key} command may be used (analogous to the
+\cmd\onlinecite\ command above). Both \cmd\textcite\ and
+\cmd\onlinecite\ are built upon \classname{natbib}'s rich repertoire of
+macros (\cmd\citep{}, \cmd\citet{}, etc.). These macros are available in
+\revtex~4.1; however, APS authors must follow the
+\textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1}
+guidelines regarding \classname{natbib}'s macros.
+
+\subsection{Combined Author/Year and Numeric Citations}
+
+AIP's \textit{Journal of Mathematical Physics} uses a combined author/year and numerical citation style. \revtex~4.1 supports this referencing style. Please see the \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1} for more information about this style.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:use-bib}Using Bib\TeX}
+
+The \cmd\bibitem{} entries can be coded by hand as above, of course, but the
+use of \BibTeX\ with the new style files provided with \revtex~4.1 makes
+it particularly simple to generate marked-up references that can, for
+instance, take advantage of packages like
+\classname{hyperref} for linking. They also save the trouble of having
+to specify formatting like the italics for the book title in the above
+example. And, for those wishing to use author/year citations, \BibTeX\
+will automatically generate the appropriate optional arguments for the
+\cmd\bibitem\ commands.
+
+\BibTeX\ is an adjunct to \LaTeX\ that aids in the
+preparation of bibliographies. \BibTeX\ allows authors to build up a
+database or collection of bibliography entries that may be used for many
+manuscripts. A \BibTeX\ style file then specifies how to transform the
+entries into a proper \cmd\bibitem{} for a particular journal. Here we
+give a brief summary of how to get started with \BibTeX. More details can be
+found in the LaTeX books listed in the references.
+
+Selecting a journal style by using an appropriate class option will
+automatically select the correct \BibTeX\ style file from those included in
+\revtex~4.1. Four basic \BibTeX\ style files are included: \file{apsrev4-1.bst} (APS journals using a numeric citation style, \textit{i.e.}, all but RMP), \file{apsrmp4-1.bst} (author/year style citations for RMP),
+\file{aipauth4-1.bst} (AIP journal using an author/year citation style), and \file{aipnum4-1.bst} (AIP journals using a numeric citation style). In addition, there are ``long" versions for each of these that add the titles of cited articles to the bibliography. The selection can be overridden by specifying an
+alternative \file{.bst} file using the standard \LaTeXe
+\cmd\bibliographystyle\ macro. This must appear in the preamble
+before the \envb{document} line in \revtex~4.1 (this differs from
+standard \LaTeX).
+
+The \BibTeX\ database files will contain entries such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at Book{GSW,
+ author=``M. Greene, J. Schwarz,
+ E. Witten'',
+ title=``Superstring theory:
+ Introduction'',
+ publisher=``Cambridge University
+ Press'',
+ address=``London'',
+ year=``1985''
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+There are entry formats for articles, technical reports, e-prints,
+theses, books, proceedings, and articles that appear in books or
+proceedings. The styles provided with
+\revtex~4.1 also allows URL's and e-print identifiers to be specified
+for any of the different entry types. There is also an additional
+``collaboration'' field that can be used in addition to ``author'.'
+
+To actually create the bibliography in the manuscript, the
+\cmd\bibliography\marg{bib files} macro is used.
+Here \meta{bib files} is a comma-separated list of \BibTeX\ bibliography
+database files, each with the \file{.bib} extension. The
+\cmd\bibliography\ macro should be placed at the location where the
+references are to appear (usually after the main body of the
+paper). When the manuscript is processed with \LaTeX\ for the first
+time, the keys corresponding for the \cmd\cite{} macros used in the
+manuscript are written out to the \file{.aux} file. Then \BibTeX\ should
+be run (if the manuscript is called \file{paper.tex}, the command would
+be \verb+bibtex paper+. This will produce a \file{.bbl} file containing all
+of the \cmd\bibitem{}'s for the manuscript. Subsequent runs of \LaTeXe\
+will call this file in to resolve the references. \LaTeXe\ should be run
+repeatedly until all references are resolved.
+
+The \BibTeX-produced \cmd\bibitem{}'s created using the \revtex\ style files appear considerably more complex than the example given
+above. This is because the style files add in \cmd\bibinfo{},
+\cmd\bibnamefont{}, \cmd\eprint{}, and \cmd\url{} macros for
+specifying additional formatting and tagging. The \cmd\bibinfo\ macro
+is mostly a do-nothing macro that serves merely to tag the information with
+the field information from the original entry in the \BibTeX\ database.
+The \cmd\eprint\ and \cmd\url\ macros can be used to create the
+appropriate hyperlinks in target formats such as PDF.
+
+For more information on using \BibTeX\ with \LaTeX, see Sections~4.3.1
+and~C.11.3 of the \LUG\cite{LaTeXman}, Section~13.2 of \cite{Compan},
+or the online \BibTeX\ manual \file{btxdoc.tex} from
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/distribs/doc/}.
+
+\subsubsection{\texttt{arXiv.org} support in Bib\TeX}
+
+
+\revtex~4.1 has better support for citing e-prints from \texttt{arXiv.org} For instance, the \texttt{.bib} entry
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at Unpublished{Ginsparg:1988ui,
+ author = "Ginsparg, Paul H.",
+ title = "{Applied Conformal Field Theory}",
+ year = "1988",
+ eprint = "hep-th/9108028",
+ archivePrefix = "arXiv",
+ SLACcitation = "%%CITATION=HEP-TH/9108028;%%"
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+will include the arXiv.org e-print identifier as \texttt{arXiv:hep-th/9108028} and hyperlink it (if using \texttt{hyperref}). The newer format for arXiv identifiers with primary classificiations will produce output such as \texttt{arXiv:0905.1949 [hep-ph]}.
+
+
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:multiple}Multiple references in a single bibliography entry}
+One of the most frequently requested features since the release of \revtex~4 has been to allow more than one reference to appear in a single bibliography entry when using Bib\TeX. This can now be done in \revtex~4.1 by using a starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command. This requires the latest version of \texttt{natbib}, developed in conjunction with \revtex~4.1, and the new \texttt{bst} files that come with \revtex~4.1. To combine multiple references into a single \cmd\bibitem, precede the second, third, etc. citation keys in the \cmd\cite\ command with an asterisk (*). For example \verb+\cite{bethe, *feynman, *bohr}+ will combine the \cmd\bibitem\relax s with keys \texttt{bethe}, \texttt{feynman}, and \texttt{bohr} into a single entry in the bibliography separated by semicolons.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:prepend}Prepending and/or appending text to a citation}
+The expanded syntax for the \cmd\cite\ command argument can also be used to specify text before and/or after a citation. For instance, a citation such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+[19] A similar expression was derived in
+A. V. Andreev, Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 247204
+(2007) in the context of carbon nanotube
+p-n junctions. The only difference is that no
+integration over ky is present there.
+\end{verbatim}
+may be created by the following \cmd\cite\ command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\cite{*[{A similar expression was derived
+in }] [{ in the context of carbon nanotube
+p-n junctions. The only difference is that
+no integration over ky is present
+there.}] andreev2007}
+\end{verbatim}
+Please note the use of curly braces to enclose the text within the square brackets as well as the spaces next to the brackets.
+
+\section{Figures and Artwork}\label{sec:figures}
+\subsection{\texttt{figure} environment}
+
+Figures may be included into a \revtex~4.1 manuscript by using the
+standard \LaTeXe\ macros. It should be noted that \LaTeXe\ includes
+several powerful packages for including the files in various
+formats. The two main packages are \classname{graphics} and
+\classname{graphicx}. Both offer a macro called
+\cmd\includegraphics\oarg{args}\marg{filename};
+they mainly differ in how arguments for
+controlling figure scaling, translation, and orientation
+are specified. For more information on the enhancements of the \classname{graphicx} package,
+see \cite{CompanG} or the guide \file{grfguide.pdf} available at
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/}.
+\revtex~4.1 no longer has the \classoption{epsf} class option, though
+the \classname{epsfig} package provides a similar interface.
+
+
+The \env{figure} environment should be used to add a caption to the figure and
+to allow \LaTeX\ to number and place the figures where they fit best.
+\LaTeX\ will label and automatically number the captions FIG.~1,
+FIG.~2, etc. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+ \includegraphics{fig1.eps}
+ \caption{\label{fig1}Text of first caption.}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note how the \cmd\label\marg{key} command is used to cross-reference
+figures in text. The \cmd\label\marg{key} command should be inserted
+inside the figure caption. As usual, the \cmd\ref\marg{key} macro can
+then by used to refer to the label: ``As depicted in
+FIG.\verb+~\ref{fig1}+\dots''.
+
+Figures are normally set to the width of the column in
+which they are placed. This means that in two-column mode, the figure
+will be placed in a single, narrow column. For wide figures, the
+\cmd\figure\verb+*+ environment should be used
+instead. This will place the figure across both columns (the figure
+usually will
+appear either at the top or the bottom of the following page).
+
+
+Captions less than one line long are centered under the figure,
+otherwise they span the width of the figure.
+
+Note that is unnecessary (and undesirable) to use explicit centering
+commands inside the float environments.
+
+\subsection{\texttt{video} environment}
+Papers often refer to multimedia material such as videos. The \texttt{video} environment is identical to the \texttt{figure} environment, but the caption will be labeled as a \textbf{Video} (with its own counter independent of figures). A URL can also be specified so that the caption label can be linked to the online video (if using the \texttt{hyperref} package). The included graphic (using \cmd\includegraphics\ from the \texttt{graphics} or \texttt{graphicx} package) would be a representation frame from the video. A \texttt{\cmd\listofvideos} is also provided. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{video}
+\includegraphics{videoframe.jpg}
+\setfloatlink{http://some.video.com/fun.mov}
+\caption{\label{vid:interest}This is a video
+of something fun.}
+\end{video}
+\end{verbatim}
+There is also a corresponding \cmd\listofvideos\ command.
+
+\section{Tables}\label{sec:tables}
+
+Tables are very similar to figures. They should be input using the
+\env{table} environment as detailed below, and
+\LaTeX\ will label and number the captions TABLE~1, TABLE~2, etc.
+(or in whatever format required by the chosen journal
+substyle). Tables without captions won't be numbered.
+
+Each table must begin with \envb{table}, end with \enve{table}. A
+caption can be specified using the \cmd\caption\marg{text} command.
+Captions less than one line long are centered under the figure,
+otherwise they span the width of the figure.
+To refer to the table via cross-referencing, a \cmd\label\marg{key}
+command should appear within the \cmd{\caption}. Use the
+\cmd\ref\marg{key} command to cite tables in text. The \env{table}
+environment will set the table to the width of the column. Thus, in
+two-column mode, the table will be confined to a single column. To set a
+table to the full width of the page, rather than the column, use the
+\env{table*} environment.
+
+The heart of the table is the
+\env{tabular} environment. This will behave for the most part as in
+standard \LaTeXe\ (please refer to Section~3.6.3 and Appendix~C.10.2 of the
+\LUG{} for more details about the \env{tabular} environment).
+Note that \revtex~4.1 no longer automatically adds double (Scotch) rules
+around tables. Nor does the \env{tabular} environment set various
+table parameters for column spacing as before. Instead, a new
+environment \env{ruledtabular} provides this functionality. This
+environment should surround the \env{tabular} environment:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{<key>}....}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}
+...
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+A basic table looks as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:example}Text of table caption.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ Heading 1 & Heading 2\\
+ Cell 1 & Cell 2\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \env{quasitable} environment is no longer in \revtex~4.1. The
+standard \env{tabular} environment can be used instead because it
+no longer puts in the double rules.
+
+\subsection{Aligning on a decimal point}
+Numerical columns should align on the decimal point (or
+decimal points if more than one is is present). This is accomplished
+by again using a standard \LaTeXe\ package, \classname{dcolumn} which
+must be loaded in the manuscript's preamble:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{dcolumn}
+\end{verbatim}
+Once this package is loaded, the column specifier `\texttt{d}' can be
+used in the table's \env{tabular}\marg{preamble} enviroment preamble.
+The `\texttt{d}' should be used for simple numeric data with a single
+decimal point.
+%
+The entry of a \texttt{d} column is typeset in math mode; do not
+insert any \verb+$+ math delimiters into a `\texttt{d}' column. Items
+without a decimal point are simply set in math mode, centered. If
+text is required in the column, use \cmd\text\ or \cmd\mbox\ as
+appropriate. If multiple decimal points are present then the last is
+used for alignment. To escape from the `\texttt{d}' column use
+\cmd\multicolumn\ as usual. See the sample file \file{apssamp.tex} for examples.
+
+\subsection{Footnotes in Tables}\label{sec:tablenote}
+
+Footnotes in a table are labeled \emph{a}, \emph{b}, \emph{c},
+etc. They can be specified by using the \LaTeX\ \cmd\footnote\
+command. Furthermore,
+\cmd\footnotemark\ and \cmd\footnotetext\ can be used so that multiple entries
+can to refer to the same footnote. The footnotes for a table are typeset
+at the bottom of the table, rather than at the bottom of the page or
+at the end of the references. The arguments for \cmd\footnotemark\ and
+\cmd\footnotetext\ should be numbers 1, 2, \dots. The journal style
+will convert these to letters. See sample file \file{apssamp.tex} for
+examples and explanations of use.
+
+\subsection{Dealing with Long Tables}
+By default, tables are set in a smaller size than the text body
+(\cmd\small). The \cmd\squeezetable\ declaration makes the table font
+smaller still (\cmd\scriptsize). Thus, putting the
+\cmd\squeezetable\ command before the \envb{table} line in a table
+will reduce the font size. If this isn't sufficient to fit
+the table on a page, the standard \LaTeXe\ \classname{longtable}
+package may be used. The scope of the
+\cmd\squeezetable\ command must be limited by enclosing it with a group:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begingroup
+\squeezetable
+\begin{table}
+[...]
+\end{table}
+\endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Tables are normally set to the width of the column in
+which they are placed. This means that in two-column mode, the table
+will be placed in a single, narrow column. For wide tables, the
+\cmd\table\verb+*+ environment should be used
+instead. This will place the table across both columns (the table
+usually will
+appear either at the top or the bottom of the following page).
+
+
+To break tables across pages, \revtex~4.1requires adding to the
+table a float placement option of [H] (meaning put the table ``here''
+and effectively ``unfloating'' the table) to the \envb{table}
+command. The commands \verb+\\*+ and \cmd{\samepage} can be used to
+control where the page breaks occur (these are the same as for the
+\env{eqnarray} environment).
+
+Long tables are more robustly handled by using the
+\classname{longtable.sty} package included with the standard \LaTeXe\
+distribution (put \verb+\usepackage{longtable}+ in the preamble). This
+package gives precise control over the layout of the table.
+The \revtex~4.1 package contains patches that enable the
+\classname{longtable} package to work in two-column mode. Of course, a
+table set in two-column mode needs to be narrow enough to fit within
+the column. Otherwise, the columns may overlap. \revtex~4.1 provides
+an additional environment \env{longtable*} which allows a longtable to
+span the whole page width. Currently, the \env{longtable*} and
+\env{ruledtabular} environments are incompatible. In order to get the
+double (Scotch) rule, it is necessary to add the \verb+\hline\hline+
+manually (or define \verb+\endfirsthead+ and \verb+\endlastfoot+
+appropriately). For more documentation on the \env{longtable}
+environment and on the package options of the
+\classname{longtable} package, please see the documentation available at
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.dtx} or
+refer to \cite{Compan}.
+
+\section{Placement of Figures, Tables, and Other Floats}
+\label{sec:place}
+
+By default, figures and tables (and any other ``floating'' environments
+defined by other packages) float to the top or bottom of the page
+using the standard \LaTeX\ float placement mechanism. Initially, each
+\env{figure} or \env{table} environment should be put immediately
+following its first reference in the text; this will usually result in
+satisfactory placement on the page. An optional argument for either
+environment adjusts the float placement. For example:
+\begin{quote}
+\envb{figure}\oarg{placement}\\
+\dots\\
+\enve{figure}
+\end{quote}
+where \meta{placement} can be any combination of \verb|htbp!|, signifying
+``here'', ``top'', ``bottom'', ``page'', and ``as soon as possible'',
+respectively. The same placement argument may be added to a
+\envb{table}. For more details about float placement,
+see the instructions in the \LUG, Appendix~C.9.1.
+
+In two-column mode, a page may contain both a \env{widetext}
+environment and a float. \revtex~4.1 may not always be able to
+automatically put the float in the optimal place. For instance, a
+float may be placed at the bottom of a column just before the
+\env{widetext} begins. To workaround this, try moving the float
+environment below the \env{widetext} environment. Alternative
+\meta{placements} may also alleviate the problem.
+
+\env{figure} and \env{table} environments should not
+be enclosed in a \env{widetext} environment to make them span
+the page to accommodate wide figures or tables. Rather, the
+\env{figure*} or \env{table*} environments should be used instead.
+
+Sometimes in \LaTeX\ the float placement mechanism breaks down and a
+float can't be placed. Such a ``stuck'' float may mean that it and all
+floats that follow are moved to the end of the job (and if there are
+too many of floats, the fatal error \texttt{Too many unprocessed floats}
+will occur). \revtex~4.1 provides the class option
+\classoption{floatfix} which attempts to invoke emergency float
+processing to avoid creating a ``stuck'' float. \revtex~4.1 will provide
+a message suggesting the use of
+\classoption{floatfix}. If \classoption{floatfix} doesn't work or if
+the resulting positioning of the float is poor, the float should be
+repositioned by hand.
+
+\revtex~4.1 offers an additional possibility for placing the floats. By
+using the either the \classoption{endfloats} or the
+\classoption{endfloats*} class option all floats may be held
+back (using an external file) and then set elsewhere in the document
+using the the commands \cmd\printtables\ and \cmd\printfigures{},
+placed where the tables and figures are to be printed (usually at the
+end of the document). (This is similar to the standard
+\cmd\printindex\ command). Using a \texttt{*}-form of the commands
+(\cmd\printfigures\verb+*+ and
+\cmd\printtables\verb+*+) will begin the figures
+or tables on a new page. Alternatively, the option
+\classoption{endfloats*} may be used to change the behavior of the
+non-\texttt{*}-forms so that every float will appear on a separate
+page at the end.
+
+Without one of the \classoption{endfloats} class options, these float
+placement commands are silently ignored, so it is always safe to use
+them. If one of the \classoption{endfloats} class options is given,
+but the \cmd\printtables\ command is missing, the tables will be
+printed at the end of the document. Likewise, if \cmd\printfigures\ is
+missing, the figures will be printed at the end of the document.
+Therefore it is also safe to omit these commands as long as \revtex's
+default choices for ordering figures and tables are satisfactory.
+
+The \classoption{endfloats} option (or perhaps some journal substyle
+that invokes it), requires explicit \envb{figure}, \enve{figure},
+\envb{table}, and \enve{table} lines. In particular, do \emph{not}
+define typing shortcuts for table and figure environments, such as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\bt{\begin{table}}% Incompatible!
+\def\et{\end{table}}%
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Please note that it is generally undesirable to have all floats moved
+to the end of the manuscript. APS no longer requires this for
+submissions. In fact, the editors and referees will have an easier time
+reading the paper if the floats are set in their normal positions.
+
+\section{Rotating Floats}
+
+Often a figure or table is too wide to be typeset in the standard
+orientation and it is necessary to rotate the float 90
+degrees. \revtex~4.1 provides a new environment \env{turnpage} as an
+easy means to accomplish this. The \env{turnpage} environment depends
+on one of the packages \classname{graphics} or \classname{graphicx}
+being loaded. To use the \env{turnpage} environment, simply enclose
+the \env{figure} or \env{table} environment with the \env{turnpage}
+environment:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[...]{revtex4}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+[...]
+\begin{turnpage}
+\begin{figure} or \begin{table}
+[...]
+\end{figure} or \end{table}
+\end{turnpage}
+\end{verbatim}
+A turnpage float will be typeset on a page by itself. Currently, there
+is no mechanism for breaking such a float across multiple pages.
+
+\section{\revtex~4.1 symbols and the \classname{revsymb4-1} package}
+
+Symbols made available in earlier versions of \revtex\ are
+defined in a separate package, \classname{revsymb4-1},
+so that they may be used with other classes.
+This might be useful if, say, copying text from a \revtex\ document to
+a non-\revtex\ document. \revtex~4.1 automatically includes these
+symbols so it is not necessary to explicitly call them in with a
+\cmd\usepackage\ statement.
+
+Table~\ref{tab:revsymb} summarizes the symbols defined in this package.
+Note that \cmd{\overcirc}, \cmd{\overdots}, and \cmd{\corresponds} are
+no longer in \revtex~4.1. Use \cmd{\mathring} (standard in \LaTeXe),
+\cmd{\dddot} (with the \classoption{amsmath} package loaded), and
+\cmd\triangleq\ (with the \classoption{amssymb} class option) respectively.
+\cmd{\succsim}, \cmd{\precsim}, \cmd{\lesssim}, and \cmd{\gtrsim} are
+also defined either in \classname{amsmath} or \classname{amssymb}. The
+AMS versions of these commands will be used if the appropriate AMS
+package is loaded.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:revsymb}Special \revtex~4.1 symbols, accents, and
+boldfaced parentheses defined in \file{revsymb.sty}}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ll|ll}
+\cmd\lambdabar & $\lambdabar$ &\cmd\openone & $\openone$\\
+\cmd\altsuccsim & $\altsuccsim$ & \cmd\altprecsim & $\altprecsim$ \\
+\cmd\alt & $\alt$ & \cmd\agt & $\agt$ \\
+\cmd\tensor\ x & $\tensor x$ & \cmd\overstar\ x & $\overstar x$ \\
+\cmd\loarrow\ x & $\loarrow x$ & \cmd\roarrow\ x & $\roarrow x$ \\
+\cmd\biglb\ ( \cmd\bigrb ) & $\biglb( \bigrb)$ &
+\cmd\Biglb\ ( \cmd\Bigrb )& $\Biglb( \Bigrb)$ \\
+& & \\
+\cmd\bigglb\ ( \cmd\biggrb ) & $\bigglb( \biggrb)$ &
+\cmd\Bigglb\ ( \cmd\Biggrb\ ) & $\Bigglb( \Biggrb)$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Other \revtex~4.1 Features}
+%\subsection{Hooks}
+%To be written....
+
+\subsection{Job-specific Override Files}
+\revtex~4.1 allows manuscript-specific macro definitions to be put
+in a file separate from the main \TeX\ file. One merely creates a file
+with the same basename as the \TeX\ file, but with the extension
+`.rty'. Thus, if the \TeX\ file is names man.tex, the macro
+definitions would go in man.rty. Note that the .rty file should be in
+the same directory as the \TeX\ file. APS authors should follow the
+guidelines in the \textit{APS Author Guide for \revtex~4.1} when
+submitting. Similarly, AIP authors should refer to the \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1}
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}\label{sec:TeXbooks}
+\bibitem[Knuth(1986)]{TeXbook} D.E. Knuth, \emph{The \TeX book},
+(Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1986).
+\bibitem[Lamport(1996)]{LaTeXman} L. Lamport, \emph{\LaTeX, a Document
+Preparation System}, (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1996).
+\bibitem[Kopka(1995)]{Guide} H. Kopka and P. Daly, \emph{A Guide to
+\LaTeXe}, (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1995).
+\bibitem[Goossens(1994)]{Compan} M. Goossens, F. Mittelbach, and
+A. Samarin, \emph{The \LaTeX\
+Companion}, (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1994).
+\bibitem[Goossens(1997)]{CompanG} M. Goossens, S. Rahtz, and
+F. Mittelbach, \emph{The
+\LaTeX\ Graphics Companion}, (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1997).
+\bibitem[Rahtz(1999)]{CompanW} S. Rahtz, M. Goossens, \emph{et
+al.},\emph{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion}, (Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1999).
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/auguide4-1.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/docs.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/docs.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/docs.sty 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+% authguide.rty - macros for processing revguide.tex under \documentclass{revtex4}
+% Text entities
+\DeclareRobustCommand\SNG{\emph{Physical Review Style and Notation Guide}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\LUG{\emph{\LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\marglat{\marginpar[\textbf{2e}]{\textbf{2e}}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\margrev{\marginpar[\textbf{4}]{\textbf{4}}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AmS{%
+ {\protect\the\textfont\tw@ A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AmSLaTeX{\AmS-\LaTeX}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BibTeX{{\rm B}{\sc ib}\TeX}
+%
+% Various forms of self-indexing commands:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\m}[1]{%
+ \meta{#1}%
+ \index{#1=\string\meta{#1} placeholder}\index{placeholder>#1=\string\meta{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\meta[1]{%
+ \mbox{\m at th\LANGLE\itshape#1\/\RANGLE}%
+}%
+\def\LANGLE{$\langle$}%
+\def\RANGLE{$\rangle$}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\marg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string{}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}, argument}\index{argument>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\aarg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string{}#1{\ttfamily\string}}%
+}%
+\let\oarg\undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\oarg}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily[%]
+ }\meta{#1}{\ttfamily%[
+ ]}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}, optional argument}%
+ \index{argument, optional>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cmd{\begingroup\makeatletter\@cmd}%
+\long\def\@cmd#1{%
+ \endgroup
+ \cs{\expandafter\cmd at to@cs\string#1}%
+ \expandafter\cmd at to@index\string#1\@nil
+}%
+\def\cmd at to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}%
+\def\cmd at to@index#1#2\@nil{%
+ \index{#2=\string\cmd#1#2}%\index{command>#2=\string\cmd#1#2}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{{\ttfamily\char`\\#1}}%
+\def\scmd#1{%
+ \cs{\expandafter\cmd at to@cs\string#1}%
+ \expandafter\scmd at to@index\string#1\@nil
+}%
+\def\scmd at to@index#1#2\@nil#3{%
+ \index{\string$#3=\string\cmd#1#2---#3}%
+%\index{command>\string$#3=\string\cmd#1#2---#3}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\env{\name at idx{environment}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\envb[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily\string\begin\string{}\env{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\enve[1]{{\ttfamily\string\end\string{}\env{#1}{\ttfamily\string}}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\file}[1]{%
+ {\ttfamily#1}%
+ \index{#1=\string\ttt{#1}}\index{file>#1=\string\ttt{#1}}%
+}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\substyle{\name at idx{document substyle}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classoption{\name at idx{document class option}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classname{\name at idx{document class}}%
+\def\name at idx#1#2{%
+ {\ttfamily#2}%
+ \index{#2\space#1=\string\ttt{#2}\space#1}\index{#1>#2=\string\ttt{#2}}%
+}%
+%
+% Needed for index:
+%
+\def\ttt{\texttt}%
+\def\pfill{\ }%
+\def\efill{\ }%
+\let\scan at allowedfalse\relax
+%\makeindex
+\AtEndDocument{\@input@{\jobname.ind}\null}%
+%
+% Processing options
+%
+%
+% Layout: override revtex4|aps
+\c at secnumdepth2
+\prepdef\@verbatim{\topsep.5\baselineskip}%
+\renewenvironment{quotation}{%
+ \list{}{%
+ \listparindent 10\p@
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \leftmargin10\p@
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep \z@ \@plus\p@
+ \small
+ }%
+ \item[]%
+}{%
+ \endlist
+}%
+\renewenvironment{quote}{%
+ \list{}{%
+ \leftmargin\z@
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ }\item[]%
+}{%
+ \endlist
+}%
+\leftmargini\parindent
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\ignorespaces
+ #1\unskip
+}%
+\def\toprule{\hline\hline\frstrut}%
+\def\colrule{\hline\frstrut}%
+\def\frstrut{\vrule height2.5ex width\z@ depth\z@\relax}%
+\def\lrstrut{\vrule height\z@ width\z@ depth.5ex\relax}%
+%
+% Klootches
+%
+\let\savenofiles\nofiles
+%
+% Patches:
+%
+%
+\endinput
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/docs.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+%% ****** Start of file summary4-1.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August, 2010
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+%% See the REVTeX 4.1 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%%
+\listfiles
+\documentclass[%
+twocolumn,secnumarabic,amssymb, amsmath, nofootinbib,tightenlines,
+nobibnotes, aps,
+prl,
+%outputdebug,
+]{revtex4-1}
+%\usepackage{amsmath}%
+\usepackage{longtable}%
+\usepackage{bm}%
+\usepackage{docs}
+%\usepackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+%\nofiles
+\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\usepackage
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title[Command Option Summary]{\revtex~4.1 Command and Options Summary}%
+
+\author{American Physical Society}%
+\email{revtex4 at aps.org}
+\affiliation{One Research Road, Ridge, NY 11961}
+\date{August 2010}%
+\maketitle
+
+This is the \textit{\revtex~4.1 Command and Options Summary}. It details
+usage for many of the new commands and options that are available in
+\revtex~4. Please see the \textit{\revtex~4.1 Author's Guide} for
+complete information on how to use \revtex~4.1. Class options for the
+\verb+\documentclass+ line are marked with square
+brackets. Environments are indicated by \verb+\begin{<env>}+ and always
+require a matching \verb+\end{<env>}+.
+
+\setlength\LTleft{0pt}
+\setlength\LTright{0pt}
+%
+\begin{longtable*}{@{\extracolsep{0in}}p{3in}p{4in}}
+\caption{\label{tab:summary}\revtex~4.1 Command Summary}\\*
+%
+\noalign{\vspace{3pt}}%
+\toprule\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+\textbf{\revtex~4/\LaTeXe\ Markup}&\textbf{Details and Usage}\\*[3pt]
+\endfirsthead
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{TABLE~\ref{tab:summary} (continued): \revtex~4.1 Command Summary}%
+\rule{0pt}{12pt}\\[3pt]
+\colrule\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+\textbf{\revtex~4/\LaTeXe\ Markup}&\textbf{Details and Usage}\\*[3pt]
+\endhead
+%
+\noalign{\nobreak\vspace{3pt}}%
+\colrule
+\endfoot
+%
+\noalign{\nobreak\vspace{3pt}}%
+\botrule
+\endlastfoot
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Frequently Used Class Options}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+[aps]+ & \textit{American Physical Society} styling. Default.\\
+\verb+[aip]+ & \textit{American Institute of Physics} styling.\\
+\verb+[prl]+, \verb+[pra]+, \verb+[prb]+, \verb+[prc]+, \verb+[prd]+, \verb+[pre]+, \verb+[prstab]+, \verb+[prstper]+, \verb+[rmp]+& Further customize \verb+[aps]+ styling for APS journals.\\
+\verb+[apl]+, \verb+[bmf]+, \verb+[cha]+, \verb+[jap]+, \verb+[jcp]+, \verb+[jmp]+, \verb+[rse]+, \verb+[pof]+, \verb+[pop]+, \verb+[rsi]+& Further customize \verb+[aip]+ styling for AIP journals.\\
+%\verb+[rmp]+ & Further customize \verb+[aps]+ styling for \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics}.\\
+\verb+[twocolumn]+ & Two-column formatting.\\
+\verb+[onecolumn]+ & Single-column formatting.\\
+\verb+[preprint]+ & Single-column formatting with increased interline spacing.\\
+\verb+[reprint]+ & Closely approximate a given journal's style. Can be either single or two-column formatting depending on the journal.\\
+\verb+[10pt]+, \verb+[11pt]+, \verb+[12pt]+ & Set font size. \verb+[preprint]+ gives \verb+[12pt]+, \verb+[twocolumn]+ gives
+\verb+[10pt]+ by default.\\
+\verb+[groupedaddress]+ & Group authors with same affiliations together. Default. \\
+\verb+[superscriptaddress]+ & Associate authors with affiliations via superscript numbers. Appropriate for collaborations or if several authors share some, but not all, affiliations.\\
+\verb+[draft]+ & Mark overfull lines.\\
+\verb+[linenumbers]+ & Number lines (requires lineno.sty).\\
+\verb+[longbibliography]+ & Use alternative Bib\TeX\ style files that show journal article titles in the bibliography.\\
+\verb+[amsfonts]+, \verb+[noamsfonts]+ & Load (don't load)
+\verb+amsfonts+ package. Adds AMS font support.\\
+\verb+[amssymb]+, \verb+[noamssymb]+ & Load (don't load)
+\verb+amssymb+ package. Adds additional AMS symbols.\\
+\verb+[amsmath]+, \verb+[noamsmath]+ & Load (don't load)
+\verb+amsmath+ package. Adds AMS-\LaTeX\ features.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Other Class Options}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+[preprintnumbers]+, \verb+[nopreprintnumbers]+ & Control display of preprint numbers given by \verb+\preprint+ command. \verb+[preprintnumbers]+ is default for \verb+[preprint]+; otherwise \verb+[nopreprintnumbers]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[floatfix]+ & Invoke emergency processing to avoid the \LaTeX\ error \verb+``Too many unprocessed floats''+ or all subsequent floats being moved to the end of the job. \revtex~4 will display a message recommending this option if warranted.\\
+\verb+[bibnotes]+, \verb+[nobibnotes]+ & Control location of author footnotes. Default varies with journal style.\\
+\verb+[footinbib]+, \verb+[nofootinbib]+ & Control location of footnotes. Default varies with journal style.\\
+\verb+[altaffilletter]+, \verb+[altaffillsymbol]+ & Use letters or symbols for
+\verb+\altaffiliation+ superscripts. \verb+[altaffillsymbol]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[unsortedaddress]+ & Like \verb+[groupedaddress]+, but doesn't combine authors together who share the same affiliations.\\
+\verb+[runinaddress]+ & Like \verb+[groupedaddress]+, but joins multiple affiliations together into a single sequence separated by commas.\\
+\verb+[showpacs]+, \verb+[noshowpacs]+ & Control display of PACS: line.\\
+\verb+[showkeys]+, \verb+[noshowkeyws]+ & Control display of Keywords: line.\\
+\verb+[tightenlines]+ & Single space manuscript (for use with \verb+[preprint]+).\\
+\verb+[floats]+ & Position floats near call outs. Default.\\
+\verb+[endfloats]+ & Move all floats to the end of the document.\\
+\verb+[endfloats*]+ & Move all floats to the end of the document and put each on a separate page.\\
+\verb+[titlepage]+, \verb+[notitlepage]+ & Control appearance of title page.\\
+\verb+[final]+ & Don't mark overfull lines. Default.\\
+\verb+[letterpaper]+, \verb+[a4paper]+, \verb+[a5paper]+ & Select paper size. \verb+[letterpaper]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[oneside]+, \verb+[twoside]+ & Control book syle layout. \verb+[oneside]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[fleqn]+ & Flush displayed equations left. \\
+\verb+[eqsecnum]+ & Number equations by section.\\
+\verb+[balancelastpage]+, \verb+[nobalancelastpage]+ & Control
+\verb+[twocolumn]+ balancing on last page. \verb+[balancelastpage]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[raggedbottom]+, \verb+[flushbottom]+ & Control \verb+[twocolumn]+ balancing. \verb+[flushbottom]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[raggedfooter]+, \verb+[noraggedfooter]+ & Control positioning of footer. \verb+[noraggedfooter]+ is default.\\
+\verb+[byrevtex]+ & Display ``Typeset by \revtex~4''.\\
+\verb+[citeautoscript]+ & Fix up spacing and punctuation when switching from non-superscript style citations to superscript citation styles. \verb+\cite+ commands and associated spacing and punctuation should be as for the non-superscript style.\\
+\verb+[galley]+ & Typeset in a single narrow column.\\
+\verb+[nomerge]+ & Allows processing of legacy documents that use square brackets as part of the key in a \verb+cite+ command.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Frontmatter Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\title{<title>}+ & The manuscript title.\\
+\verb+\author{One Author}+ & Specify one author's name.\\
+\verb+\surname{Lloyd Weber}+, \verb+\surname{Mao}+ & Indicate which part of a name within
+\verb+\author+ should be used for alphabetizing and indexing.\\
+\verb+\email[<optional text>]{author at any.edu}+& Specify an e-mail address for an author.\\
+\verb+\homepage[<optional text>]+ \verb+ {http://any.edu/homepage/}+& Specify a URL for an author's web site.\\
+\verb+\altaffiliation[optional text]+ \verb+ {affiliation information}+&Specify an alternate or temporary address for an author.\\
+\verb+\thanks{text}+& Additional information about an author not covered by the more specific macros above.\\
+\verb+\collaboration{<The Collaboration>}+ & Specify a collaboration name for a group of authors. Should be placed after the authors. \\
+\verb+\affiliation{text}+ & Specify a single affiliation. Applies to all previous authors without a specified affiliation.\\
+\verb+\noaffiliation+ & For an author or collaboration without an affiliation.\\
+\verb+\date{<date>}+ & Show the date on the manuscript. \verb+\date{\today}+ gives the current date.\\
+\verb+\begin{abstract}+ & Start the manuscript's abstract. Must appear before \verb+\maketitle+ command.\\
+\verb+\pacs{<pacs codes>}+& PACS codes for manuscript. Multiple PACS codes should be specified together in a single \verb+\pacs+ macro.\\
+\verb+\keywords{<keywords>}+ & Suggested keywords for indexing.\\
+\verb+\preprint{<report number>}+ & Specify an institutional report number to appear in the upper-righthand corner of the first page. Multiple
+\verb+\preprint+ macros may be supplied, but space may limit how many can appear.\\
+\verb+\maketitle+ & Typeset the title/author/abstract block.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Sectioning Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\section{<heading>}, \subsection{<heading>}+,
+\verb+\subsubsection{<heading>}+ & Start a new section or subsection.\\
+\verb+\section*{<heading>}+ & Start a new section without a number.\\
+\verb+\appendix+ & Makes all following sections appendices.\\
+\verb+\appendix*+ & Signifies there is a single appendix section to follow.\\
+\verb+\begin{acknowledgments}+ & Start an Acknowledgments section. Note spelling.\\
+\verb+\lowercase{<text>}+ & Escape a letter or word from being uppercased in a top-level \verb+\section+ heading.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Citation, Footnote, and Cross-referencing Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\bibliography{<bib file basename>}+ & Specify a list of .bib
+files in which to find references. Read in the resulting .bbl file. For use with Bib\TeX\ . \\
+\verb+\bibliographystyle{<bst stylefile>}+ & Specify a Bib\TeX\ (.bst) style file to use. APS journal options select the proper default (\texttt{apsrev} or \texttt{apsrmp}).\\
+\verb+\begin{thebibliography}+ & Start the reference section (when not using Bib\TeX). \\
+\verb+\bibitem[<optional text>]{<key>}+ & Specify a single reference.\\
+\verb+\cite{<list of keys>}+ & Cite one or more references. \verb+<key>+ is same as that of \verb+\bibitem+. Prepend a * in front of a key to merge the reference with the previous one in the bibliography.\\
+\verb+\cite{*[{<prepended>}][{<appended>}]{<keys>}+ & Prepend and/or append text to a bibliography entry. Note use of curly braces within the square brackets.\\
+\verb+\onlinecite{<key>}+ & For superscript style citations, place the corresponding number on the baseline rather than as a superscript.\\
+\verb+\bibinfo[<tag>]{<text>}+ & A pure markup macro that adds tagging information to the components of a reference. \revtex~4 Bib\TeX\ style files automatically add them appropriately. Doesn't affect the typesetting.\\
+\verb+\url{<url>}+ & Typeset a URL (\revtex~4 automatically loads \texttt{url.sty}).Bib\TeX\ styles automatically add this markup.\\
+\verb+\eprint{<e-print id>}+ & Typeset an e-print identifier. Bib\TeX\ styles automatically add this markup.\\
+\verb+\footnote{<text>}+ & Create a footnote or endnote in bibliography depending on class options. \verb+\footnote+ within a table will create a footnote attached to the table.\\
+\verb+\footnotemark{<key>}+, \verb+\footnotetext[<key>]{<text>}+ & In a table, allows for multiple items to share the note. \\
+\verb+\label{<key>}+ & Label an item for cross-referencing. \verb+\label+ should appear within the argument of the cross-referenced item (e.g., \verb+\section{\label{<key>}...}+ or \verb+\caption{\label{<key>}...}+.\\
+\verb+\ref{<key>}+ & Refer to an item labeled by \verb+\label{<key>}+.\\
+\verb+\pageref{<key>}+ & Refer to the page on which an item labeled by \verb+\label{<key>}+ appears.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Math and Equation Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+$+ & Inline math delimiter.\\
+\verb+\begin{equation}+ & Display numbered one-line equation.\\
+\verb+\[+, \verb+\]+ & Display unnumbered one-line equation.\\
+\verb+\begin{eqnarray}+ & Display multiple equations together or a
+long equation that requires multiple lines. Use \verb+widetext+
+environment for an equation that must span the page in two-column formatting.\\
+\verb+\nonumber+ & Suppress numbering of an equation with
+\verb+eqnarray+.\\
+\verb+\begin{eqnarray*}+ & Display multiple equations with no equation
+numbering at all.\\
+\verb+&+ & Alignment character for equations within \verb+eqnarray+.\\
+\verb+\\+ & End a row in \verb+eqnarray+.\\
+\verb+\\*+ & Prevent a page break at this point in an
+\verb+eqnarray+.\\
+\verb+\label{<key>}+ & Label an equation or group of equations for
+cross-referencing.\\
+\verb+\ref{<key>}+ & Refer to an equation by its label (e.g.,
+\verb+Eq~(ref{<key>})+).\\
+\verb+\tag{<key}}+ & Specify an alternative labeling separate from the
+automatic numbering of equations. Requires \verb+[amsmath]+.\\
+\verb+\text{<text>}+ & Non-italicized text within a math
+context. Requires \verb+[amsmath]+. Do not use \verb+\rm+,
+\verb+\textrm+, or \verb+\mbox+.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Some} AMS-\LaTeX\ \textsc{Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\begin{split}+ & Split equations with alignment.\\
+\verb+\begin{multline}+ & Split equations without alignment.\\
+\verb+\begin{align}+ & Equation groups with alignment.\\
+\verb+\begin{gather}+ & Equation groups without alignment.\\
+\verb+\begin{subequations}+ & Create an equation array in which each
+equation is individually numbered (4a, 4b, 4c, etc.) as part of a
+single group of equations that can be referenced as a whole.\\
+\verb+\intertext+ & Textual interjections witin a display equation.\\
+\verb+\usepackage{amscd}+ & Create commutative diagrams.\\
+\verb+\begin{pmatrix}+ & Matrices with parentheses as delimiters.\\
+\verb+\begin{bmatrix}+ & Matrices with square brackets as delimiters.\\
+\verb+\begin{Bmatrix}+ & Matrices with curly braces as delimiters.\\
+\verb+\begin{vmatrix}+ & Matrices with vertical bars as delimiters.\\
+\verb+\begin{Vmatrix}+ & Matrices with double vertical bars as
+delimiters.\\
+\verb+\hdotsfor+ & Row of dots in a matrix.\\
+\verb+\Hat+ & Alternative \verb+\hat+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Check+ & Alternative \verb+\check+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Tilde+ & Alternative \verb+\tilde+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Acute+ & Alternative \verb+\acute+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Grave+ & Alternative \verb+\grave+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Dot+ & Alternative \verb+\dot+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Ddot+ & Alternative \verb+\ddot+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Breve+ & Alternative \verb+\breve+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\Vec+ & Alternative \verb+\vec+ accent for stacking.\\
+\verb+\xleftarrow+ & Extensible left arrow.\\
+\verb+\xrightarrow+ & Extensible right arrow.\\
+\verb+\overset+ & Place a symbol over another.\\
+\verb+\underset+ & Place a symbol under another.\\
+\verb+\lvert+ & Vertical bar with spacing rules appropriate for use as
+a left delimiter.\\
+\verb+\rvert+ & Vertical bar with spacing rules appropriate for use as
+a right delimiter.\\
+\verb+\lVert+ & Double vertical bar with spacing rules appropriate for use as
+a left delimiter.\\
+\verb+\rVert+ & Double vertical bar with spacing rules appropriate for use as
+a right delimiter.\\
+\verb+\DeclareMathOperator+ & Declare a new math operator so that
+spacing and font is correct.\\
+\verb+\text+ & Words and phrases in display math.\\
+\verb+\boldsymbol+ & Make symbol bold. Also available in bm.sty.\\
+\verb+\sideset+ & Sets subscripts and superscripts at the corners of a
+summation or product.\\
+\verb+\substack+ & Create a stack of subexpressions (for example,
+stacked summation limits).\\
+\verb+\begin{subarray}+ & Like \verb+\substack+, but allows finer
+control of subexpression alignment.\\
+\verb+\mathfrak+ & Replaces \verb+\frak+.\\
+\verb+\mathbb+ & Replaces \verb+\Bbb+.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Font Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\textbf{<text>}+ & Text boldface font.\\
+\verb+\textit{<text>}+ & Text italicixed font.\\
+\verb+\textrm{<text>}+ & Text Roman font.\\
+\verb+\textsl{<text>}+ & Text Slanted font.\\
+\verb+\textsc{<text>}+ & Text Small Caps font.\\
+\verb+\textsf{<text>}+ & Text Sans Serif font.\\
+\verb+\textmd{<text>}+ & Text Medium Series font.\\
+\verb+\textnormal{<text>}+ & Text Normal Series font.\\
+\verb+\textup{<text>}+ & Text Upright Series font.\\
+\verb+\texttt{<text>}+ & Text Typewriter font.\\
+\verb+\mathit{<text>}+ & Math italics font. \\
+\verb+\mathbf{<text>}+ & Math boldface font.\\
+\verb+\mathtt{<text>}+ & Math typewriter font.\\
+\verb+\mathsf{<text>}+ & Math sans serif font.\\
+\verb+\mathcal{<text>}+ & Math calligraphic font. \\
+\verb+\mathfrak{<text>}+ & Math fraktur font. Requires
+\verb+[amsfonts]+ or \verb+[amssymb]+.\\
+\verb+\mathbb{<text>}+ & Math blackboard bold font. Requires
+\verb+[amsfonts]+ or \verb+[amssymb]+.\\
+\verb+\bm{<text>}+ & Bold math symbols (Greek and other symbols). Requires \verb+\usepackage{bm}+.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Table Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\begin{table}[<placement>]+ & Start a table float environment set to the
+current column width. The
+placement options may be any combination of h, t, b, p, or ! signifying
+here, top, bottom, page, and ``as soon as possible'',
+respectively. A placement option of H will allow a long table to break
+across pages. \LaTeX\ may not be able to honor placement
+requests.\\
+\verb+\begin{table*}+ & Start a non-floating table environment set to the
+current page width. Will be deferred to the following page.\\
+\verb+\begin{ruledtabular}+ & Adds \textit{Physical Review} style double
+(Scotch) rules around a table and adjusts the intercolumn spacing.\\
+\verb+\begin{tabular}[<position>]{<column specs>}+ & The
+\verb+\tabular+ envrionment sets the positions and the number of
+columns (as well as alignment) in the table.\\
+\verb+\begin{tabular*}{<width>}[<pos>]{<col specs>}+ & Like
+\verb+tabular+, but with a set width.\\
+\verb+\squeezetable+ & Set table in a smaller font smaller. Place this
+macro before the \verb+\begin{table}+ line and sandwich everything
+between \verb+\begingroup+ and \verb+\endgroup+.\\
+\verb+\begin{longtable}{<column specs>}+ & Create a table set to the current column
+width that spans more than one
+page or column. \verb+\usepackage{longtable}+ required.\\
+\verb+\begin{longtable*}{<column specs>}+ & Create a table set to the
+current page width that spans more than one page. \verb+\usepackage{longtable}+ required.\\
+\verb+\caption{<text>}+ & Adds a caption for the table.\\
+\verb+\printtables+ & With \verb+[endfloats]+, control where the
+held back tables actually appear.\\
+\verb+\begin{turnpage}+ & Rotate a table or figure by 90 degrees
+(landscape mode). Will put figure or table on a page by
+itself. Requires \verb+\graphics+ package.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Graphics Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\begin{figure}[<placement>]+ & Start a figure float environment
+set to the current column width.
+The placement options may be any combination of h, t, b, p, or ! signifying
+here, top, bottom, page, and ``as soon as possible'',
+respectively. A placement option of H will allow a long table to break
+across pages. \LaTeX\ may not be able to honor placement
+requests.\\
+\verb+\begin{figure*}+ & Start a non-floating figure environment set
+to the current page width. Will be deferred to the following page.\\
+\verb+\includegraphics[<scale,rotation>]+\verb+{fig file}+& Defined
+by invoking either \verb+\usepackage{graphics}+ or
+\verb+\usepackage{graphicx}+, the standard \LaTeXe\ packages for calling
+in figures. \verb+graphicx+ is the same as \verb+graphics+, but uses
+key-value pairs for optional arguments.\\
+\verb+\usepackage{epsfig}+ & Provides an alternative interface to the
+\verb+graphics+ package similar to the epsf class option in \revtex~3.\\
+\verb+\printfigures+ & With \verb+[endfloats]+, control where the
+held back figures actually appear.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{Miscellaneous Commands}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\begin{widetext}+ & Change column width to be the page
+width. Will add guiding rules.\\
+\verb+\twocolumngrid+ & Low-level switch to a two column layout.\\
+\verb+\onecolumngrid+ & Low-level switch to a single page-wide column layout.\\
+\verb+\protect+ & Protect a fragile command within a macro with a
+``moving'' argument. \verb+\caption+ and \verb+\footnote+ are common
+macros that have moving arguments.\\
+\verb+\frac{numerator}{denominator}+ & Create a fraction. Use in place of \verb+\over+.\\
+%
+\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textsc{\revtex~4 and Miscellaneous Symbols}\rule[-6pt]{0pt}{18pt}}\\*
+\verb+\textemdash+ & \textemdash\\
+\verb+\textendash+ & \textendash\\
+\verb+\textexclamdown+ & \textexclamdown\\
+\verb+\textquestiondown+ & \textquestiondown\\
+\verb+\textquotedblleft+ & \textquotedblleft\\
+\verb+\textquotedblright+ & \textquotedblright\\
+\verb+\textquoteleft+ & \textquoteleft\\
+\verb+\textquoteright+ & \textquoteright\\
+\verb+\textbullet+ & \textbullet\\
+\verb+\textperiodcentered+ & \textperiodcentered\\
+\verb+\textvisiblespace+ & \textvisiblespace\\
+\verb+\textcompworkmark+ & Break a ligature.\\ % ``fluffier''
+%vs. ``f\textcompworkmark luf\textcompworkmark fier''.\\
+\verb+\textcircled{<char>}+ & Circle a character. \textcircled{e}.\\
+\verb+\lambdabar+ & $\lambdabar$ \\
+\cmd\openone & $\openone$\\
+\cmd\altsuccsim & $\altsuccsim$ \\
+\cmd\altprecsim & $\altprecsim$ \\
+\cmd\alt & $\alt$ \\
+\cmd\agt & $\agt$ \\
+\cmd\tensor\ x & $\tensor x$ \\
+\cmd\overstar\ x & $\overstar x$ \\
+\cmd\loarrow\ x & $\loarrow x$ \\
+\cmd\roarrow\ x & $\roarrow x$ \\
+\verb+\mathring{x}+ & $\mathring{x}$ (Replaces
+\verb+\overcir+). Standard \LaTeXe\ . \\
+\verb+\dddot{x}+ & $\dddot{x}$ (Replaces \verb+\overdots+). Requires \verb+[amsmath]+.\\
+\verb+\triangleq+ & $\triangleq$ (Replaces
+\verb+\corresponds+). Requires \verb+[amssymb]+.\\
+\cmd\biglb\ ( \cmd\bigrb ) & $\biglb( \bigrb)$ \\
+\cmd\Biglb\ ( \cmd\Bigrb ) & $\Biglb( \Bigrb)$ \\
+\cmd\bigglb\ ( \cmd\biggrb ) & $\bigglb( \biggrb)$ \\
+\cmd\Bigglb\ ( \cmd\Biggrb\ ) & $\Bigglb( \Biggrb)$
+\end{longtable*}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/summary4-1.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+%% ****** Start of file whatsnew4-1.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August, 2010
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+%% See the REVTeX 4.1 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%%
+\documentclass[%
+%prl%
+%,preprint%
+,twocolumn%
+,secnumarabic%
+%,tightenlines%
+,amssymb,aps,pra,nobibnotes]{revtex4-1}
+\usepackage{docs}
+%\usepackage{acrofont}%NOTE: Comment out this line for the release version!
+%\usepackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+%\nofiles
+\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\usepackage
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
+\fi
+\DeclareRobustCommand\substyle{\name at idx{document substyle}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classoption{\name at idx{document class option}}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\classname{\name at idx{document class}}%
+\def\name at idx#1#2{%
+ {\ttfamily#2}%
+ \index{#2\space#1=\string\ttt{#2}\space#1}\index{#1>#2=\string\ttt{#2}}%
+}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
+\begin{document}
+\title{What's New in \revtex~4.1}%
+\author{American Physical Society}%
+%\email{revtex4 at aps.org}
+\affiliation{1 Research Road, Ridge, NY 11961}
+\date{August 2010}%
+
+%\tableofcontents
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This document gives a brief summary of what's new in \revtex~4.1. The changes include bug fixes, improved functionality, and support for a wider range of journals, including those of the American Institute of Physics (AIP). \revtex~4.1 was developed jointly by APS, AIP, and Arthur Ogawa. Additional work was done by Patrick Daly to incorporate our suggested improvements into \texttt{natbib 8.3} to address many new features concerning bibliographies. \texttt{natbib 8.31a} or later is required to run \revtex~4.1.
+\end{abstract}
+\maketitle
+
+\section{New Syntax and Features in \revtex~4.1}
+\revtex~4.1 introduces support for more journals, several new commands, and some new syntax. This section outlines these changes. \textbf{A document using these new features will not process under \revtex~4}. See Sec.~\ref{sec:additional} for more details about these items.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Added support for APS journal \textit{Physical Review Special Topics -- Physics Education Research}}.
+\item \textbf{Added support for AIP journals.} There is now an explicit \texttt{aip} society option along with support for AIP journals. Please see the \textit{Author's Guide to AIP Substyles for \revtex~4.1}. In addition, \revtex~4.1 provides an extensible system for the easy addition of new collections of journals.
+\item \textbf{Endnotes now ordered correctly.} Endnotes in the bibliography now appear in the correct order, interleaved with citations.
+\item \textbf{Multiple references in a single citation supported using a special starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command.} One of the major new features in 4.1 made possible by the joint work on \texttt{natbib 8.3}. Multiple Bib\TeX\ entries can be combined into a single \cmd\bibitem\ command.
+\item \textbf{Bib\TeX\ style files can now display journal article titles in the bibliography.} Use the \texttt{longbibliography} class option.
+\item \textbf{Free form text can be prepended and appended to a bibliographic entry using the special starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command.} Often a citation in the bibliography will have explanatory text such as \textit{See also} or \textit{and references therein} before and after the actual citation. The new \revtex~4.1 \cmd\cite\ command allows the specification of both text to precede and follow a citation.
+\item \textbf{Structured Abstracts.} Use of the \texttt{description} environment in abstracts now provides for ``structured" abstracts.
+\item \textbf{Figures referring to videos now supported.} A ``figure" may now be labeled as a \textbf{Video} by using the \texttt{video} environment. A frame from the video may be included in the figure and a URL to link the caption's label to the online video also may be included. There is also a \cmd\listofvideos\ command.
+\item \textbf{Better support for arXiv.org in Bib\TeX\ } Three more Bib\TeX\ fields have been added: \texttt{SLACcitation}, \texttt{archivePrefix}, and \texttt{primaryClass} in addition to the existing field \texttt{eprint}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Bug Fixes in \revtex~4.1}
+One of the main goals of \revtex~4.1 is, of course, to fix the bugs that were released in \revtex~4. The following is a list of bugs that have been fixed.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Improved Bib\TeX\ \texttt{bst} files.} In addition to the new features above, numerous other improvements to the APS \texttt{bst} files have been made, including support for displaying journal article titles and many fixes for \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics}. Also, long author lists are no longer automatically truncated.
+\item \textbf{\cmd\footnote\ in \cmd\widetext\ and \texttt{table*} environments improved.} \cmd\footnote\relax s in the \cmd\widetext\ or \texttt{table*} environments are now correctly placed and formatted.
+\item \textbf{Email addresses no longer print twice on papers less than one page long.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{eqnarray} alignment improved.}
+\item \textbf{\cmd\collaboration\ can be used with the \texttt{groupedaddress} option now.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{letterpaper} now ensured as default paper size.}
+\item \textbf{Table of Contents formatting improved.}
+\item \textbf{Support for \texttt{longtable} and \texttt{lscape} packages improved.}
+\item \textbf{\texttt{reftest} restored.}
+\item \textbf{Compatibility with the \texttt{geometry, lineno,} and \texttt{colortbl} packages improved.} For line numbering, rather than using \texttt{lineno.sty} directly, the \texttt{linenumbers} class option should be used (this will call in \texttt{lineno.sty} with a proper set of default parameters).
+\item \texttt{hyperref} \textbf{fixes}. Improved compatibility between footnotes and the \texttt{hyperref} package. In particular, table footnotes were fixed. More anchors for \texttt{hyperref} were also added (titlepage, abstract, and acknowledgements).
+\item \textbf{Documents can have more than 256 \cmd\cite\ commands now.}
+\item \textbf{\cmd\listoffigures\ and \cmd\listoftables\ fixed.}
+\item \textbf{Figure and table labels in captions now reflect proper APS style.}
+\item \textbf{RMP style files conform better to RMP style guidelines.}
+\item \textbf{Section heading upper-casing improved.}
+\item \textbf{Repeated characters at start of affiliation no longer disappear when using \texttt{groupedaddress} option.}
+\item \textbf{There have been many other bug fixes and improvements to the internal \texttt{ltxgrid} package as well.}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{\revtex~4 Backwards Compatibility}
+The vast majority of documents prepared under \revtex~4 should process correctly under \revtex~4.1. However, the formatting of the pages and, if using Bib\TeX, the references may change. Also, the behavior of some macros may be different. For instance, the \texttt{title} macro now requires the use of \texttt{protect} for fragile arguments. This may cause some documents prepared under \revtex~4 to fail under 4.1. Some macro packages that depend on the internals of \revtex~4 may also no longer work. Documents using those packages will, of course, also will not process under 4.1.
+
+\section{\label{sec:additional}Additional Details}
+
+\subsection{Multiple references in a single bibliography entry}
+One of the most frequently requested features since the release of \revtex~4 has been to allow more than one reference to appear in a single bibliography entry when using Bib\TeX. This can now be done in \revtex~4.1 by using a starred (*) argument to the \cmd\cite\ command. This requires the latest version of \texttt{natbib}, developed in conjunction with \revtex~4.1, and the new \texttt{bst} files that come with \revtex~4.1. To combine multiple references into a single \cmd\bibitem, precede the second, third, etc. citation keys in the \cmd\cite\ command with an asterisk (*). For example \verb+\cite{bethe, *feynman, *bohr}+ will combine the \cmd\bibitem\relax s with keys \texttt{bethe}, \texttt{feynman}, and \texttt{bohr} into a single entry in the bibliography separated by semicolons.
+
+\subsection{Prepending and/or appending text to a citation}
+The expanded syntax for the \cmd\cite\ command argument can also be used to specify text before and/or after a citation. For instance, a citation such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+[19] A similar expression was derived in
+A. V. Andreev, Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 247204
+(2007) in the context of carbon nanotube
+p-n junctions. The only difference is that no
+integration over ky is present there.
+\end{verbatim}
+may be created by the following \cmd\cite\ command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\cite{*[{A similar expression was derived
+in }] [{ in the context of carbon nanotube
+p-n junctions. The only difference is that no
+integration over ky is present there.}]andreev2007]
+\end{verbatim}
+Please note the use of curly braces to enclose the text within the square brackets.
+\subsection{Structured Abstracts}
+A ``structured" abstract is an abstract divided into labeled sections. For instance, \textit{Physical Review C} would like authors to provide abstracts with sections summarizing the paper's \textbf{Background}, \textbf{Purpose}, \textbf{Method}, \textbf{Results}, and \textbf{Conclusions}. This can be accomplished by using the \texttt{description} environment within the \texttt{abstract} environment. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+\begin{description}
+\item[Background] This part would describe the
+context needed to understand what the paper
+is about.
+\item[Purpose] This part would state the purpose
+of the present paper.
+\item[Method] This part describe the methods
+used in the paper.
+\item[Results] This part would summarize the
+results.
+\item[Conclusions] This part would state the
+conclusions of the paper.
+\end{description}
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Video Environment}
+Papers often refer to multimedia videos. The \texttt{video} environment is identical to the \texttt{figure} environment, but the caption will be labeled as a \textbf{Video} (with its own counter independent of figures). A URL can also be specified so that the caption label can be linked to the online video (if using the \texttt{hyperref} package). The included graphic (using \cmd\includegraphics\ from the \texttt{graphics} or \texttt{graphicx} package) would be a representation frame from the video. A \texttt{\cmd\listofvideos} is also provided. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{video}
+\includegraphics{videoframe.jpg}
+\setfloatlink{http://some.video.com/fun.mov}
+\caption{\label{vid:interest}This is a video of
+something fun.}
+\end{video}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Better arXiv.org support in Bib\TeX\ }
+
+
+There have been substantial improvements in the \revtex\ Bib\TeX\ style files. For instance, the \texttt{.bib} entry
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at Unpublished{Ginsparg:1988ui,
+ author = "Ginsparg, Paul H.",
+ title = "{APPLIED CONFORMAL FIELD THEORY}",
+ year = "1988",
+ eprint = "hep-th/9108028",
+ archivePrefix = "arXiv",
+ SLACcitation = "%%CITATION = HEP-TH/9108028;%%"
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+will include the arXiv.org e-print identifier as \texttt{arXiv:hep-th/9108028} and hyperlink it (if using \texttt{hyperref}). The newer format for arXiv identifiers with primary classificiations will produce output such as \texttt{arXiv:0905.1949 [hep-ph]}.
+
+
+\begin{acknowledgments}
+The development of \revtex~4.1 was managed by Mark Doyle (APS). The development of the new AIP style files and their accompanying documentation was managed by Susan Joy (AIP) with the help of Chris McMahon (AIP) and Rich O'Keeffe (AIP). Testing and evaluation were done by Michele Hake (APS), Liz Belmont (AIP), Brian Goss (AIP), Alison Waldron (AIP), and Phil Robertson (AIP). Additional detailed testing and feedback were provided by Lev Bishop (Yale).
+\end{acknowledgments}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/auguide/whatsnew4-1.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxdocext.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxfront.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxgrid.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/ltxutil.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/revtex4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.bib 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+ at PREAMBLE{
+ "\providecommand{\noopsort}[1]{}"
+ # "\providecommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1}%"
+}
+
+ at BOOK{Bire82,
+ author = {N. D. Birell and P. C. W. Davies},
+ year = 1982,
+ title = {Quantum Fields in Curved Space},
+ publisher = {Cambridge University Press}
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{feyn54,
+ author = "R. P. Feynman",
+ year = "1954",
+ journal = "Phys.\ Rev.",
+ volume = "94",
+ pages = "262",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{epr,
+ author = "A. Einstein and {\relax Yu} Podolsky and N. Rosen",
+ year = "1935",
+ journal = "Phys.\ Rev.",
+ volume = "47",
+ pages = "777",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Berman1983,
+ author = "Berman, Jr., G. P. and Izrailev, Jr., F. M.",
+ title = "Stability of nonlinear modes",
+ journal = "Physica D",
+ volume = "88",
+ pages = "445",
+ year = "1983",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Davies1998,
+ author = "E. B. Davies and L. Parns",
+ title = "Trapped modes in acoustic waveguides",
+ journal = "Q. J. Mech. Appl. Math.",
+ volume = "51",
+ pages = "477--492",
+ year = "1988",
+}
+
+ at MISC{witten2001,
+ author = "Edward Witten",
+ eprint = "hep-th/0106109",
+ year = "2001",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{Beutler1994,
+ author = "E. Beutler",
+ editor = "E. Beutler and M. A. Lichtman and B. W. Coller and T. S. Kipps",
+ title = "Williams Hematology",
+ chapter = "7",
+ pages = "654--662",
+ publisher = "McGraw-Hill",
+ year = "1994",
+
+ edition = "5",
+ address = "New York",
+ volume = "2",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{inbook-full,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "Fundamental Algorithms",
+ volume = 1,
+ series = "The Art of Computer Programming",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ address = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ edition = "Second",
+ month = "10~" # jan,
+ year = "\noopsort{1973b}1973",
+ type = "Section",
+ chapter = "1.2",
+ pages = "10--119",
+ note = "A full INBOOK entry",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Smith2005,
+ author = "J. S. Smith and G. W. Johnson",
+ journal = "Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. B",
+ title = "",
+ year = "2005",
+
+ volume = "777",
+ pages = "1395",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Smith2010,
+ author = "W. J. Smith and T. J. Johnson and B. G. Miller",
+ title = "Surface chemistry and preferential crystal orientation on a silicon surface",
+ note = "{J. Appl. Phys.} (unpublished)",
+
+ month = "",
+ year = "",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Smith2010a,
+ author = "V. K. Smith and K. Johnson and M. O. Klein",
+ title = "Surface chemistry and preferential crystal orientation on a silicon surface",
+ note = "{J. Appl. Phys.} (submitted)",
+
+ month = "",
+ year = "",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{unpublished-full,
+ author = "Ulrich {\"{U}}nderwood and Ned {\~N}et and Paul {\={P}}ot",
+ title = "Lower Bounds for Wishful Research Results",
+ month = nov # ", " # dec,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "Talk at Fanstord University (A full UNPUBLISHED entry)",
+}
+
+ at MISC{JohnsonMillerSmith2007,
+
+ author = "M. P. Johnson and K. L. Miller and K. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ howpublished = "personal communication",
+ month = "1~" # may,
+ year = "2007",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{Smith2007,
+ title = "AIP Conf. Proc.",
+ year = "2007",
+
+ editor = "J. Smith",
+ volume = "841",
+ number = "21",
+ series = "",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ organization = "",
+ publisher = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{proceedings-full,
+ editor = "Wizard V. Oz and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ title = "Proc. Fifteenth Annual",
+ number = 17,
+ series = "All ACM Conferences",
+ month = mar,
+ year = 1983,
+ address = "Boston",
+ organization = "ACM",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ note = "A full PROCEEDINGS entry",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Burstyn2004,
+ author = "Y. Burstyn",
+ title = "{Proceedings of the 5th International Molecular Beam Epitaxy Conference, Santa Fe, NM}",
+ note = "(unpublished)",
+
+ month = "5--8~" # oct,
+ year = "2004",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{Quinn2001,
+ title = "{Proceedings of the 2003 Particle Accelerator Conference, Portland, OR, 12-16 May 2005}",
+ year = "2001",
+
+ editor = "B. Quinn",
+ address = "New York",
+ publisher = "Wiley",
+ note = "Albeit the conference was held in 2005, it was the 2003 conference, and the proceedings were published in 2001; go figure",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Agarwal2001,
+ author = "A. G. Agarwal",
+ title = "{Proceedings of the Fifth Low Temperature Conference, Madison, WI, 1999}",
+ journal = "Semiconductors",
+ year = "2001",
+
+ volume = "66",
+ pages = "1238",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{SmithDA01,
+ author = "R. Smith",
+ title = "Hummingbirds are our friends",
+ journal = {J. Appl. Phys. (these proceedings)},
+ year = "",
+ volume = "",
+ number = "",
+ pages = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "Abstract No. DA-01",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Smith2007a,
+ author = "J. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ journal = "Proc. SPIE",
+ year = "2007",
+
+ volume = "124",
+ pages = "367",
+ note = "Required title is missing",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{techreport-full,
+ author = "Tom T{\'{e}}rrific",
+ title = "An {$O(n \log n / \! \log\log n)$} Sorting Algorithm",
+ institution = "Fanstord University",
+ type = "Wishful Research Result",
+ number = "7",
+ address = "Computer Science Department, Fanstord, California",
+ month = oct,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full TECHREPORT entry",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{Nelson1999,
+ author = "J. Nelson",
+ type = "{TWI Report}",
+ number = "666/1999",
+ institution = "",
+ year = jan # "~1999",
+
+ note = "Required institution missing",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{Fields2005,
+ author = "W. K. Fields",
+ type = "{ECE Report No.}",
+ number = "AL944",
+ institution = "",
+ year = "2005",
+
+ note = "Required institution missing",
+}
+
+ at MISC{Zalkins2008,
+
+ author = "Y. M. Zalkins",
+ title = "",
+ howpublished = "e-print arXiv:cond-mat/040426",
+ month = "",
+ year = "2008",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at MISC{Nelson2005,
+
+ author = "J. Nelson",
+ howpublished = "{U.S. Patent No.} 5,693,000",
+ year = "12~" # dec # "~2005",
+}
+
+ at MASTERSTHESIS{Nelson1999a,
+ author = "J. K. Nelson",
+ title = "",
+ school = "New York University",
+ year = "1999",
+
+ type = "M.{S}. thesis",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at MASTERSTHESIS{mastersthesis-full,
+ author = "{\'{E}}douard Masterly",
+ title = "Mastering Thesis Writing",
+ school = "Stanford University",
+ type = "Master's project",
+ address = "English Department",
+ month = jun # "-" # aug,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full MASTERSTHESIS entry",
+}
+
+ at PHDTHESIS{Smith2003,
+ author = "S. M. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ school = "Massachusetts Institute of Technology",
+ year = "2003",
+
+ type = "{Ph.D.} thesis",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{KawaLin2003,
+ author = "S. R. Kawa and S.-J. Lin",
+ title = "",
+ journal = "J. Geophys. Res.",
+ year = "2003",
+
+ volume = "108",
+ number = "D6",
+ pages = "4201",
+ month = "",
+ note = "{DOI:10.1029/2002JD002268}",
+}
+
+ at PHDTHESIS{phdthesis-full,
+ author = "F. Phidias Phony-Baloney",
+ title = "Fighting Fire with Fire: Festooning {F}rench Phrases",
+ school = "Fanstord University",
+ type = "{PhD} Dissertation",
+ address = "Department of French",
+ month = jun # "-" # aug,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full PHDTHESIS entry",
+}
+
+ at BOOK{book-full,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "Seminumerical Algorithms",
+ volume = 2,
+ series = "The Art of Computer Programming",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ address = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ edition = "Second",
+ month = "10~" # jan,
+ year = "\noopsort{1973c}1981",
+ note = "A full BOOK entry",
+}
+
+ at BOOKLET{booklet-full,
+ author = "Jill C. Knvth",
+ title = "The Programming of Computer Art",
+ howpublished = "Vernier Art Center",
+ address = "Stanford, California",
+ month = feb,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full BOOKLET entry",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{ballagh2000,
+ author = "R. Ballagh and C.M. Savage",
+ editor = "C.M. Savage and M. Das",
+ title = "Bose-Einstein condensation: from atomic physics to quantum fluids, Proceedings of the 13th Physics Summer School",
+ year = "2000",
+ publisher = "World Scientific",
+ address = "Singapore",
+ eprint = "cond-mat/0008070",
+}
+
+ at inBook{Magnetism,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+}
+ year = "1965",
+
+ at INPROCEEDINGS{Magnetismb,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ year = "1965",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{Smith80,
+ author = "J. M. Smith",
+ title = "Molecular Dynamics",
+ publisher = "Academic",
+ year = "1980",
+ address = "New York",
+ editor = "C. Brown",
+}
+
+ at article{ZS71,
+ author = "V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat",
+ year = "1971",
+ title = "Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media",
+ journal = "Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz.",
+ volume = "61",
+ pages = "118--134",
+ translation = "Sov. Phys. JETP \textbf{34}, 62 (1972)"
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Beutler1994a,
+ author = "E. Beutler",
+ year = "1994",
+ booktitle = "Williams Hematology",
+ edition = "5",
+ chapter = "7",
+ editor = "E. Beutler and M. A. Lichtman and B. W. Coller and T. S. Kipps",
+ publisher = "McGraw-Hill",
+ address = "New York",
+ volume = "2",
+ pages = "654--662",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{ballagh2000a,
+ author = "R. Ballagh and C.M. Savage",
+ year = "2000",
+ title = "Bose-Einstein condensation: from atomic physics to quantum fluids",
+ booktitle = "Proceedings of the 13th Physics Summer School",
+ editor = "C.M. Savage and M. Das",
+ publisher = "World Scientific",
+ address = "Singapore",
+ eprint = "cond-mat/0008070",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Magnetisma,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ year = "1965",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Smith80a,
+ author = "J. M. Smith",
+ year = "1980",
+ booktitle = "Molecular Dynamics",
+ editor = "C. Brown",
+ publisher = "Academic",
+ address = "New York",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{incollection-full,
+ key = "incol-ful",
+ author = "Daniel D. Lincoll",
+ year = 1977,
+ title = "Semigroups of Recurrences",
+ booktitle = "High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization",
+ edition = "Third",
+ series = "Fast Computers",
+ number = 23,
+ chapter = 3,
+ type = "Part",
+ editor = "David J. Lipcoll and D. H. Lawrie and A. H. Sameh",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ month = sep,
+ pages = "179--183",
+ note = "A full INCOLLECTION entry",
+}
+
+ at INPROCEEDINGS{inproceedings-full,
+ author = "Alfred V. Oaho and Jeffrey D. Ullman and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ title = "On Notions of Information Transfer in {VLSI} Circuits",
+ editor = "Wizard V. Oz and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ booktitle = "Proc. Fifteenth Annual ACM",
+ number = 17,
+ series = "All ACM Conferences",
+ pages = "133--139",
+ month = mar,
+ year = 1983,
+ address = "Boston",
+ organization = "ACM",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ note = "A full INPROCEDINGS entry",
+}
+
+ at MANUAL{manual-full,
+ author = "Larry Manmaker",
+ title = "The Definitive Computer Manual",
+ organization = "Chips-R-Us",
+ address = "Silicon Valley",
+ edition = "Silver",
+ month = apr # "-" # may,
+ year = 1986,
+ note = "A full MANUAL entry",
+}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+% ****** Start of file aipsamp.tex ******
+%
+% This file is part of the AIP files in the AIP distribution for REVTeX 4.
+% Version 4.1 of REVTeX, October 2009
+%
+% Copyright (c) 2009 American Institute of Physics.
+%
+% See the AIP README file for restrictions and more information.
+%
+% TeX'ing this file requires that you have AMS-LaTeX 2.0 installed
+% as well as the rest of the prerequisites for REVTeX 4.1
+%
+% It also requires running BibTeX. The commands are as follows:
+%
+% 1) latex aipsamp
+% 2) bibtex aipsamp
+% 3) latex aipsamp
+% 4) latex aipsamp
+%
+% Use this file as a source of example code for your aip document.
+% Use the file aiptemplate.tex as a template for your document.
+\documentclass[%
+ aip,
+ jmp,%
+ amsmath,amssymb,
+%preprint,%
+ reprint,%
+%author-year,%
+%author-numerical,%
+]{revtex4-1}
+
+\usepackage{graphicx}% Include figure files
+\usepackage{dcolumn}% Align table columns on decimal point
+\usepackage{bm}% bold math
+%\usepackage[mathlines]{lineno}% Enable numbering of text and display math
+%\linenumbers\relax % Commence numbering lines
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\preprint{AIP/123-QED}
+
+\title[Sample title]{Sample Title:\\with Forced Linebreak\footnote{Error!}}% Force line breaks with \\
+\thanks{Footnote to title of article.}
+
+\author{A. Author}
+ \altaffiliation[Also at ]{Physics Department, XYZ University.}%Lines break automatically or can be forced with \\
+\author{B. Author}%
+ \email{Second.Author at institution.edu.}
+\affiliation{
+Authors' institution and/or address%\\This line break forced with \textbackslash\textbackslash
+}%
+
+\author{C. Author}
+ \homepage{http://www.Second.institution.edu/~Charlie.Author.}
+\affiliation{%
+Second institution and/or address%\\This line break forced% with \\
+}%
+
+\date{\today}% It is always \today, today,
+ % but any date may be explicitly specified
+
+\begin{abstract}
+An article usually includes an abstract, a concise summary of the work
+covered at length in the main body of the article. It is used for
+secondary publications and for information retrieval purposes.
+%
+Valid PACS numbers may be entered using the \verb+\pacs{#1}+ command.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\pacs{Valid PACS appear here}% PACS, the Physics and Astronomy
+ % Classification Scheme.
+\keywords{Suggested keywords}%Use showkeys class option if keyword
+ %display desired
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{quotation}
+The ``lead paragraph'' is encapsulated with the \LaTeX\
+\verb+quotation+ environment and is formatted as a single paragraph before the first section heading.
+(The \verb+quotation+ environment reverts to its usual meaning after the first sectioning command.)
+Note that numbered references are allowed in the lead paragraph.
+%
+The lead paragraph will only be found in an article being prepared for the journal \textit{Chaos}.
+\end{quotation}
+
+\section{\label{sec:level1}First-level heading:\protect\\ The line
+break was forced \lowercase{via} \textbackslash\textbackslash}
+
+This sample document demonstrates proper use of REV\TeX~4.1 (and
+\LaTeXe) in manuscripts prepared for submission to AIP
+journals. Further information can be found in the documentation included in the distribution or available at
+\url{http://authors.aip.org} and in the documentation for
+REV\TeX~4.1 itself.
+
+When commands are referred to in this example file, they are always
+shown with their required arguments, using normal \TeX{} format. In
+this format, \verb+#1+, \verb+#2+, etc. stand for required
+author-supplied arguments to commands. For example, in
+\verb+\section{#1}+ the \verb+#1+ stands for the title text of the
+author's section heading, and in \verb+\title{#1}+ the \verb+#1+
+stands for the title text of the paper.
+
+Line breaks in section headings at all levels can be introduced using
+\textbackslash\textbackslash. A blank input line tells \TeX\ that the
+paragraph has ended.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:level2}Second-level heading: Formatting}
+
+This file may be formatted in both the \texttt{preprint} (the default) and
+\texttt{reprint} styles; the latter format may be used to
+mimic final journal output. Either format may be used for submission
+purposes; however, for peer review and production, AIP will format the
+article using the \texttt{preprint} class option. Hence, it is
+essential that authors check that their manuscripts format acceptably
+under \texttt{preprint}. Manuscripts submitted to AIP that do not
+format correctly under the \texttt{preprint} option may be delayed in
+both the editorial and production processes.
+
+The \texttt{widetext} environment will make the text the width of the
+full page, as on page~\pageref{eq:wideeq}. (Note the use the
+\verb+\pageref{#1}+ to get the page number right automatically.) The
+width-changing commands only take effect in \texttt{twocolumn}
+formatting. It has no effect if \texttt{preprint} formatting is chosen
+instead.
+
+\subsubsection{\label{sec:level3}Third-level heading: Citations and Footnotes}
+
+Citations in text refer to entries in the Bibliography;
+they use the commands \verb+\cite{#1}+ or \verb+\onlinecite{#1}+.
+Because REV\TeX\ uses the \verb+natbib+ package of Patrick Daly,
+its entire repertoire of commands are available in your document;
+see the \verb+natbib+ documentation for further details.
+The argument of \verb+\cite+ is a comma-separated list of \emph{keys};
+a key may consist of letters and numerals.
+
+By default, citations are numerical; \cite{feyn54} author-year citations are an option.
+To give a textual citation, use \verb+\onlinecite{#1}+: (Refs.~\onlinecite{witten2001,epr,Bire82}).
+REV\TeX\ ``collapses'' lists of consecutive numerical citations when appropriate.
+REV\TeX\ provides the ability to properly punctuate textual citations in author-year style;
+this facility works correctly with numerical citations only with \texttt{natbib}'s compress option turned off.
+To illustrate, we cite several together \cite{feyn54,witten2001,epr,Berman1983},
+and once again (Refs.~\onlinecite{epr,feyn54,Bire82,Berman1983}).
+Note that, when numerical citations are used, the references were sorted into the same order they appear in the bibliography.
+
+A reference within the bibliography is specified with a \verb+\bibitem{#1}+ command,
+where the argument is the citation key mentioned above.
+\verb+\bibitem{#1}+ commands may be crafted by hand or, preferably,
+generated by using Bib\TeX.
+The AIP styles for REV\TeX~4 include Bib\TeX\ style files
+\verb+aipnum.bst+ and \verb+aipauth.bst+, appropriate for
+numbered and author-year bibliographies,
+respectively.
+REV\TeX~4 will automatically choose the style appropriate for
+the document's selected class options: the default is numerical, and
+you obtain the author-year style by specifying a class option of \verb+author-year+.
+
+This sample file demonstrates a simple use of Bib\TeX\
+via a \verb+\bibliography+ command referencing the \verb+aipsamp.bib+ file.
+Running Bib\TeX\ (in this case \texttt{bibtex
+aipsamp}) after the first pass of \LaTeX\ produces the file
+\verb+aipsamp.bbl+ which contains the automatically formatted
+\verb+\bibitem+ commands (including extra markup information via
+\verb+\bibinfo+ commands). If not using Bib\TeX, the
+\verb+thebibiliography+ environment should be used instead.
+
+\paragraph{Fourth-level heading is run in.}%
+Footnotes are produced using the \verb+\footnote{#1}+ command.
+Numerical style citations put footnotes into the
+bibliography\footnote{Automatically placing footnotes into the bibliography requires using BibTeX to compile the bibliography.}.
+Author-year and numerical author-year citation styles (each for its own reason) cannot use this method.
+Note: due to the method used to place footnotes in the bibliography, \emph{you
+must re-run BibTeX every time you change any of your document's
+footnotes}.
+
+\section{Math and Equations}
+Inline math may be typeset using the \verb+$+ delimiters. Bold math
+symbols may be achieved using the \verb+bm+ package and the
+\verb+\bm{#1}+ command it supplies. For instance, a bold $\alpha$ can
+be typeset as \verb+$\bm{\alpha}$+ giving $\bm{\alpha}$. Fraktur and
+Blackboard (or open face or double struck) characters should be
+typeset using the \verb+\mathfrak{#1}+ and \verb+\mathbb{#1}+ commands
+respectively. Both are supplied by the \texttt{amssymb} package. For
+example, \verb+$\mathbb{R}$+ gives $\mathbb{R}$ and
+\verb+$\mathfrak{G}$+ gives $\mathfrak{G}$
+
+In \LaTeX\ there are many different ways to display equations, and a
+few preferred ways are noted below. Displayed math will center by
+default. Use the class option \verb+fleqn+ to flush equations left.
+
+Below we have numbered single-line equations, the most common kind:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\chi_+(p)\alt{\bf [}2|{\bf p}|(|{\bf p}|+p_z){\bf ]}^{-1/2}
+\left(
+\begin{array}{c}
+|{\bf p}|+p_z\\
+px+ip_y
+\end{array}\right)\;,
+\\
+\left\{%
+ \openone234567890abc123\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}%
+\right\}%
+\label{eq:one}.
+\end{eqnarray}
+Note the open one in Eq.~(\ref{eq:one}).
+
+Not all numbered equations will fit within a narrow column this
+way. The equation number will move down automatically if it cannot fit
+on the same line with a one-line equation:
+\begin{equation}
+\left\{
+ ab12345678abc123456abcdef\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}%
+\right\}.
+\end{equation}
+
+When the \verb+\label{#1}+ command is used [cf. input for
+Eq.~(\ref{eq:one})], the equation can be referred to in text without
+knowing the equation number that \TeX\ will assign to it. Just
+use \verb+\ref{#1}+, where \verb+#1+ is the same name that used in
+the \verb+\label{#1}+ command.
+
+Unnumbered single-line equations can be typeset
+using the \verb+\[+, \verb+\]+ format:
+\[g^+g^+ \rightarrow g^+g^+g^+g^+ \dots ~,~~q^+q^+\rightarrow
+q^+g^+g^+ \dots ~. \]
+
+\subsection{Multiline equations}
+
+Multiline equations are obtained by using the \verb+eqnarray+
+environment. Use the \verb+\nonumber+ command at the end of each line
+to avoid assigning a number:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+{\cal M}=&&ig_Z^2(4E_1E_2)^{1/2}(l_i^2)^{-1}
+\delta_{\sigma_1,-\sigma_2}
+(g_{\sigma_2}^e)^2\chi_{-\sigma_2}(p_2)\nonumber\\
+&&\times
+[\epsilon_jl_i\epsilon_i]_{\sigma_1}\chi_{\sigma_1}(p_1),
+\end{eqnarray}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\sum \vert M^{\text{viol}}_g \vert ^2&=&g^{2n-4}_S(Q^2)~N^{n-2}
+ (N^2-1)\nonumber \\
+ & &\times \left( \sum_{i<j}\right)
+ \sum_{\text{perm}}
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}
+ \sum_\tau c^f_\tau~.
+\end{eqnarray}
+\textbf{Note:} Do not use \verb+\label{#1}+ on a line of a multiline
+equation if \verb+\nonumber+ is also used on that line. Incorrect
+cross-referencing will result. Notice the use \verb+\text{#1}+ for
+using a Roman font within a math environment.
+
+To set a multiline equation without \emph{any} equation
+numbers, use the \verb+\begin{eqnarray*}+,
+\verb+\end{eqnarray*}+ format:
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\sum \vert M^{\text{viol}}_g \vert ^2&=&g^{2n-4}_S(Q^2)~N^{n-2}
+ (N^2-1)\\
+ & &\times \left( \sum_{i<j}\right)
+ \left(
+ \sum_{\text{perm}}\frac{1}{S_{12}S_{23}S_{n1}}
+ \right)
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}~.
+\end{eqnarray*}
+To obtain numbers not normally produced by the automatic numbering,
+use the \verb+\tag{#1}+ command, where \verb+#1+ is the desired
+equation number. For example, to get an equation number of
+(\ref{eq:mynum}),
+\begin{equation}
+g^+g^+ \rightarrow g^+g^+g^+g^+ \dots ~,~~q^+q^+\rightarrow
+q^+g^+g^+ \dots ~. \tag{2.6$'$}\label{eq:mynum}
+\end{equation}
+
+A few notes on \verb=\tag{#1}=. \verb+\tag{#1}+ requires
+\texttt{amsmath}. The \verb+\tag{#1}+ must come before the
+\verb+\label{#1}+, if any. The numbering set with \verb+\tag{#1}+ is
+\textit{transparent} to the automatic numbering in REV\TeX{};
+therefore, the number must be known ahead of time, and it must be
+manually adjusted if other equations are added. \verb+\tag{#1}+ works
+with both single-line and multiline equations. \verb+\tag{#1}+ should
+only be used in exceptional case - do not use it to number all
+equations in a paper.
+
+Enclosing single-line and multiline equations in
+\verb+\begin{subequations}+ and \verb+\end{subequations}+ will produce
+a set of equations that are ``numbered'' with letters, as shown in
+Eqs.~(\ref{subeq:1}) and (\ref{subeq:2}) below:
+\begin{subequations}
+\label{eq:whole}
+\begin{equation}
+\left\{
+ abc123456abcdef\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}
+\right\},\label{subeq:1}
+\end{equation}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+{\cal M}=&&ig_Z^2(4E_1E_2)^{1/2}(l_i^2)^{-1}
+(g_{\sigma_2}^e)^2\chi_{-\sigma_2}(p_2)\nonumber\\
+&&\times
+[\epsilon_i]_{\sigma_1}\chi_{\sigma_1}(p_1).\label{subeq:2}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+Putting a \verb+\label{#1}+ command right after the
+\verb+\begin{subequations}+, allows one to
+reference all the equations in a subequations environment. For
+example, the equations in the preceding subequations environment were
+Eqs.~(\ref{eq:whole}).
+
+\subsubsection{Wide equations}
+The equation that follows is set in a wide format, i.e., it spans
+across the full page. The wide format is reserved for long equations
+that cannot be easily broken into four lines or less:
+\begin{widetext}
+\begin{equation}
+{\cal R}^{(\text{d})}=
+ g_{\sigma_2}^e
+ \left(
+ \frac{[\Gamma^Z(3,21)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{12}^2-M_W^2}
+ +\frac{[\Gamma^Z(13,2)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{13}^2-M_W^2}
+ \right)
+ + x_WQ_e
+ \left(
+ \frac{[\Gamma^\gamma(3,21)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{12}^2-M_W^2}
+ +\frac{[\Gamma^\gamma(13,2)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{13}^2-M_W^2}
+ \right)\;. \label{eq:wideeq}
+\end{equation}
+\end{widetext}
+This is typed to show the output is in wide format.
+(Since there is no input line between \verb+\equation+ and
+this paragraph, there is no paragraph indent for this paragraph.)
+\section{Cross-referencing}
+REV\TeX{} will automatically number sections, equations, figure
+captions, and tables. In order to reference them in text, use the
+\verb+\label{#1}+ and \verb+\ref{#1}+ commands. To reference a
+particular page, use the \verb+\pageref{#1}+ command.
+
+The \verb+\label{#1}+ should appear in a section heading, within an
+equation, or in a table or figure caption. The \verb+\ref{#1}+ command
+is used in the text where the citation is to be displayed. Some
+examples: Section~\ref{sec:level1} on page~\pageref{sec:level1},
+Table~\ref{tab:table1},%
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:table1}This is a narrow table which fits into a
+text column when using \texttt{twocolumn} formatting. Note that
+REV\TeX~4 adjusts the intercolumn spacing so that the table fills the
+entire width of the column. Table captions are numbered
+automatically. This table illustrates left-aligned, centered, and
+right-aligned columns. }
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{lcr}
+Left\footnote{Note a.}&Centered\footnote{Note b.}&Right\\
+\hline
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+10 & 20 & 30\\
+100 & 200 & 300\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+and Fig.~\ref{fig:epsart}.
+
+\section{Figures and Tables}
+Figures and tables are typically ``floats''; \LaTeX\ determines their
+final position via placement rules.
+\LaTeX\ isn't always successful in automatically placing floats where you wish them.
+
+Figures are marked up with the \texttt{figure} environment, the content of which
+imports the image (\verb+\includegraphics+) followed by the figure caption (\verb+\caption+).
+The argument of the latter command should itself contain a \verb+\label+ command if you
+wish to refer to your figure with \verb+\ref+.
+
+Import your image using either the \texttt{graphics} or
+\texttt{graphix} packages. These packages both define the
+\verb+\includegraphics{#1}+ command, but they differ in the optional
+arguments for specifying the orientation, scaling, and translation of the figure.
+Fig.~\ref{fig:epsart}%
+\begin{figure}
+\includegraphics{fig_1}% Here is how to import EPS art
+\caption{\label{fig:epsart} A figure caption. The figure captions are
+automatically numbered.}
+\end{figure}
+is small enough to fit in a single column, while
+Fig.~\ref{fig:wide}%
+\begin{figure*}
+\includegraphics{fig_2}% Here is how to import EPS art
+\caption{\label{fig:wide}Use the \texttt{figure*} environment to get a wide
+figure, spanning the page in \texttt{twocolumn} formatting.}
+\end{figure*}
+is too wide for a single column,
+so instead the \texttt{figure*} environment has been used.
+
+The analog of the \texttt{figure} environment is \texttt{table}, which uses
+the same \verb+\caption+ command.
+However, you should type your caption command first within the \texttt{table},
+instead of last as you did for \texttt{figure}.
+
+The heart of any table is the \texttt{tabular} environment,
+which represents the table content as a (vertical) sequence of table rows,
+each containing a (horizontal) sequence of table cells.
+Cells are separated by the \verb+&+ character;
+the row terminates with \verb+\\+.
+The required argument for the \texttt{tabular} environment
+specifies how data are displayed in each of the columns.
+For instance, a column
+may be centered (\verb+c+), left-justified (\verb+l+), right-justified (\verb+r+),
+or aligned on a decimal point (\verb+d+).
+(Table~\ref{tab:table4}%
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:table4}Numbers in columns Three--Five have been
+aligned by using the ``d'' column specifier (requires the
+\texttt{dcolumn} package).
+Non-numeric entries (those entries without
+a ``.'') in a ``d'' column are aligned on the decimal point.
+Use the
+``D'' specifier for more complex layouts. }
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ccddd}
+One&Two&\mbox{Three}&\mbox{Four}&\mbox{Five}\\
+\hline
+one&two&\mbox{three}&\mbox{four}&\mbox{five}\\
+He&2& 2.77234 & 45672. & 0.69 \\
+C\footnote{Some tables require footnotes.}
+ &C\footnote{Some tables need more than one footnote.}
+ & 12537.64 & 37.66345 & 86.37 \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+illustrates the use of decimal column alignment.)
+
+Extra column-spacing may be be specified as well, although
+REV\TeX~4 sets this spacing so that the columns fill the width of the
+table.
+Horizontal rules are typeset using the \verb+\hline+
+command.
+The doubled (or Scotch) rules that appear at the top and
+bottom of a table can be achieved by enclosing the \texttt{tabular}
+environment within a \texttt{ruledtabular} environment.
+Rows whose columns span multiple columns can be typeset using \LaTeX's
+\verb+\multicolumn{#1}{#2}{#3}+ command
+(for example, see the first row of Table~\ref{tab:table3}).%
+\begin{table*}
+\caption{\label{tab:table3}This is a wide table that spans the page
+width in \texttt{twocolumn} mode. It is formatted using the
+\texttt{table*} environment. It also demonstrates the use of
+\textbackslash\texttt{multicolumn} in rows with entries that span
+more than one column.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+ &\multicolumn{2}{c}{$D_{4h}^1$}&\multicolumn{2}{c}{$D_{4h}^5$}\\
+ Ion&1st alternative&2nd alternative&lst alternative
+&2nd alternative\\ \hline
+ K&$(2e)+(2f)$&$(4i)$ &$(2c)+(2d)$&$(4f)$ \\
+ Mn&$(2g)$\footnote{The $z$ parameter of these positions is $z\sim\frac{1}{4}$.}
+ &$(a)+(b)+(c)+(d)$&$(4e)$&$(2a)+(2b)$\\
+ Cl&$(a)+(b)+(c)+(d)$&$(2g)$\footnote{This is a footnote in a table that spans the full page
+width in \texttt{twocolumn} mode. It is supposed to set on the full width of the page, just as the caption does. }
+ &$(4e)^{\text{a}}$\\
+ He&$(8r)^{\text{a}}$&$(4j)^{\text{a}}$&$(4g)^{\text{a}}$\\
+ Ag& &$(4k)^{\text{a}}$& &$(4h)^{\text{a}}$\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table*}
+
+The tables in this document illustrate various effects.
+Tables that fit in a narrow column are contained in a \texttt{table}
+environment.
+Table~\ref{tab:table3} is a wide table, therefore set with the
+\texttt{table*} environment.
+Lengthy tables may need to break across pages.
+A simple way to allow this is to specify
+the \verb+[H]+ float placement on the \texttt{table} or
+\texttt{table*} environment.
+Alternatively, using the standard \LaTeXe\ package \texttt{longtable}
+gives more control over how tables break and allows headers and footers
+to be specified for each page of the table.
+An example of the use of \texttt{longtable} can be found
+in the file \texttt{summary.tex} that is included with the REV\TeX~4
+distribution.
+
+There are two methods for setting footnotes within a table (these
+footnotes will be displayed directly below the table rather than at
+the bottom of the page or in the bibliography).
+The easiest
+and preferred method is just to use the \verb+\footnote{#1}+
+command. This will automatically enumerate the footnotes with
+lowercase roman letters.
+However, it is sometimes necessary to have
+multiple entries in the table share the same footnote.
+In this case,
+create the footnotes using
+\verb+\footnotemark[#1]+ and \verb+\footnotetext[#1]{#2}+.
+\texttt{\#1} is a numeric value.
+Each time the same value for \texttt{\#1} is used,
+the same mark is produced in the table.
+The \verb+\footnotetext[#1]{#2}+ commands are placed after the \texttt{tabular}
+environment.
+Examine the \LaTeX\ source and output for Tables~\ref{tab:table1} and
+\ref{tab:table2}%
+\begin{table}
+\caption{\label{tab:table2}A table with more columns still fits
+properly in a column. Note that several entries share the same
+footnote. Inspect the \LaTeX\ input for this table to see
+exactly how it is done.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{cccccccc}
+ &$r_c$ (\AA)&$r_0$ (\AA)&$\kappa r_0$&
+ &$r_c$ (\AA) &$r_0$ (\AA)&$\kappa r_0$\\
+\hline
+Cu& 0.800 & 14.10 & 2.550 &Sn\footnotemark[1]
+& 0.680 & 1.870 & 3.700 \\
+Ag& 0.990 & 15.90 & 2.710 &Pb\footnotemark[2]
+& 0.450 & 1.930 & 3.760 \\
+Au& 1.150 & 15.90 & 2.710 &Ca\footnotemark[3]
+& 0.750 & 2.170 & 3.560 \\
+Mg& 0.490 & 17.60 & 3.200 &Sr\footnotemark[4]
+& 0.900 & 2.370 & 3.720 \\
+Zn& 0.300 & 15.20 & 2.970 &Li\footnotemark[2]
+& 0.380 & 1.730 & 2.830 \\
+Cd& 0.530 & 17.10 & 3.160 &Na\footnotemark[5]
+& 0.760 & 2.110 & 3.120 \\
+Hg& 0.550 & 17.80 & 3.220 &K\footnotemark[5]
+& 1.120 & 2.620 & 3.480 \\
+Al& 0.230 & 15.80 & 3.240 &Rb\footnotemark[3]
+& 1.330 & 2.800 & 3.590 \\
+Ga& 0.310 & 16.70 & 3.330 &Cs\footnotemark[4]
+& 1.420 & 3.030 & 3.740 \\
+In& 0.460 & 18.40 & 3.500 &Ba\footnotemark[5]
+& 0.960 & 2.460 & 3.780 \\
+Tl& 0.480 & 18.90 & 3.550 & & & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\footnotetext[1]{Here's the first, from Ref.~\onlinecite{feyn54}.}
+\footnotetext[2]{Here's the second.}
+\footnotetext[3]{Here's the third.}
+\footnotetext[4]{Here's the fourth.}
+\footnotetext[5]{And etc.}
+\end{table}
+for an illustration.
+
+All AIP journals require that the initial citation of
+figures or tables be in numerical order.
+\LaTeX's automatic numbering of floats is your friend here:
+just put each \texttt{figure} environment immediately following
+its first reference (\verb+\ref+), as we have done in this example file.
+
+\begin{acknowledgments}
+We wish to acknowledge the support of the author community in using
+REV\TeX{}, offering suggestions and encouragement, testing new versions,
+\dots.
+\end{acknowledgments}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{Appendixes}
+
+To start the appendixes, use the \verb+\appendix+ command.
+This signals that all following section commands refer to appendixes
+instead of regular sections. Therefore, the \verb+\appendix+ command
+should be used only once---to set up the section commands to act as
+appendixes. Thereafter normal section commands are used. The heading
+for a section can be left empty. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix
+\section{}
+\end{verbatim}
+will produce an appendix heading that says ``APPENDIX A'' and
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix
+\section{Background}
+\end{verbatim}
+will produce an appendix heading that says ``APPENDIX A: BACKGROUND''
+(note that the colon is set automatically).
+
+If there is only one appendix, then the letter ``A'' should not
+appear. This is suppressed by using the star version of the appendix
+command (\verb+\appendix*+ in the place of \verb+\appendix+).
+
+\section{A little more on appendixes}
+
+Observe that this appendix was started by using
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{A little more on appendixes}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note the equation number in an appendix:
+\begin{equation}
+E=mc^2.
+\end{equation}
+
+\subsection{\label{app:subsec}A subsection in an appendix}
+
+You can use a subsection or subsubsection in an appendix. Note the
+numbering: we are now in Appendix~\ref{app:subsec}.
+
+\subsubsection{\label{app:subsubsec}A subsubsection in an appendix}
+Note the equation numbers in this appendix, produced with the
+subequations environment:
+\begin{subequations}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+E&=&mc, \label{appa}
+\\
+E&=&mc^2, \label{appb}
+\\
+E&\agt& mc^3. \label{appc}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+They turn out to be Eqs.~(\ref{appa}), (\ref{appb}), and (\ref{appc}).
+
+\nocite{*}
+\bibliography{aipsamp}% Produces the bibliography via BibTeX.
+
+\end{document}
+%
+% ****** End of file aipsamp.tex ******
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aipsamp.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aiptemplate.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aiptemplate.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aiptemplate.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+%% ****** Start of file aiptemplate.tex ****** %
+%%
+%% This file is part of the files in the distribution of AIP substyles for REVTeX4.
+%% Version 4.1 of 9 October 2009.
+%%
+%
+% This is a template for producing documents for use with
+% the REVTEX 4.1 document class and the AIP substyles.
+%
+% Copy this file to another name and then work on that file.
+% That way, you always have this original template file to use.
+
+\documentclass[aip,graphicx]{revtex4-1}
+%\documentclass[aip,reprint]{revtex4-1}
+
+\draft % marks overfull lines with a black rule on the right
+
+\begin{document}
+
+% Use the \preprint command to place your local institutional report number
+% on the title page in preprint mode.
+% Multiple \preprint commands are allowed.
+%\preprint{}
+
+\title{} %Title of paper
+
+% repeat the \author .. \affiliation etc. as needed
+% \email, \thanks, \homepage, \altaffiliation all apply to the current author.
+% Explanatory text should go in the []'s,
+% actual e-mail address or url should go in the {}'s for \email and \homepage.
+% Please use the appropriate macro for the type of information
+
+% \affiliation command applies to all authors since the last \affiliation command.
+% The \affiliation command should follow the other information.
+
+\author{}
+%\email[]{Your e-mail address}
+%\homepage[]{Your web page}
+%\thanks{}
+%\altaffiliation{}
+\affiliation{}
+
+% Collaboration name, if desired (requires use of superscriptaddress option in \documentclass).
+% \noaffiliation is required (may also be used with the \author command).
+%\collaboration{}
+%\noaffiliation
+
+\date{\today}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+% insert abstract here
+\end{abstract}
+
+\pacs{}% insert suggested PACS numbers in braces on next line
+
+\maketitle %\maketitle must follow title, authors, abstract and \pacs
+
+% Body of paper goes here. Use proper sectioning commands.
+% References should be done using the \cite, \ref, and \label commands
+\section{}
+%\label{}
+\subsection{}
+\subsubsection{}
+
+% If in two-column mode, this environment will change to single-column format so that long equations can be displayed.
+% Use only when necessary.
+%\begin{widetext}
+%$$\mbox{put long equation here}$$
+%\end{widetext}
+
+% Figures should be put into the text as floats.
+% Use the graphics or graphicx packages (distributed with LaTeX2e).
+% See the LaTeX Graphics Companion by Michel Goosens, Sebastian Rahtz, and Frank Mittelbach for examples.
+%
+% Here is an example of the general form of a figure:
+% Fill in the caption in the braces of the \caption{} command.
+% Put the label that you will use with \ref{} command in the braces of the \label{} command.
+%
+% \begin{figure}
+% \includegraphics{}%
+% \caption{\label{}}%
+% \end{figure}
+
+% Tables may be be put in the text as floats.
+% Here is an example of the general form of a table:
+% Fill in the caption in the braces of the \caption{} command. Put the label
+% that you will use with \ref{} command in the braces of the \label{} command.
+% Insert the column specifiers (l, r, c, d, etc.) in the empty braces of the
+% \begin{tabular}{} command.
+%
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{\label{} }
+% \begin{tabular}{}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+
+% If you have acknowledgments, this puts in the proper section head.
+%\begin{acknowledgments}
+% Put your acknowledgments here.
+%\end{acknowledgments}
+
+% Create the reference section using BibTeX:
+\bibliography{your-bib-file}
+
+\end{document}
+%
+% ****** End of file aiptemplate.tex ******
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/aiptemplate.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_1.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_1.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_1.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 100 100
+0 0 moveto 100 0 lineto 100 100 lineto 0 100 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+20 50 moveto /Times findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Test Figure) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_2.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_2.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aip/fig_2.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 500 80
+0 0 moveto 500 0 lineto 500 80 lineto 0 80 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+200 40 moveto /Times findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Wide Test Figure) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.bib 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+ at PREAMBLE{
+ "\providecommand{\noopsort}[1]{}"
+ # "\providecommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1}%"
+}
+
+ at BOOK{Bire82,
+ author = {N. D. Birell and P. C. W. Davies},
+ year = 1982,
+ title = {Quantum Fields in Curved Space},
+ publisher = {Cambridge University Press}
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{feyn54,
+ author = "R. P. Feynman",
+ year = "1954",
+ journal = "Phys.\ Rev.",
+ volume = "94",
+ pages = "262",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{epr,
+ author = "A. Einstein and {\relax Yu} Podolsky and N. Rosen",
+ collaboration = "EPR",
+ year = "1935",
+ journal = "Phys.\ Rev.",
+ volume = "47",
+ pages = "777",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Berman1983,
+ author = "G. P. Berman, Jr. and F. M. Izrailev, Jr.",
+ title = "Stability of nonlinear modes",
+ journal = "Physica D",
+ volume = "88",
+ pages = "445",
+ year = "1983",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Davies1998,
+ author = "E. B. Davies and L. Parns",
+ title = "Trapped modes in acoustic waveguides",
+ journal = "Q. J. Mech. Appl. Math.",
+ volume = "51",
+ pages = "477--492",
+ year = "1988",
+}
+
+ at MISC{witten2001,
+ author = "Edward Witten",
+ eprint = "hep-th/0106109",
+ year = "2001",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{Beutler1994,
+ author = "E. Beutler",
+ editor = "E. Beutler and M. A. Lichtman and B. W. Coller and T. S. Kipps",
+ booktitle = "Williams Hematology",
+ chapter = "7",
+ pages = "654--662",
+ publisher = "McGraw-Hill",
+ year = "1994",
+
+ edition = "5",
+ address = "New York",
+ volume = "2",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Beutler1994a,
+ author = "E. Beutler",
+ editor = "E. Beutler and M. A. Lichtman and B. W. Coller and T. S. Kipps",
+ booktitle = "Williams Hematology",
+ chapter = "7",
+ pages = "654--662",
+ publisher = "McGraw-Hill",
+ year = "1994",
+
+ edition = "5",
+ address = "New York",
+ volume = "2",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{inbook-full,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ booktitle = "Fundamental Algorithms",
+ volume = 1,
+ series = "The Art of Computer Programming",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ address = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ edition = "Second",
+ month = "10~" # jan,
+ year = "\noopsort{1973b}1973",
+ type = "Section",
+ chapter = "1.2",
+ pages = "10--119",
+ note = "A full INBOOK entry",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Smith2005,
+ author = "J. S. Smith and G. W. Johnson",
+ journal = "Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. B",
+ title = "",
+ year = "2005",
+
+ volume = "777",
+ pages = "1395",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Smith2010,
+ author = "W. J. Smith and T. J. Johnson and B. G. Miller",
+ title = "Surface chemistry and preferential crystal orientation on a silicon surface",
+ note = "{J. Appl. Phys.} (unpublished)",
+
+ month = "",
+ year = "2010",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Smith2010a,
+ author = "V. K. Smith and K. Johnson and M. O. Klein",
+ title = "Surface chemistry and preferential crystal orientation on a silicon surface",
+ note = "{J. Appl. Phys.} (submitted)",
+
+ month = "",
+ year = "2010",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{unpublished-full,
+ author = "Ulrich {\"{U}}nderwood and Ned {\~N}et and Paul {\={P}}ot",
+ title = "Lower Bounds for Wishful Research Results",
+ month = nov # ", " # dec,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "Talk at Fanstord University (A full UNPUBLISHED entry)",
+}
+
+ at MISC{JohnsonMillerSmith2007,
+
+ author = "M. P. Johnson and K. L. Miller and K. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ howpublished = "personal communication",
+ month = "1~" # may,
+ year = "2007",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{Smith2007,
+ title = "AIP Conf. Proc.",
+ year = "2007",
+
+ editor = "J. Smith",
+ volume = "841",
+ number = "21",
+ series = "",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ organization = "",
+ publisher = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{proceedings-full,
+ editor = "Wizard V. Oz and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ title = "Proc. Fifteenth Annual",
+ number = 17,
+ series = "All ACM Conferences",
+ month = mar,
+ year = 1983,
+ address = "Boston",
+ organization = "ACM",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ note = "A full PROCEEDINGS entry",
+}
+
+ at UNPUBLISHED{Burstyn2004,
+ author = "Y. Burstyn",
+ title = "{Proceedings of the 5th International Molecular Beam Epitaxy Conference, Santa Fe, NM}",
+ note = "(unpublished)",
+
+ month = "5--8~" # oct,
+ year = "2004",
+}
+
+ at PROCEEDINGS{Quinn2001,
+ title = "{Proceedings of the 2003 Particle Accelerator Conference, Portland, OR, 12-16 May 2005}",
+ year = "2001",
+
+ editor = "B. Quinn",
+ address = "New York",
+ publisher = "Wiley",
+ note = "Albeit the conference was held in 2005, it was the 2003 conference, and the proceedings were published in 2001; go figure",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Agarwal2001,
+ author = "A. G. Agarwal",
+ title = "{Proceedings of the Fifth Low Temperature Conference, Madison, WI, 1999}",
+ journal = "Semiconductors",
+ year = "2001",
+
+ volume = "66",
+ pages = "1238",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{SmithDA01,
+ author = "R. Smith",
+ title = "Hummingbirds are our friends",
+ journal = {J. Appl. Phys. (these proceedings)},
+ year = "2001",
+ volume = "",
+ number = "",
+ pages = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "Abstract No. DA-01",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{Smith2007a,
+ author = "J. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ journal = "Proc. SPIE",
+ year = "2007",
+
+ volume = "124",
+ pages = "367",
+ note = "Required title is missing",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{techreport-full,
+ author = "Tom T{\'{e}}rrific",
+ title = "An {$O(n \log n / \! \log\log n)$} Sorting Algorithm",
+ institution = "Fanstord University",
+ type = "Wishful Research Result",
+ number = "7",
+ address = "Computer Science Department, Fanstord, California",
+ month = oct,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full TECHREPORT entry",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{Nelson1999,
+ author = "J. Nelson",
+ type = "{TWI Report}",
+ number = "666/1999",
+ institution = "",
+ year = jan # "~1999",
+
+ note = "Required institution missing",
+}
+
+ at TECHREPORT{Fields2005,
+ author = "W. K. Fields",
+ type = "{ECE Report No.}",
+ number = "AL944",
+ institution = "",
+ year = "2005",
+
+ note = "Required institution missing",
+}
+
+ at MISC{Zalkins2008,
+
+ author = "Y. M. Zalkins",
+ title = "",
+ howpublished = "e-print arXiv:cond-mat/040426",
+ month = "",
+ year = "2008",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at MISC{Nelson2005,
+
+ author = "J. Nelson",
+ howpublished = "{U.S. Patent No.} 5,693,000",
+ year = "12~" # dec # "~2005",
+}
+
+ at MASTERSTHESIS{Nelson1999a,
+ author = "J. K. Nelson",
+ title = "",
+ school = "New York University",
+ year = "1999",
+
+ type = "M.{S}. thesis",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at MASTERSTHESIS{mastersthesis-full,
+ author = "{\'{E}}douard Masterly",
+ title = "Mastering Thesis Writing",
+ school = "Stanford University",
+ type = "Master's project",
+ address = "English Department",
+ month = jun # "-" # aug,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full MASTERSTHESIS entry",
+}
+
+ at PHDTHESIS{Smith2003,
+ author = "S. M. Smith",
+ title = "",
+ school = "Massachusetts Institute of Technology",
+ year = "2003",
+
+ type = "{Ph.D.} thesis",
+ address = "",
+ month = "",
+ note = "",
+}
+
+ at ARTICLE{KawaLin2003,
+ author = "S. R. Kawa and S.-J. Lin",
+ title = "",
+ journal = "J. Geophys. Res.",
+ year = "2003",
+
+ volume = "108",
+ number = "D6",
+ pages = "4201",
+ month = "",
+ note = "{DOI:10.1029/2002JD002268}",
+}
+
+ at PHDTHESIS{phdthesis-full,
+ author = "F. Phidias Phony-Baloney",
+ title = "Fighting Fire with Fire: Festooning {F}rench Phrases",
+ school = "Fanstord University",
+ type = "{PhD} Dissertation",
+ address = "Department of French",
+ month = jun # "-" # aug,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full PHDTHESIS entry",
+}
+
+ at BOOK{book-full,
+ author = "Donald E. Knuth",
+ title = "Seminumerical Algorithms",
+ volume = 2,
+ series = "The Art of Computer Programming",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ address = "Reading, Massachusetts",
+ edition = "Second",
+ month = "10~" # jan,
+ year = "\noopsort{1973c}1981",
+ note = "A full BOOK entry",
+}
+
+ at BOOKLET{booklet-full,
+ author = "Jill C. Knvth",
+ title = "The Programming of Computer Art",
+ howpublished = "Vernier Art Center",
+ address = "Stanford, California",
+ month = feb,
+ year = 1988,
+ note = "A full BOOKLET entry",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{ballagh2000,
+ author = "R. Ballagh and C.M. Savage",
+ editor = "C.M. Savage and M. Das",
+ title = "Bose-Einstein condensation: from atomic physics to quantum fluids, Proceedings of the 13th Physics Summer School",
+ year = "2000",
+ publisher = "World Scientific",
+ address = "Singapore",
+ eprint = "cond-mat/0008070",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{ballagh2000a,
+ author = "R. Ballagh and C.M. Savage",
+ title = "Bose-Einstein condensation: from atomic physics to quantum fluids",
+ editor = "C.M. Savage and M. Das",
+ booktitle = "Proceedings of the 13th Physics Summer School",
+ year = "2000",
+ publisher = "World Scientific",
+ address = "Singapore",
+ eprint = "cond-mat/0008070",
+}
+
+ at inBook{Magnetism,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ year = "1965",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Magnetisma,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ year = "1965",
+}
+
+ at INPROCEEDINGS{Magnetismb,
+ author = "W. Opechowski and R. Guccione",
+ title = "Introduction to the Theory of Normal Metals",
+ editor = "G. T. Rado and H. Suhl",
+ booktitle = "Magnetism",
+ volume = "IIa",
+ pages = "105",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ year = "1965",
+}
+
+ at INBOOK{Smith80,
+ author = "J. M. Smith",
+ title = "Molecular Dynamics",
+ publisher = "Academic",
+ year = "1980",
+ address = "New York",
+ editor = "C. Brown",
+}
+
+ at article{ZS71,
+ author = "V. E. Zakharov and A. B. Shabat",
+ title = "Exact theory of two-dimensional self-focusing and one-dimensional self-modulation of waves in nonlinear media",
+ journal = "Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz.",
+ volume = "61",
+ year = "1971",
+ pages = "118--134",
+ translation = "Sov. Phys. JETP \textbf{34}, 62 (1972)"
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{Smith80a,
+ author = "J. M. Smith",
+ booktitle = "Molecular Dynamics",
+ editor = "C. Brown",
+ publisher = "Academic",
+ year = "1980",
+ address = "New York",
+}
+
+ at INCOLLECTION{incollection-full,
+ author = "Daniel D. Lincoll",
+ title = "Semigroups of Recurrences",
+ editor = "David J. Lipcoll and D. H. Lawrie and A. H. Sameh",
+ booktitle = "High Speed Computer and Algorithm Organization",
+ number = 23,
+ series = "Fast Computers",
+ chapter = 3,
+ type = "Part",
+ pages = "179--183",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ address = "New York",
+ edition = "Third",
+ month = sep,
+ year = 1977,
+ note = "A full INCOLLECTION entry",
+}
+
+ at INPROCEEDINGS{inproceedings-full,
+ author = "Alfred V. Oaho and Jeffrey D. Ullman and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ title = "On Notions of Information Transfer in {VLSI} Circuits",
+ editor = "Wizard V. Oz and Mihalis Yannakakis",
+ booktitle = "Proc. Fifteenth Annual ACM",
+ bookaddress = "Boston, 1982",
+ number = 17,
+ series = "All ACM Conferences",
+ pages = "133--139",
+ month = mar,
+ year = 1983,
+ address = "New York",
+ organization = "ACM",
+ publisher = "Academic Press",
+ note = "A full INPROCEDINGS entry",
+}
+
+ at MANUAL{manual-full,
+ author = "Larry Manmaker",
+ title = "The Definitive Computer Manual",
+ organization = "Chips-R-Us",
+ address = "Silicon Valley",
+ edition = "Silver",
+ month = apr # "-" # may,
+ year = 1986,
+ note = "A full MANUAL entry",
+}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
+% ****** Start of file apssamp.tex ******
+%
+% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4.1 distribution.
+% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010
+%
+% Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%
+% See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%
+% TeX'ing this file requires that you have AMS-LaTeX 2.0 installed
+% as well as the rest of the prerequisites for REVTeX 4.1
+%
+% See the REVTeX 4 README file
+% It also requires running BibTeX. The commands are as follows:
+%
+% 1) latex apssamp.tex
+% 2) bibtex apssamp
+% 3) latex apssamp.tex
+% 4) latex apssamp.tex
+%
+\documentclass[%
+ reprint,
+%superscriptaddress,
+%groupedaddress,
+%unsortedaddress,
+%runinaddress,
+%frontmatterverbose,
+%preprint,
+%showpacs,preprintnumbers,
+%nofootinbib,
+%nobibnotes,
+%bibnotes,
+ amsmath,amssymb,
+ aps,
+%pra,
+%prb,
+%rmp,
+%prstab,
+%prstper,
+%floatfix,
+]{revtex4-1}
+
+\usepackage{graphicx}% Include figure files
+\usepackage{dcolumn}% Align table columns on decimal point
+\usepackage{bm}% bold math
+%\usepackage{hyperref}% add hypertext capabilities
+%\usepackage[mathlines]{lineno}% Enable numbering of text and display math
+%\linenumbers\relax % Commence numbering lines
+
+%\usepackage[showframe,%Uncomment any one of the following lines to test
+%%scale=0.7, marginratio={1:1, 2:3}, ignoreall,% default settings
+%%text={7in,10in},centering,
+%%margin=1.5in,
+%%total={6.5in,8.75in}, top=1.2in, left=0.9in, includefoot,
+%%height=10in,a5paper,hmargin={3cm,0.8in},
+%]{geometry}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\preprint{APS/123-QED}
+
+\title{Manuscript Title:\\with Forced Linebreak}% Force line breaks with \\
+\thanks{A footnote to the article title}%
+
+\author{Ann Author}
+ \altaffiliation[Also at ]{Physics Department, XYZ University.}%Lines break automatically or can be forced with \\
+\author{Second Author}%
+ \email{Second.Author at institution.edu}
+\affiliation{%
+ Authors' institution and/or address\\
+ This line break forced with \textbackslash\textbackslash
+}%
+
+\collaboration{MUSO Collaboration}%\noaffiliation
+
+\author{Charlie Author}
+ \homepage{http://www.Second.institution.edu/~Charlie.Author}
+\affiliation{
+ Second institution and/or address\\
+ This line break forced% with \\
+}%
+\affiliation{
+ Third institution, the second for Charlie Author
+}%
+\author{Delta Author}
+\affiliation{%
+ Authors' institution and/or address\\
+ This line break forced with \textbackslash\textbackslash
+}%
+
+\collaboration{CLEO Collaboration}%\noaffiliation
+
+\date{\today}% It is always \today, today,
+ % but any date may be explicitly specified
+
+\begin{abstract}
+An article usually includes an abstract, a concise summary of the work
+covered at length in the main body of the article.
+\begin{description}
+\item[Usage]
+Secondary publications and information retrieval purposes.
+\item[PACS numbers]
+May be entered using the \verb+\pacs{#1}+ command.
+\item[Structure]
+You may use the \texttt{description} environment to structure your abstract;
+use the optional argument of the \verb+\item+ command to give the category of each item.
+\end{description}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\pacs{Valid PACS appear here}% PACS, the Physics and Astronomy
+ % Classification Scheme.
+%\keywords{Suggested keywords}%Use showkeys class option if keyword
+ %display desired
+\maketitle
+
+%\tableofcontents
+
+\section{\label{sec:level1}First-level heading:\protect\\ The line
+break was forced \lowercase{via} \textbackslash\textbackslash}
+
+This sample document demonstrates proper use of REV\TeX~4.1 (and
+\LaTeXe) in mansucripts prepared for submission to APS
+journals. Further information can be found in the REV\TeX~4.1
+documentation included in the distribution or available at
+\url{http://authors.aps.org/revtex4/}.
+
+When commands are referred to in this example file, they are always
+shown with their required arguments, using normal \TeX{} format. In
+this format, \verb+#1+, \verb+#2+, etc. stand for required
+author-supplied arguments to commands. For example, in
+\verb+\section{#1}+ the \verb+#1+ stands for the title text of the
+author's section heading, and in \verb+\title{#1}+ the \verb+#1+
+stands for the title text of the paper.
+
+Line breaks in section headings at all levels can be introduced using
+\textbackslash\textbackslash. A blank input line tells \TeX\ that the
+paragraph has ended. Note that top-level section headings are
+automatically uppercased. If a specific letter or word should appear in
+lowercase instead, you must escape it using \verb+\lowercase{#1}+ as
+in the word ``via'' above.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:level2}Second-level heading: Formatting}
+
+This file may be formatted in either the \texttt{preprint} or
+\texttt{reprint} style. \texttt{reprint} format mimics final journal output.
+Either format may be used for submission purposes. \texttt{letter} sized paper should
+be used when submitting to APS journals.
+
+\subsubsection{Wide text (A level-3 head)}
+The \texttt{widetext} environment will make the text the width of the
+full page, as on page~\pageref{eq:wideeq}. (Note the use the
+\verb+\pageref{#1}+ command to refer to the page number.)
+\paragraph{Note (Fourth-level head is run in)}
+The width-changing commands only take effect in two-column formatting.
+There is no effect if text is in a single column.
+
+\subsection{\label{sec:citeref}Citations and References}
+A citation in text uses the command \verb+\cite{#1}+ or
+\verb+\onlinecite{#1}+ and refers to an entry in the bibliography.
+An entry in the bibliography is a reference to another document.
+
+\subsubsection{Citations}
+Because REV\TeX\ uses the \verb+natbib+ package of Patrick Daly,
+the entire repertoire of commands in that package are available for your document;
+see the \verb+natbib+ documentation for further details. Please note that
+REV\TeX\ requires version 8.31a or later of \verb+natbib+.
+
+\paragraph{Syntax}
+The argument of \verb+\cite+ may be a single \emph{key},
+or may consist of a comma-separated list of keys.
+The citation \emph{key} may contain
+letters, numbers, the dash (-) character, or the period (.) character.
+New with natbib 8.3 is an extension to the syntax that allows for
+a star (*) form and two optional arguments on the citation key itself.
+The syntax of the \verb+\cite+ command is thus (informally stated)
+\begin{quotation}\flushleft\leftskip1em
+\verb+\cite+ \verb+{+ \emph{key} \verb+}+, or\\
+\verb+\cite+ \verb+{+ \emph{optarg+key} \verb+}+, or\\
+\verb+\cite+ \verb+{+ \emph{optarg+key} \verb+,+ \emph{optarg+key}\ldots \verb+}+,
+\end{quotation}\noindent
+where \emph{optarg+key} signifies
+\begin{quotation}\flushleft\leftskip1em
+\emph{key}, or\\
+\texttt{*}\emph{key}, or\\
+\texttt{[}\emph{pre}\texttt{]}\emph{key}, or\\
+\texttt{[}\emph{pre}\texttt{]}\texttt{[}\emph{post}\texttt{]}\emph{key}, or even\\
+\texttt{*}\texttt{[}\emph{pre}\texttt{]}\texttt{[}\emph{post}\texttt{]}\emph{key}.
+\end{quotation}\noindent
+where \emph{pre} and \emph{post} is whatever text you wish to place
+at the beginning and end, respectively, of the bibliographic reference
+(see Ref.~[\onlinecite{witten2001}] and the two under Ref.~[\onlinecite{feyn54}]).
+(Keep in mind that no automatic space or punctuation is applied.)
+It is highly recommended that you put the entire \emph{pre} or \emph{post} portion
+within its own set of braces, for example:
+\verb+\cite+ \verb+{+ \texttt{[} \verb+{+\emph{text}\verb+}+\texttt{]}\emph{key}\verb+}+.
+The extra set of braces will keep \LaTeX\ out of trouble if your \emph{text} contains the comma (,) character.
+
+The star (*) modifier to the \emph{key} signifies that the reference is to be
+merged with the previous reference into a single bibliographic entry,
+a common idiom in APS and AIP articles (see below, Ref.~[\onlinecite{epr}]).
+When references are merged in this way, they are separated by a semicolon instead of
+the period (full stop) that would otherwise appear.
+
+\paragraph{Eliding repeated information}
+When a reference is merged, some of its fields may be elided: for example,
+when the author matches that of the previous reference, it is omitted.
+If both author and journal match, both are omitted.
+If the journal matches, but the author does not, the journal is replaced by \emph{ibid.},
+as exemplified by Ref.~[\onlinecite{epr}].
+These rules embody common editorial practice in APS and AIP journals and will only
+be in effect if the markup features of the APS and AIP Bib\TeX\ styles is employed.
+
+\paragraph{The options of the cite command itself}
+Please note that optional arguments to the \emph{key} change the reference in the bibliography,
+not the citation in the body of the document.
+For the latter, use the optional arguments of the \verb+\cite+ command itself:
+\verb+\cite+ \texttt{*}\allowbreak
+\texttt{[}\emph{pre-cite}\texttt{]}\allowbreak
+\texttt{[}\emph{post-cite}\texttt{]}\allowbreak
+\verb+{+\emph{key-list}\verb+}+.
+
+\subsubsection{Example citations}
+By default, citations are numerical\cite{Beutler1994}.
+Author-year citations are used when the journal is RMP.
+To give a textual citation, use \verb+\onlinecite{#1}+:
+Refs.~\onlinecite{[][{, and references therein}]witten2001,Bire82}.
+By default, the \texttt{natbib} package automatically sorts your citations into numerical order and ``compresses'' runs of three or more consecutive numerical citations.
+REV\TeX\ provides the ability to automatically change the punctuation when switching between journal styles that provide citations in square brackets and those that use a superscript style instead. This is done through the \texttt{citeautoscript} option. For instance, the journal style \texttt{prb} automatically invokes this option because \textit{Physical
+Review B} uses superscript-style citations. The effect is to move the punctuation, which normally comes after a citation in square brackets, to its proper position before the superscript.
+To illustrate, we cite several together
+\cite{[See the explanation of time travel in ]feyn54,*[The classical relativistic treatment of ][ is a relative classic]epr,witten2001,Berman1983,Davies1998,Bire82},
+and once again in different order (Refs.~\cite{epr,feyn54,Bire82,Berman1983,witten2001,Davies1998}).
+Note that the citations were both compressed and sorted. Futhermore, running this sample file under the \texttt{prb} option will move the punctuation to the correct place.
+
+When the \verb+prb+ class option is used, the \verb+\cite{#1}+ command
+displays the reference's number as a superscript rather than in
+square brackets. Note that the location of the \verb+\cite{#1}+
+command should be adjusted for the reference style: the superscript
+references in \verb+prb+ style must appear after punctuation;
+otherwise the reference must appear before any punctuation. This
+sample was written for the regular (non-\texttt{prb}) citation style.
+The command \verb+\onlinecite{#1}+ in the \texttt{prb} style also
+displays the reference on the baseline.
+
+\subsubsection{References}
+A reference in the bibliography is specified by a \verb+\bibitem{#1}+ command
+with the same argument as the \verb+\cite{#1}+ command.
+\verb+\bibitem{#1}+ commands may be crafted by hand or, preferably,
+generated by Bib\TeX.
+REV\TeX~4.1 includes Bib\TeX\ style files
+\verb+apsrev4-1.bst+, \verb+apsrmp4-1.bst+ appropriate for
+\textit{Physical Review} and \textit{Reviews of Modern Physics},
+respectively. To display titles for cited journal articles, use the \texttt{longbibliography} class option.
+
+\subsubsection{Example references}
+This sample file employs the \verb+\bibliography+ command,
+which formats the \texttt{\jobname .bbl} file
+and specifies which bibliographic databases are to be used by Bib\TeX\
+(one of these should be by arXiv convention \texttt{\jobname .bib}).
+Running Bib\TeX\ (via \texttt{bibtex \jobname})
+after the first pass of \LaTeX\ produces the file
+\texttt{\jobname .bbl} which contains the automatically formatted
+\verb+\bibitem+ commands (including extra markup information via
+\verb+\bibinfo+ and \verb+\bibfield+ commands).
+If not using Bib\TeX, you will have to create the \verb+thebibiliography+ environment
+and its \verb+\bibitem+ commands by hand.
+
+Numerous examples of the use of the APS bibliographic entry types appear in the bibliography of this sample document.
+You can refer to the \texttt{\jobname .bib} file,
+and compare its information to the formatted bibliography itself.
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}%
+Footnotes, produced using the \verb+\footnote{#1}+ command,
+usually integrated into the bibliography alongside the other entries.
+Numerical citation styles do this%
+\footnote{Automatically placing footnotes into the bibliography requires using BibTeX to compile the bibliography.};
+author-year citation styles place the footnote at the bottom of the text column.
+Note: due to the method used to place footnotes in the bibliography,
+\emph{you must re-run Bib\TeX\ every time you change any of your document's footnotes}.
+
+\section{Math and Equations}
+Inline math may be typeset using the \verb+$+ delimiters. Bold math
+symbols may be achieved using the \verb+bm+ package and the
+\verb+\bm{#1}+ command it supplies. For instance, a bold $\alpha$ can
+be typeset as \verb+$\bm{\alpha}$+ giving $\bm{\alpha}$. Fraktur and
+Blackboard (or open face or double struck) characters should be
+typeset using the \verb+\mathfrak{#1}+ and \verb+\mathbb{#1}+ commands
+respectively. Both are supplied by the \texttt{amssymb} package. For
+example, \verb+$\mathbb{R}$+ gives $\mathbb{R}$ and
+\verb+$\mathfrak{G}$+ gives $\mathfrak{G}$
+
+In \LaTeX\ there are many different ways to display equations, and a
+few preferred ways are noted below. Displayed math will center by
+default. Use the class option \verb+fleqn+ to flush equations left.
+
+Below we have numbered single-line equations; this is the most common
+type of equation in \textit{Physical Review}:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\chi_+(p)\alt{\bf [}2|{\bf p}|(|{\bf p}|+p_z){\bf ]}^{-1/2}
+\left(
+\begin{array}{c}
+|{\bf p}|+p_z\\
+px+ip_y
+\end{array}\right)\;,
+\\
+\left\{%
+ \openone234567890abc123\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}%
+\right\}%
+\label{eq:one}.
+\end{eqnarray}
+Note the open one in Eq.~(\ref{eq:one}).
+
+Not all numbered equations will fit within a narrow column this
+way. The equation number will move down automatically if it cannot fit
+on the same line with a one-line equation:
+\begin{equation}
+\left\{
+ ab12345678abc123456abcdef\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}%
+\right\}.
+\end{equation}
+
+When the \verb+\label{#1}+ command is used [cf. input for
+Eq.~(\ref{eq:one})], the equation can be referred to in text without
+knowing the equation number that \TeX\ will assign to it. Just
+use \verb+\ref{#1}+, where \verb+#1+ is the same name that used in
+the \verb+\label{#1}+ command.
+
+Unnumbered single-line equations can be typeset
+using the \verb+\[+, \verb+\]+ format:
+\[g^+g^+ \rightarrow g^+g^+g^+g^+ \dots ~,~~q^+q^+\rightarrow
+q^+g^+g^+ \dots ~. \]
+
+
+\subsection{Multiline equations}
+
+Multiline equations are obtained by using the \verb+eqnarray+
+environment. Use the \verb+\nonumber+ command at the end of each line
+to avoid assigning a number:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+{\cal M}=&&ig_Z^2(4E_1E_2)^{1/2}(l_i^2)^{-1}
+\delta_{\sigma_1,-\sigma_2}
+(g_{\sigma_2}^e)^2\chi_{-\sigma_2}(p_2)\nonumber\\
+&&\times
+[\epsilon_jl_i\epsilon_i]_{\sigma_1}\chi_{\sigma_1}(p_1),
+\end{eqnarray}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\sum \vert M^{\text{viol}}_g \vert ^2&=&g^{2n-4}_S(Q^2)~N^{n-2}
+ (N^2-1)\nonumber \\
+ & &\times \left( \sum_{i<j}\right)
+ \sum_{\text{perm}}
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}
+ \sum_\tau c^f_\tau~.
+\end{eqnarray}
+\textbf{Note:} Do not use \verb+\label{#1}+ on a line of a multiline
+equation if \verb+\nonumber+ is also used on that line. Incorrect
+cross-referencing will result. Notice the use \verb+\text{#1}+ for
+using a Roman font within a math environment.
+
+To set a multiline equation without \emph{any} equation
+numbers, use the \verb+\begin{eqnarray*}+,
+\verb+\end{eqnarray*}+ format:
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\sum \vert M^{\text{viol}}_g \vert ^2&=&g^{2n-4}_S(Q^2)~N^{n-2}
+ (N^2-1)\\
+ & &\times \left( \sum_{i<j}\right)
+ \left(
+ \sum_{\text{perm}}\frac{1}{S_{12}S_{23}S_{n1}}
+ \right)
+ \frac{1}{S_{12}}~.
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
+To obtain numbers not normally produced by the automatic numbering,
+use the \verb+\tag{#1}+ command, where \verb+#1+ is the desired
+equation number. For example, to get an equation number of
+(\ref{eq:mynum}),
+\begin{equation}
+g^+g^+ \rightarrow g^+g^+g^+g^+ \dots ~,~~q^+q^+\rightarrow
+q^+g^+g^+ \dots ~. \tag{2.6$'$}\label{eq:mynum}
+\end{equation}
+
+\paragraph{A few notes on \texttt{tag}s}
+\verb+\tag{#1}+ requires the \texttt{amsmath} package.
+Place the \verb+\tag{#1}+ command before the \verb+\label{#1}+, if any.
+The numbering produced by \verb+\tag{#1}+ \textit{does not affect}
+the automatic numbering in REV\TeX;
+therefore, the number must be known ahead of time,
+and it must be manually adjusted if other equations are added.
+\verb+\tag{#1}+ works with both single-line and multiline equations.
+\verb+\tag{#1}+ should only be used in exceptional cases---%
+do not use it to number many equations in your paper.
+Please note that this feature of the \texttt{amsmath} package
+is \emph{not} compatible with the \texttt{hyperref} (6.77u) package.
+
+Enclosing display math within
+\verb+\begin{subequations}+ and \verb+\end{subequations}+ will produce
+a set of equations that are labeled with letters, as shown in
+Eqs.~(\ref{subeq:1}) and (\ref{subeq:2}) below.
+You may include any number of single-line and multiline equations,
+although it is probably not a good idea to follow one display math
+directly after another.
+\begin{subequations}
+\label{eq:whole}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+{\cal M}=&&ig_Z^2(4E_1E_2)^{1/2}(l_i^2)^{-1}
+(g_{\sigma_2}^e)^2\chi_{-\sigma_2}(p_2)\nonumber\\
+&&\times
+[\epsilon_i]_{\sigma_1}\chi_{\sigma_1}(p_1).\label{subeq:2}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\begin{equation}
+\left\{
+ abc123456abcdef\alpha\beta\gamma\delta1234556\alpha\beta
+ \frac{1\sum^{a}_{b}}{A^2}
+\right\},\label{subeq:1}
+\end{equation}
+\end{subequations}
+Giving a \verb+\label{#1}+ command directly after the \verb+\begin{subequations}+,
+allows you to reference all the equations in the \texttt{subequations} environment.
+For example, the equations in the preceding subequations environment were
+Eqs.~(\ref{eq:whole}).
+
+\subsubsection{Wide equations}
+The equation that follows is set in a wide format, i.e., it spans the full page.
+The wide format is reserved for long equations
+that cannot easily be set in a single column:
+\begin{widetext}
+\begin{equation}
+{\cal R}^{(\text{d})}=
+ g_{\sigma_2}^e
+ \left(
+ \frac{[\Gamma^Z(3,21)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{12}^2-M_W^2}
+ +\frac{[\Gamma^Z(13,2)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{13}^2-M_W^2}
+ \right)
+ + x_WQ_e
+ \left(
+ \frac{[\Gamma^\gamma(3,21)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{12}^2-M_W^2}
+ +\frac{[\Gamma^\gamma(13,2)]_{\sigma_1}}{Q_{13}^2-M_W^2}
+ \right)\;.
+ \label{eq:wideeq}
+\end{equation}
+\end{widetext}
+This is typed to show how the output appears in wide format.
+(Incidentally, since there is no blank line between the \texttt{equation} environment above
+and the start of this paragraph, this paragraph is not indented.)
+
+\section{Cross-referencing}
+REV\TeX{} will automatically number such things as
+sections, footnotes, equations, figure captions, and table captions.
+In order to reference them in text, use the
+\verb+\label{#1}+ and \verb+\ref{#1}+ commands.
+To reference a particular page, use the \verb+\pageref{#1}+ command.
+
+The \verb+\label{#1}+ should appear
+within the section heading,
+within the footnote text,
+within the equation, or
+within the table or figure caption.
+The \verb+\ref{#1}+ command
+is used in text at the point where the reference is to be displayed.
+Some examples: Section~\ref{sec:level1} on page~\pageref{sec:level1},
+Table~\ref{tab:table1},%
+\begin{table}[b]%The best place to locate the table environment is directly after its first reference in text
+\caption{\label{tab:table1}%
+A table that fits into a single column of a two-column layout.
+Note that REV\TeX~4 adjusts the intercolumn spacing so that the table fills the
+entire width of the column. Table captions are numbered
+automatically.
+This table illustrates left-, center-, decimal- and right-aligned columns,
+along with the use of the \texttt{ruledtabular} environment which sets the
+Scotch (double) rules above and below the alignment, per APS style.
+}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{lcdr}
+\textrm{Left\footnote{Note a.}}&
+\textrm{Centered\footnote{Note b.}}&
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textrm{Decimal}}&
+\textrm{Right}\\
+\colrule
+1 & 2 & 3.001 & 4\\
+10 & 20 & 30 & 40\\
+100 & 200 & 300.0 & 400\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+and Fig.~\ref{fig:epsart}.%
+\begin{figure}[b]
+\includegraphics{fig_1}% Here is how to import EPS art
+\caption{\label{fig:epsart} A figure caption. The figure captions are
+automatically numbered.}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Floats: Figures, Tables, Videos, etc.}
+Figures and tables are usually allowed to ``float'', which means that their
+placement is determined by \LaTeX, while the document is being typeset.
+
+Use the \texttt{figure} environment for a figure, the \texttt{table} environment for a table.
+In each case, use the \verb+\caption+ command within to give the text of the
+figure or table caption along with the \verb+\label+ command to provide
+a key for referring to this figure or table.
+The typical content of a figure is an image of some kind;
+that of a table is an alignment.%
+\begin{figure*}
+\includegraphics{fig_2}% Here is how to import EPS art
+\caption{\label{fig:wide}Use the figure* environment to get a wide
+figure that spans the page in \texttt{twocolumn} formatting.}
+\end{figure*}
+\begin{table*}
+\caption{\label{tab:table3}This is a wide table that spans the full page
+width in a two-column layout. It is formatted using the
+\texttt{table*} environment. It also demonstates the use of
+\textbackslash\texttt{multicolumn} in rows with entries that span
+more than one column.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ccccc}
+ &\multicolumn{2}{c}{$D_{4h}^1$}&\multicolumn{2}{c}{$D_{4h}^5$}\\
+ Ion&1st alternative&2nd alternative&lst alternative
+&2nd alternative\\ \hline
+ K&$(2e)+(2f)$&$(4i)$ &$(2c)+(2d)$&$(4f)$ \\
+ Mn&$(2g)$\footnote{The $z$ parameter of these positions is $z\sim\frac{1}{4}$.}
+ &$(a)+(b)+(c)+(d)$&$(4e)$&$(2a)+(2b)$\\
+ Cl&$(a)+(b)+(c)+(d)$&$(2g)$\footnotemark[1]
+ &$(4e)^{\text{a}}$\\
+ He&$(8r)^{\text{a}}$&$(4j)^{\text{a}}$&$(4g)^{\text{a}}$\\
+ Ag& &$(4k)^{\text{a}}$& &$(4h)^{\text{a}}$\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table*}
+
+Insert an image using either the \texttt{graphics} or
+\texttt{graphix} packages, which define the \verb+\includegraphics{#1}+ command.
+(The two packages differ in respect of the optional arguments
+used to specify the orientation, scaling, and translation of the image.)
+To create an alignment, use the \texttt{tabular} environment.
+
+The best place to locate the \texttt{figure} or \texttt{table} environment
+is immediately following its first reference in text; this sample document
+illustrates this practice for Fig.~\ref{fig:epsart}, which
+shows a figure that is small enough to fit in a single column.
+
+In exceptional cases, you will need to move the float earlier in the document, as was done
+with Table~\ref{tab:table3}: \LaTeX's float placement algorithms need to know
+about a full-page-width float earlier.
+
+Fig.~\ref{fig:wide}
+has content that is too wide for a single column,
+so the \texttt{figure*} environment has been used.%
+\begin{table}[b]
+\caption{\label{tab:table4}%
+Numbers in columns Three--Five are aligned with the ``d'' column specifier
+(requires the \texttt{dcolumn} package).
+Non-numeric entries (those entries without a ``.'') in a ``d'' column are aligned on the decimal point.
+Use the ``D'' specifier for more complex layouts. }
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{ccddd}
+One&Two&
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textrm{Three}}&
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textrm{Four}}&
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{\textrm{Five}}\\
+%\mbox{Three}&\mbox{Four}&\mbox{Five}\\
+\hline
+one&two&\mbox{three}&\mbox{four}&\mbox{five}\\
+He&2& 2.77234 & 45672. & 0.69 \\
+C\footnote{Some tables require footnotes.}
+ &C\footnote{Some tables need more than one footnote.}
+ & 12537.64 & 37.66345 & 86.37 \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\end{table}
+
+The content of a table is typically a \texttt{tabular} environment,
+giving rows of type in aligned columns.
+Column entries separated by \verb+&+'s, and
+each row ends with \textbackslash\textbackslash.
+The required argument for the \texttt{tabular} environment
+specifies how data are aligned in the columns.
+For instance, entries may be centered, left-justified, right-justified, aligned on a decimal
+point.
+Extra column-spacing may be be specified as well,
+although REV\TeX~4 sets this spacing so that the columns fill the width of the
+table. Horizontal rules are typeset using the \verb+\hline+
+command. The doubled (or Scotch) rules that appear at the top and
+bottom of a table can be achieved enclosing the \texttt{tabular}
+environment within a \texttt{ruledtabular} environment. Rows whose
+columns span multiple columns can be typeset using the
+\verb+\multicolumn{#1}{#2}{#3}+ command (for example, see the first
+row of Table~\ref{tab:table3}).%
+
+Tables~\ref{tab:table1}, \ref{tab:table3}, \ref{tab:table4}, and \ref{tab:table2}%
+\begin{table}[b]
+\caption{\label{tab:table2}
+A table with numerous columns that still fits into a single column.
+Here, several entries share the same footnote.
+Inspect the \LaTeX\ input for this table to see exactly how it is done.}
+\begin{ruledtabular}
+\begin{tabular}{cccccccc}
+ &$r_c$ (\AA)&$r_0$ (\AA)&$\kappa r_0$&
+ &$r_c$ (\AA) &$r_0$ (\AA)&$\kappa r_0$\\
+\hline
+Cu& 0.800 & 14.10 & 2.550 &Sn\footnotemark[1]
+& 0.680 & 1.870 & 3.700 \\
+Ag& 0.990 & 15.90 & 2.710 &Pb\footnotemark[2]
+& 0.450 & 1.930 & 3.760 \\
+Au& 1.150 & 15.90 & 2.710 &Ca\footnotemark[3]
+& 0.750 & 2.170 & 3.560 \\
+Mg& 0.490 & 17.60 & 3.200 &Sr\footnotemark[4]
+& 0.900 & 2.370 & 3.720 \\
+Zn& 0.300 & 15.20 & 2.970 &Li\footnotemark[2]
+& 0.380 & 1.730 & 2.830 \\
+Cd& 0.530 & 17.10 & 3.160 &Na\footnotemark[5]
+& 0.760 & 2.110 & 3.120 \\
+Hg& 0.550 & 17.80 & 3.220 &K\footnotemark[5]
+& 1.120 & 2.620 & 3.480 \\
+Al& 0.230 & 15.80 & 3.240 &Rb\footnotemark[3]
+& 1.330 & 2.800 & 3.590 \\
+Ga& 0.310 & 16.70 & 3.330 &Cs\footnotemark[4]
+& 1.420 & 3.030 & 3.740 \\
+In& 0.460 & 18.40 & 3.500 &Ba\footnotemark[5]
+& 0.960 & 2.460 & 3.780 \\
+Tl& 0.480 & 18.90 & 3.550 & & & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{ruledtabular}
+\footnotetext[1]{Here's the first, from Ref.~\onlinecite{feyn54}.}
+\footnotetext[2]{Here's the second.}
+\footnotetext[3]{Here's the third.}
+\footnotetext[4]{Here's the fourth.}
+\footnotetext[5]{And etc.}
+\end{table}
+show various effects.
+A table that fits in a single column employs the \texttt{table}
+environment.
+Table~\ref{tab:table3} is a wide table, set with the \texttt{table*} environment.
+Long tables may need to break across pages.
+The most straightforward way to accomplish this is to specify
+the \verb+[H]+ float placement on the \texttt{table} or
+\texttt{table*} environment.
+However, the \LaTeXe\ package \texttt{longtable} allows headers and footers to be specified for each page of the table.
+A simple example of the use of \texttt{longtable} can be found
+in the file \texttt{summary.tex} that is included with the REV\TeX~4
+distribution.
+
+There are two methods for setting footnotes within a table (these
+footnotes will be displayed directly below the table rather than at
+the bottom of the page or in the bibliography). The easiest
+and preferred method is just to use the \verb+\footnote{#1}+
+command. This will automatically enumerate the footnotes with
+lowercase roman letters. However, it is sometimes necessary to have
+multiple entries in the table share the same footnote. In this case,
+there is no choice but to manually create the footnotes using
+\verb+\footnotemark[#1]+ and \verb+\footnotetext[#1]{#2}+.
+\texttt{\#1} is a numeric value. Each time the same value for
+\texttt{\#1} is used, the same mark is produced in the table. The
+\verb+\footnotetext[#1]{#2}+ commands are placed after the \texttt{tabular}
+environment. Examine the \LaTeX\ source and output for
+Tables~\ref{tab:table1} and \ref{tab:table2}
+for examples.
+
+Video~\ref{vid:PRSTPER.4.010101}
+illustrates several features new with REV\TeX4.1,
+starting with the \texttt{video} environment, which is in the same category with
+\texttt{figure} and \texttt{table}.%
+\begin{video}
+\href{http://prst-per.aps.org/multimedia/PRSTPER/v4/i1/e010101/e010101_vid1a.mpg}{\includegraphics{vid_1a}}%
+ \quad
+\href{http://prst-per.aps.org/multimedia/PRSTPER/v4/i1/e010101/e010101_vid1b.mpg}{\includegraphics{vid_1b}}
+ \setfloatlink{http://link.aps.org/multimedia/PRSTPER/v4/i1/e010101}%
+ \caption{\label{vid:PRSTPER.4.010101}%
+ Students explain their initial idea about Newton's third law to a teaching assistant.
+ Clip (a): same force.
+ Clip (b): move backwards.
+ }%
+\end{video}
+The \verb+\setfloatlink+ command causes the title of the video to be a hyperlink to the
+indicated URL; it may be used with any environment that takes the \verb+\caption+
+command.
+The \verb+\href+ command has the same significance as it does in the context of
+the \texttt{hyperref} package: the second argument is a piece of text to be
+typeset in your document; the first is its hyperlink, a URL.
+
+\textit{Physical Review} style requires that the initial citation of
+figures or tables be in numerical order in text, so don't cite
+Fig.~\ref{fig:wide} until Fig.~\ref{fig:epsart} has been cited.
+
+\begin{acknowledgments}
+We wish to acknowledge the support of the author community in using
+REV\TeX{}, offering suggestions and encouragement, testing new versions,
+\dots.
+\end{acknowledgments}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{Appendixes}
+
+To start the appendixes, use the \verb+\appendix+ command.
+This signals that all following section commands refer to appendixes
+instead of regular sections. Therefore, the \verb+\appendix+ command
+should be used only once---to setup the section commands to act as
+appendixes. Thereafter normal section commands are used. The heading
+for a section can be left empty. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix
+\section{}
+\end{verbatim}
+will produce an appendix heading that says ``APPENDIX A'' and
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix
+\section{Background}
+\end{verbatim}
+will produce an appendix heading that says ``APPENDIX A: BACKGROUND''
+(note that the colon is set automatically).
+
+If there is only one appendix, then the letter ``A'' should not
+appear. This is suppressed by using the star version of the appendix
+command (\verb+\appendix*+ in the place of \verb+\appendix+).
+
+\section{A little more on appendixes}
+
+Observe that this appendix was started by using
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{A little more on appendixes}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note the equation number in an appendix:
+\begin{equation}
+E=mc^2.
+\end{equation}
+
+\subsection{\label{app:subsec}A subsection in an appendix}
+
+You can use a subsection or subsubsection in an appendix. Note the
+numbering: we are now in Appendix~\ref{app:subsec}.
+
+Note the equation numbers in this appendix, produced with the
+subequations environment:
+\begin{subequations}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+E&=&mc, \label{appa}
+\\
+E&=&mc^2, \label{appb}
+\\
+E&\agt& mc^3. \label{appc}
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+They turn out to be Eqs.~(\ref{appa}), (\ref{appb}), and (\ref{appc}).
+
+% The \nocite command causes all entries in a bibliography to be printed out
+% whether or not they are actually referenced in the text. This is appropriate
+% for the sample file to show the different styles of references, but authors
+% most likely will not want to use it.
+\nocite{*}
+
+\bibliography{apssamp}% Produces the bibliography via BibTeX.
+
+\end{document}
+%
+% ****** End of file apssamp.tex ******
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apssamp.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apstemplate.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apstemplate.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apstemplate.tex 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+%% ****** Start of file apstemplate.tex ****** %
+%%
+%%
+%% This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
+%% Version 4.1r of REVTeX, August 2010
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (c) 2001, 2009, 2010 The American Physical Society.
+%%
+%% See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
+%%
+%
+% This is a template for producing manuscripts for use with REVTEX 4.0
+% Copy this file to another name and then work on that file.
+% That way, you always have this original template file to use.
+%
+% Group addresses by affiliation; use superscriptaddress for long
+% author lists, or if there are many overlapping affiliations.
+% For Phys. Rev. appearance, change preprint to twocolumn.
+% Choose pra, prb, prc, prd, pre, prl, prstab, prstper, or rmp for journal
+% Add 'draft' option to mark overfull boxes with black boxes
+% Add 'showpacs' option to make PACS codes appear
+% Add 'showkeys' option to make keywords appear
+\documentclass[aps,prl,preprint,groupedaddress]{revtex4-1}
+%\documentclass[aps,prl,preprint,superscriptaddress]{revtex4-1}
+%\documentclass[aps,prl,reprint,groupedaddress]{revtex4-1}
+
+% You should use BibTeX and apsrev.bst for references
+% Choosing a journal automatically selects the correct APS
+% BibTeX style file (bst file), so only uncomment the line
+% below if necessary.
+%\bibliographystyle{apsrev4-1}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+% Use the \preprint command to place your local institutional report
+% number in the upper righthand corner of the title page in preprint mode.
+% Multiple \preprint commands are allowed.
+% Use the 'preprintnumbers' class option to override journal defaults
+% to display numbers if necessary
+%\preprint{}
+
+%Title of paper
+\title{}
+
+% repeat the \author .. \affiliation etc. as needed
+% \email, \thanks, \homepage, \altaffiliation all apply to the current
+% author. Explanatory text should go in the []'s, actual e-mail
+% address or url should go in the {}'s for \email and \homepage.
+% Please use the appropriate macro foreach each type of information
+
+% \affiliation command applies to all authors since the last
+% \affiliation command. The \affiliation command should follow the
+% other information
+% \affiliation can be followed by \email, \homepage, \thanks as well.
+\author{}
+%\email[]{Your e-mail address}
+%\homepage[]{Your web page}
+%\thanks{}
+%\altaffiliation{}
+\affiliation{}
+
+%Collaboration name if desired (requires use of superscriptaddress
+%option in \documentclass). \noaffiliation is required (may also be
+%used with the \author command).
+%\collaboration can be followed by \email, \homepage, \thanks as well.
+%\collaboration{}
+%\noaffiliation
+
+\date{\today}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+% insert abstract here
+\end{abstract}
+
+% insert suggested PACS numbers in braces on next line
+\pacs{}
+% insert suggested keywords - APS authors don't need to do this
+%\keywords{}
+
+%\maketitle must follow title, authors, abstract, \pacs, and \keywords
+\maketitle
+
+% body of paper here - Use proper section commands
+% References should be done using the \cite, \ref, and \label commands
+\section{}
+% Put \label in argument of \section for cross-referencing
+%\section{\label{}}
+\subsection{}
+\subsubsection{}
+
+% If in two-column mode, this environment will change to single-column
+% format so that long equations can be displayed. Use
+% sparingly.
+%\begin{widetext}
+% put long equation here
+%\end{widetext}
+
+% figures should be put into the text as floats.
+% Use the graphics or graphicx packages (distributed with LaTeX2e)
+% and the \includegraphics macro defined in those packages.
+% See the LaTeX Graphics Companion by Michel Goosens, Sebastian Rahtz,
+% and Frank Mittelbach for instance.
+%
+% Here is an example of the general form of a figure:
+% Fill in the caption in the braces of the \caption{} command. Put the label
+% that you will use with \ref{} command in the braces of the \label{} command.
+% Use the figure* environment if the figure should span across the
+% entire page. There is no need to do explicit centering.
+
+% \begin{figure}
+% \includegraphics{}%
+% \caption{\label{}}
+% \end{figure}
+
+% Surround figure environment with turnpage environment for landscape
+% figure
+% \begin{turnpage}
+% \begin{figure}
+% \includegraphics{}%
+% \caption{\label{}}
+% \end{figure}
+% \end{turnpage}
+
+% tables should appear as floats within the text
+%
+% Here is an example of the general form of a table:
+% Fill in the caption in the braces of the \caption{} command. Put the label
+% that you will use with \ref{} command in the braces of the \label{} command.
+% Insert the column specifiers (l, r, c, d, etc.) in the empty braces of the
+% \begin{tabular}{} command.
+% The ruledtabular enviroment adds doubled rules to table and sets a
+% reasonable default table settings.
+% Use the table* environment to get a full-width table in two-column
+% Add \usepackage{longtable} and the longtable (or longtable*}
+% environment for nicely formatted long tables. Or use the the [H]
+% placement option to break a long table (with less control than
+% in longtable).
+% \begin{table}%[H] add [H] placement to break table across pages
+% \caption{\label{}}
+% \begin{ruledtabular}
+% \begin{tabular}{}
+% Lines of table here ending with \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{ruledtabular}
+% \end{table}
+
+% Surround table environment with turnpage environment for landscape
+% table
+% \begin{turnpage}
+% \begin{table}
+% \caption{\label{}}
+% \begin{ruledtabular}
+% \begin{tabular}{}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{ruledtabular}
+% \end{table}
+% \end{turnpage}
+
+% Specify following sections are appendices. Use \appendix* if there
+% only one appendix.
+%\appendix
+%\section{}
+
+% If you have acknowledgments, this puts in the proper section head.
+%\begin{acknowledgments}
+% put your acknowledgments here.
+%\end{acknowledgments}
+
+% Create the reference section using BibTeX:
+\bibliography{basename of .bib file}
+
+\end{document}
+%
+% ****** End of file apstemplate.tex ******
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/apstemplate.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_1.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_1.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_1.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 100 100
+0 0 moveto 100 0 lineto 100 100 lineto 0 100 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+20 50 moveto /Times-Roman findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Test Figure) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_2.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_2.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/fig_2.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 500 80
+0 0 moveto 500 0 lineto 500 80 lineto 0 80 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+200 40 moveto /Times-Roman findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Wide Test Figure) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1a.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1a.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1a.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 100 100
+0 0 moveto 100 0 lineto 100 100 lineto 0 100 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+20 50 moveto /Times-Roman findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Clip A Frame) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1b.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1b.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/sample/aps/vid_1b.eps 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 100 100
+0 0 moveto 100 0 lineto 100 100 lineto 0 100 lineto 0 0 lineto stroke
+20 50 moveto /Times-Roman findfont 10 scalefont setfont (Clip B Frame) show
+%%EOF
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/aip.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxdocext.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxfront.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxgrid.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/ltxutil.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/revtex4-1/source/revtex4-1.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx 2020-10-07 21:52:43 UTC (rev 56589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -1,8297 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment balanced on line 122
-% revtex4-1.dtx: package to typeset APS, AIP, OSA, ASA, etc. journal articles
-% Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.
-% http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
-% mailto:revtex at aps.org
-%
-% Disclaimer
-% This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
-% without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-% License
-% You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
-% LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
-% (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
-% ReadMe
-% For the documentation and more detailed instructions for
-% installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
-% Maintenance Status
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
-% Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa.
-%
-% This work consists of the main source file revtex4-1.dtx
-% and the derived files
-% revtex4.cls, revtex4.pdf
-% Distribution:
-% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/revtex/
-%
-% Unpacking:
-% tex revtex4-1.dtx
-%
-% Documentation:
-% latex revtex4-1.dtx; ...
-%
-% Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-1.idx
-% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o revtex4-1.gls revtex4-1.glo
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-1.idx
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
-%
-% Installation:
-% TDS:bibtex/bst/revtex/
-% TDS:doc/latex/revtex/
-% TDS:tex/latex/revtex/
-% TDS:source/latex/revtex/
-%
-% Thanks, Heiko!
-% This method of letting a single .dtx file serve as both
-% documentation (via latex) and installer (via tex) follows
-% the example of Heiko Oberdiek. Thanks!
-%<*ignore>
-\begingroup
- \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
-\expandafter\endgroup
-\ifcase
- 0\expandafter\ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi\ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi
- \relax
-\else
- \csname fi\endcsname
-%</ignore>
-%<*install>
-%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
-%% from revtex4-1.dtx when run through TeX.
-\input docstrip
-\preamble
-
-This file is part of the APS files in the REVTeX 4 distribution.
-For the version number, search on the string %FileInfo
-
-Original version by David Carlisle
-Modified by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net)
-
-Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.
-http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
-mailto:revtex4 at aps.org
-
-See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
-
-\endpreamble
-\askforoverwritefalse
-\keepsilent
-\generate{%
- \file{revtex4-1.cls}{%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{kernel}%
- \from{ltxutil.dtx}{kernel}%
- \from{ltxfront.dtx}{kernel}%
- \from{ltxgrid.dtx}{kernel}%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{options}%
- \from{ltxutil.dtx}{options}%
- \from{ltxfront.dtx}{options}%
- \from{ltxgrid.dtx}{options}%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{package}%
- }%
- \file{aps4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{aps}}%
- \file{apsrmp4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{rmp}}%
- \file{aps10pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{10pt}}%
- \file{aps11pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{11pt}}%
- \file{aps12pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{12pt}}%
- \file{revsymb4-1.sty}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{revsymb}}%
-}%
-\ifToplevel{
-\Msg{***********************************************************}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move}
-\Msg{* *.cls, *.rtx, and *.sty }
-\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX;}
-\Msg{* in a TDS-compliant installation:}
-\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/revtex/.}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
- run revtex4-1.dtx through LaTeX.}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
-\Msg{***********************************************************}
-}
-\endbatchfile
-%</install>
-%<*ignore>
-\fi
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-%
-% \GetFileInfo{revtex4-1.dtx}\CheckSum{7177}
-%
-% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-%<*package>
-%%% @LaTeX-file{
-%%% filename = "revtex4-1.dtx",
-%%% version = "4.1r",
-%%% date = "2010/07/25",
-%%% time = "20:33:00 UT-8",
-%%% checksum = "7177",
-%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
-%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society.
-%%% ",
-%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 1999, 2009 Arthur Ogawa,
-%%% distributed under the terms of the
-%%% LaTeX Project Public License, see
-%%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
-%%% ",
-%%% address = "Arthur Ogawa,
-%%% USA",
-%%% telephone = "",
-%%% FAX = "",
-%%% email = "mailto colon arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net",
-%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "package to change page grid, MVL",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above generated by ltxdoc",
-%%% }
-%</package>
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{00readme.tex} file,
-% which contains the frontmatter for the programmer's docs.
-% The contents of this file are generated when
-% you typeset this file with LaTeX.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{00readme.tex}%
-%
-% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
-%
-% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
-% according to provenance.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
-% One single file generates all.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4-1.dtx
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex revtex4-1.dtx}}%
-% Typesetting ths file under \TeX\ itself runs the installer,
-% which generates the package files.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4-1.cls, revtex4.ins, revtex4.drv, aps4-1.rtx,
-%aps10pt4-1.rtx, aps11pt4-1.rtx, aps12pt4-1.rtx, revsymp.sty
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx}}%
-% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
-% generates the documentation.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4.pdf,
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
-% The following are auxiliary files generated
-% in the course of running \LaTeX:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4.aux revtex4.idx revtex4.ind revtex4.log revtex4.toc
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Code common to all modules}%
-%
-% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
-% want to require only one place in this file
-% where the version number is stated,
-% and we also want to ensure that the version
-% number is embedded into every generated file.
-%
-% Now we declare that
-% these files can only be used with \LaTeXe.
-% An appropriate message is displayed if
-% a different \TeX{} format is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*doc|kernel|aps|rmp|revsymb>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]%
-%</doc|kernel|aps|rmp|revsymb>
-%<kernel>\ProvidesClass{revtex4-1}
-%<aps>\ProvidesFile{aps4-1}
-%<rmp>\ProvidesFile{apsrmp4-1}
-%<10pt>\ProvidesFile{aps10pt4-1}
-%<11pt>\ProvidesFile{aps11pt4-1}
-%<12pt>\ProvidesFile{aps12pt4-1}
-%<revsymb>\ProvidesPackage{revsymb4-1}
-%<*doc>
-\ProvidesFile{revtex4-1.dtx}
-%</doc>
-%<*!package&!options>
-%<version>
- [2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for documentation)]% \fileversion
-%</!package&!options>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The current class name is remembered in \cmd\class at name.
-% This is something of a klootch, relying as it does on knowledge of the implementation of \cmd\ProvidesPackage.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<kernel>\let\class at name\@gtempa
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{The driver module \texttt{driver}}
-%
-% This module, consisting of the present section,
-% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{00readme.txt} and sample document as needed.
-%
-% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
-% this file constitute the \file{driver} module itself,
-% we can simply typeset the \file{.dtx} file directly,
-% and there is thus rarely any need to
-% generate the ``driver'' {\sc docstrip} module.
-% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
-% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
-%
-% The \enve{document} command concludes the typesetting run.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*doc>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The driver uses packages \file{ltxdoc.sty}, \file{ltxdocext.sty},
-% \file{hyperref.sty}, and whatever font package has been selected.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
-\let\url\undefined
-\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We ask for the usual indices and glossaries.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4
-\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o revtex4.gls revtex4.glo
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
-% We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
-% \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following command retrieves the date and version information
-% from this file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Frontmatter File}
-% As promised above, here is the contents of the frontmatter file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}
-\title{%
- The \classname{revtex4-1} document class of the American Physical Society%
- \protect\thanks{Work under hire to The American Physical Society.}%
-}%
-\author{Arthur Ogawa%
- \protect\thanks{First revision of REV\TeX4.0 (unreleased) by David Carlisle}%
-}%
-\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
-\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
-
-\maketitle
-
-This file embodies the implementation of the APS \revtex\ 4.1 document class
-for electronic submissions to journals.
-
-The distribution point for this work is
-\url{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/},
-which contains fully unpacked, prebuilt runtime files and documentation.
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Using \protect\revtex}
-
-The file \file{README} has retrieval and installation information.
-
-User documentation is presented separately in \file{auguide.tex}.
-
-The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
-
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/16}{Initial version}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so \cs{clearpage} not in scope of twocolumn}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Rearrange the ordering so numerical ones come first. AO: David, what does this mean?}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{use font-dependent spacing}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{4.0d had twoside option setting twoside switch to false}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so the following test works}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{print homepage}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{protect against hyperref revtex kludges which are not needed now}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{multiple preprint commands}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{comma not space between email and homepage}
-\changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{single space footnotes}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{First modifications by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net)}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{figuresname}}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{tablesname}}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{10pt} is in this module.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{11pt} is in this module.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{12pt} is in this module.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: made aps.rtx part of revtex4.dtx}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: remove duplicates}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{call \cs{print at floats}}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer assignment until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer decision until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Define three separate environments, defer assignment to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Frank Mittelbach, has stated in \protect\classname{multicol}: ``The kernel command \cs{@footnotetext} should not be modified.'' Thus, I have removed David Carlisle's redefinition of that command. Note, however, that later versions of \protect\classname{multicol} do not require this workaround. Belt and suspenders.}%
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Move this ``complex'' option to the front, where it can be overridden by ``simple'' options.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{New option}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{One-line caption sets flush left.}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{only execute if appropriate}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Processing delayed to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Removed invocation of nonexistent class option \protect\classoption{groupauthors} and all other class options that should only be invoked by the document. (Otherwise precedence of class options does not work.)}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Restore all media size class option of \protect\file{classes.dtx}}
-\changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Stack \cs{preprint} args flush right at right margin.}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 115) If three or more preprints specified, set on single line, with commas.}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 129) section* within appendix was producing appendixname}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{*-form mandates pagebreak}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{also spelled ``acknowledgements''.}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Do not put by REVTeX in every page foot}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes via ltxgrid procedures}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes with ltxgrid}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Insert procedure \cs{checkindate}}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Lose compatability mode.}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{New ltxgrid-based code, other bug fixes}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{New option ``checkin''}
-\changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Prevent an inner footnote from performing twice}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{Also alter how lists get indented.}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{eprint takes an optional argument, syntactical only in this case.}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{New option}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/10}{More features and bug fixes: compatability with longtable and array packages. Now certainly incompatible with multicol.}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/17}{make longtable trigger the head, too}
-\changes{4.0d}{2000/05/18}{But alternative spelling is deprecated.}
-\changes{4.0e}{2000/09/20}{New option showkeys}
-\changes{4.0e}{2000/11/14}{Bug fixes and minor new features: title block affiliations can have ancillary data, just like authors; clearpage processing revamped, with floats staying in order; widetext ornaments.}
-\changes{4.0e}{2000/11/21}{adornments above and below.}
-\changes{4.0f}{2001/02/13}{Last bug fixes before release.}
-\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/17}{Running headers always as if two-sided}
-\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
-\changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
-\changes{4.0rc4}{2001/07/23}{hyperref is no longer loaded via class option: use a usepackage statement instead}
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 451) ``Cannot have more than 256 cites in a document''}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 460) ``Proper style is "FIG. 1. ..." (no colon)''}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 478) \cs{ds at letterpaper}, so that ``letterpaper really is the default''}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 488) Change processing of options to allow an unused option to specify society and journal}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{(AO, 461) Change the csname revtex uses from @dotsep to ltxu at dotsep. The former is understood in mu. (What we wanted was a dimension.)}%
-\changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{For natbib versions before 8.21, \cs{NAT at sort} was consulted only as natbib was being read in. Now it is fully dynamic.}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/05/29}{The csname substyle at ext is now defined without a dot (.), to be compatible with \LaTeX usage (see @clsextension and @pkgextension).}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{(AO) Implement bibnotes through \cs{frontmatter at footnote@produce} instead of \cs{bibnotes at sw}}%
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{Add option reprint, opposite of preprint, and preferred alternative to twocolumn}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/06/30}{(AO) Structure the Abstract using the \texttt{bibliography} environment}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) coordinate \cs{if at twoside} with \cs{twoside at sw}}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer need to test \cs{chapter} as of \texttt{natbib} version 8.2}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer use \cs{secnumarabic at sw}, instead use \cs{setup at secnums}}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) Provide more diagnostics when \cs{@society} is assigned.}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) provide option longbibliography}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Add \cs{@hangfroms at section}}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Break out \cs{@caption at fignum@sep}}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Class option galley sets \cs{preprintsty at sw} to false}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Code relating to new syntax for frontmatter has been placed in \file{ltxfront.dtx}}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Package textcase is now simply a required package}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Procedures \cs{@parse at class@options at society} and \cs{@parse at class@options at journal} and friends}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Remove options newabstract and oldabstract}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/01}{Section numbering via procedures \cs{secnums at rtx} and \cs{secnums at arabic}.}
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{As with author formatting, rag the right more, and assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}. Also neutralize \cs{def at after@address}.}%
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Rag the right even more: .8\cs{hsize}. Also, assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}.}%
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{The \texttt{rmp} journal substyle selects \texttt{groupedaddress} by default.}%
-\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{setup at hook} to initialize all.}
-\changes{4.1c}{2008/08/15}{Document class option longbibliography via \cs{substyle at post}}
-\changes{4.1d}{2009/03/27}{Definition of \cs{ @fnsymbol} follows fixltx2e.sty}
-\changes{4.1e}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) be nice to a list within the abstract}
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 513) Add class option linenumbers: number the lines a la \classname{lineno}}
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 516) Merged references are separated with a semicolon}
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 521) Lonely bibliography head}%
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 522) Warn if software is expired}%
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 523) Add class option nomerge, to turn off new natbib 8.3 syntax}
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/07/20}{(AO, 524) Makes no sense if citations are superscript numbers and so are footnotes}
-\changes{4.1f}{2009/10/05}{(AO, 530) \cs{@fnsymbol}: Failed to import fixltx2e.sty technology. Return to LaTeX core.}
-\changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 525) Remove phantom paragraph above display math that is given in vertical mode}%
-\changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 538) \cs{MakeTextUppercase} inappropriately expands the double backslash}
-\changes{4.1h}{2009/10/09}{(AO) Remove expiry code in the release software}%
-\changes{4.1i}{2009/10/23}{(AO, 541) Defer assignment of \cs{cite} until after natbib loads}
-\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/24}{(AO, 549) Repairing natbib's \cs{BibitemShut} and \cs{bibAnnote}}
-\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 545) hypertext capabilities off by default; enable with \classoption{hypertext}}
-\changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 552) Repair spacing in \cs{onlinecite}}
-\changes{4.1k}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 554) give the \cs{newlabel} command syntax appropriate to the hyperref package}
-\changes{4.1n}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 565) restore 4.0 behavior: invoking class option preprint implies class option preprintnumbers}
-\changes{4.1n}{2009/11/30}{(AO, 566) restore 4.0 behavior: flush column bottoms}
-\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/05}{(AO, 569) Use of \classname{hyperref} interferes with column balancing of last page}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/09}{(AO, 569) execute the after-last-shipout procedures from within the safety of the output routine}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Interface \cs{set at footnotewidth} for determining the set width of footnotes}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2009/12/13}{(AO, 573) arrange to load \classname{lineno} after any other packages.}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 575) the default for journal prstper is longbibliography}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 576) In .bst files, remove support for the annote field}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO) fine-tune spacing above and below widetext}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) \cs{@makefntext} and \cs{frontmatter at makefntext} must be defined harmoniously}%
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 575) Automatically incorporate the (Bib\TeX-generated) .bbl into an explicit \env{thebibliography}}%
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 549) Remove patch to natbib, which is now at version 8.31a}
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/07}{(AO, 578) accommodate the possible space character preceding \cs{BibitemShut}.}
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 579) Endnote shall comprise their own Bib\TeX\ entry type: @FOOTNOTE.}
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/10}{(AO, 580) Provide a document class option to turn off production of eprint field in bibliography.}
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
-\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/09}{(AO, 581) Handle case: merged references, with first ending in a stop character.}
-\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide interface to \classname{ltxgrid} \cs{onecolumn at grid@setup} and \cs{twocolumn at grid@setup}}
-\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 584) Per MD, remove trailing space character from each journal abbreviation: it had caused an extraneous space in the .bbl}
-\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/01}{(AO, 586) When .bbl is pasted into the document, prevent automatic bibliography inclusion.}%
-\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
-\changes{4.1r}{2010/06/22}{(AO, 595) Provide \cs{lovname} along with other List of Videos definitions.}%
-
-\end{filecontents*}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Document Body}
-%
-% Here is the document body, containing only a
-% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
-% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{document}%
-\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
-\PrintChanges
-\end{document}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And that is the end of the driver for the programmer's documentation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</doc>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Overview}%
-% \revtex\ is a \LaTeXe\ document class, somewhat like a hybrid of
-% the standard \LaTeX\ \classname{book} and \classname{article} classes.
-%
-% Certain packages are (should be) loaded by this class in any case:
-% \classname{amssymb}, \classname{amsmath}, \classname{bm}, \classname{natbib}.
-%
-% Certain packages are automatically loaded by this class
-% when a corresponding class option has been invoked:
-%
-% \begin{tabular}{ll}
-% \textbf{\revtex\ option}&\textbf{package}\\
-% \classoption{amsfonts}&\classname{amsfonts}\\
-% \classoption{amssymb}&\classname{amssymb}\\
-% \classoption{aps}&\classname{overcite}\\
-% \end{tabular}
-%
-% Certain other packages are to be loaded by the
-% document through explicit use of \cmd\usepackage.
-% Some mentioned in the user documentation are
-% \classname{graphicx}, \classname{longtable}, \classname{hyperref},
-% and \classname{bm}.
-%
-% Certain commonly used packages are known to be incompatible with
-% \revtex, among them \classname{multicol} and \classname{cite}.
-% If such a package is found to be loaded, \revtex\ issues an error message
-% and halts the job.
-% Halting might be considered severe punishment for loading an incompatible
-% package, but if we were to proceed, an even weirder error might be encountered
-% further down the road.
-%
-% This document class implements the substyle: a set of mutually
-% exclusive class options that, in this case, allow the
-% document class to address multiple societies.
-% It also implements a sub-substyle, giving the
-% journal of the given society.
-% Any society may create a substyle;
-% this file generates one for \classoption{aps}.
-%
-% FIXME: should always load the \classname{graphicx} package. No, allow user to load whichever graphics package is desired.
-%
-% QUERY: since \classname{amsfonts} and \classname{amssymb} extend
-% syntax, why not load them in any case?
-%
-% Certain processing occurs at the endgame for reading in \revtex, thereby establishing
-% precedence for assignments to \LaTeX's (and \revtex's) parameters:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% Figure out which society is operative and read in the indicated \file{.rtx} file.
-% \item
-% Figure out which journal option is operative and execute the indicated journal command. This may lead to reading in a journal substyle \file{.rtx} file.
-% \item
-% Figure out which pointsize is operative and execute the indicateded pointsize command. This may lead to reading in a pointsize \file{.rtx} file.
-% \item
-% Execute all of the document's options, in the order declared within the document.
-% \item
-% Read in all required packages (like \classname{natbib}, \classname{amsfonts}, \classname{amssymb}), that were determined by class, society, and journal.
-% \item
-% The last required package, if existing, is the document's style file, the \file{.rty} file.
-% Note that the \file{.rty} file can override the assignments of \revtex, society, journal, and required packages, and even load its own packages.
-% It can also, via appendations to \cmd\setup at hook, override the setup code itself.
-% \item
-% Execute all of the setup code accumulated. Such code can be queued by \revtex\ itself, by the society, by the journal, or by the pointsize.
-% \item
-% At this point, \revtex\ has completed the process of inputting itself,
-% and \LaTeX\ will now execute the \cmd\AtEndOfClass\ procedures.
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% \revtex\ will have enqueued code to execute at \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time,
-% in two different queues.
-% \cmd\document at inithook\ executes immediately upon encountering the \cmd\begin\env{document} statement,
-% \cmd\class at documenthook\ at the end of all the code enqueued via \cmd\AtBeginDocument.
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% Install procedures to execute at the very end of the class's
-% \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ processing, such as
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% closing out the page grid
-% \item
-% putting out the LastPage label.
-% \item
-% issuing a \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command, based on the value set
-% by the society substyle.
-% \item
-% setting default values for parameters used in the document.
-%FIXME: differentiate between class's parameters that can wait until
-% they are used in the document, and parameters that are used at \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \item
-% Install procedures to execute the very last at \cmd\AtEndDocument\ time,
-% such as the \cmd\clearpage\ processing.
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% Certain events are optionally scheduled for \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% Setting default values for the Booleans and for other procedures used in formatting.
-% \item
-% In response to class options options, adjusting parameters and procedures used in formatting.
-% \item
-% Implementing the \classoption{eqsecnum} option, if required.
-% \item
-% Setting the state engine for data commands.
-% \item
-% Memorizing procedures for later use.
-% \item
-% Setting type size and area, for use by later calculations.
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% Certain events are scheduled for \cmd\class at enddocumenthook\ time:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% Print out the migrated floats or the end notes, if needed.
-% \item
-% Close out the page grid.
-% \item
-% Label the last page of the document
-% \item
-% (\classname{natbib}) prepare to read in the \file{.aux} file.
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% \section{Writing journal-specifc extensions to \revtex}
-%
-% With this version of \revtex, we introduce a somewhat different
-% scheme for adapting \revtex\ to the needs of a specific journal.
-%
-% To create a journal substyle, you create new class options in
-% \revtex\ for the society, say \classoption{osa}, and any of that society's journals,
-% one of which is, say, \classoption{josaa},
-% using the code for the APS as a guide.
-% In particular, each of your new options should separately define \cmd\@society\
-% and \cmd\@journal. That for the former will be the same for
-% all options relating to a particular society.
-%
-% Then, for the society, you create a corresponding \file{.rtx}
-% file, in our case \file{osa.rtx}.
-% Within that file, you override procedures and parameter assignments as you see fit.
-% Ideally they will be generally applicable to all of that society's
-% journals (see the file \file{aps.rtx} for a realization of this scheme).
-% Also within that file, you include a
-% section of code for each journal, that for josaa looks like:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \@ifx{\@journal\journal at josaa}{%
-% <code specific to the josaa>
-% }{}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Thus far, the scheme is similar to that used in \revtex\ 3.1.
-% However, the new scheme does differ from the old in that
-% the \file{.rtx} file should define no syntactical extensions
-% to \revtex.
-%
-% \section{The \classname{revtex4} Document Class}
-% Above, we took
-% advantage of 1) the \LaTeX\ definition of \cmd\ProvidesPackage\ and
-% 2) that the line of code immediately afterwards follows the \cmd\ProvidesClass\ statement above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*kernel>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Print a banner in the log:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\GenericInfo{}{\space
- Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.^^J
- mailto:revtex at aps.org^^J
- Licensed under the LPPL:^^Jhttp://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt^^J
- Arthur Ogawa <arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net>^^J
- Based on work by David Carlisle <david at dcarlisle.demon.co.uk>%
- \@gobble
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Compatibility Processing}
-%
-% If the document has \cmd\documentstyle|{revtex4}|,
-% then, instead of attempting to run in compatability mode,
-% just complain and exit.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Lose compatability mode.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\if at compatibility
- \edef\reserved at a{\errhelp{%
- Change your \string\documentstyle\space statement to
- \string\documentclass\space and rerun.
- }}\reserved at a
- \errmessage{You cannot run \class at name\space in compatability mode}%
- \expandafter\@@end
-\fi
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{Extensions to the \LaTeX\ Kernel}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</kernel>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Here, we incorporate the utility, frontmatter, and page grid packages.
-% The \classname{ltxutil}, \classname{ltxfront}, and \classname{ltxgrid} source are distributed with
-% \revtex.
-%
-% Here begins the \file{options} \textsc{docstrip} module.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*options>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Hooks}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setup at hook}
-% The procedure
-% \cmd\setup at hook\
-% serves as the vehicle for all code that
-% gives values to the class's parameters once all the
-% society, journal, options, and packages have been processed.
-%
-% Arrange for journal substyles to set their own default values.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\setup at hook\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% After preamble processing is complete,
-% detect whether package \classname{longtable} has been loaded and patch it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \switch at longtable
- \let\LT at makecaption\LT at makecaption@rtx
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\LT at makecaption}
-% We override the caption processing method of the \classname{longtable} package:
-% space below the caption is created via strut instead of whitespace.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\LT at makecaption@rtx#1#2#3{%
- \LT at mcol\LT at cols c{%
- \hbox to\z@{%
- \hss
- \parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%
- \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3\unskip\nobreak\vrule\@width\z@\@height\z@\@depth .5\baselineskip}%
- \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
- #1{#2: }#3\unskip\nobreak\vrule\@width\z@\@height\z@\@depth .5\baselineskip
- \else
- \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
- \fi
- \endgraf
- }%
- \hss
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\robust at boldmath}
-% Robustify the \cmd\boldmath command.
-% If Team \LaTeX\ (or any package) ever gets around to fixing this problem,
-% we will bow out. (This fix relates to bug \#394.)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\protectdef at boldmath{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname boldmath \endcsname{}{%
- \class at info{Robustifying \string\LaTeX's \string\boldmath\space command}%
- \expandafter\let\csname boldmath \endcsname\boldmath
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\boldmath\expandafter{\expandafter\protect\csname boldmath \endcsname}%
- }%
-}%
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \protectdef at boldmath
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Compatability with the geometry package}
-%
-% The \classname{geometry} package of Hideo Umeki provides a way to
-% specify the metrics of the media and page layout.
-% We want to ensure that \revtex\ does not foreclose on the use of
-% this or any other such package, nor to interfere with
-% explicit assignments of such metric parameters within the
-% document preamble.
-%
-% The \LaTeX\ parameters (resp. \TeX\ primitives) set by \classname{geometry} are:
-% \cmd\paperwidth, \cmd\paperheight,
-% \cmd\textwidth, \cmd\textheight,
-% \cmd\topmargin, \cmd\headheight, \cmd\headsep,
-% \cmd\footskip, \cmd\skip\cmd\footins,
-% \cmd\marginparwidth, \cmd\marginparsep,
-% \cmd\oddsidemargin, \cmd\evensidemargin,
-% \cmd\columnsep,
-% \cmd\hoffset, \cmd\voffset, \cmd\mag,
-% \cmd\if at twocolumn, \cmd\if at twoside, \cmd\if at mparswitch, \cmd\if at reversemargin,
-%
-% \revtex's assignments can be overridden by
-% any package or other statement in the document preamble,
-% so it should be compatible.
-%
-%FIXME: one parameter is rendered semantically void (by \file{ltxgrid.dtx}):
-% \cmd\if at twocolumn.
-%
-% \section{Options}\label{sec:options}%
-%
-% \subsection{Define Booleans Used in Options}%
-% The following Booleans are used within the document class to
-% allow the document or the substyle to make selections
-% of formatting.
-% An explicit document class option overrides an assignment made by a substyle.
-%
-% \subsection{Declare Options}%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Checkin: for Editorial Use}%
-% A document class option declaring that the document is being processed by the
-% editorial staff.
-%
-% This option should:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item
-% put date in footer along with folio
-% \item
-% Have the effect of selecting the \classoption{preprint} class option.
-% \item
-% Have the effect of selecting the \classoption{showpacs} class option.
-% \item
-% specify that when a float is placed h or H, it will be allowed to break over pages.
-% (Note: be sure that if the enclosed \env{tabular} has an optional argument, you change it to [v], or remove it entirely.)
-% \end{itemize}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{New option ``checkin''}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{checkin}{%
- \@booleantrue\dateinRH at sw
- \@booleantrue\preprintsty at sw
- \def\@pointsize{12}%
- \@booleantrue\showPACS at sw
- \@booleantrue\showKEYS at sw
- \def\fp at proc@h{\allow at breaking@tables}%
- \def\fp at proc@H{\allow at breaking@tables}%
-}%
-\@booleanfalse\dateinRH at sw
-\def\checkindate{\dateinRH at sw{{\tiny(\today)}}{}}%
-\def\allow at breaking@tables{%
- \def\array at default{v}% tabular can break over pages
- \@booleanfalse\floats at sw % table can break over pages
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Preprint Style}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprintsty at sw}
-% The boolean \cmd\preprintsty at sw\ signifies that
-% the document is to be formatted in preprint style.
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Rearrange the ordering so numerical ones come first. AO: David, what does this mean?}
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{comma not space between email and homepage}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Move this ``complex'' option to the front, where it can be overridden by ``simple'' options.}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{Add option reprint, opposite of preprint, and preferred alternative to twocolumn}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{preprint}{%
- \@booleantrue\preprintsty at sw
- \ExecuteOptions{12pt}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{reprint}{%
- \@booleanfalse\preprintsty at sw
- \@booleantrue\twocolumn at sw
- \ExecuteOptions{10pt}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{manuscript}{%
- \class at warn{Document class option manuscript is obsolete; use preprint instead}%
- \ExecuteOptions{preprint}%
-}%
-\@booleanfalse\preprintsty at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\showPACS at sw}
-% \begin{macro}{\showKEYS at sw}
-% If \cmd\showPACS at sw\ is true, print the PACS information in the title block,
-% otherwise not.
-% Similarly for \cmd\showKEYS at sw\ and the keywords.
-% \subsubsection{Showing PACS and keywords}%
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{New option}
-% \changes{4.0e}{2000/09/20}{New option showkeys}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{showpacs}{%
- \@booleantrue\showPACS at sw
-}%
-\DeclareOption{noshowpacs}{%
- \@booleanfalse\showPACS at sw
-}%
-\DeclareOption{showkeys}{%
- \@booleantrue\showKEYS at sw
-}%
-\DeclareOption{noshowkeys}{%
- \@booleanfalse\showKEYS at sw
-}%
-\@booleanfalse\showPACS at sw
-\@booleanfalse\showKEYS at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Balance the last page when in two-column page grid}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\balancelastpage at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% If we are in a two-column page grid, we may wish to balance the columns
-% of the last page. This will be done automatically if the
-% \classoption{twocolumn} document class option is chosen.
-% This action will be turned off by the \classoption{nobalancelastpage}.
-% A complementary class option, \classoption{balancelastpage} is also provided.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{balancelastpage}{%
- \@booleantrue\balancelastpage at sw
-}%
-\DeclareOption{nobalancelastpage}{%
- \@booleanfalse\balancelastpage at sw
-}%
-\@booleantrue\balancelastpage at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Showing preprint numbers}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\preprint at sw}
-% \changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{New option}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% \changes{4.1n}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 565) restore 4.0 behavior: default value of \cs{preprint at sw} follows \cs{preprintsty at sw}}
-% The boolean \cmd\preprint at sw\ signifies that
-% the preprints (cf. \cmd\preprint) are to be formatted (usually on the title page).
-% The option \classoption{preprintnumbers} declares to do so,
-% \classoption{nopreprintnumbers} declares not to;
-% the default is to follow \cmd\preprintsty at sw.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{nopreprintnumbers}{\@booleanfalse\preprint at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{preprintnumbers}{\@booleantrue\preprint at sw}%
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \@ifxundefined\preprint at sw{\let\preprint at sw\preprintsty at sw}{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Hypertext Option}%
-%
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{protect against hyperref revtex kludges which are not needed now}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Move this ``complex'' option to the front, where it can be overridden by ``simple'' options.}
-% \changes{4.0rc4}{2001/07/23}{hyperref is no longer loaded via class option: use a usepackage statement instead}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{hyperref}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following code had been commented out, it is now truly a comment:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\AtEndOfClass{%
-% \begingroup
-% \edef\@tempa{%
-% \let
-% \noexpand\@clsextension
-% \noexpand\@empty
-% \noexpand\RequirePackage{hyperref}%
-% \def\noexpand
-% \@clsextension{\@clsextension}%
-% }%
-% \expandafter
-% \endgroup
-% \@tempa
-%}%
-% \def\@pointsize{10}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% If you have a hyper-foo enabled browser you may prefer this format
-% which does not print the URL for the home page, but just makes the
-% name a link, but by default print it so it works on paper.
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{print homepage}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \class at warn{Class option "hyperref" is no longer supported.^^JEmploy \string\usepackage{hyperref} instead}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Type Size}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% Use \cmd\@pointsize|=10| rather than \cmd\@ptsize|=0| to allow easy extensions
-% to 9pt or whatever.
-% Note: the three alternatives are mutually exclusive.
-%
-% At this point, the parameter \cmd\@pointsize\ is set to \cmd\undefined:
-% a society \emph{must} give it a definition.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{10pt}{\def\@pointsize{10}}%
-\DeclareOption{11pt}{\def\@pointsize{11}}%
-\DeclareOption{12pt}{\def\@pointsize{12}}%
-\let\@pointsize\@undefined
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Media Size}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\paperheight}
-% \begin{macro}{\paperwidth}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Restore all media size class option of \protect\file{classes.dtx}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{a4paper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{a5paper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{b5paper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{letterpaper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {11in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{legalpaper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {14in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{executivepaper}{%
- \setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{landscape}{%
- \setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
- \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 478) \cs{ds at letterpaper}, so that ``letterpaper really is the default''}%
-% Effectively select \classoption{letterpaper}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ds at letterpaper
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bibnotes}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at footnote@produce}
-% Frontmatter footnotes result from frontmatter commands like
-% \cmd\email, \cmd\homepage, \cmd\altaffiliation, and \cmd\thanks.
-% The default for \cmd\frontmatter at footnote@produce\ is
-% \cmd\frontmatter at footnote@produce at footnote, which formats the frontmatter footnotes
-% at the foot of the title page. The \classoption{bibnotes} class option
-% defers them to the bibliography.
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/01}{(AO) Implement bibnotes through \cs{frontmatter at footnote@produce} instead of \cs{bibnotes at sw}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{bibnotes}{\let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at endnote}%
-\DeclareOption{nobibnotes}{\let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at footnote}%
-\let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at footnote
-\appdef\class at enddocumenthook{\auto at bib}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Footinbib}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\footinbib at sw}
-% The boolean \cmd\footinbib at sw\ signifies that
-% text footnotes are to be set in the bibliography, as endnotes.
-%
-% The document may set the value one way or the other via
-% the following two class options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{footinbib}{\@booleantrue\footinbib at sw}
-\DeclareOption{nofootinbib}{\@booleanfalse\footinbib at sw}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The default value is \cmd\false at sw, and the society or journal
-% may override the default.
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\footinbib at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{altaffilletter}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\altaffilletter at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% Determine the procedure \cmd\thefootnote\ used in frontmatter:
-% the footnote symbol used in titlepage footnotes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{altaffilletter}{\@booleantrue\altaffilletter at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{altaffilsymbol}{\@booleanfalse\altaffilletter at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\altaffilletter at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{superbib}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\place at bibnumber}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The procedure \cmd\place at bibnumber\ produces the number
-% at the head of the \cmd\bibitem, in the bibliography.
-% By default, it has the \cmd\bibnumfmt\ meaning assigned by the \classname{natbib} package.
-% It may be overridden by society, journal, or by the document options.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{superbib}{%
- \let\place at bibnumber\place at bibnumber@sup
-}%
-\def\place at bibnumber{\NATx at bibnumfmt}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\place at bibnumber@sup}
-% \begin{macro}{\place at bibnumber@inl}
-% For producing the \cmd\bibitem\ device,
-% we define two procedures to select from.
-%
-% Note that we could have used \classname{natbib}'s \cmd\ifNAT at super\
-% switch, but it does not allow for altering the meaning of \cmd\bibnumfmt.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\place at bibnumber@sup#1{\textsuperscript{#1}}%
-\def\place at bibnumber@inl#1{[#1]}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{citeautoscript}%
-% \begin{macro}{\citeautoscript at sw}
-% This class option allows you to automatically accomodate a change from non-superscripted, numbered references
-% to superscripted, bunmbered references.
-%
-% Note: you should always mark up your document with the assumption that references are \emph{not} going to be superscripted.
-% Otherwise this option has no hope of working properly.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{citeautoscript}{\@booleantrue\citeautoscript at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\citeautoscript at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Variants on the Bibliography Style}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) provide option longbibliography}
-%
-% \revtex\ anticipates that a society or journal will provide two related Bib\TeX bibliography style variants,
-% designating one as the default.
-% A pair of document class options \classoption{longbibliography} and \classoption{nolongbibliography}
-% allows the user to explicitly select between them.
-% \begin{macro}{\longbibliography at sw}
-%
-% \revtex's default for \cmd\longbibliography at sw\ is \cmd\false at sw.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{longbibliography}{\@booleantrue\longbibliography at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{nolongbibliography}{\@booleanfalse\longbibliography at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\longbibliography at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eprint at enable@sw}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/10}{(AO, 580) Provide a document class option to turn off production of eprint field in bibliography.}
-%
-% The document class options \classoption{eprint} and \classoption{noeprint}
-% give the user the ability to turn off production of the \texttt{eprint} field in the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{eprint}{\@booleantrue\eprint at enable@sw}%
-\DeclareOption{noeprint}{\@booleanfalse\eprint at enable@sw}%
-\@booleantrue\eprint at enable@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Simplex/Duplex Pages}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\twoside at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) coordinate \cs{if at twoside} with \cs{twoside at sw}}
-% The flag \cmd\twoside at sw\ signifies that the document is to be
-% formatted for duplex printing.
-% After the preamble is processed, we align the value
-% of the kernel \cmd\newif\ switch \cmd\if at twoside\
-% to that of \cmd\twoside at sw.
-% \cmd\if at twoside\ itself is used in the kernel's
-% \cmd\cleardoublepage\ and \cmd\@outputpage\ procedures.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\twoside at sw
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \twoside at sw{\@twosidetrue}{\@twosidefalse}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{4.d had twoside option setting twoside switch to false}
-% The complementary options \classoption{twoside} and \classoption{oneside}
-% assert formatting for duplex or simplex printing, respectively.
-% At the same time, we arrange for the selection of the page grid
-% with respect to the marginal column:
-% Because \cmd\if at reversemargin\ remains default (false),
-% if duplex printing, this column will always be on the (right),
-% if simplex printing, it will always be on the (outside).
-% QUERY: correct choice?
-%FIXME: assign \cmd\if at mparswitch\ later (and protect the assignment, too).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@booleantrue \twoside at sw\@mparswitchfalse}%
-\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@booleanfalse\twoside at sw\@mparswitchtrue}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Two-Column Page Grid}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% \changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide interface to \classname{ltxgrid} \cs{onecolumn at grid@setup} and \cs{twocolumn at grid@setup}}
-% The flag \cmd\twocolumn at sw\ signifies that the document is to be
-% formatted in the two-column page grid.
-%
-% If no options relating to page grid are invoked by
-% \cmd\AtBeginDcoument\ time, we set default values.
-% Up to that point, the class can check if \cmd\twocolumn at sw\
-% is \cmd\undefined\ to see if any related options have been invoked.
-%
-% \classoption{onecolumn} specifies one-column page grid.
-% The \classoption{twocolumn} class option employs the standard mechanism for
-% changing the column grid: the \classname{ltxgrid} package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@booleanfalse\twocolumn at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@booleantrue \twocolumn at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\twocolumn at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The column grid is determined by the state of the switch \cmd\twocolumn at sw
-% and is effected at \cmd\class at documenthook\ time.
-% The society or journal file may re-define \cmd\select at column@grid\
-% to accomodate, e.g., more than two choices for the page grid.
-%
-% Note that \cmd\open at column@two\ adds items to the Main Vertical List,
-% so constitutes the true beginning of the document.
-%
-% Note also that if the selected column grid is a one-column grid,
-% there is nothing to do, because \classname{ltxgrid} has already
-% set that up via \cmd\@begindocumenthook.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\select at column@grid{%
- \twocolumn at sw{%
- \twocolumn at grid@setup
- \open at twocolumn
- }{%
- \onecolumn at grid@setup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \open at onecolumn
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }%
-}%
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \select at column@grid
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\clear at document}
-% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/05}{(AO, 569) Use of \classname{hyperref} interferes with column balancing of last page}%
-%
-% We install into \cmd\class at enddocumenthook\
-% a trap for the procedure \cmd\clearpage\ that attempts to end the current page.
-% This procedure needs to be headpatched with \cmd\close at column\ to end the current page grid.
-%
-% This procedure is executed after all typesetting is complete
-% i.e., after items like \cmd\printtables, as well as all commands queued up by \cmd\AtEndDocument.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \let\clearpage at ltx\clearpage
- \prepdef\clear at document{\let\clearpage\clearpage at ltx\let\clear at document\@empty\close at column}%
- \appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \appdef\class at enddocumenthook{%
- \let\clearpage\clear at document
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\authoryear at sw}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% The boolean \cmd\authoryear at sw\ signifies that we are to use author-year citations rather than numerical citations.
-%
-% The \classoption{author-year} class option selects ``'author-year'' citations;
-% \classoption{numerical} selectes ``numerical'' citations.
-% The former is the default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{author-year}{\@booleantrue\authoryear at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{numerical}{\@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\galley at sw}
-% The boolean \cmd\galley at sw\ signifies that
-% the document is to be formatted in galley style.
-%
-% Asserting both \cmd\galley at sw\ and \cmd\preprintsty at sw\
-% may produce strange formatting results, but it is not illegal.
-% However, it \emph{is} illegal to assert galley and any
-% twocolumn option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \classoption{galley} emulates setting the galleys of
-% a two-column journal.
-% CHANGED: this option should effectively set \cmd\preprintsty at sw\ false.
-% NOTE: it makes no sense to assert both galley and twocolumn.
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Class option galley sets \cs{preprintsty at sw} to false}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{galley}{%
- \ExecuteOptions{onecolumn}%
- \@booleantrue\galley at sw
- \@booleanfalse\preprintsty at sw
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \advance\textwidth-\columnsep
- \textwidth.5\textwidth
- }%
-}%
-\@booleanfalse\galley at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{raggedbottom or flushbottom}%
-% \begin{macro}{\raggedcolumn at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The class options \classoption{raggedbottom} and \classoption{flushbottom} determine whether the columns (page)
-% are ragged bottom or flush bottom.
-% Note that we do not select a default here; that is done by the journal substyle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{raggedbottom}{\@booleantrue\raggedcolumn at sw}
-\DeclareOption{flushbottom}{\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn at sw}
-\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn at sw
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \raggedcolumn at sw{\raggedbottom}{\flushbottom}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{tightenlines}%
-%
-% This class option specifies that standard leading
-% is to be used to set the type.
-% If lacking, the leading will be loose.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tightenlines at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The boolean \cmd\tightenlines at sw\ signifies that
-% the leading is to be made standard amount.
-% If false, it means that the leading is to be set extra open.
-% Has no effect on 10pt size option.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{tightenlines}{\@booleantrue\tightenlines at sw}
-\@booleanfalse\tightenlines at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{lengthcheck}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lengthcheck at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The flag \cmd\lengthcheck at sw\ signifies that
-% the length checking is in effect.
-% It is up to the individual journal substyle
-% to alter its formatting accordingly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\lengthcheck at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This class option specifies that the formatted document
-% should approach as closely as possible the
-% formatting of an actual journal article
-% to facilitate the author's performance of a length check.
-%
-%FIXME: society or journal may have its own definition of this option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{lengthcheck}{%
- \@booleantrue\lengthcheck at sw
- \ExecuteOptions{reprint}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In addition, if length checking is in effect, we will enable
-% the tally of text length.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \lengthcheck at sw{\@booleantrue\tally at box@size at sw}{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Draft and Final}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\draft at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The flag \cmd\draft at sw\ signifies that the document is to be
-% formatted in draft mode.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \draft at sw{\overfullrule 5\p@}{\overfullrule\z@}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Certain packages may pay attention to the
-% class option \classoption{draft} that sets this Boolean.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{draft}{\@booleantrue\draft at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{final}{\@booleanfalse\draft at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\draft at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{eqsecnum}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eqsecnum at sw}
-% The flag \cmd\eqsecnum at sw\ signifies that equations are to be
-% numbered with the section, e.g., ``Eq. (2.13)''.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \eqsecnum at sw{%
- \@addtoreset{equation}{section}%
- \def\theequation at prefix{\arabic{section}.}%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The \classoption{eqsecnum} class option signifies that equations are
-% to be numbered within sections.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{eqsecnum}{\@booleantrue\eqsecnum at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\eqsecnum at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{secnumarabic}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer use \cs{secnumarabic at sw}, instead use \cs{setup at secnums}}
-% The \classoption{secnumarabic} class option signifies that sectioning commands are
-% to be numbered arabic:
-% the procedure \cmd\secnums at arabic\ is executed as the default.
-% Otherwise, the procedure \cmd\secnums at rtx\ determines things.
-% The society or journal may redefine either procedure,
-% and may change the definition of \cmd\setup at secnums\ itself,
-% thereby establishing a different default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \setup at secnums
-}%
-\DeclareOption{secnumarabic}{%
- \def\setup at secnums{\secnums at arabic}%
-}%
-\def\setup at secnums{\secnums at rtx}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The code that defines \cmd\secnums at rtx\ and \cmd\secnums at arabic\ appears
-% in Section~\ref{sec:secnumarabic}.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{fleqn}
-% FIXME: model fleqn after amsfonts. I no longer understand why I said this.
-% \file{fleqn.clo} is not a package, so it can simply be \cmd\input.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{fleqn}{%
- \input{fleqn.clo}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{floats/endfloats}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\floats at sw}
-% \begin{macro}{\floatp at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The Boolean \cmd\floats at sw\ signifies that floats are to be floated;
-% if false, that floats are to be deferred to the end of the document.
-% By default, the former.
-% Note that the state of this Boolean is to be changed by
-% the document class in response to user-selected options.
-%
-% This boolean and the assignment of its default value is done by
-% the \classname{ltxutil} package.
-%
-% The Boolean \cmd\floatp at sw\ signifies that endfloats are to be set one per page;
-% if false, that endfloats are to be set with multiple floats per page permitted.
-% By default, the latter.
-% Note that the state of this Boolean is to be changed by
-% the document class in response to user-selected options.
-% The default is established here.
-%
-% These options control, via the Boolean \cmd\floats at sw,
-% whether floats are to be migrated to the end of the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{floats}{\@booleantrue\floats at sw\@booleanfalse\floatp at sw}
-\DeclareOption{endfloats}{\@booleanfalse\floats at sw\@booleanfalse\floatp at sw}
-\DeclareOption{endfloats*}{\@booleanfalse\floats at sw\@booleantrue\floatp at sw}
-\@booleantrue\floats at sw
-\@booleantrue\floatp at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{titlepage/notitlepage}%
-% These options control, via \cmd\titlepage at sw,
-% whether the title block is to be set on a separate page.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlepage at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The flag \cmd\titlepage at sw\ signifies that a forced
-% page break is to follow the title page: the article
-% title appears on a page by itself.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@booleantrue\titlepage at sw}
-\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@booleanfalse\titlepage at sw}
-\@booleanfalse\titlepage at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Substyle and Sub-substyle}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\change at society}
-% \begin{macro}{\change at journal}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) Provide more diagnostics when \cs{@society} is assigned.}
-% If the society or, resp., journal has already been assigned,
-% notify user whether it is being overridden.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\change at society#1{%
- \def\@tempa{#1}%
- \@ifxundefined\@society{%
- \class at info{Selecting society \@tempa}%
- \let\@society\@tempa
- }{%
- \@ifx{\@tempa\@society}{}{%
- \class at warn{Conflicting society \@tempa<>\@society; not selected}%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\def\change at journal#1{%
- \def\@tempa{#1}%
- \@ifxundefined\@journal{%
- \class at info{Selecting journal \@tempa}%
- \let\@journal\@tempa
- }{%
- \@ifx{\@tempa\@journal}{}{%
- \class at warn{Conflicting journal \@tempa<>\@journal; not selected}%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Here had been the class options relating to the APS.
-% Now that all societies are on an equal footing, this code is in the
-% respective \file{.rtx} file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Optical Society of America}%
-% Here are the class options relating to the Optical Society of America.
-%
-% Note: as of 2008, the only OSA module being distributed by ctan is \file{osajnl.rtx}.
-% The class options declared here are, I think, unused.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{osa}{\change at society{osa}\let\@journal\@undefined}%
-\DeclareOption{osameet}{\change at society{osa}\def\@journal{osameet}}%
-\DeclareOption{opex}{\change at society{osa}\def\@journal{opex}}%
-\DeclareOption{tops}{\change at society{osa}\def\@journal{tops}}%
-\DeclareOption{josa}{\change at society{osa}\def\@journal{josa}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at require@packages}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-% The procedure \cmd\rtx at require@packages\ accumulates all \cmd\RequirePackage\ statements
-% in the course of loading the document class.
-% Carrying out these operations at that time is needed:
-% \cmd\ProcessOptions\ must be executed first.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\rtx at require@packages\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeUppercase}
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeLowercase}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Package textcase is now simply a required package}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-% \changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 538) \cs{MakeTextUppercase} inappropriately expands the double backslash}
-% We load the \classname{textcase} package of David Carlisle.
-% Now that its bug of long standing has been repaired, we no longer need to doctor it up.
-% And, because its loading has been deferred until \cmd\rtx at require@packages\ time,
-% we no longer override \LaTeX\ here. Instead, the \classname{textcase} package
-% will be asked to do that.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \RequirePackage[overload]{textcase}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following code used to
-% let the \classname{textcase} commands override those of \LaTeX:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\appdef\setup at hook{%
-% \expandafter
-% \let\csname MakeUppercase \expandafter\endcsname
-% \csname MakeTextUppercase \endcsname
-% \expandafter
-% \let\csname MakeLowercase \expandafter\endcsname
-% \csname MakeTextLowercase \endcsname
-% }%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{amsfonts}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-% The class option \classoption{amsfonts} has the
-% same effect as if the document preamble contained
-% a \cmd\usepackage\verb${amsfonts}$ statement.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{amsfonts}{%
- \def\class at amsfonts{\RequirePackage{amsfonts}}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{noamsfonts}{%
- \let\class at amsfonts\@empty
-}%
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \@ifxundefined\class at amsfonts{}{\class at amsfonts}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{amssymb}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-% The class option \classoption{amssymb} has the
-% same effect as if the document preamble contained
-% a \cmd\usepackage\verb${amssymb}$ statement.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{amssymb}{%
- \def\class at amssymb{\RequirePackage{amssymb}}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{noamssymb}{%
- \let\class at amssymb\@empty
-}%
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \@ifxundefined\class at amssymb{}{\class at amssymb}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{amsmath}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Read in all required packages together}
-% The class option \classoption{amsmath} has the
-% same effect as if the document preamble contained
-% a \cmd\usepackage\verb${amsmath}$ statement.
-%
-% We require version 1.2 (datestamped 1997/03/20) or later.
-% The \expandafter\cmd\csname ver at amsmath.sty\endcsname, will
-%
-% \LaTeX\ note:
-% Certain \LaTeX\ procedures have an arbitrary and pointless restriction that they may be used only within the preamble.
-% We get around this by preserving the procedures in private \cmd\csname s.
-%
-% FIXME note: it is difficult to ensure that an error summary will be printed on the console at the very end,
-% but \classname{ltxgrid} allows accomplishing this via an interrupt, put down at \cmd\AtEndDocument\ time.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{amsmath}{%
- \def\class at amsmath{\RequirePackage{amsmath}[\ver at amsmath@prefer]}%
-}%
-\DeclareOption{noamsmath}{%
- \let\class at amsmath\@empty
-}%
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \preserve at LaTeX
- \@ifxundefined\class at amsmath{}{\class at amsmath}%
- \appdef\class at enddocumenthook{\test at amsmath@ver}%
-}%
-\appdef\preserve at LaTeX{%
- \let\@ifl at aded@LaTeX\@ifl at aded
- \let\@ifpackageloaded at LaTeX\@ifpackageloaded
- \let\@pkgextension at LaTeX\@pkgextension
- \let\@ifpackagelater at LaTeX\@ifpackagelater
- \let\@ifl at ter@LaTeX\@ifl at ter
- \let\@ifl at t@r at LaTeX\@ifl at t@r
- \let\@parse at version@LaTeX\@parse at version
-}%
-\appdef\restore at LaTeX{%
- \let\@ifl at aded\@ifl at aded@LaTeX
- \let\@ifpackageloaded\@ifpackageloaded at LaTeX
- \let\@pkgextension\@pkgextension at LaTeX
- \let\@ifpackagelater\@ifpackagelater at LaTeX
- \let\@ifl at ter\@ifl at ter@LaTeX
- \let\@ifl at t@r\@ifl at t@r at LaTeX
- \let\@parse at version\@parse at version@LaTeX
-}%
-\def\test at amsmath@ver{%
- \begingroup
- \restore at LaTeX
- \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}{%
- \@ifpackagelater{amsmath}{\ver at amsmath@prefer}{}{%
- \class at warn{%
- You have loaded amsmath, version "\csname ver at amsmath.sty\endcsname",\MessageBreak
- but this class requires version "\ver at amsmath@prefer", or later.\MessageBreak
- Please update your LaTeX installation.
- }%
- }%
- }{%
- }%
- \endgroup
-}%
-\def\ver at amsmath@prefer{2000/01/15 v2.05 AMS math features}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Presenting Authors and Their Affiliations}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Code relating to new syntax for frontmatter has been placed in \file{ltxfront.dtx}}
-% Class options for presenting authors and their affiliations are now defined in
-% \file{ltxfront.dtx}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Typeset by \revtex}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\byrevtex at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% The flag \cmd\byrevtex at sw\ signifies that the document should
-% bear an imprint to the effect that it was formatted by this document class.
-%
-% The class option \classoption{byrevtex} signifies that you want the
-% ``Typeset by \revtex'' byline to appear on your formatted output.
-% By default, no such byline appears.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{byrevtex}{\@booleantrue\byrevtex at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\byrevtex at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Attempt to fix float placement failure}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\force at deferlist@sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% \revtex\ uses the \classname{ltxgrid} package, which provides the ability to attempt repairs when
-% \LaTeX's float placement mechanism is about to fail, but that facility is turned off by default.
-% Users should invoke the \classoption{floatfix} document class option to enable this \LaTeX\ extension.
-% If not, a helpful message is printed in the log, indicating how to work around the difficulty.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{floatfix}{\@booleantrue\force at deferlist@sw}%
-\DeclareOption{nofloatfix}{\@booleanfalse\force at deferlist@sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\force at deferlist@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@fltovf}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fltstk}
-% The \LaTeX\ kernel error message \cmd\@fltovf\ may now be a bit more helpful to the user;
-% likewise for the \cmd\@fltstk\ message of \classname{ltxgrid}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\@fltovf{%
- \@latex at error{%
- Too many unprocessed floats%
- \force at deferlist@sw{}{; try class option [floatfix]}%
- }\@ehb
-}%
-\def\@fltstk{%
- \@latex at warning{%
- A float is stuck (cannot be placed)%
- \force at deferlist@sw{}{; try class option [floatfix]}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ltxgrid at info@sw}
-% \begin{macro}{\outputdebug at sw}
-% The two options \classoption{ltxgridinfo} and \classoption{outputdebug} turn on informative diagnostics within the
-% package \classname{ltxgrid}. Only people who really want to see this output will select these class options.
-% Consult documentation for the \classname{ltxgrid} package to see what output the related switches enable.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{ltxgridinfo}{%
- \@booleantrue\ltxgrid at info@sw
-%\@booleantrue\ltxgrid at foot@info at sw
-}%
-\DeclareOption{outputdebug}{%
- \@booleantrue\outputdebug at sw
- \@booleantrue\ltxgrid at info@sw
- \@booleantrue\ltxgrid at foot@info at sw
- \traceoutput
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Option to relax page height}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\textheight at sw}
-% The \classname{ltxgrid} package can set text pages to their natural height or force them to the full
-% text height; the latter is the default.
-% If setting the pages with a variable length,
-% the running foot will move up or down with the natural length of the text column.
-% While I recommend against doing so, this option will turn that switch to the latter setting.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{raggedfooter}{\@booleanfalse\textheight at sw}%
-\DeclareOption{noraggedfooter}{\@booleantrue\textheight at sw}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Selecting procedure for processing abstract}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Remove options newabstract and oldabstract}
-% Code defining options \classoption{newabstract} and \classoption{oldabstract} has been removed.
-%
-% \subsection{Option to turn on diagnostics in the frontmatter}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatterverbose at sw}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Code relating to new syntax for frontmatter has been placed in \file{ltxfront.dtx}}
-% A diagnostic option, not for the average enduser, which reveals
-% the workings of the frontmatter.
-% This code interfaces to that of \file{ltxfront.dtx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{frontmatterverbose}{\@booleantrue\frontmatterverbose at sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\frontmatterverbose at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\linenumbers at sw}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 513) Add class option linenumbers: number the lines a la \classname{lineno}}
-% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/13}{(AO, 573) arrange to load \classname{lineno} after any other packages.}%
-% An option to number the lines of type in the output in the manner of \classname{lineno}.
-%
-% At present, we use that very package to implement this functionality.
-% This means that users may modify the workings of that package per its documentation (which see).
-%
-% However, compatibility with \classname{amsmath} requires that \classname{lineno} be loaded afterwards.
-% Therefore, we defer loading of this package until after the preamble is completed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{linenumbers}{%
- \appdef
- \class at documenthook{%
- \RequirePackage{lineno}[2005/11/02 v4.41]%
- \linenumbersep4pt\relax
- \linenumbers\relax
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% By default, line numbering is off.
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NAT at merge}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 523) Add class option nomerge, to turn off new natbib 8.3 syntax}
-% Add class option nomerge, to turn off natbib 8.3 syntax for citation key.
-% The default value of REVTeX 4.1 for \cmd\NAT at merge is \cmd\thr@@, which turns on
-% the new syntax along with its semantics.
-% Legacy documents that would be incompatible with the new syntax can be successfully processed
-% with class option \classoption{nomerge}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{nomerge}{%
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \@ifnum{\NAT at merge>\z@}{\let\NAT at merge\z@}{}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Default Option, Society, Journal, and pointsize}%
-%
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 488) Change processing of options to allow an unused option to specify society and journal}%
-% This change will not break OSA documents because that society is still built in to revtex4.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@parse at class@options at society}
-% \begin{macro}{\@parse at class@options@}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Procedures \cs{@parse at class@options at society} and \cs{@parse at class@options at journal} and friends}
-% The procedure \cmd\@parse at class@options at society\ parses the options passed to this document class
-% for the \cmd\@society.
-% It is like \cmd\ProcessOptions*\ in that it accesses
-% \cmd\@ptionlist\{\cmd\@currname.\cmd\@currext\}.
-% Any undefined option is considered: if there is a corresponding \file{.rtx} file,
-% it will change the society accordingly
-% and define a placeholder class option for the society thus found
-% (thus preventing a spurious "option not found" message).
-%
-% The procedure \cmd\@parse at class@options@\ parses the document's options
-% for any that set the \cmd\csname\ provided.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@parse at class@options at society{%
- \edef\@tempa{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \expandafter\@for\expandafter\CurrentOption\expandafter:\expandafter=\@tempa\do{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname{}{%
- \IfFileExists{\CurrentOption\substyle at post.\substyle at ext}{%
- \expandafter\change at society\expandafter{\CurrentOption}%
- \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
- }{}%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@parse at class@options@#1{%
- \edef\@tempa{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \expandafter\@for\expandafter\CurrentOption\expandafter:\expandafter=\@tempa\do{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname{%
- \begingroup\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname
- \@ifxundefined#1{%
- \endgroup
- }{%
- \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1}%
- }%
- }{}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@parse at class@options at journal{%
- \edef\@tempa{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \expandafter\@for\expandafter\CurrentOption\expandafter:\expandafter=\@tempa\do{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname{%
- \begingroup
- \csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname
- \@ifxundefined\@journal{%
- \endgroup
- }{%
- \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter\def\expandafter\@journal\expandafter{\@journal}%
- }%
- }{}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@parse at class@options{%
- \edef\@tempa{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \expandafter\@for\expandafter\CurrentOption\expandafter:\expandafter=\@tempa\do{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname{%
- \begingroup
- \csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname
- \@ifxundefined\@pointsize{%
- \endgroup
- }{%
- \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter\def\expandafter\@pointsize\expandafter{\@pointsize}%
- }%
- }{%
- \IfFileExists{\CurrentOption\substyle at post.\substyle at ext}{%
- \expandafter\change at society\expandafter{\CurrentOption}%
- \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
- }{}%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 545) hypertext capabilities off by default; enable with \classoption{hypertext}}
-% The class option \classoption{hypertext} enables the built-in hypertext capabilities,
-% which coincide with those of \classname{custom-bib}-generated BIBTeX styles
-% using the guard code \texttt{hypertext}.
-%
-% Note that APS has these capabilities turned off by default;
-% Loading the hyperref package turns them on.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{hypertext}{\hypertext at enable@ltx}%
-\appdef\document at inithook{\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\hypertext at enable@ltx}{}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The default handling for a document class option depends upon whether the \cmd\@society\ is
-% defined.
-%
-% If not, then hunt for a \file{.rtx} file with that name.
-% If it exists, then we will take this option as the name of the society,
-% otherwise, declare the option as not used.
-%
-% (This behavior is similar to the \LaTeX2.09 handling, where
-% one looked for a \file{.sty} file, except that
-% in this case, we must provide for journal substyles that may be
-% defined in the society file, or have their own journal substyle file.)
-%
-% At the point where the class file is finished loading,
-% we then read in the society file.
-% That file can define further class options, such as the journal substyle.
-%
-% For users, this will mean that they can specify the society and journal simply
-% by specifying first the former and then the latter among their document class options.
-% The society \emph{must} have a corresponding \file{.rtx}.
-%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/05/29}{The csname substyle at ext is now defined without a dot (.), to be compatible with \LaTeX usage (see @clsextension and @pkgextension).}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</options>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@process at society}
-% \begin{macro}{\@process at journal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@process at pointsize}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\substyle at post{4-1}%
-\def\substyle at ext{rtx}%
-\DeclareOption*{\OptionNotUsed}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A society substyle may define its own options, via \cmd\DeclareOption.
-%
-% At the end of this document class, we process the society file,
-% using \file{aps.rtx} if none has been specified in the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@process at society#1{%
- \@ifxundefined\@society{%
- \class at warn{No Society specified, using default society #1}%
- \def\@society{#1}\let\@journal\@undefined
- }{}%
- \expandafter\input\expandafter{\@society\substyle at post.\substyle at ext}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% A society substyle can encompass any number of journal substyles;
-% we use the following procedure to invoke the proper one.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@process at journal#1{%
- \@ifxundefined\@journal{%
- \class at warn{No journal specified, using default #1}%
- \def\@journal{#1}%
- }{}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\rtx at do@substyle
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter{\expandafter\@society\@journal}%
-}%
-\def\rtx at do@substyle#1{%
- \InputIfFileExists{#1\substyle at post.\substyle at ext}{}{\csname rtx@#1\endcsname}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Document class options \classoption{10pt}, \classoption{11pt}, and \classoption{12pt}
-% are implemented by \revtex\ itself and determine \cmd\@pointsize.
-% These provide formatting settings appropriate to the society's journals.
-%
-% If not specified by the document, a value \cmd\@pointsize at default\ is used.
-% This default can be set by the journal. Here, the society sets its default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@process at pointsize#1{%
- \@ifxundefined\@pointsize{%
- \def\@pointsize{#1}%
- \class at warn{No type size specified, using default \@pointsize}%
- }{}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\rtx at do@substyle
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter{\expandafter\@society\@pointsize pt}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Class-Asserted Options}%
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Removed invocation of nonexistent class option \protect\classoption{groupauthors} and all other class options that should only be invoked by the document. (Otherwise precedence of class options does not work.)}
-% Here we establish the default document class options.
-% Those of the document itself will override these.
-%
-% \section{Procedures Dependent Upon Options}
-%
-% Here we introduce \classname{classes.dtx} definitions for
-% the page styles that people will expect to be able to use.
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at headings}
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at myheadings}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\ps at headings{%
- \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty
- \def\@evenhead{\thepage\hfil\slshape\leftmark}%
- \def\@oddhead{{\slshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth
- \def\sectionmark##1{%
- \markboth {\MakeUppercase{%
- \ifnum \c at secnumdepth >\z@
- \thesection\quad
- \fi
- ##1}}{}}%
- \def\subsectionmark##1{%
- \markright {%
- \ifnum \c at secnumdepth >\@ne
- \thesubsection\quad
- \fi
- ##1}}}%
-\def\ps at myheadings{%
- \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty
- \def\@evenhead{\thepage\hfil\slshape\leftmark}%
- \def\@oddhead{{\slshape\rightmark}\hfil\thepage}%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \let\sectionmark\@gobble
- \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at article}
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at article@final}
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at preprint}
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so the following test works}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer decision until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Insert procedure \cs{checkindate}}
-% \changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/17}{Running headers always as if two-sided}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ps at article{%
- \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading at cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil{\leftmark}}%
- \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading at cr{\rightmark}\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
- \def\@oddfoot{}%
- \def\@evenfoot{}%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth
- \let\sectionmark\@gobble
- \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
-}%
-\def\ps at article@final{%
- \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading at cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil{\leftmark}}%
- \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading at cr{\rightmark}\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
- \def\@oddfoot{}%
- \def\@evenfoot{}%
- \let\@mkboth\markboth
- \def\sectionmark##1{%
- \markboth{%
- \MakeTextUppercase{%
- \@ifnum{\c at secnumdepth >\z@}{\thesection\hskip 1em\relax}{}%
- ##1%
- }%
- }{}%
- }%
- \def\subsectionmark##1{%
- \markright {%
- \@ifnum{\c at secnumdepth >\@ne}{\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax}{}%
- ##1%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\heading at cr{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Do not put by REVTeX in every page foot}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Insert procedure \cs{checkindate}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ps at preprint{%
- \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
- \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
- \def\@oddhead{}%
- \def\@evenhead{}%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \let\sectionmark\@gobble
- \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\@oddhead\@empty
-\let\@evenhead\@empty
-\let\@oddfoot\@empty
-\let\@evenfoot\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lastpage at putlabel}
-% Support the default meaning of \cmd\@endpage.
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{Move after process options, so \cs{clearpage} not in scope of twocolumn}
-% \changes{4.1k}{2009/11/06}{(AO, 554) give the \cs{newlabel} command syntax appropriate to the hyperref package}
-% Name of this macro (and the \cmd\label\ key) taken from
-% \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/other/lastpage}%
-% with code optimised slightly.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lastpage at putlabel{%
- \if at filesw
- \begingroup
- \advance\c at page\m at ne
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{LastPage}{{}{\thepage}{}{}{}}}%
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Install a procedure into document endgame processing that
-% labels the last page of the document.
-% This is done just before the \file{.aux} file
-% is closed, and does not require a \cmd\shipout, because it writes
-% directly to the \file{.aux} file.
-% Note that we assume no further \cmd\shipout s will be done past this point.
-% \changes{4.1n}{2009/12/09}{(AO, 569) execute the after-last-shipout procedures from within the safety of the output routine}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\clear at document{%
- \do at output@cclv{%
- \lastpage at putlabel
- \tally at box@size at sw{\total at text}{}%
- }%
-}%
-\providecommand\write at column@totals{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Required Packages}
-% \url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/url.sty}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \RequirePackage{url}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Incompatible Packages}
-%
-% We wait until after the preamble is processed, then check for any packages
-% that might have been loaded which we know to be incompatible with \revtex.
-%
-% The \classname{multicol} package is incompatible with \classname{ltxgrid}, which replaces it.
-% The \classname{cite} package is incompatible with \classname{natbib}, which replaces its functionality.
-% The functionality of the \classname{mcite} package is provided by \classname{natbib}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \incompatible at package{cite}%
- \incompatible at package{mcite}%
- \incompatible at package{multicol}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Society- and Journal-Specific Code}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@journal}
-% Journal test helper, used as
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\@ifx{\@journal\journal at pra}{%
-% <journal-specific setup>
-%\fi
-% \end{verbatim}
-% Journal code might like to further specify (if as yet undefined) or distinguish on
-% the following Booleans.
-%
-% Note: the journal substyle code should only alter the value of one of these Booleans if
-% the Boolean is \cmd\undefined. This convention is what makes the document's
-% options take precedence over the values set by the journal.
-%
-% FIXME: make this table an exhaustive listing of all the parameters set by
-% the class options.
-%
-% \begin{tabular}{ll}
-% \cmd\@pointsize &(10|11|12), depending on the type size\\
-% \cmd\footinbib at sw &true if footnotes are to be formatted in the bibliography\\
-% \cmd\preprintsty at sw &true for preprint and hyperpreprint\\
-% \cmd\eqsecnum at sw &true means that equations are numbered within sections\\
-% \cmd\groupauthors at sw &true means authors listed separately for each address\\
-% \cmd\preprint at sw &true means to produce the preprint numbers as part of the title block\\
-% \cmd\showPACS at sw &true means to produce the PACS as part of the title block\\
-% \cmd\showKEYS at sw &true means to produce the keywords as part of the title block\\
-% \cmd\@affils at sw &true means each affiliation is printed, for each author\\
-% \cmd\runinaddress at sw &true means author addresses are printed run-in\\
-% \cmd\draft at sw &true implies that PACS will be printed\\
-% \cmd\tightenlines at sw &true if preprint single spaced\\
-% \cmd\lengthcheck at sw &true if length checking is in effect\\
-% \cmd\byrevtex at sw &true means to announce ``typeset by \revtex''\\
-% \cmd\titlepage at sw &true for title is to be set on a separate page\\
-% \cmd\twocolumn at sw &true if two-column page grid\\
-% \cmd\twocolumn at sw &true if we are to automatically balance the columns of the last page\\
-% \cmd\twoside at sw &true means to format pages for duplex printing\\
-% \cmd\floats at sw &false means floats are migrated to end of document\\
-% \cmd\floatp at sw &true means endfloats are set one to a page\\
-% \cmd\class at amsfonts &if \cmd\@empty, means that \classname{amsfonts} will \emph{not} be loaded\\
-% \cmd\class at amssymb &if \cmd\@empty, means that \classname{amssymb} will \emph{not} be loaded\\
-% \cmd\frontmatter at footnote &if \cmd\undefined, means that the default (\cmd\footnote) will be used\\
-% \cmd\place at bibnumber &if \cmd\undefined, means that the default (inline) will be used\\
-% \end{tabular}
-%
-% Note: if \cmd\twocolumn at sw\ and \cmd\preprintsty at sw\ are both false,
-% then `galley' style is in effect. The \classoption{galley} option invokes
-% \classoption{onecolumn}, but does not affect the \cmd\preprintsty at sw.
-%
-% Note: \cmd\paperwidth\ and \cmd\paperheight\ are not integrated into this scheme,
-% and should be selected by the document alone.
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Body}
-%
-% \subsection{counters}
-% The following definitions are probably identical to those in
-% \file{classes.dtx}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
-\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
-\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
-\def\p at enumii{\theenumi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
-\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
-\def\p at enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
-\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
-\def\p at enumiv{\p at enumiii\theenumiii}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\labelitemi{\textbullet}
-\def\labelitemii{\normalfont\bfseries\textendash}
-\def\labelitemiii{\textasteriskcentered}
-\def\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\pagenumbering{arabic}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{float parameters}
-%
-% from the old aps.sty. (DPC: same as article I think)
-% AO: here, \LaTeX's standard classes fail very poorly
-% (the price of backward compatability): the values for
-% \cmd\floatpagefraction\ and \cmd\dblfloatpagefraction\
-% need to be raised to avoid creating extremely short
-% float pages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
-\def\topfraction{.9}
-\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
-\def\bottomfraction{.9}
-\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
-\def\textfraction{.1}
-\def\floatpagefraction{.9}
-\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
-\def\dbltopfraction{.9}
-\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.9}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{List Environments}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{verse}{%
- \let\\=\@centercr
- \list{}{%
- \itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
- \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]%
-}{%
- \endlist
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{quotation}{%
- \list{}{%
- \listparindent 1.5em
- \itemindent\listparindent
- \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep \z@ \@plus\p@}\item[]%
-}{%
- \endlist
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{quote}{%
- \list{}{%
- \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]%
-}{%
- \endlist
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/30}{(AO) Structure the Abstract using the \texttt{bibliography} environment}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\descriptionlabel#1{%
- \hspace\labelsep \normalfont\bfseries #1\unskip:%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{description}{%
- \list{}{%
- \labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
- \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel
- }%
-}{%
- \endlist
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Sectioning Commands\label{sec:secnumarabic}}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Sectioning Commands and Their Productions}%
-% The following counters are defined by LaTeX's standard document classes.
-% We do likewise, then assign flag values to the productions, awaiting
-% overrides.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{part}%
-\let\thepart\@undefined
-\newcounter{section}%
-\let\thesection\@undefined
-\newcounter{subsection}[section]%
-\let\thesubsection\@undefined
-\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]%
-\let\thesubsubsection\@undefined
-\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]%
-\let\theparagraph\@undefined
-\newcounter{subparagraph}[paragraph]%
-\let\thesubparagraph\@undefined
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The procedure invoked by \cmd\setup at secnums\ provides meanings for these productions.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\secnums at rtx}
-% \begin{macro}{\secnums at arabic}
-% These two procedures define the meanings of each of the productions
-% of the counters of the sectioning commands,
-% but only if nothing else has defined it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\secnums at rtx{%
- \@ifxundefined\thepart{%
- \def\thepart{\Roman{part}}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesection{%
- \def\thesection {\Roman{section}}%
- \def\p at section {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsection{%
- \def\thesubsection {\Alph{subsection}}%
- \def\p at subsection {\thesection\,}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsubsection{%
- \def\thesubsubsection {\arabic{subsubsection}}%
- \def\p at subsubsection {\thesection\,\thesubsection\,}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\theparagraph{%
- \def\theparagraph {\alph{paragraph}}%
- \def\p at paragraph {\thesection\,\thesubsection\,\thesubsubsection\,}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubparagraph{%
- \def\thesubparagraph {\arabic{subparagraph}}%
- \def\p at subparagraph {\thesection\,\thesubsection\,\thesubsubsection\,\theparagraph\,}%
- }{}%
-}%
-\def\secnums at arabic{%
- \@ifxundefined\thepart{%
- \def\thepart {\Roman{part}}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesection{%
- \def\thesection {\Roman{section}}%
- \def\p at section {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsection{%
- \def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}%
- \def\p at subsection {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsubsection{%
- \def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
- \def\p at subsubsection {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\theparagraph{%
- \def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}%
- \def\p at paragraph {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubparagraph{%
- \def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
- \def\p at subparagraph {}%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{The Acknowledgments Environment}%
-% This user-level markup produces a head introducing
-% the acknowledgments, and acts as a wrapper for the text.
-% In this implementation, it is an unnumbered section,
-% but appears within the toc.
-%
-% For compatiability's sake, we implement it under the alternative
-% spelling \env{acknowledgements}.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{also spelled ``acknowledgements''.}
-% \changes{4.0d}{2000/05/18}{But alternative spelling is deprecated.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{acknowledgments}{%
- \acknowledgments at sw{%
- \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\acknowledgmentsname}%
- }{%
- \par
- \phantomsection
- \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}\acknowledgmentsname}%
- }%
-}{%
- \par
-}%
-\@booleantrue\acknowledgments at sw
-\newenvironment{acknowledgements}{%
- \replace at environment{acknowledgements}{acknowledgments}%
-}{%
- \endacknowledgments
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Part Opener}%
-% section setup copied verbatim from revtex3 aps/osa.
-% Does not explicitly depend on pointsize options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\part{\par
- \addvspace{4ex}%
- \@afterindentfalse
- \secdef\@part\@spart}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@part[#1]#2{%
- \@ifnum{\c at secnumdepth >\m at ne}{%
- \refstepcounter{part}%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
- }{%
- \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
- }%
- \begingroup
- \parindent \z@ \raggedright
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \@ifnum{\c at secnumdepth >\m at ne}{%
- \Large \bf \partname~\thepart%
- \par\nobreak
- }{}%
- \huge \bf
- #2%
- \markboth{}{}\par
- \endgroup
- \nobreak
- \vskip 3ex
- \@afterheading
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@spart#1{{\parindent \z@ \raggedright
- \interlinepenalty\@M
- \huge \bf
- #1\par}
- \nobreak
- \vskip 3ex
- \@afterheading}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Stacked Heads}%
-% Here are the class default definitions for sectioning commands.
-% A society or a journal substyle will likely override these definitions.
-%
-% In doing so, you can customize the formatting for a particular level by defining,
-% e.g., \cmd\@hangfrom at section\ or \cmd\@subsectioncntformat.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section{%
- \@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {\z@}%
- {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {0.5cm}%
- {\normalfont\small\bfseries}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {2}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {\normalfont\small\bfseries}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsubsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {3}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {\normalfont\small\itshape}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Runin Heads}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\paragraph{%
- \@startsection
- {paragraph}%
- {4}%
- {\parindent}%
- {\z@}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subparagraph{%
- \@startsection
- {subparagraph}%
- {5}%
- {\parindent}%
- {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Math}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\theequation}
-% We change the production of the equation counter so that
-% we can accomodate the \classoption{eqsecnum} option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\theequation{%
- \theequation at prefix\arabic{equation}%
-}%
-\def\theequation at prefix{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Type Size-Dependent Settings}
-%
-% \subsection{All Point Sizes}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\lineskip 1pt
-\normallineskip 1pt
-\def\baselinestretch{1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@lowpenalty 51
-\@medpenalty 151
-\@highpenalty 301
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
-\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
-\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\arraycolsep 3pt
-\tabcolsep 2pt
-\arrayrulewidth .4pt
-\doublerulesep 2pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\skip\@mpfootins = 0pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\fboxsep = 3.0pt
-\fboxrule = 0.4pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Figures}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Processing delayed to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{figure}
-% We define the \env{figure} environment.
-% Later, we will horse around with its meaning
-% in order to accomodate \cmd\floats at sw.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{figure}
- {\@float{figure}}
- {\end at float}
-\newenvironment{figure*}
- {\@dblfloat{figure}}
- {\end at dblfloat}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoffigures{\print at toc{lof}}%
-\def\l at figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
-% If caption is one line long, to be centered; if lines turn, then set justified.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength\abovecaptionskip
-\newlength\belowcaptionskip
-\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}
-\setlength\belowcaptionskip{2\p@}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{One-line caption sets flush left.}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Prevent an inner footnote from performing twice}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 460) ``Proper style is "FIG. 1. ..." (no colon)''}%
-% There is a hook \cmd\@caption at fignum@sep\ for determining
-% the separator following the float number, e.g., ``Fig.1''.
-% Formerly, we had defined it to be ``: '', now the colon has been replace by a period (full stop).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
- \par
-% \nobreak
- \vskip\abovecaptionskip
- \begingroup
- \small\rmfamily
- \sbox\@tempboxa{%
- \let\\\heading at cr
- \@make at capt@title{#1}{#2}%
- }%
- \@ifdim{\wd\@tempboxa >\hsize}{%
- \begingroup
- \samepage
- \flushing
- \let\footnote\@footnotemark at gobble
- \@make at capt@title{#1}{#2}\par
- \endgroup
- }{%
- \global \@minipagefalse
- \hb at xt@\hsize{\hfil\unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil}%
- }%
- \endgroup
- \vskip\belowcaptionskip
-}%
-\def\@make at capt@title#1#2{%
- \@ifx at empty\float at link{\@firstofone}{\expandafter\href\expandafter{\float at link}}%
- {#1}\@caption at fignum@sep#2%
-}%
-\def\@footnotemark at gobble{%
- \@footnotemark
- \@ifnextchar[{\@gobble at opt@i}{\@gobble}%
-}%
-\def\@gobble at opt@i[#1]#2{}%
-\def\@mpmakefntext#1{%
- \flushing
- \parindent=1em
- \noindent
- \hb at xt@1em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
- #1%
-}%
-\def\@caption at fignum@sep{. }%
-\def\setfloatlink{\def\float at link}%
-\let\float at link\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thefigure}
-% The figure counter and float placement defaults.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{figure}
-\renewcommand \thefigure {\@arabic\c at figure}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that we give the `!' modifier by default.
-% This is an effort to avoid the syndrome wherein
-% a deferred float finds itself unqualified for
-% placement, thereby getting carried until \cmd\clearpage.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fps at figure{tbp}
-\def\ftype at figure{1}
-\def\ext at figure{lof}
-\def\fnum at figure{\figurename~\thefigure}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We allocate a box register for use in tallying the column inches of floats of this type.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\newbox\csname fbox@\ftype at figure\endcsname
-\expandafter\setbox\csname fbox@\ftype at figure\endcsname\hbox{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Deferring \env{figure} Floats}%
-%
-% We determine if figures are to float or be deferred until \cmd\printfigures\ time.
-% If so, we open the stream that will receive the deferred document portions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \do at if@floats{figure}{.fgx}%
-}%
-\appdef\class at enddocumenthook{%
- \printfigures\relax
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printfigures}
-% The user-level command \cmd\printfigures\ determines
-% where the figures are to appear in a document in which
-% \cmd\floats at sw\ is false.
-% If the user invokes the \classoption{endfloats} class option and fails to
-% insert a \cmd\printfigures\ command,
-% the figures will be printed at the end of the document.
-% If the command is given, but floats are not being deferred,
-% it amounts to a no-op.
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{call \cs{print at floats}}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{*-form mandates pagebreak}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\printfigures{%
- \@ifstar{\true at sw}{\floatp at sw{\true at sw}{\false at sw}}%
- {%
- \print at float{figure}{\oneapage}%
- }{%
- \print at float{figure}{}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat at prep}
-% We patch into the procedure \cmd\@xfloat at prep.
-% This patch applies to all floats (not \env{figure} alone)
-% and makes the type center.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\@xfloat at prep{%
- \appdef\@parboxrestore{\centering}%
-%\let\@makefnmark\@makefnmark at latex
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Tables}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Processing delayed to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time}
-%
-% DPC: More or less taken from \file{revtex2} \file{aps.sty},
-% but using dcolumn for decimal alignment.
-% \begin{environment}{table}
-% We define the \env{table} environment.
-% Later, we will horse around with its meaning
-% in order to accomodate \cmd\floats at sw.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{table}
- {\@float{table}}
- {\end at float}
-\newenvironment{table*}
- {\@dblfloat{table}}
- {\end at dblfloat}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thetable}
-% Table counter and default float placement declarations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{table}
-\renewcommand\thetable{\@Roman\c at table}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that we give the `!' modifier by default.
-% This is an effort to avoid the syndrome wherein
-% a deferred float finds itself unqualified for
-% placement, thereby getting carried until \cmd\clearpage.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fps at table{tbp}
-\def\ftype at table{2}
-\def\ext at table{lot}
-\def\fnum at table{\tablename~\thetable}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We allocate a box register for use in tallying the column inches of floats of this type.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\newbox\csname fbox@\ftype at table\endcsname
-\expandafter\setbox\csname fbox@\ftype at table\endcsname\hbox{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoftables{\print at toc{lot}}%
-\let\l at table\l at figure
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\table at hook}
-% \begin{macro}{\squeezetable}
-% Assign a meaning to the hook installed into float processing.
-%
-% By default floats are \cmd\small. The \cmd\squeezetable\ declaration
-% makes them smaller (\cmd\scriptsize). In general you can locally
-% redefine \cmd\table at hook\ to be whatever you like.
-% (DPC: |\Huge\color{magenta}|\ldots?)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\table at hook{\small}%
-\def\squeezetable{\def\table at hook{\scriptsize}}%
-\appdef\@floatboxreset{\table at hook}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Deferring \env{table} Floats}%
-%
-% After all packages are loaded, we decide
-% if tables will float or will be deferred until \cmd\printtables\ time.
-%
-% We also deal with the possibility of \env{longtable} environments.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\set at table@environments{%
- \floats at sw{}{%
- \let at environment{longtable at float}{longtable}%
- \let at environment{longtable}{longtable at write}%
- \let at environment{longtable*@float}{longtable*}%
- \let at environment{longtable*}{longtable*@write}%
- \let at environment{turnpage at float}{turnpage}%
- \let at environment{turnpage}{turnpage at write}%
- }%
- \do at if@floats{table}{.tbx}%
-}%
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \set at table@environments
-}%
-\appdef\class at enddocumenthook{%
- \printtables\relax
-}%
-\newenvironment{longtable at write}{%
- \write@@float{longtable}{table}%
-}{%
- \endwrite at float
-}%
-\newenvironment{longtable*@write}{%
- \write@@float{longtable*}{table}%
-}{%
- \endwrite at float
-}%
-\newenvironment{turnpage at write}{%
- \immediate\write\tablewrite{\string\begin{turnpage}}%
-}{%
- \immediate\write\tablewrite{\string\end{turnpage}}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printtables}
-% The user-level command \cmd\printtables\ determines
-% where the tables are to appear in a document in which
-% \cmd\floats at sw\ is false.
-% If the user invokes the \classoption{nofloats} and fails to
-% insert a \cmd\printtables\ command,
-% the tables will be printed at the end of the document.
-% If the command is given, but floats are not being deferred,
-% it amounts to a no-op.
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{only execute if appropriate}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{*-form mandates pagebreak}
-% \changes{4.0d}{2000/05/17}{make longtable trigger the head, too}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\printtables{%
- \begingroup
- \let at environment{longtable}{longtable at float}%
- \let at environment{longtable*}{longtable*@float}%
- \let at environment{turnpage}{turnpage at anchored}%
- \prepdef\longtable{\trigger at float@par}%
- \expandafter\prepdef\csname longtable*\endcsname{\trigger at float@par}%
- \expandafter\prepdef\csname table at floats\endcsname{%
- \onecolumngrid at push
- }%
- \expandafter\appdef\csname endtable at floats\endcsname{%
- \onecolumngrid at pop
- }%
- \@ifstar{\true at sw}{\floatp at sw{\true at sw}{\false at sw}}%
- {%
- \print at float{table}{\oneapage}%
- }{%
- \print at float{table}{}%
- }%
- \endgroup
-}%
-\newenvironment{turnpage at anchored}{%
- \onecolumngrid at push
- \setbox\z@\vbox to\textwidth\bgroup
- \columnwidth\textheight
-}{%
- \vfil
- \egroup
- \rotatebox{90}{\box\z@}%
- \onecolumngrid at pop
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Videos}
-%\changes{4.1r}{2010/06/22}{(AO, 595) Provide \cs{lovname} along with other List of Videos definitions.}%
-%
-% \begin{environment}{video}
-% We define the \env{video} environment analogously to the
-% \env{figure} and \env{table} environments; it is intended to contain a video.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{video}
- {\@float{video}}
- {\end at float}%
-\newenvironment{video*}
- {\@dblfloat{video}}
- {\end at dblfloat}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thevideo}
-% The video counter, float placement defaults, strings.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcounter{video}
-\renewcommand \thevideo {\@arabic\c at video}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% File extension and localizable strings.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ext at video{lov}%
-\def\fname at video{Video}%
-\def\lovname{List of Videos}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Float type and default placement.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fps at video{tbp}%
-\def\ftype at video{4}%
-\def\fnum at video{\fname at video~\thevideo}%
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \@ifxundefined\c at float@type{}{%
- \global\setcounter{float at type}{8}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% We allocate a box register for use in tallying the column inches of floats of this type.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\newbox\csname fbox@\ftype at video\endcsname
-\expandafter\setbox\csname fbox@\ftype at video\endcsname\hbox{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The documentation for the \classname{hyperref} package, \file{hyperref.dtx} states:
-% ``classes or package which introduce new elements need to define
-% an equivalent \verb+\theH<name>+ for every \verb+\the<name>+''
-% We do accordingly here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\theHvideo\thevideo
-% \end{macrocode}
-% But \file{hyperref.dtx} goes on to say,
-% ``We do make a trap to make \verb+\theH<name>+ be the same as \verb+\arabic{<name>}+,
-% if \verb+\theH<name>+ is not defined\ldots''
-% However, it's not doing that right now (as of 6.77u),
-% and I cannot find any such code in there anymore.
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listofvideos{\print at toc{lov}}%
-\let\l at video\l at figure
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Deferring \env{video} Floats}%
-%
-% We determine if videos are to float or be deferred until \cmd\printvideos\ time.
-% If so, we open the stream that will receive the deferred document portions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \do at if@floats{video}{.vdx}%
-}%
-\appdef\class at enddocumenthook{%
- \printvideos\relax
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printvideos}
-% The user-level command \cmd\printvideos\ determines
-% where the videos are to appear in a document in which
-% \cmd\floats at sw\ is false.
-% If the user invokes the \classoption{endfloats} class option and fails to
-% insert a \cmd\printvideos\ command,
-% the videos will be printed at the end of the document.
-% If the command is given, but floats are not being deferred,
-% it amounts to a no-op.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\printvideos{%
- \@ifstar{\true at sw}{\floatp at sw{\true at sw}{\false at sw}}%
- {%
- \print at float{video}{\oneapage}%
- }{%
- \print at float{video}{}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Tabular}
-% Every APS tabular has a double (Scotch) rule above and below.
-% The column specifier ``d'' is implemented using the \classname{dcolumn}
-% package, if available.
-% FIXME: always load dcolumn!
-% \begin{macro}{\tabular at hook}
-% \begin{macro}{\endtabular at hook}
-% \begin{environment}{ruledtabular}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endtabular at hook{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\RequirePackage{dcolumn}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{dcolumn}{%
- \expandafter\@ifnotrelax\csname NC at find@d\endcsname{}{%
- \newcolumntype{d}{D{.}{.}{-1}}%
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-\def\toprule{\hline\hline}%
-\def\colrule{\hline}%
-\def\botrule{\hline\hline}%
-\newenvironment{ruledtabular}{%
- \def\array at default{v}%
- \appdef\tabular at hook{\def\@halignto{to\hsize}}%
- \let\tableft at skip@default\tableft at skip
- \let\tableft at skip\tableft at skip@float
- \let\tabmid at skip@default\tabmid at skip
- \let\tabmid at skip\tabmid at skip@float
- \let\tabright at skip@default\tabright at skip
- \let\tabright at skip\tabright at skip@float
- \let\array at row@pre at default\array at row@pre
- \let\array at row@pre\array at row@pre at float
- \let\array at row@pst at default\array at row@pst
- \let\array at row@pst\array at row@pst at float
- \appdef\array at row@rst{%
- \let\array at row@pre\array at row@pre at default
- \let\array at row@pst\array at row@pst at default
- \let\tableft at skip\tableft at skip@default
- \let\tabmid at skip\tabmid at skip@default
- \let\tabright at skip\tabright at skip@default
- \appdef\tabular at hook{\let\@halignto\@empty}%
- }%
-}{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Footnote Text}
-%
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{single space footnotes}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Frank Mittelbach, has stated in \protect\classname{multicol}: ``The kernel command \cs{@footnotetext} should not be modified.'' Thus, I have removed David Carlisle's redefinition of that command. Note, however, that later versions of \protect\classname{multicol} do not require this workaround. Belt and suspenders.}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
-% \begin{macro}{\@makefnmark}
-% We customize the presentation of the footnote mark: it will not be italic.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@makefntext#1{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \parindent1em%
- \noindent
- \hb at xt@1.8em{%
- \hss\@makefnmark
- }%
- #1%
- \par
-}%
-\def\@makefnmark{%
- \hbox{%
- \@textsuperscript{%
- \normalfont\@thefnmark
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Citations, Bibliography, Endnotes}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bibliography}
-%
-% Load Patrick Daly's \classname{natbib} package,
-% \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib}
-%
-% Note that \classname{natbib} assumes that it loads
-% over a document class, such as the \classname{article} class,
-% that has already defined \env{thebibliography} and \cmd\@listi.
-%
-% Note also that \classname{natbib} also installs a command
-% \cmd\NAT at set@cites\ into \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ which presumes
-% that the proper \cmd\bibpunct\ command has been issued.
-%
-% Note that the macro \cmd\NAT at sort\ controls
-% whether citations are left alone (\cmd\NAT at sort=0), sorted (\cmd\NAT at sort=1), or sorted and compressed (\cmd\NAT at sort=2).
-% Since we give \classname{natbib} the \classoption{sort\&compress} option,
-% if you prefer \classoption{sort}, you need only \cmd\let \cmd\NAT at sort\ to be \cmd\@ne.
-% However, if you prefer the effect of having neither \classoption{sort} nor \classoption{sort\&compress},
-% you must \cmd\let \cmd\NAT at sort\ to be \cmd\z@ and you must also define
-% \cmd\let\cmd\NAT at cmprs\ to be \cmd\z at .
-%
-% As of version 8.2, \classname{natbib} now no longer binds at the point where it is read in.
-% This means that we can freely change \cmd\NAT at sort, \cmd\NAT at cmprs, and the new
-% \cmd\NAT at merge. Henceforth, we require that this later version be used.
-%
-% For other \classname{natbib} customizations, you may proceed as if you were going to use
-% the \file{natbib.cfg} file: anything that you can modify by this means is fair game.
-% Once \revtex\ is finished loading, you can assert any definitions for \classname{natbib} that you wish.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rev at citet}
-% \begin{macro}{\rev at citealp}
-% \begin{macro}{\rev at citealpnum}
-% We define variants on \classname{natbib}'s commands \cmd\citet, \cmd\citealp, and \cmd\citealpnum.
-% \cmd\rev at citealpnum\ uses a numerical citation.
-% \cmd\rev at citealp\ and \cmd\rev at citealpnum\ are the aliases of \cmd\onlinecite,
-% \cmd\rev at citet\ that of \cmd\textcite.
-%
-% In each case, we invoke \cmd\rtx at swap@citea\ to effect different productions between
-% multiple arguments to the \cmd\cite\ command.
-%
-% \cmd\rev at citealpnum\ provides textual citations where superscript citations are the default.
-% These should be accessible via the \cmd\citet\ command.
-%
-% Therefore we remember how to do a numerical citation
-% even when the superscript citation has been selected.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\DeclareRobustCommand
-\expandafter\rev at citet
-\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\begingroup
- \expandafter\rtx at swap@citea
- \expandafter\g at bblefirsttoken
- \csname citet \endcsname
-}%
-\expandafter\DeclareRobustCommand
-\expandafter\rev at citealp
-\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\begingroup
- \expandafter\rtx at swap@citea
- \expandafter\g at bblefirsttoken
- \csname citealp \endcsname
-}%
-\expandafter\DeclareRobustCommand
-\expandafter\rev at citealpnum
-\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\begingroup
- \expandafter\rtx at swap@citenum
- \expandafter\g at bblefirsttoken
- \csname citealp \endcsname
-}%
-\def\rtx at swap@citenum{%
- \rtx at swap@citea
- \let\@cite\NAT at citenum
- \let\NAT at mbox\mbox
- \let\citeyear\NAT at citeyear
- \let\NAT at space\NAT at spacechar
-}%
-\def\g at bblefirsttoken{%
- \expandafter\true at sw
- \expandafter\@empty
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at citesuper}
-% We prepare to redefine \classname{natbib}'s procedure \cmd\NAT at citesuper,
-% which is executed when setting a superscript citation.
-% The \cmd\hspace\ is removed: in any case, it
-% should really be \cmd\hspace*, to prevent an unwanted pagebreak.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\rtx at citesuper[3]{%
- \ifNAT at swa
- \leavevmode
- \unskip
-% \hspace{1\p@}%
- \textsuperscript{\normalfont#1}%
- \if*#3*\else\ (#3)\fi
- \else
- #1%
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@makefnmark at cite}
-% We define a procedure that will set a footnote mark the same way that
-% a citation is set. If footnotes are put in the bibliography with
-% \cmd\footinbib at sw, then the corresponding mark should look the same
-% as the result of a \cmd\cite. This is how we do it.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@makefnmark at cite{\begingroup\NAT at swatrue\@cite{{\@thefnmark}}{}{}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at bibsection}
-% Prepare to override \classname{natbib}'s definition of \cmd\bibsection.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at bibsection{%
- \@ifx at empty\refname{%
- \par
- }{%
-% \let\@hangfroms at section\@hang at froms
- \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
- \@nobreaktrue
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at swap@citea}
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at def@citea}
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at def@citea at close}
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at def@citea at box}
-% The procedures |\rtx at def@citea|, |\rtx at def@citea at close|, and |\rtx at def@citea at box|
-% can take over the management of \classname{natbib}'s |\@citea| macro to effect more sophisticated
-% behavior of the punctuation between textual citations. The switch is performed by \cmd\rtx at swap@citea.
-%
-% \changes{4.1j}{2009/10/25}{(AO, 552) Repair spacing in \cs{onlinecite}}
-% In these procedures, we use \cmd\count@\ to count the number of arguments of the \cmd\cite\ command,
-% and we use \cmd\c at NAT@ctr\ to keep track of which argument we are processing.
-% The latter counter is created by \classname{natbib} and used there solely in bibliography processing,
-% where it keeps track of the reference number.
-% We take over its use in these macros, but only locally; therefore these procedures should work properly, even within the bibliography.
-%FIXME: check whether this is true!
-%
-% Because we are using a scratch counter \cmd\count@, we are vulnerable to other \TeX\ programmers
-% who patch in to \classname{natbib}'s processing and who might use that counter at the same time we are doing so.
-% This is a potential source of trouble for us.
-%FIXME: store the value of \cmd\count@\ in a private \cmd\csname!
-%
-% Note that \cmd\rtx at def@citea\ begins the same as \cmd\NAT at def@citea, which it replaces,
-% then makes further decisions based on the values of the counters.
-%
-% Note also that, in \classname{natbib}, the replacement part of \cmd\NAT at def@citea at close\ could be rewritten as
-% \cmd\NAT at def@citea\cmd\prepdef\cmd\@citea\verb+{+\cmd\NAT@@close\verb+}+, which
-% would them obviate the need for us to override its meaning.
-%
-% Note, too, the effect of \cmd\rtx at def@citea at box, which replaces \cmd\NAT at def@citea at box,
-% is almost the same as the latter, except the entire \cmd\@citea\ is given as the argument
-% of \cmd\NAT at mbox.
-%
-% Finally, bear in mind that the English (and some American editors) do not place a comma
-% before the ``and''; our procedures do (but they could be rewritten with that convention).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at swap@citea{%
- \let\NAT at def@citea\rtx at def@citea
- \let\NAT at def@citea at close\rtx at def@citea at close
- \let\NAT at def@citea at box\rtx at def@citea at box
-}%
-\def\rtx at def@citea{%
- \def\@citea{\NAT at separator\NAT at space}%
- \advance\c at NAT@ctr\@ne
- \@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
- \@ifnum{\c at NAT@ctr=\count@}{\appdef\@citea{\NAT at conj\NAT at space}}{}%
- }{%
- \def\@citea{\NAT at space\NAT at conj\NAT at space}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\rtx at def@citea at close{%
- \rtx at def@citea
- \prepdef\@citea{\NAT@@close}%
-}%
-\def\rtx at def@citea at box{%
- \rtx at def@citea at close
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@citea\expandafter{\expandafter\NAT at mbox\expandafter{\@citea}}%
-}%
-\def\NAT at conj{and}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\BibitemShut}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibAnnote}
-% \changes{4.1j}{2009/10/24}{(AO, 549) Repairing natbib's \cs{BibitemShut} and \cs{bibAnnote}}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 549) Remove patch to natbib, which is now at version 8.31a}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/07}{(AO, 578) accommodate the possible space character preceding \cs{BibitemShut}.}
-% We remember a temporary patch to \classname{natbib}'s definition of \cmd\BibitemShut.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NAT at BibitemShut#1{%
- \def\@bibstop{#1}%
- \let\bibitem at Stop\bibitemStop
- \let\bibitem at NoStop\bibitemNoStop
- \@ifx{\bibitemShut\relax}{\let\@bibitemShut\@empty}{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@bibitemShut\expandafter{\bibitemShut}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following is a bug fix to \classname{natbib} version 8.31b.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\BibitemShut at ltx#1{%
- \unskip
- \def\@bibstop{#1}%
- \let\bibitem at Stop\bibitemStop
- \let\bibitem at NoStop\bibitemNoStop
- \@ifx{\bibitemShut\relax}{\let\@bibitemShut\@empty}{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\@bibitemShut\expandafter{\bibitemShut}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\providecommand{\bibAnnote}[3]{%
-% \BibitemShut{#1}%
-% \def\@tempa{#3}\@ifx{\@tempa\@empty}{}{%
-% \begin{quotation}\noindent
-% \textsc{Key:}\ #2\\\textsc{Annotation:}\ \@tempa
-% \end{quotation}%
-% }%
-% \ignorespaces
-%}%
-%\def\@bibitemShut{}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{thebibliography}{}{}%
-\let\@listi\@empty
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \RequirePackage[sort&compress]{natbib}[2009/11/07 8.31a (PWD, AO)]%
- \let at environment{NAT at thebibliography}{thebibliography}%
- \let at environment{thebibliography}{rtx at thebibliography}%
- \let\bibliographystyle at latex\bibliographystyle
- \let\NAT at citesuper\rtx at citesuper
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NAT at bibsetnum}
-% \begin{macro}{\NAT at bibsetup}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
-% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibnumfmt}
-% \begin{macro}{\NAT at merge}
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography
-% and gently coax \classname{natbib} into using
-% the formatting procedures that \emph{we} want it to use.
-%
-% This way of setting up \env{thebibliography}
-% automatically sets the label width based on
-% the largest number used within the bibliography.
-% This scheme will not work properly using the
-% author/year style of bib entry, though.
-%
-% We define \cmd\bibnumfmt\ to be \cmd\place at bibnumber, which is a macro
-% managed by \revtex. If the document defines \cmd\bibnumfmt, then that
-% definition will be used instead, which is what the \classname{natbib}
-% package gives as its programming interface.
-%
-% We set \cmd\NAT at merge\ to \cmd\tw@, which turns on \classname{natbib}'s
-% \classname{mcite} capabilities. This is the default setting.
-% If numerical citations are not to be used, then \cmd\NAT at merge\
-% should be set to \cmd\@ne\ (syntax is still enabled, but semantics are turned off).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\bibsection\rtx at bibsection
-\let\NATx at bibsetnum\NAT at bibsetnum
-\def\NAT at bibsetnum#1{%
- \setlength{\topsep}{\z@}%
- \NATx at bibsetnum{\ref{LastBibItem}}%
-}%
-\let\NATx at bibsetup\NAT at bibsetup
-\def\NAT at bibsetup{%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{\z@}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{\z@}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{\z@}%
- \setlength{\listparindent}{\z@}%
- \setlength{\topsep}{\z@}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\z@}%
- \NATx at bibsetup
-}%
-\let\bibpreamble\@empty
-\def\newblock{\ }%
-\let\NATx at bibnumfmt\bibnumfmt
-\def\bibnumfmt{\place at bibnumber}%
-\let\NAT at merge\thr@@
-\let\NAT at citeyear\citeyear
-\let\onlinecite\rev at citealp
-\let\textcite\rev at citet
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following is needed until \classname{natbib} is at 8.31b.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifx{\BibitemShut\NAT at BibitemShut}{%
- \class at info{Repairing natbib's \string\BibitemShut}%
- \let\BibitemShut\BibitemShut at ltx
-}{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle}
-% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/01}{(AO, 586) When .bbl is pasted into the document, prevent automatic bibliography inclusion.}%
-% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
-% We arrange for the selection of bibliography style
-% to occur either due to the document's explicit
-% \cmd\bibliographystyle\ statement or
-% via the journal substyle.
-%
-% Note that \revtex\ is incompatible with
-% any package that patches \cmd\bibliographystyle.
-% Since \classname{natbib} does this, we need a fix.
-%
-% The Boolean \cmd\bibliographystyle at sw\ signifies that the document contains explicit
-% \cmd\bibliographystyle\ markup. If, on the contrary, the bibliography style is set by
-% the the society or the journal, then no explicit \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command appears in the document instance.
-% In this case \cmd\bibliographystyle at sw\ will be \cmd\false at sw.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\bibliographystyle at latex\bibliographystyle
-\def\bibliographystyle{\@booleantrue\bibliographystyle at sw\def\@bibstyle}%
-\@booleanfalse\bibliographystyle at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{4.1j}{2009/11/03}{(AO, 551) Punctuation at end of reference when optional arguments to the cite key are given.}
-% The following had been bug fixes to \classname{natbib} version 8.31a.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\bibitemStop{\@bibitemShut}%
-%\def\NAT at bibitem@cont{%
-% \let\bibitem at Stop\bibitemContinue
-% \let\bibitem at NoStop\bibitemContinue
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% The following are alterations to \classname{natbib} version 8.31a to
-% accommodate the possible space character preceding \cmd\BibitemShut,
-% and to handle the case of merged references, where the first ends with a stop character.
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/07}{(AO, 578) accommodate the possible space character preceding \cs{BibitemShut}.}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/09}{(AO, 581) Handle case: merged references, with first ending in a stop character.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NAT at bibitem@cont{%
- \let\bibitem at Stop\bibitemContinue at Stop
- \let\bibitem at NoStop\bibitemContinue
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bibitemNoStop{%
- \@ifx at empty\@bibitemShut{.\spacefactor\@mmm\space}{\@bibitemShut}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bibitemContinue{%
- \@ifx at empty\@bibitemShut{;\spacefactor\@mmm\space}{\@bibitemShut}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bibitemContinue at Stop{%
- \@ifx at empty\@bibitemShut{\spacefactor\@mmm\space}{\@bibitemShut}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1k}{2009/11/11}{(AO, 561) remove dead code relating to \cs{bibitemContinue}}
-% We used to customize one of the productions of \classname{natbib}, but no longer.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\let\bibitemContinue\bibitemContinue at rtx
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Here ends the code to be executed at \cmd\rtx at require@packages\ time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/07}{(AO, 516) Merged references are separated with a semicolon}
-% Redefine a macro of \classname{natbib} so that merged references are separated with a semicolon.
-% \changes{4.1k}{2009/11/11}{(AO, 561) remove dead code relating to \cs{bibitemContinue}}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \def\bibitemContinue at rtx{;\spacefactor\@mmm\space}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\onlinecite}
-% \begin{macro}{\textcite}
-% We extend \classname{natbib}'s syntax with two commands to set a citation
-% on the baseline (as opposed to superscripted) and as text (rather than parenthetical), respectively.
-% A journal substyle that makes citations be superscripted or parenthetical as the case may be, should ensure
-% that the author has continued access to these two styles.
-%
-% Note that the society or journal substyle override the meanings of \cmd\@onlinecite\ or
-% \cmd\@textcite\ given here.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\onlinecite{\@onlinecite}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\textcite{\@textcite}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% Provide a hook for supplying Bib\TeX\ a bibliographic database that may contain, say,
-% footnotes.
-%
-% Note that Bib\TeX\ chokes if the argument of the \cmd\bibdata\ command has null fields,
-% hence these tests.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\bibliography at latex\bibliography
-\def\bibliography#1{%
- \auto at bib@empty
- \begingroup
- \let\auto at bib@innerbib\@empty
- \@ifx at empty{\pre at bibdata}{%
- \bibliography at latex{#1}%
- }{%
- \@if at empty{#1}{%
- \expandafter\bibliography at latex\expandafter{\pre at bibdata}%
- }{%
- \expandafter\bibliography at latex\expandafter{\pre at bibdata,#1}%
- }%
- }%
- \endgroup
-}%
-\let\pre at bibdata\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{rtx at thebibliography}%
-% \begin{macro}{\present at bibnote}%
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 521) Lonely bibliography head}%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 575) Automatically incorporate the (Bib\TeX-generated) .bbl into an explicit \env{thebibliography}}%
-% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/01}{(AO, 586) When .bbl is pasted into the document, prevent automatic bibliography inclusion.}%
-% We put a tail patch into \cmd\thebibliogrphy\ and
-% a headpatch into \cmd\endthebibliography.
-%
-% Here we provide a default treatment for frontmatter notes
-% deferred to the bibliography; a journal substyle
-% might want to override the definition of \cmd\present at bibnote.
-%
-% We make provisions for the case where there are no \cmd\bibitem s
-% for the bibliography: we produce no bibliography head at all.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{rtx at thebibliography}[1]{%
- \NAT at thebibliography{#1}%
- \let\@TBN at opr\present at bibnote
- \@FMN at list
-}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line was commented out:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\@endnotesinbib
-% \end{verbatim}
-% The \cmd\auto at bib@innerbib\ directive has been moved from the begin processing to the end processing.
-% This means that the content of the \env{thebibliography} environment can itself prevent the
-% automatic reading in of the .bbl file. This would be needed when the user has pasted in the
-% content of the .bbl file into the document itself, something required by APS and AIP editorial direction.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \auto at bib@innerbib
- \edef\@currentlabel{\arabic{NAT at ctr}}%
- \label{LastBibItem}%
- \endNAT at thebibliography
- \aftergroup\auto at bib@empty
-}%
-\def\present at bibnote#1#2{%
- \item[%
- \textsuperscript{%
- \normalfont
- \Hy at raisedlink{\hyper at anchorstart{frontmatter.#1}\hyper at anchorend}%
- \begingroup
- \csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname#1\relax
- \frontmatter at thefootnote
- \endgroup
- }%
- ]#2\par
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line was commented out:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\global\let\NAT at bibitem@first at sw\@secondoftwo
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{write at bibliographystyle}
-% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
-% We wish to delay committing the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ until as late as possible.
-% The journal substyle will define a default bibliography style, and
-% the document's explicit \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command, if any, will override that default.
-%
-% The \cmd\bibstyle\ command is allowed appear quite late in the \file{.aux} file.
-% We now delay the automatic writing of the \cmd\bibstyle\ command to the end of the job.
-%
-% The procedure \cmd\write at bibliographystyle\ tests whether a \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command has
-% already been given.
-% If not, it effectively executes the needed \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command, then neutralizes itself
-% (we only need to do this once per job).
-%
-% If the document lacks explicit \cmd\bibliographystyle\ markup, we execute
-% \cmd\@bibdataout at rev, a hook for \revtex-aware processing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\write at bibliographystyle{%
- \@ifxundefined\@bibstyle{}{%
- \expandafter\bibliographystyle at latex\expandafter{\@bibstyle}%
- \bibliographystyle at sw{}{\@bibdataout at rev}%
- }%
- \global\let\write at bibliographystyle\relax
-}%
-\AtEndDocument{\write at bibliographystyle}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx@@citetp}
-% \begin{macro}{\rtx at citex}
-% \begin{macro}{\super at cite@let}
-% \begin{macro}{\super at cite@end}
-% \begin{macro}{\super at cite@swap}
-% We wish to extend \classname{natbib} to move spaces and citations around
-% a superscript-style citation, imitating Donald Arseneau's \classname{cite} package
-% with the \classoption{super}.
-%
-% The \cmd\rtx@@citetp\ procedure is substituted for \cmd\NAT@@citetp;
-% it then calls the \cmd\rtx at citex\ procedure and implements the features of the
-% \classoption{citeautoscript} class option.
-% In the end, \cmd\@citex\ is called with its customary parameters.
-%
-% The document should be marked up as if citations were \emph{not} superscripted,
-% and then if you select a journal substyle that has superscripted citations, \revtex\ will do its best
-% to alter the formatting of the \cmd\cite s to accomodate superscript style.
-%
-% Only citations set as superscript are affected by this procedure,
-% because we check \cmd\@cite\ against \cmd\NAT at citesuper.
-%
-% Here's a subtle point: when is the argument of \cmd\super at cite@swap\ not the same as the token \cmd\@let at token?
-% Answer: when the latter is \cmd\@sptoken! This case has to be handled separately.
-%
-% Note that whether a punctuation is movable is determined by the definition
-% of a particular control sequence name.
-% A society or journal can alter things: to remove a character from the set,
-% do, say, \cmd\expandafter \cmd\let \cmd\csname \texttt{rtx at automove;} \cmd\endcsname \cmd\relax.
-% To add a character to the set, do, say, \cmd\expandafter \cmd\let \cmd\csname \texttt{rtx at automove;} \cmd\endcsname \cmd\@empty.
-%
-% Implementation note: due to a \TeX\ peculiarity, we have to check for the case
-% where \cmd\@let at token\ is a space token \emph{before} we parse forward.
-% At issue is the corner case where an end of file is at hand. If we
-% were to let \cmd\super at cite@swap\ parse forward, we would encounter a \TeX\ end-of-file
-% error. Note that the test will be true in many distinct cases:
-% the file ends, the next character is a line terminator, the next character is a space.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@@citetp[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\rtx at citex[#1]}{\rtx at citex[][#1]}}%
-\def\rtx at citex[#1][#2]#3{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@tempa{[#1][#2]{#3}}%
- \@ifx{\@cite\NAT at citesuper}{%
- \leavevmode
- \skip@\lastskip
- \unskip
- \super at cite@let
- }{%
- \super at cite@end
- }%
-}%
-\def\super at cite@let{%
- \futurelet\@let at token\super at cite@check
-}%
-\def\super at cite@end{%
- \aftergroup\@citex\expandafter\endgroup\@tempa
-}%
-\def\super at cite@check{%
- \@ifx{\@let at token\@sptoken}{%
- \super at cite@end
- }{%
- \super at cite@swap
- }%
-}%
-\long\def\super at cite@swap#1{%
- \expandafter\@ifx\expandafter{\csname rtx at automove#1\endcsname\@empty}{%
- #1%
- \super at cite@let
- }{%
- \super at cite@end
- #1%
- }%
-}%
-\expandafter\let\csname rtx at automove.\endcsname\@empty
-\expandafter\let\csname rtx at automove,\endcsname\@empty
-\expandafter\let\csname rtx at automove:\endcsname\@empty
-\expandafter\let\csname rtx at automove;\endcsname\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The following must execute only after \classname{natbib} is loaded and has set
-% up its parameters (which it does at \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time).
-% If superscript citations have been selected, and
-% if the \classoption{citeautoscript} class option has been selected,
-% we patch into \classname{natbib}'s mechanism to migrate punctuation around the
-% citation, as in class \classname{cite} with the \classoption{superscript} option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \citeautoscript at sw{%
- \@ifx{\@cite\NAT at citesuper}{%
- \let\NAT@@citetp\rtx@@citetp
- }{}%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Resolve an incompatability between \classname{natbib} and \classname{listings}.
-% The latter package tests \cmd\chapter (which has now been \cmd\let\ to \cmd\relax\ as a side effect \classname{natbib}'s use of \LaTeX's \cmd\@ifundefined).
-%
-% We couch our fix in such terms that will not be disruptive if \cmd\chapter\ is actually defined at this point.
-%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) No longer need to test \cs{chapter} as of \texttt{natbib} version 8.2}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\@ifx{\chapter\relax}{\let\chapter\@undefined}{}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{\cs{endnote}s and \cs{rtx at bibnote}s}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mini at note}
-% \begin{macro}{\save at note}
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
-% QUERY: how do footnotes get thrown to the bibliography. \cmd\footinbib at sw\ appears to be irrelevant.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\mini at note{\save at note\mini at notes}%Implicit #2
-\def\save at note#1#2{%
- \stepcounter\@mpfn
- \protected at xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
- \@footnotemark
- \expandafter\g at addto@macro
- \expandafter#1%
- \expandafter{%
- \expandafter \@@footnotetext
- \expandafter {\@thefnmark}{#2}%
- }%
-}%
-\long\def\@@footnotetext#1{\def\@thefnmark{#1}\@footnotetext}%
-\let\mini at notes\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\endnote}
-% A version of footnote that appears in the bibliography, or where \cmd\printendnotes\ appears.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\@endnote{%
-% \begingroup
-% \aftergroup\@footnotemark
-% \aftergroup\@endnotetext
-% \@ifnextchar[{%
-% \@xendnote
-% }{%
-% \stepcounter{footnote}%
-% \protected at xdef\@tempa{\thefootnote}%
-% \expandafter\@xendnote\expandafter[\the\c at footnote]%
-% }%
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@xendnote}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\unused at xendnote[#1]{%
-% \begingroup
-% \c at footnote#1\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% New for 4.1
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \unrestored at protected@xdef\@endnotelabel{Note\thefootnote}%
-% \authoryear at sw{%
-% \unrestored at protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\noexpand\ref{\@endnotelabel}}%
-% }{%
-% \unrestored at protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\@endnotelabel}%
-% }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Was:
-% \unrestored at protected@xdef\@thefnmark{endnote\thefootnote}%
-% End 4.1 changes
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \endgroup
-% \endgroup
-%}%
-%\def\@endnotemark{%
-% \expandafter\cite\expandafter{\@thefnmark}%
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rev at citemark#1{%
- \expandafter\cite\expandafter{\@thefnmark}%
-}%
-\def\rev at endtext#1{%
- \let\@endnotelabel\@thefnmark
- \@endnotetext
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\endnote at ext}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibdata at app}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibdata at ext}
-% The macro \cmd\endnote at ext\ is the file extension for the auxiliary file holding footnotes.
-% The \cmd\bibdata at app\ and \cmd\bibdata at ext\ macros are used to form the name of a
-% Bib\TeX\ database file holding footnotes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endnote at ext{.end}%
-\def\bibdata at app{Notes}%
-\def\bibdata at ext{bib}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@endnotetext}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% The procedure \cmd\@endnotetext\ writes a Bib\TeX\ .bib file for the purpose
-% of insering a footnote into the (numbered, unsorted) bibliography.
-%
-% We need to define \cmd\pre at bibdata\ to be
-% \cmd\jobname\cmd\endnote at ext, and we probably should define \cmd\endnote at ext\ to
-% be something like ``Notes.bib''.
-%
-% In each case, the material to be written out requires robustification, provided by \cmd\endnote at relax.
-% The commands \cmd\label, \cmd\index, and \cmd\glossary,
-% which are robustified for \cmd\markright\ and \cmd\addcontentsline,
-% are likewise robustified here.
-%
-% Procedure \cmd\@endnotetext at note\ is the alias for \cmd\@endnotetext\ when the endnotes are to be
-% processed separately from the bibliography (generally true when citations are not sorted).
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\long\def\unused at endnotetext@note#1{%
-% \@ifxundefined\@endnoteout{%
-% \newwrite\@endnoteout
-% \gdef\endnote at stream{\jobname\endnote at ext}%
-% \immediate\openout\@endnoteout\endnote at stream\relax
-% }{}%
-% \begingroup
-% \endnote at relax
-% \immediate\write\@endnoteout{\string\@doendnote{\@endnotelabel}{#1}}%
-% \endgroup
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \cmd\@doendnote\ is obsolete.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\@doendnote#1#2{\bibitem{#1}#2}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/05}{(AO, 579) Endnote shall comprise their own Bib\TeX\ entry type: @FOOTNOTE.}
-% Procedure \cmd\@endnotetext\ is the operative procedure\ when the endnotes are to be
-% collated in with the other references, typically true when numerical citations are being used.
-% The technique involves writing a .bib file (\cmd\@bibdataout) with each endnote typed as
-% a \texttt{@FOOTNOTE} entry.
-%
-% Timing note: doing \cmd\openout\ should be deferred until the beginning of the document,
-% as is done here. This allows one to make a format (\filename{.fmt}) file out of this class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@endnotetext#1{%
- \begingroup
- \endnote at relax
- \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
- @FOOTNOTE{%
- \@endnotelabel,%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \texttt{key} field is recommended in cases where there is no author (see \filename{btxdoc}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
- key="\@endnotelabel",%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \texttt{note} field is simply the content of the footnote.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- note="#1"%
- }%
- }%
- \endgroup
-}%
-\newwrite\@bibdataout
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\endnote at relax}
-% At \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time, we open the job's \filename{.bib} file.
-%
-% Procedure \cmd\endnote at relax\ robustifies commands that ought not to be expanded when
-% the endnote is written out.
-% Note the similarity between \cmd\endnote at relax\ and \cmd\protected at write.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endnote at relax{%
- \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
- \let\cite \relax \let\ref \relax \let\pageref \relax
- \let\( \relax \let\) \relax \let\\ \relax
- \let~\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\let\protect\noexpand
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let \protect \@unexpandable at protect
- \newlinechar`\^^M%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\newlinechar`\ %
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\begin\relax \let\end\relax
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at init}
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at aps}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/10}{(AO, 580) Provide a document class option to turn off production of eprint field in bibliography.}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
-% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
-% At \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time, we open the job's \filename{.bib} file.
-% The hook is available for use by a society to place its own @CONTROL record in the \cmd\@bibdataout\ stream.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{\@bibdataout at init}%
-\def\@bibdataout at init{%
- \immediate\openout\@bibdataout\pre at bibdata.\bibdata at ext\relax
-}%
-\def\@bibdataout at rev{%
- \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
-% The citation key (REVTEX41Control) is effectively a version number,
-% which the \filename{.bst} can use to interpret the bib entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- @CONTROL{%
- REVTEX41Control%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Say if we want the \texttt{eprint} field disabled. Otherwise accept the default of the \filename{.bst}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \eprint at enable@sw{}{,eprint=""}%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{REVTEX41Control}}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\printendnotes}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-% We have removed the endnotes facility from REVTeX, so the \cmd\printendnotes\ command now does nothing.
-%
-% Moving footnotes to the bibliogrphy is now accomplished through
-% the automatic generation of a job BiB\TeX\ database (called \cmd\pre at bibdata) containing the footnotes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\printendnotes{%
- \class at warn{The \string\printendnotes\space command no longer serves any function. Please remove it from your document.}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@endnotesinbib}
-% \begin{macro}{\@endnotesinbibliography}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% We define a function \cmd\@endnotesinbib,
-% and a variant \cmd\@endnotesinbibliography.
-% The former is invoked at the start of
-% the end processing for \enve{thebibliography};
-% the latter is a synonym.
-%
-% The procedure typesets the footnotes that are to
-% appear in the bibliography; the default is to
-% simply arrange for the footnote counter to be
-% reset at the start of the document.
-%
-% Note that this code make the assumption that
-% the counter used in \env{thebibliography} is \cmd\c at NAT@ctr.
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-%
-% Here is the sole place where \cmd\footinbib at sw\ has an effect, other code simple assigning its value.
-% If it is false, or \cmd\authoryear at sw\ is true, then footnotes are handled by the default mechanism.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\make at footnote@endnote{%
- \footinbib at sw{%
- \authoryear at sw{}{%
- \ltx at footnote@push
- \def\thempfn{Note\thefootnote}%
- \let\ltx at footmark\rev at citemark
- \let\ltx at foottext\rev at endtext
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The endnotes facility has been removed.
-% Also, there is no need to queue up \cmd\auto at bib\ here, since it is always queued up elsewhere.
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \appdef\class at enddocumenthook{\auto at bib}%
-% \let\printendnotes\relax
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ltx at footnote@push{%
- \let\ltx at footmark@latex\ltx at footmark
- \let\ltx at foottext@latex\ltx at foottext
- \let\thempfn at latex\thempfn
- \def\ltx at footnote@pop{%
- \let\ltx at footmark\ltx at footmark@latex
- \let\ltx at foottext\ltx at foottext@latex
- \let\thempfn\thempfn at latex
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The switchover to setting footnotes in the bibliography
-% changes the meaning of \cmd\footnote\ and
-% substitutes the synonym for \cmd\@endnotesinbib.
-%
-% We arrange for the procedure \cmd\make at footnote@endnote\ to be executed
-% at \cmd\class at documenthook\ time (we mustn't do this earlier because
-% the meaning of \cmd\@footnotemark\ must not be changed before then,
-% for the sake of \file{ltxutil.dtx}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \make at footnote@endnote
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\auto at bib}
-% \begin{macro}{\auto at bib@empty}
-% \begin{macro}{\test at bbl@sw}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibitem at set}
-% \begin{macro}{\auto at bib@innerbib}
-% \begin{macro}{\thebibliography at nogroup}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 575) Automatically incorporate the (Bib\TeX-generated) .bbl into an explicit \env{thebibliography}}%
-% Under some circumstances, we must typeset the bibliography automatically.
-% If the document requires footnotes to be set in the bibliography (effectively, class option \texttt{footinbib}),
-% or that frontmatter footnotes be set in the bibliography (effectively, class option \texttt{bibnotes}),
-% but contains no explicit \cmd\bibliography\ statement.
-%
-% Note that this facility is not able to work more than once per document.
-% If multiple bibliographys are required (e.g., per article), it will be the responsibility of the journal style
-% to restore \cmd\auto at bib\ to its original meaning so it can be re-invoked.
-%
-% In procedure \cmd\auto at bib, we first test for the presence of frontmatter footnotes deferred to the bibliography.
-% If none, we further test for the presence of \cmd\bibitem\ commands in the job's \filename{.bbl} file.
-% If either condition is met, we ask for a bibliography.
-% We know that the document itself lacks a \cmd\bibliography\ statement,
-% so we know the argument of the \cmd\bibliography\ that we will issue.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\auto at bib{%
- \@ifx at empty\@FMN at list{%
- \footinbib at sw{%
- \@ifnum{\csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname>\z@}{%
- \true at sw
- }{%
- \test at bbl@sw
- }%
- }{%
- \test at bbl@sw
- }%
- }{%
- \true at sw
- }%
- {%
- \bibliography{}%
- }{}%
-}%
-\def\auto at bib@empty{%
- \let\auto at bib\@empty
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Testing the \filename{.bbl} file involves defanging all expected commands
-% and processing that file inside a box register (that will be simply discarded).
-% We provide a new meaning for the \cmd\bibitem\ command: it queues a Boolean.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\test at bbl@sw{%
- \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
- \let\providecommand\providecommand at j@nk
- \let\bibfield\@gobbletwo
- \let\bibinfo\@gobbletwo
- \let\translation\@gobble
- \let\BibitemOpen\@empty
- \let\bibitemStop\@empty
- \let\bibitemNoStop\@empty
- \let\EOS\@empty
- \let\BibitemShut\@gobble
- \let\bibAnnoteFile\@gobbletwo
- \let\bibAnnote\@gobblethree
- \let\textbf\@gobble
- \let\emph\@gobble
- \@booleanfalse\bibitem at sw
- \let\bibitem\bibitem at set
- \auto at bib@innerbib
- \bibitem at sw{\aftergroup\true at sw}{\aftergroup\false at sw}%
- \egroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \cmd\bibitem at set\ is an alias for \cmd\bibitem\ for the purpose of detecting a non-trivial bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bibitem at set[1][]{%
- \bibitem at sw{}{%
- \@booleantrue\bibitem at sw
- \aftergroup\@booleantrue\aftergroup\bibitem at sw
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The \cmd\auto at bib@innerbib\ procedure reads in the \filename{.bbl} file (if it exists)
-% within a context where its \env{thebibliography} environment does nothing, not even establishing a group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\auto at bib@innerbib{%
- \begingroup
- \let at environment{thebibliography}{thebibliography at nogroup}%
- \bibliography{}%
- \endgroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Environment \env{thebibliography at nogroup} is an alias of the \env{thebibliography} environment that cancels itself.
-% It assumes that it is called within a \env{thebibliography} environment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\thebibliography at nogroup#1{%
- \endgroup
- \def\@currenvir{thebibliography}%
-}%
-\def\endthebibliography at nogroup{\begingroup}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following should be part of \filename{ltxutil}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{}%
-\def\providecommand at j@nk#1[#2]{%
- \@ifnum{#2=\z@}{\def\j at nk}{%
- \@ifnum{#2=\@ne}{\def\j at nk##1}{%
- \@ifnum{#2=\tw@}{\def\j at nk##1##2}{%
- \@ifnum{#2=\thr@@}{\def\j at nk##1##2##3}{%
- }%
- }%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Initial setup}
-%
-% The standard LaTeX document classes execute certain commands
-% that are best deferred until \cmd\class at documenthook\ time.
-% Here, we effectively split \cmd\pagenumbering\ into two halves,
-% with a default definition for \cmd\thepage
-% and an initialization of \cmd\c at page\ at \cmd\class at documenthook\ time.
-%
-% The meaning of \cmd\thepage\ can be overridden by society, journal, or
-% anywhere within the document pramble, and the counter itself will be
-% preset at the beginning of the document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\thepage{\@arabic\c at page}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Defer assignment until \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
-% Note that this code is executed at \cmd\setup at hook\ time
-% to allow for the possibility of overrides by packages like \classname{geometry}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \tabbingsep \labelsep
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \let\@listi\@listI
- \@listi
-}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%
-% We ensure that the ``environment'' component mark (implemented by \file{ltxgrid.dtx})
-% is initialized properly (via a hook, itself defined via \file{ltxutil.dtx}).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \global\c at page\@ne
- \def\curr at envir{document}%
- \mark at envir{\curr at envir}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\open at onecolumn}%
-% \begin{macro}{\open at column@two}%
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Grid changes with ltxgrid}
-% \changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{Also alter how lists get indented.}
-% When setting the column grid, we have to override the procedure
-% for formatting lists.
-% Because \cmd\twocolumngrid\ requires rebalancing columns at some points,
-% typesetting must employ only the manipulation of
-% \cmd\leftskip\ and \cmd\rightskip, and must avoid the use of
-% \cmd\moveleft, \cmd\moveright, and \cmd\parshape.
-%
-% It is one of the stranger features of \TeX\ that these two separate
-% mechanisms exist. The latter three have the effect of adding things to the
-% Main Vertical List that cannot be removed and later added back with all their
-% properties intact.
-%
-% In detail, \cmd\moveleft, say, adds a box to the MVL with
-% its reference point shifted horizontally by some amount relative to the
-% reference point of the enclosing list. If that box is removed from the
-% MVL (via a \cmd\lastbox\ operation in the output routine), and later
-% thrown back to the MVL, the shift of the box will have been ``forgotten'' by \TeX.
-% This is a bug, but not one ``acceptible to D. E. Knuth'', so it will never be fixed.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\open at onecolumn{%
- \open at column@one\@ne
- \set at colht
- \@floatplacement
- \@dblfloatplacement
-}%
-\def\open at twocolumn{%
- \open at column@mlt\tw@
- \set at colht
- \@floatplacement
- \@dblfloatplacement
- \sloppy
- \let\set at listindent\set at listindent@
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{\cs{appendix}}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%\newif\ifappendixon
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note that, within appendices,
-% equations are numbered within sections (appendices).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\appendix{%
- \par
-%\appendixontrue
- \setcounter{section}\z@
- \setcounter{subsection}\z@
- \setcounter{subsubsection}\z@
- \def\thesubsection{\arabic{subsection}}%
- \def\thesubsubsection{\alph{subsubsection}}%
- \@addtoreset{equation}{section}%
- \def\theequation at prefix{\thesection}%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\appendix}%
- \@ifstar{%
- \def\thesection{\unskip}%
- \def\theequation at prefix{A.}%
- }{%
- \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Changing the page grid}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Define three separate environments, defer assignment to \cs{AtBeginDocument} time.}
-%
-% \subsection{Avoiding Grid Changes}%
-%
-% In preprint styles, ``wide text'' is a no-op, and the title page
-% processing involves no grid change.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\title at column}%
-% \begin{macro}{\close at column}%
-% Provide default meanings for \cmd\title at column\ and \cmd\close at column,
-% in case they were never defined.
-% Note that the society or journal substyle may define
-% \cmd\title at column\ or \cmd\close at column: this code will not override.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\title at column#1{%
- \minipagefootnote at init
- #1%
- \minipagefootnote at foot
-}%
-\def\close at column{%
- \newpage
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Galley Style: Margin Changes}%
-% A variant of preprint processing. Emulate journal appearance somewhat.
-%
-% \begin{environment}{widetext at galley}
-% DPC: We're in galley style so do a lob sided display environment.
-%
-% QUERY: How can we be sure that we are in galley style?
-% ANSWER: as noted elsewhere, require that both \cmd\twocolumn at sw\ and \cmd\preprintsty at sw\ be false.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\galley at outdent{\rightmargin-\columnwidth\advance\rightmargin-\columnsep}%
-\let\widetext at outdent\@empty
-\newenvironment{widetext at galley}{%
- \list{}{%
- \topsep \z at skip
- \listparindent \parindent
- \itemindent \parindent
- \leftmargin \z@
- \parsep \z@\@plus\p@
- \widetext at outdent
- \relax
- }%
- \item\relax
-}{
- \endlist
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Grid Changing Via \classname{ltxgrid}}%
-%
-% In case \classoption{twocolumngrid} has been invoked,
-% switch column grid using the column grid-changing commands.
-% Supply stub definitions of those commands here.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes with ltxgrid}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\title at column@grid}%
-% \begin{macro}{\close at column@grid}%
-% The title block always starts at the top of a new page.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes with ltxgrid}
-%
-% Note that, for the procedure \cmd\close at column@grid,
-% we balance columns by switching to the one-column page grid.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\title at column@grid#1{%
- \minipagefootnote at init
- \onecolumngrid
- \begingroup
- \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter at footnotetext
-%<ignore> \let\set at footnotewidth\set at footnotewidth@two
- \ltx at no@footnote
- #1%
- \endgroup
- \twocolumngrid
- \minipagefootnote at foot
-}%
-\def\close at column@grid{%
- \balancelastpage at sw{%
- \onecolumngrid
-%<ignore> \twocolumngrid
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{widetext at grid}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes via ltxgrid procedures}
-% \changes{4.0e}{2000/11/21}{adornments above and below.}
-% \changes{4.1g}{2009/10/07}{(AO, 525) Remove phantom paragraph above display math that is given in vertical mode}%
-% We slip into the one-column page grid
-% within the scope of this environment.
-%
-% Note that we set adornments above and below the \env{widettext}.
-% These are set as leaders, so they will disappear at a page break.
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO) fine-tune spacing above and below widetext}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{widetext at grid}{%
- \par\ignorespaces
- \setbox\widetext at top\vbox{%
-%<ignore> \vskip15\p@
- \hb at xt@\hsize{%
- \leaders\hrule\hfil
- \vrule\@height6\p@
- }%
-%<ignore> \vskip6\p@
- }%
- \setbox\widetext at bot\hb at xt@\hsize{%
- \vrule\@depth6\p@
- \leaders\hrule\hfil
- }%
- \onecolumngrid
- \vskip10\p@
- \dimen@\ht\widetext at top\advance\dimen@\dp\widetext at top
- \cleaders\box\widetext at top\vskip\dimen@
-%<ignore> \let\set at footnotewidth\set at footnotewidth@two
- \vskip6\p@
- \prep at math@patch
-}{%
- \par
- \vskip6\p@
- \setbox\widetext at bot\vbox{%
- \hb at xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\widetext at bot}%
-%<ignore> \vskip14\p@
- }%
- \dimen@\ht\widetext at bot\advance\dimen@\dp\widetext at bot
- \cleaders\box\widetext at bot\vskip\dimen@
- \vskip8.5\p@
- \twocolumngrid\global\@ignoretrue
- \@endpetrue
-}%
-\newbox\widetext at top
-\newbox\widetext at bot
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%
-% Decide, finally, how the page grid is to be manipulated.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\set at page@grid{%
- \twocolumn at sw{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following two assignments determine what procedures are to be executed when
-% the footnote set width is calculated, and how footnotes are to be composed at the bottom of the page.
-% A society or journal wishing to do otherwise will override this code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\set at footnotewidth\set at footnotewidth@two
- \let\compose at footnotes\compose at footnotes@two
- \let at environment{widetext}{widetext at grid}%
- \let\title at column\title at column@grid
- \let\close at column\close at column@grid
- }{%
- \let at environment{widetext}{widetext at galley}%
- \preprintsty at sw{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Change the page grid not at all.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If we are galley style, change the page margin only.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \galley at sw{%
- \let\widetext at outdent\galley at outdent
- }{}%
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\appdef\setup at hook{\set at page@grid}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Old font commands}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl}
-\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{English-Language Texts}
-% As this class is just for English language journals, we
-% could hardwire these texts,
-% but to make it easier to use this as a
-% basis for the code for similar journal styles, separate out all the
-% fixed text strings into babel-style macros of the form
-% |\|\ldots|name|
-%
-% Note: for babel compatability, use version 1999/05/05 v3.6x or later.
-%
-% Some of these might need changing in the society-specific code.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\today}
-% Procedure \cmd\today\ is used in the article class, but not in
-% this document class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
- January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
- July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
- \space\number\day, \number\year}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\notesname}
-% Text entity \cmd\notesname\ had been used in \cmd\printendnotes.
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/10}{(AO, 520) Automatically produce \cs{bibliography} command when needed}%
-% However, we have removed the endnotes facility from REVTeX.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\notesname{Notes}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\partname}
-% Text entity \cmd\partname\ is used in \cmd\@part.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\partname{Part}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tocname}
-% Text entity \cmd\tocname\ is used in \cmd\tableofcontents,
-% as defined in the standard \LaTeX\ book class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocname{Contents}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lofname}
-% Text entity \cmd\lofname\ is used in \cmd\listoffigures,
-% as defined in the standard \LaTeX\ book class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lofname{List of Figures}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lotname}
-% Text entity \cmd\lotname\ is used in \cmd\listoftables,
-% as defined in the standard \LaTeX\ book class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lotname{List of Tables}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\refname}
-% Text entity \cmd\refname\ is used in \env{thebibliography}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\refname{References}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\indexname}
-% Text entity \cmd\indexname\ is used in \env{theindex},
-% as defined in the standard \LaTeX\ book class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\indexname{Index}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\figurename}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{figuresname}}
-% Text entity \cmd\figurename\ is used in \env{figure},
-% \cmd\figuresname\ in \cmd\printfigures.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\figurename{FIG.}
-\def\figuresname{Figures}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tablename}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Added localization of \cs{tablesname}}
-% Text entity \cmd\tablename\ is used in \env{table},
-% \cmd\tablesname\ in \cmd\printtables.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tablename{TABLE}
-\def\tablesname{Tables}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\abstractname}
-% Text entity \cmd\abstractname\ is used in \env{abstract}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\abstractname{Abstract}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendixesname}
-% \begin{macro}{\appendixname}
-% Text entity \cmd\appendixesname\ is used in TOC.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\appendixesname{Appendixes}%
-\def\appendixname{Appendix}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\acknowledgmentsname}
-% Text entity \cmd\acknowledgmentsname\ is used in \env{acknowledgments}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\acknowledgmentsname{Acknowledgments}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\journalname}
-% This should be set by the society journal options, eg `pra'.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\journalname{??}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\copyrightname}
-% Default layout does not assign copyright, but a journal that wants
-% to might use this.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\copyrightname{??}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\andname}
-% The text string ``and'' for use in author lists.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\andname{and}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@pacs at name}
-% \begin{macro}{\@keys at name}
-% The text string prepended to PACS numbers, resp. to keywords.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pacs at name{PACS numbers: }%
-\def\@keys at name{Keywords: }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ppname}
-% The text string ``pp'' for use in page ranges.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ppname{pp}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\numbername}
-% The text string ``number'' for use in article reference.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\numbername{number}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\volumename}
-% The text string ``volume'' for use in article reference.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\volumename{volume}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Dated at name}
-% \begin{macro}{\Received at name}
-% \begin{macro}{\Revised at name}
-% \begin{macro}{\Accepted at name}
-% \begin{macro}{\Published at name}
-% These texts are used in the \cmd\date, et al. commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Dated at name{Dated: }%
-\def\Received at name{Received }%
-\def\Revised at name{Revised }%
-\def\Accepted at name{Accepted }%
-\def\Published at name{Published }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Legacy Commands}
-% We define some commands left over from version 3.1, or give default meanings.
-% Some definitions can be overridden
-% in the document preamble or in included packages.
-%
-% Note on the namespace: command names like \cmd\REV@\emph{name} are used here,
-% because it is not clear that any of this code is generally useful.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\address{\replace at command\address\affiliation}%
-\def\altaddress{\replace at command\altaddress\altaffiliation}%
-\newenvironment{references}{%
- \class at warn@end{The references environment is not supported; use thebibliography instead.}
- \gdef\references{\thebibliography{}}\references
-}{%
- \endthebibliography
-}%
-\def\draft{%
- \class at warn@end{Command \string\draft\space is obsolete;^^JInvoke option draft instead.}%
- \@booleantrue\draft at sw
-}%
-\def\tighten{%
- \class at warn@end{Command \string\tighten\space is obsolete;^^JInvoke option tightenlines instead.}%
- \@booleantrue\tightenlines at sw
-}%
-\def\tableline{%
- \noalign{%
- \class at warn@end{Command \string\tableline\space is obsolete;^^JUse \string\colrule\space instead.}%
- \global\let\tableline\colrule
- }%
- \tableline
-}%
-\def\case{\replace at command\case\frac}%
-\def\slantfrac{\replace at command\slantfrac\frac}%
-\def\tablenote{\replace at command\tablenote\footnote}%
-\def\tablenotemark{\replace at command\tablenotemark\footnotemark}%
-\def\tablenotetext{\replace at command\tablenotetext\footnotetext}%
-% Lose the following definition:
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at text[1]{%
- \relax
- \ifmmode
- \mathchoice
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\displaystyle }#1}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\textstyle }#1}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\scriptstyle }\let\f at size\sf at size\selectfont#1}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\scriptscriptstyle}\let\f at size\ssf at size\selectfont#1}}}%
- \glb at settings
- \else
- \mbox{#1}%
- \fi
-}%
-% Lose the following definition:
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at bbox[1]{%
- \relax
- \ifmmode
- \mathchoice
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\displaystyle }\boldmath$#1$}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\textstyle }\boldmath$#1$}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\scriptstyle }\boldmath$#1$}}}%
- {\hbox{{\everymath{\scriptscriptstyle}\boldmath$#1$}}}%
- \glb at settings
- \else
- \mbox{#1}%
- \fi
-}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at bm[1]{%
- \class at warn@end{To use \string\bm, please load the bm package!}%
- \global\let\bm\relax
-}%
-\def\FL{\obsolete at command\FL}%
-\def\FR{\obsolete at command\FR}%
-\def\narrowtext{\obsolete at command\narrowtext}%
-\def\mediumtext{\obsolete at command\mediumtext}%
-\newenvironment{quasitable}{%
- \let at environment{tabular}{longtable}%
-}{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\text}
-% \begin{macro}{\bm}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibinfo}
-% \begin{macro}{\eprint}
-% \begin{macro}{\url}
-%
-% If not otherwise defined, give default meanings to certain commands.
-% \changes{4.0d}{2000/04/10}{eprint takes an optional argument, syntactical only in this case.}
-%FIXME: \cmd\bibinfo?
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\text\REV at text
-\let\bm\REV at bm
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \providecommand\bibinfo[2]{#2}%
- \providecommand\eprint[2][]{#2}%
-%\providecommand\url[1]{#1}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bbox}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bbox#1{%
- \class at warn@end{\string\bbox\space is obsolete,^^Jload the bm package and use \string\bm\space instead.}%
- \global\let\bbox\relax
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mathletters}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{mathletters}{%
- \class at warn@end{Environment {mathletters} is obsolete;^^Jload the amsmath package and use {subequations}!}%
- \global\let\mathletters\@empty
-}{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eqnum}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\eqnum#1{%
- \class at warn@end{\string\eqnum\space is obsolete, load the amsmath package and use \string\tag!}%
- \global\let\eqnum\@gobble
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% We read in the symbol definitions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \RequirePackage{revsymb4-1}%
-}%
-\appdef\class at documenthook{\revsymb at inithook}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Patches for lineno.sty}
-%
-% The \classname{lineno} package detects the case where the package has been loaded
-% and the document invokes \cmd\linelabel, but the \cmd\linenumbers\ command has not been
-% issued: it treats this case as an error.
-%
-% It is wrong for validity of document syntax to be dependent upon package semantics:
-% we make the condition a warning rather than an error.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@LN at LLerror@org{%
- \PackageError{lineno}{%
- \string\linelabel\space without \string\linenumbers
- }{%
- Just see documentation. (New feature v4.11)%
- }%
- \@gobble
-}%
-\def\@LN at LLerror@ltx{%
- \PackageWarning{lineno}{%
- To make the \string\linelabel\space command work, you must issue the \string\linenumbers\ command
- }%
- \@gobble
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% If appropriate, enable line numbering within the abstract.
-%
-% This mechanism applies generally:
-% Create the box in a context in which the meaning of \cmd\par\ has been patched by \classname{lineno},
-% then \cmd\unvbox\ the box in a context where \cmd\set at linepenalties\ has been executed, and
-% follow up with \cmd\@linenumberpar, which forces a visit to the output routine just there.
-% Note that here, we have to de-fang \cmd\@LN at parpgbrk, which would otherwise causes the appearance
-% of a box with depth -1000 points. Go figure.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\class at documenthook{%
- \@ifx{\@LN at LLerror\@LN at LLerror@org}{%
- \class at info{Overriding \string\@LN at LLerror}%
- \let\@LN at LLerror\@LN at LLerror@ltx
- }{}%
- \@ifpackageloaded{lineno}{%
- \@ifxundefined{\set at linepenalties}{}{%
- \def\prep at absbox{\set at linepenalties}%
- \def\post at absbox{\let\@LN at parpgbrk\@empty\@linenumberpar}%
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% One may well ask: how to obtain line numbering within an alignment in a float?
-% This objective, along with line numbering within footnotes, would require extraordinary measures.
-% The float would have to be thrown onto the MVL in order to acquire its line numbers, but
-% that fragment of MVL would then have to be protected from being shipped out.
-% The question of how to coordinate those lines' numbers with those of lines in the MVL would
-% also require dealing with.
-%
-% \section{Endgame for the Document Class}
-%
-% We provide for a ``job macro package'' that can override
-% definitions and assignments made by the class or any other packages it loads.
-%
-% \subsection{Job Macro Package}
-% You can create a ``job macro package'' for your document
-% that will be read in automatically every time
-% your document is processed.
-% Thus, if your job is a file called \file{myarticle.tex},
-% then the file \file{myarticle.rty} will be read in
-% just the same as if you had placed a
-% \cmd\usepackage|{myarticle.rty}| statement
-% immediately following your \cmd\documentclass\ statement.
-%
-% Within your \file{.rty} file,
-% you can define and use control sequence names that use the |@| character
-% and you can override any of the definitions or assignments made
-% by the \revtex\ document class or the selected journal substyle.
-% That is, you have the power to really mess things up badly.
-%
-% If you choose to have a job macro package, you are well
-% advised to read the \LaTeX\ guide to document classes,
-% \file{clsguide.tex} or read up on the subject
-% in a book like the \LaTeX\ Companion.
-%
-% The file \file{template.rty} contains a template for
-% creating your own job macro package.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\rtx at require@packages{%
- \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.rty}{}{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Endgame Processing for the Document Class}
-%
-% The remaining steps in processing the document class involve
-% determining the needed society, journal, and pointsize from
-% the document's class options and inputting the needed files or
-% executing the indicated procedures.
-%
-% Note that the society file is expected to declare options that will
-% allow us to determine the journal involved, and the society and journal
-% themselves determine the which pointsize options are declared, along with
-% their meanings.
-%
-% Note also that required packages are read in only after the document options
-% have been processed, because the latter can affect the former.
-%
-% Finally, the setup code is executed: this is code that depends on the
-% meanings of the switches we define and on the code within the packages we load.
-%
-% Note that there are other hooks in use: \cmd\document at inithook, which is
-% executed right at the beginning of the document, and \cmd\class at documenthook,
-% which serves as a vehicle for any \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ code we might wish to
-% execute.
-%
-%FIXME: use \cmd\class at documenthook\ only for things that bear on the MVL;
-% use \cmd\document at inithook\ for all patches to procedures defined within the preamble.
-%
-% Remember that \classname{natbib} changes its state at \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time,
-% so we have to install our own code at a later point in the processing.
-%
-% We determine the proper \cmd\@society\ by examining the document's class options.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@parse at class@options at society
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Then, we input the society's substyle
-% (which may in turn lead to loading a journal substyle or a pointsize substyle).
-% The substyle should not assume the value of any class option:
-% instead, it should install code into \cmd\setup at hook.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@process at society{aps}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now that the society has defined the class options relating to journals,
-% and has defined \cmd\@journal at default, we can process the journal substyle.
-% We parse the options for one that sets \cmd\@journal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@parse at class@options@\@journal
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And we process the journal.
-% Note that \emph{it is an error} for a society file to fail to define
-% \cmd\@journal at default.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\@process at journal\expandafter{\@journal at default}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now that the society and journal have finished defining any options relating to
-% point size, we process the class options for any that set \cmd\@pointsize.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@parse at class@options@\@pointsize
-% \end{macrocode}
-% And we process the pointsize.
-% Note that it is an error for the society and journal to leave \cmd\@pointsize at default\
-% undefined at this point, however, the journal may have overriden the assignment of the society.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\@process at pointsize\expandafter{\@pointsize at default}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Next, we process the class options for once and all.
-% Doing so sets values for some of the Booleans that were introduced along with
-% the \cmd\DeclareOption\ statements above.
-%
-%CHANGE: We process the options in the order declared in the document; this
-% gives the document greater control.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@options
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Now that the class options have been processed, we can load all the
-% packages that we know need loading.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\rtx at require@packages
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% At this point, the society substyle, the journal substyle, and the
-% pointsize have all been processed, along with the document class options.
-% Some of these have left things for later; we do these now.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\setup at hook}
-%
-% This portion of the code for this class file
-% \emph{must} appear at the very end:
-% The procedure
-% \cmd\setup at hook\
-% should be executed at the very end of the class file.
-% Any code that relies on the value of any of the \texttt{@sw} switches
-% or will patch the code of one of the required packages
-% should be executed here.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setup at hook
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% Warn if past maturation date. This code to be enabled only in beta software.
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 522) Warn if software is expired}%
-% \changes{4.1h}{2009/10/09}{(AO) Remove expiry code in the release software}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ignore>
- \def\rtx at fin@year{2010}%
- \def\rtx at fin@month{01}%
- \def\rtx at fin@day{01}%
- \def\rtx at fin@warn{%
- \@ifnum{\rtx at fin@year>\the\year\relax}{\true at sw}{%
- \@ifnum{\rtx at fin@month>\the\month\relax}{\true at sw}{%
- \@ifnum{\rtx at fin@day>\the\day\relax}{\true at sw}{%
- \false at sw
- }%
- }%
- }%
- {%
- \class at info{Beta software expires \rtx at fin@year-\rtx at fin@month-\rtx at fin@day; updates available at http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}%
- }{%
- \class at warn{Outdated software expired \rtx at fin@year-\rtx at fin@month-\rtx at fin@day; please retrieve an update at http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}%
- }%
- }%
-%</ignore>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In shipping (non-beta) software, the following line should be commented out.
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/11}{(AO, 522) Warn if software is expired}%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\appdef\class at enddocumenthook{\rtx at fin@warn}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% End of the class file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{Symbols: the \texttt{revsymb} module}
-% We immediately define a utility command: this module's warning.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*revsymb>
-\def\REVSYMB at warn#1{\PackageWarningNoLine{revsymb}{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lambdabar}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\lambdabar{%
- \bgroup
- \def\@tempa{%
- \hbox{%
- \raise.73\ht\z@
- \hb at xt@\z@{%
- \kern.25\wd\z@
- \vrule \@width.5\wd\z@\@height.1\p@\@depth.1\p@
- \hss
- }%
- \box\z@
- }%
- }%
- \mathchoice
- {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\displaystyle \lambda$}\@tempa}%
- {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\textstyle \lambda$}\@tempa}%
- {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\scriptstyle \lambda$}\@tempa}%
- {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\lambda$}\@tempa}%
- \egroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\openone}
-% DPC: Really should use a font that includes this glyph.
-% Unfortunately not in AMS ones, but is in bbold, cmbb.
-% (I think, must check),
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/01/31}{use font-dependent spacing}
-% FIXME: check for bbold.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\openone{\leavevmode\hbox{\small1\normalsize\kern-.33em1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\corresponds}
-% \begin{macro}{\overdots}
-% \begin{macro}{\overcirc}
-% J\"org Knappen suggests the replacements:
-% replace \cmd\corresponds\ with \cmd\triangleq, source \classname{amssymb};
-% replace \cmd\overcirc\ with \cmd\mathring, source \classname{latex2e};
-% replace \cmd\overdots\ with \cmd\dddot, source \classname{amsmath}.
-%
-% Any use of any of these commands will result in a warning message at the end
-% of the log file. If the corresponding package is not loaded, a
-% definition will quietly be provided.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\corresponds{\replace at command\corresponds\triangleq}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\overcirc{\replace at command\overcirc\mathring}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\overdots{\replace at command\overdots\dddot}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at triangleq{%
- {\lower.2ex\hbox{=}}{\kern-.75em^\triangle}%
-}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at dddot[1]{%
- \@ontopof{#1}{\cdots}{1.0}\mathord{\box2}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\succsim}
-% \begin{macro}{\precsim}
-% \begin{macro}{\lesssim}
-% \begin{macro}{\gtrsim}
-% \begin{macro}{\alt}
-% \begin{macro}{\agt}
-% These version 3.1 commands are always supplied,
-% but the definitions in \classname{amssymb} are preferred.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\altsuccsim{\succ\kern-.9em_\sim\kern.3em}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\altprecsim{\prec\kern-1em_\sim\kern.3em}%
-\let\REV at succsim\altsuccsim
-\let\REV at precsim\altprecsim
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at lesssim{\mathrel{\mathpalette\vereq{<}}}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at gtrsim{\mathrel{\mathpalette\vereq{>}}}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\alt{\lesssim}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\agt{\gtrsim}
-\def\vereq#1#2{%
- \lower3\p@\vbox{%
- \baselineskip1.5\p@
- \lineskip1.5\p@
- \ialign{$\m at th#1\hfill##\hfil$\crcr#2\crcr\sim\crcr}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tensor}
-% \begin{macro}{\overstar}
-% \begin{macro}{\loarrow}
-% \begin{macro}{\roarrow}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: remove duplicates}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\tensor[1]{\@ontopof{#1}{\leftrightarrow}{1.15}\mathord{\box2}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\overstar[1]{\@ontopof{#1}{\ast}{1.15}\mathord{\box2}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\loarrow[1]{\@ontopof{#1}{\leftarrow}{1.15}\mathord{\box2}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\roarrow[1]{\@ontopof{#1}{\rightarrow}{1.15}\mathord{\box2}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@ontopof}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@ontopof#1#2#3{%
- {%
- \mathchoice
- {\@@ontopof{#1}{#2}{#3}\displaystyle \scriptstyle }%
- {\@@ontopof{#1}{#2}{#3}\textstyle \scriptstyle }%
- {\@@ontopof{#1}{#2}{#3}\scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle}%
- {\@@ontopof{#1}{#2}{#3}\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@@ontopof}
-% Same as \revtex3, more or less.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@@ontopof#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \setbox\z@\hbox{$#4#1$}%
- \setbox\f at ur\hbox{$#5#2$}%
- \setbox\tw@\null\ht\tw@\ht\z@ \dp\tw@\dp\z@
- \@ifdim{\wd\z@>\wd\f at ur}{%
- \setbox\f at ur\hb at xt@\wd\z@{\hss\box\f at ur\hss}%
- \mathord{\rlap{\raise#3\ht\z@\box\f at ur}\box\z@}%
- }{%
- \setbox\f at ur\hb at xt@.9\wd\f at ur{\hss\box\f at ur\hss}%
- \setbox\z@\hb at xt@\wd\f at ur{\hss$#4\relax#1$\hss}%
- \mathord{\rlap{\copy\z@}\raise#3\ht\z@\box\f at ur}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frak}
-% Deal with legacy \cmd\frak:
-% if \classname{amsfonts} not loaded, defined in such a way as to ask for that package.
-% Also, says to use \cmd\mathfrak\ instead.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\frak{%
- \REVSYMB at warn{%
- Command \string\frak\space unsupported:^^J%
- please use \string\mathfrak\space instead.%
- }%
- \global\let\frak\mathfrak
- \frak
-}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at mathfrak{%
- \REVSYMB at warn{%
- Command \string\mathfrak\space undefined:^^J%
- please specify the amsfonts or amssymb option!%
- }%
- \global\let\mathfrak\@firstofone
- \mathfrak
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Bbb}
-% Deal with legacy \cmd\Bbb:
-% if \classname{amsfonts} not loaded, defined in such a way as to ask for that package.
-% Also, says to use \cmd\mathbb\ instead.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\Bbb{%
- \REVSYMB at warn{%
- Command \string\Bbb\space unsupported:^^J%
- please use \string\mathbb\space instead.%
- }%
- \global\let\Bbb\mathbb
- \Bbb
-}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\REV at mathfrak{%
- \REVSYMB at warn{%
- Command \string\mathbb\space undefined:^^J%
- please specify the amsfonts or amssymb option!%
- }%
- \global\let\mathbb\@firstofone
- \mathbb
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Bigglb}
-% Deal with legacy bold delimiters.
-% Each of the following takes an implicit argument consisting of
-% the delimiter to be made big and bold.
-% FIXME: \cmd\DeclareBoldMathCommand\ is not the right tool!
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Bigglb{\REV at boldopen \Bigg}%
-\def\Biglb {\REV at boldopen \Big }%
-\def\bigglb{\REV at boldopen \bigg}%
-\def\biglb {\REV at boldopen \big }%
-\def\Biggrb{\REV at boldclose\Bigg}%
-\def\Bigrb {\REV at boldclose\Big }%
-\def\biggrb{\REV at boldclose\bigg}%
-\def\bigrb {\REV at boldclose\big }%
-\def\REV at pmb#1{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox\z@=\hbox{#1}%
- \kern-.02em\copy\z@\kern-\wd\z@
- \kern .04em\copy\z@\kern-\wd\z@
- \kern-.02em
- \raise.04em\copy\z@
- }%
-}%
-\def\REV at boldopen #1#2{\mathopen {\REV at pmb{$#1#2$}}}%
-\def\REV at boldclose#1#2{\mathclose{\REV at pmb{$#1#2$}}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\revsymb at inithook}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% Package dependencies are taken care of at \cmd\setup at hook\ time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\revsymb at inithook{%
- \@ifxundefined\dddot{\let\dddot\REV at dddot}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\triangleq{\let\triangleq\REV at triangleq}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\succsim{\let\succsim\altsuccsim}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\precsim{\let\precsim\altprecsim}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\lesssim{\let\lesssim\REV at lesssim}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\gtrsim {\let\gtrsim \REV at gtrsim }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\mathfrak{\let\mathfrak\REV at mathfrak}{}%
- \@ifxundefined\mathbb{\let\mathbb\REV at mathbb}{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</revsymb>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{10pt} class option: the \texttt{10pt} module}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{10pt} is in this module.}
-% The file \file{aps10pt.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@pointsize\ has the value 10.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*10pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
- \class at info{RevTeX pointsize 10pt selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{11.5}%
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\small{%
- \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{10.5}%
- \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \def\@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\footnotesize{%
- \@setfontsize\footnotesize\@viiipt{9.5pt}%
- \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \def\@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
- \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scriptsize{%
- \@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt\@viiipt
-}%
-\def\tiny{%
- \@setfontsize\tiny\@vpt\@vipt
-}%
-\def\large{%
- \@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14pt}%
-}%
-\def\Large{%
- \@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{18pt}%
-}%
-\def\LARGE{%
- \@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{22pt}%
-}%
-\def\huge{%
- \@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{25pt}%
-}%
-\def\Huge{%
- \@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{30pt}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The values of these margin parameters are dependent upon
-% \cmd\twoside at sw; any society or journal that
-% has its own preferences should override these assignments
-% by doing \cmd\appdef\cmd\setup at hook.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \twoside at sw{%
-% \oddsidemargin -.1in
-% \evensidemargin -.4in
- \oddsidemargin -20pt
- \evensidemargin -20pt
- \marginparwidth 107pt
- }{%
- \oddsidemargin -.25in
- \evensidemargin -.25in
- \marginparwidth 30pt
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\marginparsep 6pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\topmargin -61pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\headheight 25pt
-\headsep 16pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\topskip 10pt
-\splittopskip\topskip
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\footskip 30pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \textheight = 56pc
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\textwidth42.5pc
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\columnsep 1.5pc
-\columnseprule 0pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\footnotesep 1pt
-\skip\footins 39pt plus 4pt minus 12pt
-\def\footnoterule{%
- \dimen@\skip\footins\divide\dimen@\tw@
- \kern-\dimen@\hrule width.5in\kern\dimen@
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil
-\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil
-\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\marginparpush 5pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
-\parindent 10pt
-\emergencystretch8\p@
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\leftmargini 25pt
-\leftmarginii 22pt
-\leftmarginiii 18.7pt
-\leftmarginiv 17pt
-\leftmarginv 10pt
-\leftmarginvi 10pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listI{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \parsep 4\p@ plus2\p@ minus\p@
- \topsep 8\p@ plus2\p@ minus4\p@
- \itemsep 4\p@ plus2\p@ minus\p@
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\labelsep 4pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 4\p@ plus2\p@ minus\p@
- \parsep 2\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listiii{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 2\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \parsep \z@
- \partopsep \p@ plus\z@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \topsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listiv{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginiv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiv
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listv{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginv
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listvi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmarginvi
- \labelwidth\leftmarginvi
- \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</10pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{11pt} class option: the \texttt{11pt} module}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{11pt} is in this module.}
-% The file \file{11pt.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@pointsize\ has the value 11.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*11pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
- \class at info{RevTeX pointsize 11pt selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}%
- \abovedisplayskip 11\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus6\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\small{%
- \@setfontsize\small\@xpt\@xiipt
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
- \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \parsep 3\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\footnotesize{%
- \@setfontsize\footnotesize\@ixpt{11}%
- \abovedisplayskip 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scriptsize{%
- \@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viiipt{9.5}%
-}%
-\def\tiny{%
- \@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt\@viipt
-}%
-\def\large{%
- \@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14}%
-}%
-\def\Large{%
- \@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{18}%
-}%
-\def\LARGE{%
- \@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{22}%
-}%
-\def\huge{%
- \@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{25pt}%
-}%
-\def\Huge{%
- \@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{30pt}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</11pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{12pt} class option: the \texttt{12pt} module}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: all code for \protect\classoption{12pt} is in this module.}
-% The file \file{12pt.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@pointsize\ has the value 12.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*12pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
- \class at info{RevTeX pointsize 12pt selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14pt}%
- \abovedisplayskip 12\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus7\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5\p@ \@plus3.5\p@ \@minus3\p@
- \let\@listi\@listI
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\small{%
- \@setfontsize\small\@xipt{14.5pt}%
- \abovedisplayskip 8\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus6\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5\p@ \@plus3.5\p@ \@minus3\p@
- \def\@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 9\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \parsep 4.5\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Same baselineskip as \cmd\small\ ?
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\footnotesize{%
- \@setfontsize\footnotesize\@xpt{14.5pt}%
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
- \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
- \def\@listi{%
- \leftmargin\leftmargini
- \topsep 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
- \parsep 3\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scriptsize{%
- \@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viiipt{9.5pt}%
-}%
-\def\tiny{%
- \@setfontsize\tiny\@vipt{7pt}%
-}%
-\def\large{%
- \@setfontsize\large\@xivpt{18pt}%
-}%
-\def\Large{%
- \@setfontsize\Large\@xviipt{22pt}%
-}%
-\def\LARGE{%
- \@setfontsize\LARGE\@xxpt{25pt}%
-}%
-\def\huge{%
- \@setfontsize\huge\@xxvpt{30pt}%
-}%
-\let\Huge=\huge
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</12pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Page parameters}%
-% This code is common to both \classoption{11pt} and \classoption{12pt}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*11pt|12pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \twoside at sw{%
- \oddsidemargin 0pt
- \evensidemargin 0pt
- \marginparwidth 60pt
- }{%
- \oddsidemargin 0pt
- \evensidemargin 0pt
- \marginparwidth 44pt
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\marginparsep 10pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\topmargin -37pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\headheight 12pt
-\headsep 25pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\topskip 10pt
-\splittopskip\topskip
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\footskip 30pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\textheight=665.5\p@
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \tightenlines at sw{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- }{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1.5}%
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\textwidth 468pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\columnsep 10pt
-\columnseprule 0pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\footnotesep 1pt
-\skip\footins 25.25pt plus 4pt minus 12pt
-\def\footnoterule{%
- \dimen@\skip\footins\divide\dimen@\f at ur
- \kern-\dimen@\hrule width.5in\kern\dimen@
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\floatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-\intextsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\dblfloatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@fpsep 10pt plus 2fil
-\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
-\@dblfpsep 10pt plus 2fil%
-\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\marginparpush 7pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
-\parindent 15pt
-\emergencystretch8\p@
-\partopsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\leftmargini 30pt
-\leftmarginii 26pt
-\leftmarginiii 22pt
-\leftmarginiv 20pt
-\leftmarginv 12pt
-\leftmarginvi 12pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@
- \topsep 10\p@ plus4\p@ minus6\p@
- \itemsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\labelsep 6pt
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 5\p@ plus2.5\p@ minus\p@
- \parsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \parsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
- \topsep 2.5\p@ plus\p@ minus\p@
- \parsep \z@ \partopsep \p@ plus\z@ minus\p@
- \itemsep \topsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
- \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
- \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</11pt|12pt>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{aps} class extension: the \texttt{aps} module}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{AO: made aps.rtx part of revtex4.dtx}
-% The file \file{aps.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@society\ has the value \classoption{aps}.
-%
-% Here, code specific to APS journals is separated out from the \revtex\ document class.
-% (Other societies can customize \revtex\ by supplying their own \file{.rtx} file.)
-%
-% This class extension file is a model for a class extension you might write yourself.
-%
-% First, incorporate a \cmd\ProvidesFile\ command with an optional argument giving
-% the version information, e.g.,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \ProvidesFile{foo}[2001/09/11 v1.1 Docinfo]%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Within the society substyle, there are two things we must do as well:
-% define the default journal,
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \def\@journal at default{pra}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% And do likewise for the point size:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \def\@pointsize at default{10}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% We first define some text entities (amounting to journal abbreviations),
-% then some APS-specific initialisations,
-% then code for particular APS journals.
-% In the latter case, the choice is
-% keyed off the macro \cmd\@journal.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*aps>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
- \class at info{RevTeX society APS selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Here are the class options relating to the APS:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{pra}{\change at journal{pra}}%
-\DeclareOption{prb}{\change at journal{prb}}%
-\DeclareOption{prc}{\change at journal{prc}}%
-\DeclareOption{prd}{\change at journal{prd}}%
-\DeclareOption{pre}{\change at journal{pre}}%
-\DeclareOption{prl}{\change at journal{prl}}%
-\DeclareOption{prstab}{\change at journal{prstab}}%
-\DeclareOption{prstper}{\change at journal{prstper}}%
-\DeclareOption{rmp}{\change at journal{rmp}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Abbreviations}%
-% \changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 584) Per MD, remove trailing space character from each journal abbreviation: it had caused an extraneous space in the .bbl}
-% The following macros constitute typing shortcuts for
-% certain journal names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ao{Appl.\ Opt.}%
-\def\ap{Appl.\ Phys.}%
-\def\apl{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.}%
-\def\apj{Astrophys.\ J.}%
-\def\bell{Bell Syst.\ Tech.\ J.}%
-\def\jqe{IEEE J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
-\def\assp{IEEE Trans.\ Acoust.\ Speech Signal Process.}%
-\def\aprop{IEEE Trans.\ Antennas Propag.}%
-\def\mtt{IEEE Trans.\ Microwave Theory Tech.}%
-\def\iovs{Invest.\ Ophthalmol.\ Vis.\ Sci.}%
-\def\jcp{J.\ Chem.\ Phys.}%
-\def\jmo{J.\ Mod.\ Opt.}%
-\def\josa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.}%
-\def\josaa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ A}%
-\def\josab{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ B}%
-\def\jpp{J.\ Phys.\ (Paris)}%
-\def\nat{Nature (London)}%
-\def\oc{Opt.\ Commun.}%
-\def\ol{Opt.\ Lett.}%
-\def\pl{Phys.\ Lett.}%
-\def\pra{Phys.\ Rev.\ A}%
-\def\prb{Phys.\ Rev.\ B}%
-\def\prc{Phys.\ Rev.\ C}%
-\def\prd{Phys.\ Rev.\ D}%
-\def\pre{Phys.\ Rev.\ E}%
-\def\prl{Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.}%
-\def\rmp{Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.}%
-\def\pspie{Proc.\ Soc.\ Photo-Opt.\ Instrum.\ Eng.}%
-\def\sjqe{Sov.\ J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
-\def\vr{Vision Res.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{APS Setup}%
-% Here we define the default procedures for APS journals.
-% Individual APS journals may override these definitions.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Title block}%
-%
-% The specifics of the title block.
-% Apply to all APS journals; individual journals may override these settings.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@fnsymbol}
-% The \LaTeX\ kernel definition of \cmd\@fnsymbol\ is overridden.
-% The definition in \filename{fixltx2e.sty} serves as a guide to the new way to symbol,
-% working in both text- and math modes.
-%
-% \filename{fixltx2e.sty} duplicates some features of \filename{ltxgrid} and \filename{ltxutil},
-% however, so it may be incompatible with \revtex.
-% In case it is not loaded, we must provide a meaning for \cmd\TextOrMath,
-% which that package makes robust.
-% I believe that it is \cmd\@fnsymbol\ itself that ought to be robustified.
-% e\TeX\ further complicates matters; we do not especially accomodate it.
-%
-% \changes{4.1d}{2009/03/27}{Definition of \cs{ @fnsymbol} follows fixltx2e.sty}
-%
-% Not! \cmd\TextOrMath\ must be made robust in any case (Bug 530). I return things to follow
-% core \LaTeXe\ (\filename{latex.ltx}).
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/10/05}{(AO, 530) \cs{@fnsymbol}: Failed to import fixltx2e.sty technology. Return to LaTeX core.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@fnsymbol#1{%
- \ensuremath{%
- \ifcase#1\or
- *\or
- \dagger\or
- \ddagger\or
- \mathsection\or
- \mathparagraph\or
-% \|\or
- **\or
- \dagger\dagger\or
- \ddagger\ddagger\else
- \mathsection\mathsection\or
- \mathparagraph\mathparagraph\or
- ***\or
- \dagger\dagger\dagger\or
- \ddagger\ddagger\ddagger\else
- \mathsection\mathsection\mathsection\or
- \mathparagraph\mathparagraph\mathparagraph\or
-%
- \@ctrerr
- \fi
- }%
-}%
-\appdef\document at inithook{%
- \@ifxundefined\TextOrMath{%
- \DeclareRobustCommand\TextOrMath{\@ifmmode{\false at sw}{\true at sw}}%
- }{}%
-}%
-\let\thefootnote at latex\thefootnote
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% We assign the default titlepage style for APS; a journal or document instance
-% may override by invoking one of the other \cmd\clo at ... procedures defined in \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\clo at groupedaddress
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlepage}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
- \let\wastwocol at sw\twocolumn at sw
- \onecolumngrid
- \newpage
- \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
- \c at page\z@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A comment: ``article.cls sets this to one not zero?''
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}{%
- \wastwocol at sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractheading}
-% APS Journals all set the abstract head the same way, with no head.
-% However, if the user has specified the \classoption{preprint} class option,
-% then the abstract will have a head.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at abstractheading{%
- \preprintsty at sw{%
- \begingroup
- \centering\large
- \abstractname
- \par
- \endgroup
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractwidth}
-% All APS journals set the abstract to the same width.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at abstractwidth{400\p@}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractfont}
-% All APS journals set the abstract body the same way.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 123) add parskip to the abstract.}
-% \changes{4.1e}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) be nice to a list within the abstract}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at abstractfont{%
- \small
- \parindent1em\relax
- \adjust at abstractwidth
-}%
-\def\adjust at abstractwidth{%
- \dimen@\textwidth\advance\dimen at -\frontmatter at abstractwidth
- \divide\dimen@\tw@
- \galley at sw{%
- \advance\rightskip\tw@\dimen@
- }{%
- \advance\leftskip\dimen@
- \advance\rightskip\dimen@
- }%
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% All APS journal preprints use separate titlepage and full-width abstract.
-%
-% In effect, we establish a society default value for \cmd\preprintsty at sw,
-% and for \cmd\titlepage at sw.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\preprintsty at sw
-\@booleantrue\titlepage at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We choose the page style for all APS journals.
-% The journal may override by inserting its own code in \cmd\setup at hook.
-% Users wishing to customize their documents will be able to invoke a \cmd\pagestyle\
-% command anywhere in the preamble; it will override the assignments here.
-%
-% Here is the big switch for APS preprints. Note that \cmd\preprintsty at sw
-% is also consulted in various procedures, but we assume its value does
-% not change after \cmd\setup at hook\ time.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \preprintsty at sw{%
- \ps at preprint
- \def\frontmatter at abstractwidth{\textwidth}%
- \def\frontmatter at affiliationfont{\it}%
- \let\section\section at preprintsty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line of code had been commented out at this point.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \let\@hangfrom at section\@hangfrom at section@preprintsty
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\subsection\subsection at preprintsty
- \let\subsubsection\subsubsection at preprintsty
- }{%
- \ps at article
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at authorformat}
-% All APS journals set the author list the same.
-% The leading is 11.5 points, and
-% there is 11.5 points of extra space above the first author line
-% (which amounts to the same thing as 11.5 points extra below the title)
-% for a total of 23 points base-to-base.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at authorformat{%
- \skip@\@flushglue
- \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
- \centering
- \advance\baselineskip\p@
- \parskip11.5\p@\relax
- \@flushglue\skip@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line of code had been commented out at this point.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\preprintsty at sw{}{%
-% \addvspace{0\p@}%
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affilgroup}
-% The default amount of space above affiliation.
-% APS Journals have 24 points b-b above an affiliation group.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at above@affilgroup{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line of code had been commented out at this point.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\preprintsty at sw{}{%
-% \addvspace{11\p@}%
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affiliation}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script}
-% The default amount of space above affiliation.
-% APS Journals have no extra space between author group down to common affiliation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script{%
- \skip@\@flushglue
- \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
- \centering
- \@flushglue\skip@
- \addvspace{3.5\p@}%
-}%
-\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation{%
- \preprintsty at sw{}{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line of code had been commented out at this point.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \addvspace{12\p@}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at affiliationfont}
-% All APS journals set the affiliation the same.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at affiliationfont{%
- \small\it
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at collaboration@above}
-% PRL: 1.5 points extra: 13 points base-to-base above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at collaboration@above{%
- \preprintsty at sw{%
- }{%
- \parskip1.5\p@\relax
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at setup}
-% All APS journals set the title page using the same font and size.
-% However, justification varies for the title block elements, so
-% we assert none here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at setup{%
- \normalfont
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@above}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@format}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@below}
-% All APS journals set the article title the same.
-%
-% Note: Spacing from title to author is 23 points base-to-base.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
-\def\frontmatter at title@format{\large\bfseries\centering\parskip\z at skip}%
-\def\frontmatter at title@below{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at makefnmark}
-% All APS journals share this procedure for setting the titlepage footnote text.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@author at parskip{3\p@}%
-\def\frontmatter at makefnmark{%
- \@textsuperscript{%
- \normalfont\@thefnmark
- }%
-}%
-\def\frontmatter at authorbelow{%
- \addvspace{3\p@}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at RRAP@format}
-% All APS journals use the same format for the ``Received, Revised, etc.'' block on the title page.
-%
-% Change note: 11.5 points b-b from author/affiliation down to date.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at RRAP@format{%
- \small
- \centering
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line of code had been commented out at this point.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \preprintsty at sw{}{\parskip.5ex\relax}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \everypar{\hbox\bgroup(\@gobble at leavemode@uppercase}%
- \def\par{\@ifvmode{}{\unskip)\egroup\@@par}}%
-}%
-\def\punct at RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
-\def\@gobble at leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at PACS@format}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at PACS@format{%
- \addvspace{11\p@}%
- \footnotesize
- \adjust at abstractwidth
- \parindent\z@
- \parskip\z at skip
- \samepage
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at keys@format}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at keys@format{%
- \footnotesize
- \adjust at abstractwidth
- \parindent\z@
- \samepage
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ps at titlepage}
-% \changes{4.0a}{1998/06/10}{multiple preprint commands}
-% \changes{4.0b}{1999/06/20}{Stack \cs{preprint} args flush right at right margin.}
-% Title page style. Currently empty except for preprint header,
-% which consists of all the \cmd\preprint\ arguments,
-% stacked flush right at the right margin.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{Insert procedure \cs{checkindate}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ps at titlepage{%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \hfill
- \preprint at sw{%
- \expandafter\produce at preprints\expandafter{\@preprint}%
- }{}%
- }%
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \hb at xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
- \hfil
- \preprintsty at sw{\thepage}{}%
- \quad\checkindate
- \hfil
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
-}%
-\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex at sw{Typeset by REV\TeX}{}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\produce at preprints}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 115) If three or more preprints specified, set on single line, with commas.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\produce at preprints#1{%
- \vtop to \z@{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \small
- \let\preprint\preprint at count
- \count@\z@
- #1%
- \@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
- \hbox{%
- \let\preprint\preprint at hlist
- #1%
- \setbox\z@\lastbox
- }%
- }{%
- \let\preprint\preprint at cr
- \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
- \par
- \vss
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\def\preprint at cr#1{#1\cr}%
-\def\preprint at count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
-\def\preprint at hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Stacked Heads}%
-% All APS journals put a period (.), followed by quad space, after the section number.
-% Also, no hanging section number.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}%
-\def\@hang at from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Note that in the following, we wish to set the section head uppercase, so we use
-% David Carlisle's \cmd\MakeTextUppercase. However, because this procedure effectively
-% parses its argument (looking for things to \emph{not} translate), it has to be invoked
-% in such a way that the argument of the \cmd\section\ command is passed to it as its
-% own argument.
-%
-% To accomplish this, we use the \cmd\@hangfrom@\ hook, which was developed for this
-% purpose.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section{%
- \@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {\z@}%
- {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {0.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\bfseries
- \centering
- }%
-}%
-\def\@hangfrom at section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
-\def\@hangfroms at section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {2}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\bfseries
- \centering
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsubsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {3}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\itshape
- \centering
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Runin Heads}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\paragraph{%
- \@startsection
- {paragraph}%
- {4}%
- {\parindent}%
- {\z@}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subparagraph{%
- \@startsection
- {subparagraph}%
- {5}%
- {\parindent}%
- {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\section at preprintsty}
-% \begin{macro}{\subsection at preprintsty}
-% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection at preprintsty}
-% Here are the formatting procedures specific to the preprint style;
-% the only difference is that the heads are flush left instead of centered.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section at preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {\z@}%
- {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {0.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\bfseries
-% \centering
- }%
-}%
-%\def\@hangfrom at section@preprintsty#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsection at preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {2}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\bfseries
-% \centering
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsubsection at preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {3}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont\small\itshape
-% \centering
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% By default, APS journals set titlepage notes as footnotes.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-\let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at footnote
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Table of Contents}%
-% The toc will itself make an entry in the toc,
-% but we temporarily turn off toc formatting for the duration.
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{(AO, 461) Change the csname revtex uses from @dotsep to ltxu at dotsep. The former is understood in mu. (What we wanted was a dimension.)}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}%
-\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}%
-\def\@dotsep{2}%
-\def\ltxu at dotsep{4.5pt}%
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tableofcontents{%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth at munge}%
- \print at toc{toc}%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth at restore}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocdepth at munge{%
- \let\l at section@saved\l at section
- \let\l at section\@gobble at tw@
-}%
-\def\@gobble at tw@#1#2{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocdepth at restore{%
- \let\l at section\l at section@saved
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The following definition of \cmd\l at part\ is a variant on
-% the definition of \cmd\l@@sections\ in \file{ltxutil.dtx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\l at part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
- \begingroup
- \set at tocdim@pagenum\@tempboxa{#2}%
-% \@tempdima 3em %
- \parindent \z@
- \rightskip\tocleft at pagenum plus 1fil\relax
- \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
- \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
- \large \bf %
- \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
- \hb at xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\@tempboxa}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z at skip
- \par
- \nobreak %
- \endgroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\l at section}
-% Determine which TOC elements are automatically indented.
-%
-% We set the TOC to the standard of RMP.
-% If APS has its own specification, we will code it, and RMP must override.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
-\def\tocdim at min{5\p@}%
-\def\l at section{%
- \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l at f@section{%
- \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
- \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
- %\bf
-}%
-\def\l at subsection{%
- \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l at subsubsection{%
- \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l at paragraph#1#2{}%
-\def\l at subparagraph#1#2{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Activate the auto TOC processing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\toc at pre\toc at pre@auto
-\let\toc at post\toc at post@auto
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Default column bottom}%
-% All APS journal styles have flush bottoms.
-%\changes{4.1n}{2009/11/30}{(AO, 566) restore 4.0 behavior: flush column bottoms}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Table alignment style}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tableft at skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\tabmid at skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\tabright at skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\array at row@pre at float}
-% \begin{macro}{\array at row@pst at float}
-% All APS publications have the same table specification:
-% Scotch rules above and below, centered in column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tableft at skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
-\def\tabmid at skip@float{\@flushglue}%
-\def\tabright at skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
-\def\array at row@pre at float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
-\def\array at row@pst at float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Footnote formatting}%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) \cs{@makefntext} and \cs{frontmatter at makefntext} must be defined harmoniously}%
-% We customize the formatting of footnotes for all APS journals.
-% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \leftskip1em%
- \parindent1em%
- \noindent
- \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
- \hb at xt@\leftskip{%
- \hss\@makefnmark\ %
- }%
- #1%
- \par
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at makefntext}
-% We ensure that frontmatter footnotes format similarly to body footnotes.
-% But we provide our own hypertext anchor, otherwise not provided.
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\frontmatter at makefntext#1{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \leftskip1em%
- \parindent1em%
- \noindent
- \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
- \Hy at raisedlink{\hyper at anchorstart{frontmatter.\expandafter\the\csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname}\hyper at anchorend}%
- \hb at xt@\leftskip{%
- \hss\@makefnmark\ %
- }%
- #1%
- \par
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Appendix}%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom at appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfroms at appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@appendixcntformat}
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{(AO, 129) section* within appendix was producing appendixname}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\prepdef\appendix{%
- \par
- \let\@hangfrom at section\@hangfrom at appendix
-%\let\@hangfroms at section\@hangfroms at appendix
- \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
-}%
-\def\@hangfrom at appendix#1#2#3{%
- #1%
- \@if at empty{#2}{%
- #3%
- }{%
- #2\@if at empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@hangfroms at appendix#1#2{%
- #1#2%
-}%
-\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bibliography}%
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 576) In .bst files, remove support for the annote field}%
-%
-% Customize \revtex\ for the journal substyle;
-% this task requires three components:
-% the \BibTeX\ \file{apsrev.bst} and \file{apsrmp.bst} style files, and
-% customizations of the \env{thebibliography} environment.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
-% Define the argument of the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command
-% (if the document does not do so).
-% The user must have installed a \file{.bst} file of the corresponding name.
-% This file will then be used by \BibTeX\ when compiling the document's \file{.bbl} file.
-%
-% To generate \file{apsrev.bst}, use \classname{custom-bib} version 4.21 or later.
-% Run the \file{.bst} generator, \file{makebst.tex}, and
-% accept all defaults, with the following exceptions:
-%
-% \def\QandA#1#2#3{\item#1: \textbf{#2}: \texttt{#3}---}%
-% \def\CandE#1{\item\relax\texttt{#1}---}%
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \QandA{LANGUAGE FIELD}{l}{lang}Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
-% \QandA{PRESENTATIONS}{b}{pres,pres-bf}Presentation, speaker bold face
-% \QandA{ORDERING OF REFERENCES}{c}{seq-no}Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
-% \QandA{ORDER ON VON PART}{x}{vonx}Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
-% \QandA{AUTHOR NAMES}{i}{nm-init,ed-au}Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
-% \QandA{POSITION OF JUNIOR}{*}{jnrlst}Junior comes last as Smith, John, Jr.
-% \QandA{TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES}{u}{nmft,nmft-def}User defined author font (\cmd\bibnamefont)
-% \QandA{FONT FOR FIRST NAMES}{u}{fnm-def}First names in user defined font (\cmd\bibfnamefont)
-% \QandA{EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC}{a}{nmfted}Editors incollection like authors font
-% \QandA{FONT FOR `AND' IN LIST}{r}{nmand-rm}`And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
-% \QandA{FONT OF CITATION LABELS IN TEXT}{u}{lab,lab-def}User defined citation font (\cmd\citenamefont)
-% \QandA{FONT FOR `AND' IN CITATIONS}{r}{and-rm}Cited `and' in normal font
-% \QandA{DATE FORMAT}{*}{yr-par}Date in parentheses as (May 1993)
-% \QandA{DATE EMPTY}{-}{date-nil-x}If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
-% \QandA{TITLE OF ARTICLE}{d}{tit-qq}Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
-% \QandA{INPROCEEDINGS CHAPTER AND PAGES, LIKE INBOOK}{-}{inproceedings-chapter}produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% \QandA{TITLE PRESENT IN ARTICLE, INCOLLECTION, AND INPROCEEDINGS}{x}{jtit-x}Title is ignored
-% \QandA{INPROCEEDINGS CHAPTER AND PAGES, LIKE INBOOK}{y}{inproceedings-chapter}produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% \QandA{ARTICLE BOOKTITLE PRESENT}{}{article-booktitle}format booktitle
-% \QandA{ARTICLE SERIES PRESENT}{}{article-series}article can has series
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME FONT}{r}{jttl-rm}Journal name normal font
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME WITH ADDRESS}{y}{journal-address}Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
-% \QandA{BOOK TITLE FIELDS}{y}{book-bt}Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
-% \QandA{THESIS TITLE OPTIONAL}{}{thesis-title-o}Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
-% \QandA{TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE}{b}{trtit-b}Tech. report title like books
-% \QandA{TECHNICAL REPORT INSTITUTION}{}{techreport-institution-par}format tech report institution like book publisher
-% \QandA{JOURNAL VOLUME}{b}{vol-bf}Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
-% \QandA{JOURNAL VOL AND NUMBER}{x}{vnum-x}Journal vol, without number as 34
-% \QandA{VOLUME PUNCTUATION}{c}{volp-com}Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
-% \QandA{PAGE NUMBERS}{f}{jpg-1}Only start page number
-% \QandA{BOOK EDITOR W/O AUTHOR}{}{book-editor-booktitle}Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
-% \QandA{INBOOK PERMITS TITLE, BOOKTITLE, AUTHOR, EDITOR}{a}{inbook-editor-booktitle}Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
-% \QandA{CONFERENCE ADDRESS FOR BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, INPROCEEDINGS, PROCEEDINGS}{a}{bookaddress}Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
-% \QandA{NUMBER AND SERIES FOR BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, INPROCEEDINGS, PROCEEDINGS}{*}{num-xser}Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
-% \QandA{WORD NUMBER CAPITALIZED FOR NUMBER AND SERIES}{c}{number-cap}Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
-% \QandA{WORD CHAPTER CAPITALIZED}{c}{chapter-cap}Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
-% \QandA{COMBINING NUMBER AND SERIES}{x}{series-number}Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
-% \QandA{POSITION OF NUMBER AND SERIES}{b}{numser-booktitle}After book title and conference address, and before editors
-% \QandA{VOLUME AND SERIES FOR BOOKS/COLLECTIONS}{s}{ser-vol}Series, vol. 23
-% \QandA{VOLUME AND SERIES FORMATTING}{y}{ser-rm}format series roman , even when used with volume
-% \QandA{WORD VOLUME CAPITALIZED FOR VOLUME AND SERIES}{y}{volume-cap}Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
-% \QandA{POSITION OF VOLUME AND SERIES FOR INCOLLECTION, INBOOK, AND INPROCEEDINGS}{e}{ser-ed}Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION}{x}{jnm-x}Space after journal name
-% \QandA{PAGES IN BOOK}{*}{pg-bk,book-chapter-pages}As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
-% \QandA{PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES}{d}{pub-date}Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
-% \QandA{EMPTY PUBLISHER PARENTHESES}{y}{ay-empty-pub-parens-x}eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
-% \QandA{PUBLISHER POSITION}{}{pre-pub}Publisher before volume, chapter, pages
-% \QandA{}{}{pre-edn}Edition before publisher
-% \QandA{}{p}{pre-pub,pre-edn}Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages
-% \QandA{ISBN NUMBER}{*}{isbn}Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
-% \QandA{ISSN NUMBER}{*}{issn}Include ISSN for periodicals
-% \QandA{DOI NUMBER}{a}{doi-link,doi}Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
-% \QandA{EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS}{b}{edby}In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
-% \QandA{PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS)}{c}{blk-com}Comma between blocks
-% \QandA{FINAL PUNCTUATION}{c}{fin-endbibitem}Command at end instead of period
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES'}{a}{pp}`Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS'}{a}{ed}`Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
-% \QandA{OTHER ABBREVIATIONS}{a}{abr}Abbreviations of such words
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION'}{a}{ednx}`Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
-% \QandA{EDITION NUMBERS}{n}{ord}Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
-% \QandA{STORED JOURNAL NAMES}{a}{jabr}Abbreviated journal names
-% \QandA{FONT OF `ET AL'}{i}{etal-it}Italic et al
-% \QandA{ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS}{r}{revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation}Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
-% \QandA{SLACcitation FIELD}{}{SLACcitation}Produce SLACcitation field
-% \QandA{NUMPAGES DATA FIELD}{*}{numpages-x}Do not include numpages field
-% \QandA{URL ADDRESS}{*}{url,url-prefix-x}URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
-% \QandA{REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS}{b}{bibinfo}Reference component tags like \cmd\bibinfo in the content of \cmd\bibitem
-% \QandA{ELEMENT TAGS}{b}{bibfield}Element tags like \cmd\bibfield in the content of \cmd\bibitem
-% \QandA{COMPATIBILITY WITH PLAIN TEX}{*}{nfss}Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% A file \file{apsrev.dbj} file equivalent to the following should result:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\input docstrip
-%\preamble
-%----------------------------------------
-%*** REVTeX-compatible Phys Rev 2010-02-12 ***
-%\endpreamble
-%\postamble
-%End of customized bst file
-%\endpostamble
-%\keepsilent
-%\askforoverwritefalse
-%\def\MBopts{\from{merlin.mbs}{%
-% head,\MBopta}
-%\from{physjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{geojour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{photjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{merlin.mbs}{tail,\MBopta}}
-%\def\MBopta{%
-% ay,%: Author-year with some non-standard interface
-% nat,%: Natbib for use with natbib v5.3 or later
-% lang,%: Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
-% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face
-% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, only meaningful for numericals)
-% vonx,%: Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
-% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
-% jnrlst,%: Junior comes last as Smith, John, Jr.
-% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font (\bibnamefont)
-% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font (\bibfnamefont)
-% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors font
-% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
-% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font (\citenamefont)
-% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font
-% keyxyr,%: Year blank when KEY replaces missing author (for natbib 7.0)
-% blkyear,%: Missing date left blank
-% yr-par,%: Year in parentheses as (1993)
-% dtrev,%: Date as year month
-% date-nil-x,%: If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
-% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% jtit-x,%: Title is ignored
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
-% article-booktitle,%: format booktitle
-% article-series,%: article can has series
-% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal font
-% journal-address,%: Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
-% book-bt,%: Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
-% thesis-title-o,%: Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
-% trtit-b,%: Tech. report title like books
-% techreport-institution-par,%: format tech report institution like book publisher
-% vol-bf,%: Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
-% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number as 34
-% volp-com,%: Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
-% jpg-1,%: Only start page number
-% book-editor-booktitle,%: Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
-% inbook-editor-booktitle,%: Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
-% bookaddress,%: Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
-% num-xser,%: Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
-% number-cap,%: Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
-% chapter-cap,%: Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
-% series-number,%: Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
-% numser-booktitle,%: After book title and conference address, and before editors
-% ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23
-% ser-rm,%: format series roman , even when used with volume
-% volume-cap,%: Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
-% ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
-% jnm-x,%: Space after journal name
-% pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,%: As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
-% pub-date,%: Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
-% ay-empty-pub-parens-x,%: eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
-% pre-pub,pre-edn,%: Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages
-% isbn,%: Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
-% issn,%: Include ISSN for periodicals
-% doi-link,doi,%: Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
-% edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
-% blk-com,%: Comma between blocks
-% fin-endbibitem,%: Command at end instead of period
-% pp,%: `Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
-% ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
-% abr,%: Abbreviations of such words
-% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
-% ord,%: Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
-% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names
-% etal-it,%: Italic et al
-% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,%: Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
-% SLACcitation,%: Produce SLACcitation field
-% numpages-x,%: Do not include numpages field
-% url,url-prefix-x,%: URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
-% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags like \bibinfo in the content of \bibitem
-% bibfield,%: Element tags like \bibfield in the content of \bibitem
-% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
-%,{%
-% }}
-%\generate{\file{apsrev4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
-%\endbatchfile
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Comparing apsrev.bst and apsrmp.bst}\label{sec:CompRevRmp}
-% These two bibliographic styles differ as follows:
-% \file{apsrev.dbj} has the following guard codes, which \file{apsrmp.dbj} does not:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \CandE{seq-no}%
-% Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
-% \CandE{nm-init,ed-au}%
-% Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
-% \CandE{blkyear}%
-% Missing date left blank
-% \CandE{date-nil-x}%
-% If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
-% \CandE{inproceedings-chapter}%
-% produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% \CandE{techreport-institution-par}%
-% format tech report institution like book publisher
-% \CandE{vnum-x}%
-% Journal vol, without number as `34'
-% \CandE{pub-date}%
-% Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
-% \CandE{pre-pub}%
-% Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages. Note that both use guard code pre-edn.
-% \end{itemize}
-%
-% \file{apsrmp.dbj} has the following guard codes, which \file{apsrev.dbj} does not:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \CandE{nm-rev1}%
-% Only first name reversed, initials (AGU style: Smith, J. F., H. K. Jones)
-% \CandE{dt-beg}%
-% Date after authors
-% \CandE{vnum-sp}%
-% Journal vol (num) as `34 (2)'
-% \CandE{pp-last}%
-% Pages at end, but before any notes
-% \CandE{pub-par}%
-% Publisher in parentheses
-% \CandE{school-par}%
-% School/address in parens: `(school, address)'
-% \CandE{bkedcap}%
-% `Name Editor,' as above, editor upper case
-% \CandE{and-com}%
-% Comma even with 2 authors as `Tom, and Harry'
-%
-% \end{itemize}
-%
-% We ensure that the journal substyle has the first word
-% in the matter by installing the (default) APS code
-% later on (see Section~\ref{sec:aps-defaults}).
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\authoryear at sw}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% Numerical citations: default value of \cmd\authoryear at sw\ is false.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
-% The following commands effectively establish the style in which \cmd\cite\ commands are
-% formatted.
-% You can think of them as the second needed component for the bibliography.
-%
-% Set up for APS numerical citations (once the packages are loaded).
-% The journal substyle can override these choices.
-%
-% Note that, prior to \classname{natbib} version 8.21, changing \cmd\NAT at sort\ at this late hour would not be totally effective;
-% you would have to give \classname{natbib} the relevant options at load time.
-% From version 8.21 on, \cmd\NAT at sort\ and \cmd\NAT at cmprs\ are not bound at all.
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{For natbib versions before 8.21, \cs{NAT at sort} was consulted only as natbib was being read in. Now it is fully dynamic.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \bibpunct{[}{]}{,}{n}{}{,}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pre at bibdata}
-%
-% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\pre at bibdata{\jobname\bibdata at app}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsection}
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography.
-%
-% \changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \def\bibsection{%
- \par
- \onecolumngrid at push
- \begingroup
- \baselineskip26\p@
- \bib at device{\textwidth}{245.5\p@}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\@nobreaktrue
- \addvspace{19\p@}%
- \par
- \onecolumngrid at pop
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bib at device}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsep}
-% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bib at device#1#2{%
- \hb at xt@\z@{%
- \hb at xt@#1{%
- \hfil
- \phantomsection
- \addcontentsline {toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}\refname}%
-% \hyper at anchorstart {\@currentHref }%
- \hb at xt@#2{%
- \skip@\z@\@plus-1fil\relax
- \leaders\hrule height.25 \p@ depth.25 \p@ \hskip\z@\@plus1fil
- \hskip\skip@
- \hskip\z@\@plus0.125fil\leaders\hrule height.375\p@ depth.375\p@ \hskip\z@\@plus0.75fil \hskip\z@\@plus0.125fil
- \hskip\skip@
- \hskip\z@\@plus0.25 fil\leaders\hrule height.5 \p@ depth.5 \p@ \hskip\z@\@plus0.5 fil \hskip\z@\@plus0.25 fil
- \hskip\skip@
- \hskip\z@\@plus0.375fil\leaders\hrule height.625\p@ depth.625\p@ \hskip\z@\@plus0.25fil \hskip\z@\@plus0.375fil
- % \hskip\skip@
- % \hfil
- }%
-% \hyper at anchorend
- \hfil
- }%
- \hss
- }%
-}%
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \let\bibpreamble\@empty
- \bibsep\z@\relax
- \def\newblock{\ }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibfont}
-% We define the font switch that applies to the body of the bibliography.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \def\bibfont{%
- \small
- \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Index}%
-% FIXME: the following call to \cmd\twocolumn\ appears wrong if we were in two-column grid.
-% \changes{4.0c}{1999/11/13}{grid changes with ltxgrid}
-% \changes{4.0rc1}{2001/06/18}{grid changes with push and pop}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{theindex}{%
- \columnseprule \z@
- \columnsep 35\p@
- \c at secnumdepth-\maxdimen
- \onecolumngrid at push
- \section{\indexname}%
- \thispagestyle{plain}%
- \parindent\z@
- \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
- \let\item\@idxitem
- \onecolumngrid at pop
-}{%
-%\onecolumngrid at pop
-}%
-%
-\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}%
-%
-\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}%
-%
-\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}%
-%
-\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Journal- and Pointsize-Specific Code}%
-%
-% After this substyle is read in, we will execute the code specific to the selected
-% journal: execute the society/journal \file{.rtx} file if it exists, or
-% execute the society/journal macro (if the latter is not defined, it will \cmd\relax\ out).
-% Here we define the default journal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@journal at default{pra}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Typesize-Specific Code}%
-%
-% After this society file is read in, we will process the \cmd\@pointsize-specific
-% code. Here we define the default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pointsize at default{10}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Note: the convention in \revtex\ and its substyles is that
-% the substyle must not override any explicit class options
-% declared by the document.
-% This means that the various Booleans of Section~\ref{sec:options}
-% may be assigned here only if they are still undefined at this point.
-%
-% For the APS, we supply code specific to journals PRA, PRB, PRC, PRD, PRE, PRL, and RMP.
-% At present, they are identical,
-% with the exception of PRB and RMP.
-%
-% For most all of the APS journals, the journal-dependent
-% code is relatively meager and is therefore embedded in this file.
-% However, the RMP code is sufficiently extensive that
-% splitting it out into a separate file is more convenient.
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{pra}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{pra}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apspra{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRA selected}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prb}}%
-% We define a \cmd\citealp-like procedure that uses a numerical citation; it is for use in
-% the PRB journal.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprb{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRB selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% PRB requires superscript citations.
-% We use Patrick Daly's \classname{natbib} package,
-% and hyperref and other packages are already set up to cope with this.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
-% By default, PRB selects the \classoption{bibnotes} option.
-% We also set up for numerical citations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at endnote
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
- \let\onlinecite\rev at citealpnum
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pre at bibdata}
-% \begin{macro}{\@endnotetext}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-%
-% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\pre at bibdata{\jobname\bibdata at app}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Invoke \classoption{superbib} option.
-% If the document makes a selection of its own, it will override this assignment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\place at bibnumber\place at bibnumber@sup
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{prb} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prc}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{prc}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprc{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRC selected}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prd}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{prd}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprd{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRD selected}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{pre}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{pre}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apspre{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRE selected}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prl}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprl{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRL selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In PRL, the default is the \classoption{bibnotes} option,
-% and the Acknowledgments section has no head.
-%
-% The References head is a device that may be described as a lozenge centered on the baseline,
-% 71 points wide by 2 points thick, with the ends tapering to a half point in thickness.
-% Space above 26 points base to base, below 31 base to base.
-%FIXME: this code may confound \classname{geometry}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at endnote
- \@booleanfalse\acknowledgments at sw
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \def\bibsection{%
- \par
- \begingroup
- \baselineskip26\p@
- \bib at device{\hsize}{72\p@}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\@nobreaktrue
- \addvspace{19\p@}%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Implement length checking.
-% Use the \classname{times} and \classname{mathtime} packages,
-% plus whatever other processing is required
-% to make the formatted output be true
-% to the metrics of the journal.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \lengthcheck at sw{%
- \RequirePackage{times}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Wait. Do not use mathtime after all. APS has their own way of doing math pi, involving
-% Adobe Mathematical Pi and other fonts.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \RequirePackage{mathtime}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A PRL does not have numbered sections.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \c at secnumdepth=-\maxdimen
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Note: we defer this code until after type size file is read in.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \@ifnum{\@pointsize=10\relax}{%
- \lengthcheck at sw{%
- \def\large{%
- \@setfontsize\large{12.5}{14\p@}%
- }%
- \def\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize{10.5}\@xiipt
- \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus6\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
- }%
- \def\small{%
- \@setfontsize\small{9.5}\@xipt
- \abovedisplayskip 5\p@ \@plus5\p@ \@minus4\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
- }%
- \DeclareMathSizes{12.5}{12.5}{9}{6}%
- \DeclareMathSizes{10.5}{10.5}{7.5}{5}%
- \DeclareMathSizes{9.5}{9.5}{7.0}{5}%
- }{%
- \def\normalsize{%
- \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
- }%
- }%
- }{}%
- }%
- \textheight = 694.0\p@
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{prl} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{per}}%
-% Here is code specific to \classoption{per}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprstper{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRST-PER selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% To first order, PER is the same as PRB, with superscript citations.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \rtx at apsprb
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Per Mark Doyle (2009-12-22), the default is longbibliography.
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 575) the default for journal prstper is longbibliography}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleantrue\longbibliography at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% ``Section heads are bold, centered (Roman numeral, Latin letter)''
-%
-% Article titles do not have surrounding double-quotes!
-%
-% End of \classoption{prb} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prstab}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{prstab}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx at apsprstab{%
- \class at info{APS journal PRSTAB selected}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{rmp}}%
-% If this option has been selected, we will read in the needed code from the file \file{apsrmp.rtx}.
-%
-% \subsection{Establish APS Defaults}\label{sec:aps-defaults}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\footinbib at sw}
-% All APS journals except RMP effectively invoke the \classoption{footinbib} option.
-% We rely on the RMP-specific code to override this assignment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleantrue\footinbib at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at init}
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at aps}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
-% Procedure \cmd\@bibdataout at aps\ has the job of writing the control record into the
-% job's \cmd\jobname\filename{.bib} file, where it will adjust the options to \filename{.bst} processing.
-% It is installed into the initialization procedure \cmd\@bibdataout at init, and its meaning
-% is set by the society (APS) and journal.
-% For all but RMP, we select the Physical Review style.
-% For the latter case, we change the meaning, per the code in \file{apsrmp.rtx}.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\@bibdataout at rev{\@bibdataout at aps}%
-\def\@bibdataout at aps{%
- \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- @CONTROL{%
- apsrev41Control%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \longbibliography at sw{%
- ,author="00",editor="1",pages="1",title="0",year="0"%
- }{%
- ,author="08",editor="1",pages="0",title="",year="1"%
- }%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{apsrev41Control}}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\place at bibnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
-% We install code that will select the presentation for \cmd\bibitem s
-% and govern the \BibTeX\ processing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\place at bibnumber\place at bibnumber@inl
-\def\@bibstyle{apsrev\substyle at post}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\appdef\setup at hook{%
-% \longbibliography at sw{%
-% \appdef\@bibstyle{long}%
-% }{}%
-%}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{APS Sanity Checking}\label{sec:aps-sanity}
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/20}{(AO, 524) Makes no sense if citations are superscript numbers and so are footnotes}
-%
-% Rule: if \cmd\place at bibnumber\ is \cmd\place at bibnumber@sup\
-% (citations are numbered and set superscript),
-% then it makes no sense for \cmd\footinbib at sw\ to be \cmd\false at sw\
-% (footnotes set in the bibliography, as endnotes).
-% If both conditions prevailed, then the document would have footnotes
-% and citations both as superscript arabic numbers, but independently numbered,
-% which would be confusing.
-%
-% Any society that provides for both superscript numbered citations as well as for
-% numbered footnotes should check for this same condition, and deal with it.
-%
-% Note: an alternative would be for footnotes to use the same sequence of footnote devices
-% that are used by the frontmatter footnotes
-% (\cmd\frontmatter at thefootnote\ instead of arabic numbers).
-%
-% In this case, we would want to refrain from resetting \cmd\c at footnote\ at the end of
-% the title page formatting.
-% We would also want to treat body footnotes identically to frontmatter footnotes:
-% the assignments in \cmd\titleblock at produce\ would persist throughout the document.
-%
-% But APS do not choose to go that route.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \@ifx{\place at bibnumber\place at bibnumber@sup}{%
- \footinbib at sw{}{%
- \class at warn{Citations are superscript numbers: footnotes must be endnotes; changing to that configuration}%
- \@booleantrue\footinbib at sw
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Here ends the substyle for society APS.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</aps>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{rmp} journal substyle: the \texttt{rmp} module}
-%
-% The file \file{apsrmp.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@society\ has the value \classoption{aps}
-% and \cmd\@journal\ has the value \classoption{rmp}.
-%
-% It is read at the end of the \file{aps.rtx}, so all definitions
-% and assignments in that file are operative unless overridden here.
-%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*rmp>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Protect this file from being read in as a society instead of a journal.
-% In such a case, \cmd\@journal\ will be undefined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifxundefined\@journal{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% One alternative: abort the document.
-% Another alternative: try to recover: force load the aps society file
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \class at warn{Please specify the REVTeX options [aps,rmp]!}%
- \@@end
-}{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Log the journal substyle.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \class at info{APS journal RMP selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Frontmatter}%
-%
-% We assign the titlepage style for RMP; a document instance
-% may override by invoking one of the class options of \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\clo at groupedaddress
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at setup}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at setup{%
- \normalfont\sffamily\raggedright
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\PACS at warn}
-% Per Mark Doyle, RMP never displays the PACS, so they don't want the `use showpacs' warning spit out.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\PACS at warn{RMP documents do not display PACS. Your \string\pacs\space will be ignored}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@above}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@format}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@below}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at title@above{}%
-\def\frontmatter at title@format{\Large\bfseries\raggedright}% HelveticaNeue-Medium(Italic) 14pt.
-\def\frontmatter at title@below{\addvspace{12\p@}}% 24pt b-b down to first author
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at authorformat}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Rag the right even more: .8\cs{hsize}. Also, assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}.}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
-% Set the rag to a milder value, because we want to do true ragged right
-% typesetting, as opposed to the \LaTeX\ default, which gives very poor results.
-%
-% Note: author font is 9.8bp. 19.2bp/14.3bp above/below.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at authorformat{%
- \preprintsty at sw{\vskip0.5pc\relax}{}%
- \@tempskipa\@flushglue
- \@flushglue\z@ plus.8\hsize
- \raggedright\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@flushglue\@tempskipa
- \parskip\z at skip
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at affiliationfont}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{As with author formatting, rag the right more, and assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}. Also neutralize \cs{def at after@address}.}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
-% The hook \cmd\frontmatter at affiliationfont\ controls the formatting of affiliations and affiliation groups.
-% The hook \cmd\frontmatter at above@affilgroup\ is invoked just before proceeding with author/affiliation processing.
-% The \cmd\frontmatter at above@affiliation\ is the amount of space above affiliations in the \classoption{groupedaddress} style,
-% and \cmd\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script\ is that for \classoption{superscriptaddress}.
-%
-% Note: affiliation font is 9.03/10.4bp, 14.3bp/19.2bp b-b above/below
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at affiliationfont{% Helvetica 9/10.2
- \small\slshape\selectfont\baselineskip10.5\p@\relax
- \@tempskipa\@flushglue
- \@flushglue\z@ plus.8\hsize
- \raggedright\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@flushglue\@tempskipa
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
- \let\def at after@address\def at after@address at empty
-}%
-\def\frontmatter at above@affilgroup{\addvspace{7.2\p@}}% additional leading above an author
-\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation{\addvspace{5.3\p@}}%
-\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set up the default RMP style for title block authors and affiliations.
-% We assign the titlepage style for RMP; a document instance
-% may override by invoking one of the class options of \revtex.
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{The \texttt{rmp} journal substyle selects \texttt{groupedaddress} by default.}%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-%
-% This command should override the effect of the
-% corresponding command in the society substyle,
-% and any document class option bearing on same will in turn override.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\clo at groupedaddress
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at RRAP@format}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
-% Note: in RMP, if we are not in preprint mode, the date will not be produced.
-%
-% Note: Helvetica C/lc, 8.98bp, space above: 16.3bp b-b.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at RRAP@format{%
- \addvspace{7.3\p@}%
- \small
- \raggedright\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
-}%
-\def\produce at RRAP#1{%
- \@if at empty{#1}{}{%
- \@ifvmode{\leavevmode}{}%
- \unskip(\ignorespaces#1\unskip)\quad
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractheading}
-% Space above 21.8bp b-b.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at abstractheading{%
- \preprintsty at sw{%
- \begingroup
- \centering\large
- \abstractname
- \par
- \endgroup
- \vspace{.5pc}%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractfont}
-% TimesTen 8.93bp/9.6bp X 360bp, indented 36bp, with 21.9/37.6bp b-b above/below
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/06/29}{(AO, 455) Be nice to a list within the abstract (assign \cs{@totalleftmargin}).}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at abstractfont{%
- \footnotesize
- \hsize360\p@
- \leftskip=0.5in
- \parindent\z@
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at preabstractspace}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at postabstractspace}
-% Space above and space below abstract in title block.
-% Should be 22/36 points base-to-base.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter at preabstractspace{7.7\p@}%
-\def\frontmatter at postabstractspace{24.6\p@}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% FIXME: Not done: PACS.
-% FIXME: TOC: Head is same as \section: HelveticaNeue 8.98. 32/22bp b-b above/below,
-% Body: TimesTen 8/10.5.
-%
-% \subsection{General Text}%
-%
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{(AO) make settings at class time instead of deferring them to later.}
-% If not in preprint mode, RMP sets the type size to 10/12 point. Note: s/b 11.6bp leading
-%FIXME: define \cmd\normalsize\ only if nobody else has done so.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \appdef\setup at hook{%
- \preprintsty at sw{}{%
- \def\normalsize{%
- \@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
- \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ plus2\p@ minus5\p@
- \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
- \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
- \let\@listi\@listI
- }%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Footnote mods:
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) class file must set \cs{splittopskip}; fine tune \cs{skip}\cs{footins}; \cs{footnoterule} defined in terms of \cs{skip}\cs{footins}}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \footnotesep 9.25pt
- \skip\footins 36pt plus 4pt minus 12pt
- \def\footnoterule{%
- \dimen@\skip\footins\divide\dimen@\thr@@
- \kern-\dimen@\hrule width.5in\kern\dimen@
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Sectioning}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/04}{Use \cs{setup at hook} to initialize all.}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/08/01}{Section numbering via procedures \cs{secnums at rtx} and \cs{secnums at arabic}.}
-%
-% We override the meaning of \cmd\secnums at rtx.
-% The class option \classoption{secnumarabic} will continue to work.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\secnums at rtx{%
- \@ifxundefined\thepart{%
- \def\thepart{\Roman{part}}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesection{%
- \def\thesection {\Roman{section}}%
- \def\p at section {}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsection{%
- \def\thesubsection {\Alph{subsection}}%
- \def\p at subsection {\thesection.}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubsubsection{%
- \def\thesubsubsection {\arabic{subsubsection}}%
- \def\p at subsubsection {\thesection.\thesubsection.}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\theparagraph{%
- \def\theparagraph {\alph{paragraph}}%
- \def\p at paragraph {\thesection.\thesubsection.\thesubsubsection.}%
- }{}%
- \@ifxundefined\thesubparagraph{%
- \def\thesubparagraph {\arabic{subparagraph}}%
- \def\p at subparagraph {\thesection.\thesubsection.\thesubsubsection.\theparagraph.}%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% In RMP, put a period (.), followed by `nut space', after the section number.
-% Also, hang the section number (the \LaTeX\ default).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\hskip0.5em\relax}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Note that we wish to set the section head uppercase, so we use
-% David Carlisle's \cmd\MakeTextUppercase. However, because this procedure effectively
-% parses its argument (looking for things to \emph{not} translate), it has to be invoked
-% in such a way that the argument of the \cmd\section\ command is passed to it as its
-% own argument.
-%
-% To accomplish this, we use the \cmd\@hangfrom@\ hook, which was developed for this
-% purpose.
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Add \cs{@hangfroms at section}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\section{%
- \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{0.8cm plus1ex minus.2ex}{0.4cm}%
- {%
- \small\sffamily\bfseries\selectfont
- \raggedright
- \parindent\z@
- }%
- }%
- \def\@hangfrom at section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
- \def\@hangfroms at section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
- \def\subsection{%
- \@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{0.8cm plus1ex minus.2ex}{0.4cm}%
- {%
- \small\sffamily\bfseries
- \raggedright
- \parindent\z@
- }%
- }%
- \def\subsubsection{%
- \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{.8cm plus1ex minus.2ex}{0.4cm}%
- {%
- \small\sffamily\selectfont
- \raggedright
- \parindent\z@
- }%
- }%
- \def\paragraph{%
- \@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{.8cm plus1ex minus.2ex}{-1em}%
- {%
- \small\slshape\selectfont
- \raggedright
- \parindent\z@
- }%
- }%
- \def\subparagraph{%
- \@startsection{subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus1ex minus.2ex}{-1em}%
- {\normalsize\bfseries\selectfont}%
- }%
-%
- \setcounter{tocdepth}{4}% FIXME: has no effect
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom at appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfroms at appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@appendixcntformat}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Add \cs{@hangfroms at section}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\appendix{%
- \let\@hangfrom at section\@hangfrom at appendix
- \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
-}%
-\def\@hangfrom at appendix#1#2#3{%
- #1%
- \@if at empty{#2}{%
- #3%
- }{%
- #2\@if at empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@hangfroms at appendix#1#2{%
- #1\appendixname\@if at empty{#2}{}{:\ #2}%
-}%
-\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Figure and Table Caption Formatting}
-% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
-% \changes{4.1b}{2008/07/01}{Break out \cs{@caption at fignum@sep}}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setlength\belowcaptionskip{2\p@}
-\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
- \vskip\abovecaptionskip
- \vbox{%
- \flushing
- \small\rmfamily
- \noindent
- #1\@caption at fignum@sep#2\par
- }%
- \vskip\belowcaptionskip
-}%
-\def\@caption at fignum@sep{\nobreak\hskip.5em plus.2em\ignorespaces}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Citations and Bibliography}%
-%
-% Customize \revtex\ for the journal substyle;
-% this task requires three components:
-% a \BibTeX\ \file{.bst} style file,
-% customizing code for \file{natbib}, and
-% customizations of the \env{thebibliography} environment.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
-% Define the argument of the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command
-% (if the document does not do so).
-%
-% The user must have installed a \file{.bst} file of the corresponding name.
-% This file will then be used by \BibTeX\ when compiling the document's \file{.bbl} file.
-%
-% To generate \file{apsrmp.bst}, use \classname{custom-bib} version 3.89d1 or later.
-% Run the \file{.bst} generator, \file{makebst.tex}, with the following options:
-%
-% \def\QandA#1#2#3{\item#1: \textbf{#2}: \texttt{#3}---}%
-% \def\CandE#1{\item\relax\texttt{#1}---}%
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \QandA{STYLE OF CITATIONS}{a}{ay}Author-year with some non-standard interface
-% \QandA{AUTHOR}{*}{nat}Natbib for use with natbib v5.3 or later
-% \QandA{LANGUAGE FIELD}{l}{lang}Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
-% \QandA{PRESENTATIONS}{b}{pres,pres-bf}Presentation, speaker bold face
-% \QandA{ORDER ON VON PART }{x}{vonx}Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
-% \QandA{AUTHOR NAMES}{a}{nm-rev1}Only first name reversed, initials (AGU style: Smith, J. F., H. K. Jones)
-% \QandA{POSITION OF JUNIOR }{*}{jnrlst}Junior comes last as Smith, John, Jr.
-% \QandA{TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES}{u}{nmft,nmft-def}User defined author font (\cmd\bibnamefont)
-% \QandA{FONT FOR FIRST NAMES }{u}{fnm-def}First names in user defined font (\cmd\bibfnamefont)
-% \QandA{EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC}{a}{nmfted}Editors incollection like authors font
-% \QandA{FONT FOR `AND' IN LIST}{r}{nmand-rm}`And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
-% \QandA{FONT OF CITATION LABELS IN TEXT }{u}{lab,lab-def}User defined citation font (\cmd\citenamefont)
-% \QandA{FONT FOR `AND' IN CITATIONS }{r}{and-rm}Cited `and' in normal font
-% \QandA{LABEL WHEN AUTHORS MISSING }{*}{keyxyr}Year blank when KEY replaces missing author (for natbib 7.0)
-% \QandA{DATE POSITION}{b}{dt-beg}Date after authors
-% \QandA{DATE FORMAT }{m}{yr-com}Date preceded by comma as `, 1993'
-% \QandA{INCLUDE MONTHS}{m}{aymth}Include month in date
-% \QandA{REVERSED DATE }{r}{dtrev}Date as year month
-% \QandA{TRUNCATE YEAR }{*}{note-yr}Year text full as 1990--1993 or `in press'
-% \QandA{TITLE OF ARTICLE}{d}{tit-qq}Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
-% \QandA{TITLE PRESENT IN ARTICLE, INCOLLECTION, AND INPROCEEDINGS}{x}{jtit-x}Title is ignored
-% \QandA{INPROCEEDINGS CHAPTER AND PAGES, LIKE INBOOK}{y}{inproceedings-chapter}produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
-% \QandA{ARTICLE BOOKTITLE PRESENT}{?}{article-booktitle}format booktitle
-% \QandA{ARTICLE SERIES PRESENT}{?}{article-series}article can has series
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME FONT}{r}{jttl-rm}Journal name normal font
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME WITH ADDRESS}{y}{journal-address}Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
-% \QandA{BOOK TITLE FIELDS}{y}{book-bt}Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
-% \QandA{THESIS TITLE OPTIONAL}{?}{thesis-title-o}Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
-% \QandA{TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE}{b}{trtit-b}Tech. report title like books
-% \QandA{JOURNAL VOLUME}{b}{vol-bf}Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
-% \QandA{JOURNAL VOL AND NUMBER}{s}{vnum-sp}Journal vol (num) as 34 (2)
-% \QandA{VOLUME PUNCTUATION}{c}{volp-com}Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
-% \QandA{PAGE NUMBERS}{f}{jpg-1}Only start page number
-% \QandA{POSITION OF PAGES}{e}{pp-last}Pages at end but before any notes
-% \QandA{BOOK EDITOR W/O AUTHOR}{}{book-editor-booktitle}Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
-% \QandA{INBOOK PERMITS TITLE, BOOKTITLE, AUTHOR, EDITOR}{a}{inbook-editor-booktitle}Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
-% \QandA{CONFERENCE ADDRESS FOR BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, INPROCEEDINGS, PROCEEDINGS}{a}{bookaddress}Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
-% \QandA{NUMBER AND SERIES FOR BOOK, INBOOK, INCOLLECTION, INPROCEEDINGS, PROCEEDINGS}{*}{num-xser}Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
-% \QandA{WORD NUMBER CAPITALIZED FOR NUMBER AND SERIES}{c}{number-cap}Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
-% \QandA{WORD CHAPTER CAPITALIZED}{c}{chapter-cap}Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
-% \QandA{COMBINING NUMBER AND SERIES}{x}{series-number}Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
-% \QandA{POSITION OF NUMBER AND SERIES}{b}{numser-booktitle}After book title and conference address, and before editors
-% \QandA{VOLUME AND SERIES FOR BOOKS}{s}{ser-vol}Series, vol. 23
-% \QandA{VOLUME AND SERIES FORMATTING}{y}{ser-rm}format series roman , even when used with volume
-% \QandA{WORD VOLUME CAPITALIZED FOR VOLUME AND SERIES}{y}{volume-cap}Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
-% \QandA{POSITION OF VOLUME AND SERIES FOR INCOLLECTION, INBOOK, AND INPROCEEDINGS}{e}{ser-ed}Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
-% \QandA{JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION}{x}{jnm-x}Space after journal name
-% \QandA{PAGES IN BOOK}{*}{pg-bk,book-chapter-pages}As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
-% \QandA{PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES}{p}{pub-par}Publisher in parentheses
-% \QandA{EMPTY PUBLISHER PARENTHESES}{y}{ay-empty-pub-parens-x}eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
-% \QandA{PUBLISHER POSITION}{e}{pre-edn}Edition before publisher
-% \QandA{SCHOOL}{p}{school-par}school/address in parens: `(school, address)'
-% \QandA{ISBN NUMBER}{*}{isbn}Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
-% \QandA{ISSN NUMBER}{*}{issn}Include ISSN for periodicals
-% \QandA{DOI NUMBER}{a}{doi-link,doi}Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
-% \QandA{`EDITOR' AFTER NAMES}{a}{bkedcap}`Name Editor,' as above, editor upper case
-% \QandA{EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS}{b}{edby}In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
-% \QandA{PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS }{c}{blk-com}Comma between blocks
-% \QandA{FINAL PUNCTUATION}{c}{fin-endbibitem}Command at end instead of period
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES' }{a}{pp}`Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS'}{a}{ed}`Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
-% \QandA{OTHER ABBREVIATIONS}{a}{abr}Abbreviations of such words
-% \QandA{ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION' }{a}{ednx}`Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
-% \QandA{EDITION NUMBERS}{n}{ord}Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
-% \QandA{STORED JOURNAL NAMES}{a}{jabr}Abbreviated journal names
-% \QandA{COMMA BEFORE `AND'}{c}{and-com}Comma even with 2 authors as `Tom, and Harry'
-% \QandA{FONT OF `ET AL'}{i}{etal-it}Italic et al
-% \QandA{ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS}{r}{revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation}Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
-% \QandA{SLACcitation FIELD}{?}{SLACcitation}Produce SLACcitation field
-% \QandA{NUMPAGES DATA FIELD}{*}{numpages-x}Do not include numpages field
-% \QandA{REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS}{b}{bibinfo}Reference component tags like \cmd\bibinfo\ in the content of \cmd\bibitem
-% \QandA{ELEMENT TAGS}{b}{bibfield}Element tags like \cmd\bibfield\ in the content of \cmd\bibitem
-% \QandA{COMPATIBILITY WITH PLAIN TEX}{*}{nfss}Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% A file \file{apsrmp.dbj} file equivalent to the following should result:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\input docstrip
-%\preamble
-%----------------------------------------
-%*** REVTeX-compatible RMP 2010-02-12 ***
-%\endpreamble
-%\postamble
-%End of customized bst file
-%\endpostamble
-%\keepsilent
-%\askforoverwritefalse
-%\def\MBopts{\from{merlin.mbs}{%
-% head,\MBopta}
-%\from{physjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{geojour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{photjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{merlin.mbs}{tail,\MBopta}}
-%\def\MBopta{%
-% ay,%: Author-year with some non-standard interface
-% nat,%: Natbib for use with natbib v5.3 or later
-% lang,%: Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
-% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face
-% vonx,%: Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
-% nm-rev1,%: Only first name reversed, initials (AGU style: Smith, J. F., H. K. Jones)
-% jnrlst,%: Junior comes last as Smith, John, Jr.
-% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font (\bibnamefont)
-% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font (\bibfnamefont)
-% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors font
-% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
-% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font (\citenamefont)
-% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font
-% keyxyr,%: Year blank when KEY replaces missing author (for natbib 7.0)
-% dt-beg,%: Date after authors
-% yr-par,%: Year in parentheses as (1993)
-% dtrev,%: Date as year month
-% date-nil-x,%: If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
-% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% jtit-x,%: Title is ignored
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
-% article-booktitle,%: format booktitle
-% article-series,%: article can has series
-% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal font
-% journal-address,%: Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
-% book-bt,%: Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
-% thesis-title-o,%: Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
-% trtit-b,%: Tech. report title like books
-% techreport-institution-par,%: format tech report institution like book publisher
-% vol-bf,%: Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
-% vnum-sp,%: Journal vol (num) as 34 (2)
-% volp-com,%: Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
-% jpg-1,%: Only start page number
-% pp-last,%: Pages at end but before any notes
-% book-editor-booktitle,%: Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
-% inbook-editor-booktitle,%: Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
-% bookaddress,%: Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
-% num-xser,%: Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
-% number-cap,%: Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
-% chapter-cap,%: Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
-% series-number,%: Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
-% numser-booktitle,%: After book title and conference address, and before editors
-% ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23
-% ser-rm,%: format series roman , even when used with volume
-% volume-cap,%: Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
-% ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
-% jnm-x,%: Space after journal name
-% pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,%: As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
-% pub-par,%: Publisher in parentheses
-% ay-empty-pub-parens-x,%: eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
-% pre-edn,%: Edition before publisher
-% school-par,%: school/address in parens: `(school, address)'
-% isbn,%: Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
-% issn,%: Include ISSN for periodicals
-% doi-link,doi,%: Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
-% bkedcap,%: `Name Editor,' as above, editor upper case
-% edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
-% blk-com,%: Comma between blocks
-% fin-endbibitem,%: Command at end instead of period
-% pp,%: `Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
-% ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
-% abr,%: Abbreviations of such words
-% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
-% ord,%: Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
-% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names
-% and-com,%: Comma even with 2 authors as `Tom, and Harry'
-% etal-it,%: Italic et al
-% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,%: Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
-% SLACcitation,%: Produce SLACcitation field
-% numpages-x,%: Do not include numpages field
-% url,url-prefix-x,%: URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
-% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags like \bibinfo in the content of \bibitem
-% bibfield,%: Element tags like \bibfield in the content of \bibitem
-% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
-%,{%
-% }}
-%\generate{\file{apsrmp4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
-%\endbatchfile
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% For a comparison between apsrmp.bst and apsrev.bst, see Section~\ref{sec:CompRevRmp}.
-%
-% \changes{4.1c}{2008/08/15}{Document class option longbibliography via \cs{substyle at post}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@bibstyle{apsrmp\substyle at post}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\authoryear at sw}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-% Author-year citations: default value of \cmd\authoryear at sw\ is true.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleantrue\authoryear at sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at rmp}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
-% When the journal is RMP, the meaning of the procedure \cmd\@bibdataout at aps\ needs to be different
-% because of the way the author names are formatted. In other respects, it is the same.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@bibdataout at aps{%
- \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
-% This entry's cite key is \texttt{apsrmp41Control}, which serves as a version number.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- @CONTROL{%
- apsrmp41Control%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \longbibliography at sw{%
- ,author="03",editor="0",pages="1",title="0",year="0"%
- }{%
- ,author="0B",editor="0",pages="0",title="",year="1"%
- }%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{apsrmp41Control}}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsection}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
-% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibhang}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsep}
-% \begin{macro}{\cite}
-% The following commands effectively establish the style in which \cmd\cite\ commands are
-% formatted.
-% You can think of them as the second needed component for the bibliography.
-%
-% Set up for author-year citations:
-% when \cmd\NAT at set@cites\ executes (at \envb{document} time), the \cmd\@biblabel\ will
-% be set to \cmd\NAT at biblabel.
-%
-% Per Karie Friedman (friedman at phys.washington.edu), multiple citations are separated by semicolons, e.g.,
-% (Jones, 1999; Abbott and Smith, 2000; Wortley, 2001a),
-% and
-% multiple citations by the same author by commas, e.g.,
-% Abela et al. (1995, 1997a, 1997b).
-% The third argument of \cmd\bibpunct\ handles the former.
-%
-% The fifth argument puts a comma after the author when the year is not in parens:
-% (Lee et al., 1996).
-%
-% Incidently, this \cmd\bibpunct\ command specifies the \classname{natbib} default values.
-%
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography.
-%
-% We change \classname{natbib}'s \cmd\NAT at def@citea\ procedure to effect more elaborate
-% punctuation for RMP: see item 473:
-% \cmd\cite\ order punctuation: ``If possible, \cmd\textcite should put the word 'and' between two citations and before the last citation in a list of 3 or more.''
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We define the punctuation to use in the \cmd\cite\ command's production.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \bibpunct{(%)
- }{%(
- )}{;}{a}{,}{,}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\bibsection{%
- \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
- \@nobreaktrue
- }%
- \let\bibpreamble\@empty
- \def\newblock{\ }%
- \bibhang10\p@
- \bibsep\z@
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Per Mark Doyle, \cmd\cite\ is mapped to \cmd\citep\ in RMP.
-% \changes{4.1i}{2009/10/23}{(AO, 541) Defer assignment of \cs{cite} until after natbib loads}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\cite\citep
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of code to be delayed until after \classname{natbib} loads.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\footinbib at sw}
-% Footnotes in bibliography are consistent only with numbered citations,
-% and are particularly nasty under \classname{natbib}:
-% the packcage will automatically change to numbered references if
-% any \cmd\bibitem\ commands lack the optional argument.
-% Therefore, we must uninvoke it now, even if invoked by the document.
-% The same is quietly done with
-% \classname{natbib}'s \classoption{mcite} and \classoption{compress} options.
-%
-% \changes{4.1f}{2009/07/15}{(AO, 523) Add class option nomerge, to turn off new natbib 8.3 syntax}
-% (AO 523) I changed the code that alters \cmd\NAT at merge\ so that it will not override
-% when \cmd\NAT at merge\ has been set to \cmd\z at .
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\footinbib at sw
-\appdef\setup at hook{%
- \footinbib at sw{%
- \class at warn{%
- Footnotes in bibliography are incompatible with RMP.^^J%
- Undoing the footinbib option.
- }%
- \@booleanfalse\footinbib at sw
- }{}%
- \@ifnum{\NAT at merge>\@ne}{\let\NAT at merge\@ne}{}%
- \def\NAT at cmprs{\z@}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\eprint}
-% RMP requires the \cmd\eprint\ field in the bib entry to be set off with the word ``eprint''.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\eprint#1{eprint #1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Table of Contents}
-%
-% We set up for auto-sizing of certain TOC elements.
-%
-% To do this, we override the definitions for
-% the default TOC font (\cmd\toc@@font),
-% and define
-% formatting for the needed elements (\cmd\l@\dots).
-% Finally, we activate the autosizing by
-% assigning \cmd\toc at pre\ and \cmd\toc at post.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\toc@@font}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/19}{(AO, 461) Change the csname revtex uses from @dotsep to ltxu at dotsep. The former is understood in mu. (What we wanted was a dimension.)}%
-% Set the formatting characteristics of the auto-indenting part
-% of the TOC.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\toc@@font{%
- \footnotesize\rmfamily
- \def\\{\space\ignorespaces}%
-}%
-\def\ltxu at dotsep{5.5pt}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\l at section}
-% Determine which TOC elements are automatically indented.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
-\def\tocdim at min{5\p@}%
-\def\l at section{%
- \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l at subsection{%
- \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l at subsubsection{%
- \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-%\def\l at subsubsection#1#2{}%
-\def\l at paragraph#1#2{}%
-\def\l at subparagraph#1#2{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Activate the TOC processing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\toc at pre\toc at pre@auto
-\let\toc at post\toc at post@auto
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</rmp>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \Finale
-% %Here ends the programmer's documentation.
-% \endinput
-%
-\endinput
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/aip.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/aip.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex4-1/aip.dtx 2020-10-07 21:59:05 UTC (rev 56590)
@@ -0,0 +1,2059 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+% aip.dtx: package to change page grid, MVL.
+% Copyright (c) 2008 American Institute of Physics
+% mailto:tex at aip.org
+%
+% Disclaimer
+% This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+% without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+% License
+% You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
+% LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
+% (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
+% ReadMe
+% For the documentation and more detailed instructions for
+% installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
+% Maintenance Status
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
+% Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa.
+%
+% This work consists of the main source file aip.dtx
+% and the derived files
+% aip.rtx, aip.pdf, aip.ins, aip.drv.
+% Distribution:
+% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/aip/
+%
+% Unpacking:
+% tex aip.dtx
+%
+% Documentation:
+% latex aip.dtx; ...
+%
+% Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
+% pdflatex aip.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
+% pdflatex aip.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+% pdflatex aip.dtx
+%
+% Installation:
+% TDS:bibtex/bst/aip/
+% TDS:doc/latex/aip/
+% TDS:source/latex/aip/
+% TDS:tex/latex/aip/
+%
+% Thanks, Heiko!
+% This method of letting a single .dtx file serve as both
+% documentation (via latex) and installer (via tex) follows
+% the example of Heiko Oberdiek. Thanks!
+%<*ignore>
+\begingroup
+ \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase
+ 0\expandafter\ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi\ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi
+ \relax
+\else
+ \csname fi\endcsname
+%</ignore>
+%<*install>
+%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
+%% from aip.dtx when run through LaTeX or TeX.
+%% This file requires docstrip version 2.4 or higher available from
+%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/docstrip.tex
+\input docstrip
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file;
+altering it directly is inadvisable;
+instead, modify the original source file.
+See the URL in the file README.
+
+Copyright (c) 2008 American Institute of Physics.
+mailto:tex at aip.org
+
+Maintained by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net)
+under contract to American Institute of Physics.
+
+License
+ You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
+ LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
+ (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
+
+ This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+ without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+\endpreamble
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\keepsilent
+ \generate{%
+ %{ignore}
+% \file{aip.ins}{\from{aip.dtx}{install}}%
+% \file{aip.drv}{\from{aip.dtx}{driver}}%
+% \usedir{tex/latex/aip}%
+ \file{aip4-1.rtx}{\from{aip.dtx}{package}}%
+ }%
+\ifToplevel{
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move}
+\Msg{* aip.rtx}
+\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX;}
+\Msg{* in a TDS-compliant installation:}
+\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/aip/.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
+ run aip.dtx through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
+}
+\endbatchfile
+%</install>
+%<*ignore>
+\fi
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{aip.dtx}
+%
+% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
+%<*package>
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% filename = "aip.dtx",
+%%% version = "4.1s",
+%%% date = "2020/09/30",
+%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
+%%% commissioned by the American Institute of Physics.
+%%% ",
+%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 2008 American Institute of Physics,
+%%% distributed under the terms of the
+%%% LaTeX Project Public License, see
+%%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
+%%% ",
+%%% address = "AIP Journal Program
+%%% American Institute of Physics,
+%%% Suite 1NO1, 2 Huntington Quadrangle,
+%%% Melville, NY 11747 USA",
+%%% telephone = "",
+%%% FAX = "",
+%%% email = "mailto colon tex at aip.org",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "aip substyle for REVTeX",
+%%% }
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
+% The following references the \file{README} file,
+% which contains basic information about this package.
+% The contents of this file are generated when
+% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README}%
+%
+% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
+%
+% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
+% according to provenance.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
+% One single file generates all.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%aip.dtx
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex aip.dtx}}%
+% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
+% generates the readme and the installer.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%README aip.ins
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex aip.dtx}}%
+% Typesetting the installer generates
+% the package files.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%aip.rtx
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Documentation}%
+% The following are the online documentation:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%aip.pdf
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
+% The following are auxiliary files generated
+% in the course of running \LaTeX:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%aip.aux aip.idx aip.ind aip.log aip.toc
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \section{Code common to all modules}%
+%
+% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
+% want to require only one place in this file
+% where the version number is stated,
+% and we also want to ensure that the version
+% number is embedded into every generated file.
+%
+% Now we declare that
+% these files can only be used with \LaTeXe.
+% An appropriate message is displayed if
+% a different \TeX{} format is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver|package>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]%
+%</driver|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% As desired, the following modules all
+% take common version information:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<package>\ProvidesFile{aip4-1.rtx}%
+%<*driver>
+\expandafter\ProvidesFile\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+%</driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following line contains, for once and for all,
+% the version and date information.
+% By various means, this information is reproduced
+% consistently in all generated files and in the
+% typeset documentation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver|package>
+%<version>
+ [2020/09/30 4.1s AIP substyle for REVTeX]% \fileversion
+%</driver|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \section{The driver module \texttt{driver}}
+%
+% This module, consisting of the present section,
+% typesets the programmer's documentation,
+% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{README} as required.
+%
+% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
+% this file constitute the \file{driver} module itself,
+% we can simply typeset the \file{.dtx} file directly,
+% and there is thus rarely any need to
+% generate the ``driver'' {\sc docstrip} module.
+% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
+% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
+%
+% The \enve{document} command concludes the typesetting run.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The Preamble}
+% The programmers documentation is formatted
+% with the \classname{ltxdoc} class with local customizations,
+% and with the usual code line indexing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
+\let\url\undefined
+\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname package at font\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\RequirePackage
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter{\csname package at font\endcsname}%
+\fi
+\gdef\lquote{`}\gdef\rquote{'}%
+\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
+% We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
+% \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The following command retrieves the date and version information
+% from this file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The ``Read Me'' File}
+% As promised above, here is the contents of the
+% ``Read Me'' file. That file serves a double purpose,
+% since it also constitutes the beginining of the
+% programmer's documentation. What better thing, after
+% all, to have appear at the beginning of the
+% typeset documentation?
+%
+% A good discussion of how to write a ReadMe file can be found in
+% Engst, Tonya, ``Writing a ReadMe File? Read This''
+% \emph{MacTech} October 1998, p. 58.
+%
+% Note the appearance of the
+% \cmd\StopEventually\ command, which marks the
+% dividing line between the user documentation
+% and the programmer documentation.
+%
+% The usual user will not be asked to
+% do a full build, not to speak
+% of the bootstrap.
+% Instructions for carrying these processes
+% begin the programmer's manual.
+%
+%\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/06}{Beta candidate b}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{filecontents*}[overwrite]{README}
+\title{%
+ The \classname{aip} substyle for REV\TeX%
+ \protect\thanks{%
+ \fileversion\ \copyright 2009 American Institute of Physics
+ % For version number and date,
+ % search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
+ % or see the end of the README file.
+ }%
+}%
+
+\author{%
+Arthur Ogawa\thanks{mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal.net}%
+}%
+\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
+\maketitle
+
+This file embodies the implementation of the
+AIP journal substyles for APS's \revtex\ 4.1 document class
+for electronic submissions to AIP journals.
+
+The distribution point for this work is
+\url{http://authors.aip.org/REVTEX}.
+The archive contains ready-to-Install files, documentation, and full source.
+
+This package is also distributed via CTAN:
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/aip}, and as a ready-to-install image as
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/aip.tds.zip}.
+
+The \classname{aip} package was commissioned by the American Institute of Physics
+and is distributed under the terms of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
+the same license under which all the portions of \LaTeX\ itself is distributed.
+Please see \url{http://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt} for details.
+
+To use this document class, you must have a working
+\TeX\ installation equipped with \LaTeXe\
+and possibly pdftex and Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent.
+
+To install, retrieve the distribution,
+unpack it into a directory on the target computer,
+and move the file \file{aip.rtx}
+into a location in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX.
+
+To use, read the user documentation \file{auguide.pdf}.
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Overview}%
+\revtex\ is a \LaTeXe\ document class, somewhat like a hybrid of
+the standard \LaTeX\ \classname{book} and \classname{article} classes.
+
+This document class implements the AIP society and journal substyles:
+the journals represent a set of mutually exclusive class options that, in this case, allow the
+document class to address multiple journals within the AIP family.
+This society is obtained with class option \classoption{aip}.
+
+\section{Processing Instructions}
+
+The package file \file{aip.rtx}
+is generated from this file, \file{aip.dtx},
+using the {\sc docstrip} facility of \LaTeX
+via |tex aip.dtx|.
+The typeset documentation that you are now reading is generated from
+the same file by typesetting it with \LaTeX\ or pdftex
+via |latex aip.dtx| or |pdflatex aip.dtx|.
+
+\subsection{Build Instructions}
+
+You may bootstrap this suite of files solely from \file{aip.dtx}.
+Prepare by installing \LaTeXe\ (and either tex or pdftex) on your computer,
+then carry out the following steps:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item
+Within an otherwise empty directory,
+typeset \file{aip.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
+you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
+along with
+the installer \file{aip.ins},
+and the file \file{README}.
+
+Note: you will have to run \LaTeX\ twice, then \file{makeindex}, then
+\LaTeX\ again in order to obtain a valid index and table of contents.
+\item
+Now typeset \file{aip.dtx} with \TeX (not \LaTeX),
+thereby generating the package file \file{aip.rtx}.
+\item
+Install \classname{aip.rtx}
+by moving it to a location
+in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX,
+like \file{tex/latex/aip}.
+\item
+Install \classname{aip.pdf}
+by moving it to
+\file{doc/latex/aip}.
+\item
+Using the \file{.dbj} information herein,
+generate the needed \file{.bst} files and install them in
+\file{bibtex/bst/aip}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{filecontents*}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The Document Body}
+%
+% Here is the document body, containing only a
+% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
+% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{document}%
+\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}%
+\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+% ^^A\PrintChanges
+\end{document}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{AIP: A set of journal-specifc extensions to \revtex}
+%
+% To create a journal substyle, you create
+% a \file{.rtx} file, in our case \file{aip.rtx}.
+% Within that file, you override procedures and parameter assignments as you see fit.
+% Ideally they will be generally applicable to all of that society's
+% journals (see the file \file{aps.rtx} for a realization of this scheme).
+% Also within that file, you include a
+% section of code for each journal, that for JMP looks like:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \@ifx{\@journal\journal at jmp}{%
+% <code specific to the JMP>
+% }{}%
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \section{The \classoption{aip} class option: the \texttt{aip} module}
+% The file \file{aip.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
+% if \cmd\@society\ has the value \classoption{aip}.
+%
+% Here, code specific to AIP journals appears.
+%
+% We first give some text entities (amounting to journal abbreviations),
+% then some AIP-specific initialisations,
+% then code for particular AIP journals.
+% In the latter case, the choice is
+% keyed off the macro \cmd\@journal.
+%
+% Note on \cmd\AtEndOfClass:
+% this file, like all journal substyles, is read in at \cmd\AtEndOfClass\ time,
+% so you should not use this command in this file.
+% Note for \LaTeX\ developers: It would be an improvement in \LaTeX\ to
+% \cmd\let\cmd\AtEndOfClass\ to something like \cmd\@firstofone.
+% This change would be effected in \cmd\@onefilewithoptions.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
+% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\substyle at ext
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endinput
+ \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\else
+ \def\@tempa{}%
+ \expandafter\fi\@tempa
+ \class at info{RevTeX society AIP selected}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Substyle Options}%
+%
+% Here are the class options relating to the AIP:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{jcp}{\change at journal{jcp}}%
+\DeclareOption{pop}{\change at journal{pop}}%
+\DeclareOption{rsi}{\change at journal{rsi}}%
+\DeclareOption{jap}{\change at journal{jap}}%
+\DeclareOption{apl}{\change at journal{apl}}%
+\DeclareOption{cha}{\change at journal{cha}}%
+\DeclareOption{pof}{\change at journal{pof}}%
+\DeclareOption{bmf}{\change at journal{bmf}}%
+\DeclareOption{rse}{\change at journal{rse}}%
+\DeclareOption{jmp}{\change at journal{jmp}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Option allowing for ``numerical author-year'' bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{author-numerical}{%
+ \@booleantrue\authoryear at sw
+ \@booleantrue\authornum at sw
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Optionally allow article title in bibliography entries.
+% A new switch is defined here: \cmd\aip at jtitx@sw\ signifies that
+% the numbered style bibliography is to be prepared without article titles in @ARTICLE entries.
+% Otherwise, such titles are incorporated if present in the \file{.bib} entry.
+% By default, exclude the article titles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{article-title}{%
+ \@booleanfalse\aip at jtitx@sw
+}%
+\@booleantrue \aip at jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Establish default options for this society.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+\@booleanfalse\authornum at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at init}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout at aip}
+% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
+% Procedure \cmd\@bibdataout at aip\ has the job of writing the control record into the
+% job's \cmd\jobname\filename{.bib} file, where it will adjust the options to \filename{.bst} processing.
+% It is installed into the initialization procedure \cmd\@bibdataout at init, and its meaning
+% is set by the society (AIP) and journal.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\@bibdataout at rev{\@bibdataout at aip}%
+\def\@bibdataout at aip{%
+ \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ @CONTROL{%
+ aip41Control%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \longbibliography at sw{\true at sw}{\aip at jtitx@sw{\false at sw}{\true at sw}}%
+ {%
+ ,pages="1",title="0"%
+ }{%
+ ,pages="0",title=""%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{aip41Control}}%
+ \fi
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% For AIP, the preprint style \classoption{preprint} is the default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\preprintsty at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\showPACS at sw}
+% \begin{macro}{\showKEYS at sw}
+% If \cmd\showPACS at sw\ is true, print the PACS information in the title block,
+% otherwise not.
+% Similarly for \cmd\showKEYS at sw\ and the keywords.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\showPACS at sw
+\@booleantrue\showKEYS at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\refname}
+%
+% In reprint style only, we eliminate the head above the bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup at hook{%
+ \preprintsty at sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{AIP Setup}%
+% Here we define the default procedures for AIP journals.
+% Individual AIP journals may override these definitions.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Running header and footer}%
+%
+% Page style for all AIP journals.
+% We assert our own page style only if nobody else has done so.
+% Users wishing to customize their documents will be able to invoke a \cmd\pagestyle\
+% command anywhere in the preamble.
+%FIXME: \cmd\preprintsty at sw\ is defined?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup at hook{%
+ \preprintsty at sw{%
+ \ps at preprint
+ }{%
+ \ps at article
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The spc says: ``Running title must be provided on title page'',
+% and that journal classes 1b and 2 have no running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ps at preprint{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\ps at article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading at cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading at cr\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@runningtitle{\@shorttitle}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Title block}%
+%
+% The specifics of the title block.
+% Apply to all AIP journals; individual journals may override these settings.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\titlepage}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
+ \let\wastwocol at sw\twocolumn at sw
+ \onecolumngrid
+ \newpage
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
+ \c at page\z@% article sets this to one not zero???
+}{%
+ \wastwocol at sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@fnsymbol}
+% On the title page, footnotes are lettered with right parenthesis: ``a)''.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@fnsymbol at latex\@fnsymbol
+\let\@fnsymbol\@alph
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\adjust at abstractwidth}
+% This procedure is used by many titlepage elements to indent on the left by a particular
+% amount. The author list uses \cmd\frontmatter at authorformat\ to accomplish the same.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\adjust at abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractheading}
+% AIP Journals all set the abstract head the same way, with no head.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at abstractheading{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at abstractfont}
+% All AIP journals set the abstract body the same way.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at abstractfont{%
+%\small
+ \adjust at abstractwidth
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% All AIP journal preprints use separate titlepage and full-width abstract.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup at hook{%
+ \preprintsty at sw{%
+ \@booleantrue\titlepage at sw
+% \def\frontmatter at affiliationfont{\it}%
+ \let\section\section at preprintsty
+% \let\@hangfrom at section\@hangfrom at section@preprintsty
+ \let\subsection\subsection at preprintsty
+ \let\subsubsection\subsubsection at preprintsty
+ }{}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at authorformat}
+% All AIP journals set the author list the same.
+% The leading is 11.5 points, and
+% there is 11.5 points of extra space above the first author line
+% (which amounts to the same thing as 11.5 points extra below the title)
+% for a total of 23 points base-to-base.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+\def\frontmatter at authorformat{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \sffamily
+%\advance\baselineskip\p@
+%\parskip11.5\p@\relax
+}%
+\renewcommand*\email[1][Electronic mail: ]{\begingroup\sanitize at url\@email{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affilgroup}
+% The default amount of space above affiliation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at above@affilgroup{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affiliation}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script}
+% The default amount of space above affiliation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation at script{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+%\addvspace{3.5\p@}%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter at above@affiliation{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at affiliationfont}
+% All AIP journals set the affiliation the same.
+% Like the author, but in italic.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at affiliationfont{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \preprintsty at sw{}{\small}%
+ \it
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at collaboration@above}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at collaboration@above{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Set up the default AIP style for title block authors and affiliations.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at setup}
+% All AIP journals set the title page using the same font and size.
+% However, justification varies for the title block elements, so
+% we assert none here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at setup{%
+ \normalfont
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@above}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@format}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at title@below}
+% All AIP journals set the article title 12 point Times Roman, bold, flush left.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
+\def\frontmatter at title@format{%
+ \preprintsty at sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ \parskip\z at skip
+}%
+\def\frontmatter at title@below{\addvspace{3\p@}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at makefnmark}
+% All AIP journals share this procedure for setting the titlepage footnote text:
+% superior lowercase letter, with right parenthesis.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@author at parskip{3\p@}%
+\@booleantrue\altaffilletter at sw
+\def\frontmatter at makefnmark{%
+ \@textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont\@thefnmark%(
+ )%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter at authorbelow{%
+ \addvspace{3\p@}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\affil at cutoff}
+% We override \cmd\affil at cutoff\ to enforce the rule that,
+% if a single affiliation appears on the title page, then
+% no affiliation superscript at all is produced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\affil at cutoff\tw@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% De awa.
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at RRAP@format}
+% All AIP journals use the same format for the ``Received, Revised, etc.'' block on the title page.
+%
+% Change note: 11.5 points b-b from author/affiliation down to date.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+% \preprintsty at sw{}{\parskip.5ex\relax}%
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble at leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\punct at RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
+\def\@gobble at leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at PACS@format}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at PACS@format{%
+ \addvspace{11\p@}%
+% \footnotesize
+ \adjust at abstractwidth
+ \parskip\z at skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter at keys@format}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter at keys@format{%
+% \footnotesize
+ \adjust at abstractwidth
+ \samepage
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ps at titlepage}
+% Title page style. Currently empty except for preprint header,
+% which consists of all the \cmd\preprint\ arguments,
+% stacked flush right at the right margin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ps at titlepage{%
+ \def\@oddhead{%
+ \@runningtitle
+ \hfill
+ \produce at preprints\@preprint
+ }%
+ \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+ \def\@oddfoot{%
+ \hb at xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
+ \hfil
+ \preprintsty at sw{\thepage}{}%
+ \quad\checkindate
+ \hfil
+ }%
+ \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+}%
+\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex at sw{Typeset by REV\TeX and AIP}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\produce at preprints}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\produce at preprints#1{%
+ \preprint at sw{%
+ \vtop to \z@{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \small
+ \let\preprint\preprint at count
+ \count@\z@#1\@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
+ \hbox{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint at hlist
+ #1\setbox\z@\lastbox
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint at cr
+ \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
+ \par
+ \vss
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\preprint at cr#1{#1\cr}%
+\def\preprint at count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
+\def\preprint at hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Lead-in paragraph}%
+%
+% The \env{Lead-in paragraph} environment formats the AIP ``lead paragraph''.
+% To avoid introducing new syntax, we take over the \env{quotation} environment
+% until the first \cmd\section\ (or other sectioning command) appears.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{Lead at inParagraph}{%
+ \par
+ \bfseries
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}{%
+ \par
+ \hb at xt@\hsize{\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\hfil}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the beginning of the document temporarily change the meaning of
+% the \env{quotation} environment, restoring it once the first sectioning
+% command is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\frontmatter at init{%
+ \let at environment{quotation at ltx}{quotation}%
+ \let at environment{quotation}{Lead at inParagraph}%
+}%
+\appdef\@startsection at hook{%
+ \let at environment{quotation}{quotation at ltx}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Stacked Heads}%
+% All AIP journals put a period (.), followed by quad space, after the section number.
+% Also, no hanging section number.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}%
+\def\@hang at from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Note that in the following, we wish to set the section head uppercase, so we use
+% David Carlisle's \cmd\MakeTextUppercase. However, because this procedure effectively
+% parses its argument (looking for things to \emph{not} translate), it has to be invoked
+% in such a way that the argument of the \cmd\section\ command is passed to it as its
+% own argument.
+%
+% To accomplish this, we use the \cmd\@hangfrom@\ hook, which was developed for this
+% purpose.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom at section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+\def\@hangfroms at section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% See, e.g., BMF\_044101\_1 (1) or BMF\_044103\_1 (1)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% See, e.g., BMF\_044104\_1 (1), JMP\_123520\_1 (48),
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \itshape
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Runin Heads}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {paragraph}%
+ {4}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subparagraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subparagraph}%
+ {5}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\section at preprintsty}
+% \begin{macro}{\subsection at preprintsty}
+% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection at preprintsty}
+% Here are the formatting procedures specific to the preprint style;
+% the only difference is that the heads are flush left instead of centered.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section at preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+%\def\@hangfrom at section@preprintsty#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsection at preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsubsection at preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+% \small
+ \itshape\bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% For examples of
+% \env{theorem}, \env{proposition}, \env{lemma}, \env{remark}, \env{corollary}, \env{example},
+% and \env{proof} (with optional title),
+% using independent numbering for each class,
+% and with numbered and roman lists therein,
+% see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
+%
+% For theorems, etc, numbered by section, (and with theorems in the appendix)
+% but equations numbered throughout,
+% see JMP\_123301\_1 (48).
+%
+% For a (roman) list in text, theorem, and proof,
+% see JMP\_123514\_1 (48).
+%
+% For numbered list in text,
+% and equations numbered by section,
+% see JMP\_123518\_1 (48).
+%
+% All AIP journals use frontmatter footnotes by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\frontmatter at footnote@produce\frontmatter at footnote@produce at footnote
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Table of Contents}%
+% The toc will itself make an entry in the toc,
+% but we temporarily turn off toc formatting for the duration.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+\def\ltxu at dotsep{4.5pt}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableofcontents{%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth at munge}%
+ \print at toc{toc}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth at restore}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocdepth at munge{%
+ \let\l at section@saved\l at section
+ \let\l at section\@gobble at tw@
+}%
+\def\@gobble at tw@#1#2{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocdepth at restore{%
+ \let\l at section\l at section@saved
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\l at part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \begingroup
+ \set at tocdim@pagenum{#2}%
+% \@tempdima 3em %
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip\tocleft at pagenum plus 1fil\relax
+ \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
+ \large \bf %
+ \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
+ \hb at xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\z@}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z at skip
+ \par
+ \nobreak %
+ \endgroup
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l at section}
+% Determine which TOC elements are automatically indented.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
+\def\tocdim at min{5\p@}%
+\def\l at section{%
+ \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l at f@section{%
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
+ \bf
+}%
+\def\l at subsection{%
+ \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l at subsubsection{%
+ \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l at paragraph#1#2{}%
+\def\l at subparagraph#1#2{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Activate the auto TOC processing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\toc at pre\toc at pre@auto
+\let\toc at post\toc at post@auto
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\listoffigures{\print at toc{lof}}%
+\def\l at figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\listoftables{\print at toc{lot}}%
+\let\l at table\l at figure
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Default column bottom}%
+% All AIP journal styles have flush bottoms.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Table alignment style}%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tableft at skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabmid at skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabright at skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\array at row@pre at float}
+% \begin{macro}{\array at row@pst at float}
+% All AIP publications have the same table specification:
+% Scotch rules above and below, centered in column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableft at skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\tabmid at skip@float{\@flushglue}%
+\def\tabright at skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\array at row@pre at float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
+\def\array at row@pst at float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Footnote formatting}%
+% We customize the formatting of footnotes for all AIP journals.
+% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+ \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
+ \hb at xt@\leftskip{%
+ \hss\@makefnmark\ %
+ }%
+ #1%
+ \par
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Appendix}%
+% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom at appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@hangfroms at appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@appendixcntformat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prepdef\appendix{%
+ \par
+ \let\@hangfrom at section\@hangfrom at appendix
+%\let\@hangfroms at section\@hangfroms at appendix
+ \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom at appendix#1#2#3{%
+ #1%
+ \@if at empty{#2}{%
+ #3%
+ }{%
+ #2\@if at empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfroms at appendix#1#2{%
+ #1#2%
+}%
+\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Bibliography}%
+%
+% Customize the \revtex\ for the AIP society.
+% this task requires three components:
+% the \BibTeX\ \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst} style files,
+% customizing code for \file{natbib}, and
+% customizations of the \env{thebibliography} environment.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
+% Define the argument of the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command.
+% The user must have installed a \file{.bst} file of the corresponding name.
+% This file will then be used by \BibTeX\ when compiling the document's \file{.bbl} file.
+%
+% The default bibliography style for the AIP journal substyles are \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst}.
+% To generate them, use \classname{custom-bib} version 4.21 or later.
+% Run the \file{.bst} generator, \file{makebst.tex}, and
+% accept all defaults, with the following exceptions:
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item
+% ORDERING OF REFERENCES: c: seq-no (references in order of Citation);
+% \item
+% AUTHOR NAMES: i: nm-init,ed-au (Initials + surname);
+% \item
+% NUMBER OF AUTHORS: l: max 12, min 12 (there will be three prompts total);
+% \item
+% TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES: u: nmft,nmft-def (User defined author font);
+% \item
+% FONT FOR FIRST NAMES: u: fnm-def (First names in user defined font);
+% \item
+% EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC: a: nmfted (Editors incollection like authors);
+% \item
+% DATE FORMAT: p: yr-par (Date in parentheses);
+% \item
+% SUPPRESS MONTH: x: xmth (Date is year only);
+% \item
+% TITLE OF ARTICLE: i: tit-it (Title italic)
+% \item
+% ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT: x: jtit-x (No article title);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL NAME FONT: r: jttl-rm (Journal title normal);
+% \item
+% TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE: b: trtit-b (Tech. report title like books);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL VOLUME: b: vol-bf (Volume bold);
+% \item
+% VOLUME PUNCTUATION: c: volp-com (Volume with comma);
+% \item
+% PAGE NUMBERS: f: jpg-1 (Only start page number);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION: x: jnm-x (Space after journal);
+% \item
+% PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES: d: pub-date (Publisher and date in parentheses);
+% \item
+% PUBLISHER POSITION: p: pre-pub (Publisher before chapter, pages);
+% \item
+% ISBN NUMBER: isbn: (Include ISBN for books, booklets)
+% \item
+% ISSN NUMBER: issn: (Include ISSN for periodicals)
+% \item
+% EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS: b: edby (Booktitle, edited by \dots);
+% \item
+% PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS): c: blk-com (Comma between blocks);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES': a: pp (`Page' abbreviated);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS': a: ed (`Editor' abbreviated);
+% \item
+% OTHER ABBREVIATIONS: a: abr (Abbreviations);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION': a: ednx (`Edition' abbreviated as `ed');
+% \item
+% EDITION NUMBERS: n: ord (Numerical editions);
+% \item
+% STORED JOURNAL NAMES: a: jabr (Abbreviated journal names);
+% \item
+% FONT OF `ET AL': i: etal-it (Italic et al);
+% \item
+% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: r: revdata, eprint, url, url-blk (Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, numpages, url)
+% \item
+% NEW FONT SELECTION SCHEME: n: nfss (NFSS);
+% \item
+% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: y: revdata (additional data fields);
+% \item
+% REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS: y: reference component tags;
+% \item
+% URL ADDRESS: n: URL as note;
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% A file \file{aipnum.dbj} file equivalent to the following should result:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\input docstrip
+%\preamble
+%----------------------------------------
+%*** REVTeX-compatible aipnum4-1.bst 2009-10-08 ***
+%\endpreamble
+%\postamble
+%End of customized bst file
+%\endpostamble
+%\keepsilent
+%\askforoverwritefalse
+%\def\MBopts{\from{merlin.mbs}{%
+% head,\MBopta}
+%\from{physjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{geojour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{photjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{merlin.mbs}{tail,\MBopta}}
+%\def\MBopta{%
+% lang,%: Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
+% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face
+% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
+% vonx,%: Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
+% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
+% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font (\bibnamefont)
+% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font (\bibfnamefont)
+% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors font
+% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
+% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font (\citenamefont)
+% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font
+% yr-par,%: Date in parentheses as (May 1993)
+% date-nil-x,%: If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
+% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
+% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
+% jtit-x,%: Title is ignored
+% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
+% article-booktitle,%: format booktitle
+% article-series,%: article can has series
+% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal font
+% journal-address,%: Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
+% book-bt,%: Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
+% thesis-title-o,%: Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
+% techreport-institution-par,%: format tech report institution like book publisher
+% vol-bf,%: Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
+% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number as 34
+% volp-com,%: Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
+% jpg-1,%: Only start page number
+% book-editor-booktitle,%: Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
+% inbook-editor-booktitle,%: Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
+% bookaddress,%: Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
+% num-xser,%: Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
+% number-cap,%: Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
+% chapter-cap,%: Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
+% series-number,%: Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
+% numser-booktitle,%: After book title and conference address, and before editors
+% ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23
+% ser-rm,%: format series roman , even when used with volume
+% volume-cap,%: Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
+% ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
+% jnm-x,%: Space after journal name
+% pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,%: As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
+% pub-date,%: Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
+% ay-empty-pub-parens-x,%: eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
+% pre-pub,%: Publisher before volume, chapter, pages
+% pre-edn,%: Edition before publisher
+% pre-pub,pre-edn,%: Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages
+% isbn,%: Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
+% issn,%: Include ISSN for periodicals
+% doi-link,doi,%: Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
+% edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
+% blk-com,%: Comma between blocks
+% fin-endbibitem,%: Command at end instead of period
+% pp,%: `Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
+% ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
+% abr,%: Abbreviations of such words
+% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
+% ord,%: Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
+% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names
+% etal-it,%: Italic et al
+% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,%: Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
+% SLACcitation,%: Produce SLACcitation field
+% numpages-x,%: Do not include numpages field
+% url,url-prefix-x,%: URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
+% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags like \bibinfo in the content of \bibitem
+% bibfield,%: Element tags like \bibfield in the content of \bibitem
+% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
+%,{%
+% }}
+%\generate{\file{aipnum4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
+%\endbatchfile
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% Between the two files \file{aipnum.dbj} and \file{aipauth.dbj},
+% the differences are limited:
+% \file{aipnum.dbj} has two lines lacking in \file{aipauth.dbj}:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
+% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% thus, the ``numbered citation'' bibliography is sorted by citation order, and
+% the names are give first inital, then last name.
+%
+% Likewise, \file{aipauth.dbj} has one line lacking in \file{aipnum.dbj}:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% nm-rev,%: Surname + comma + initials (Smith, J. F.)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Thus, the ``author-year'' bibliography is sorted by author name, and
+% names are given last name first, followed by initials.
+%
+% We ensure that the journal substyle has the first word
+% in the matter by installing the (default) AIP code
+% later on (see Section~\ref{sec:aip-defaults}).
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pre at bibdata}
+%
+% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pre at bibdata{\jobname\bibdata at app}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsection}
+% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography
+% (we use \cmd\refname).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\refname{References}%
+\def\rtx at bibsection{%
+ \@ifx at empty\refname{%
+ \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The following line has been commented out:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \let\@hangfroms at section\@hang at froms
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
+ \@nobreaktrue
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsep}
+% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bibpreamble\@empty
+\appdef\setup at hook{%
+ \bibsep\z@\relax
+}%
+\def\newblock{\ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibfont}
+% We define the font switch that applies to the body of the bibliography.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup at hook{%
+ \def\bibfont{%
+ \preprintsty at sw{}{\footnotesize}%
+ \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \labelsep\z@
+ }%
+}%
+\let\place at bibnumber\place at bibnumber@sup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Index}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \c at secnumdepth-\maxdimen
+ \onecolumngrid at push
+ \section{\indexname}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem
+ \onecolumngrid at pop
+}{%
+}%
+%
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+%
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}
+%
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}
+%
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Typesize Processing}%
+% The formatting specification for the preprint option is:
+% Times Roman 12 pt, double spacing, with 1-inch margins on letter paper.
+% Paragraphs indented ``five spaces''.
+% Display math on standard indent, with equation number flush right in parenthesis, with subequations roman.
+%
+% That for reprint option is to format similar to the printed journal; with most journals
+% set (approximately analyzed) 10-point, 2-column grid, letter paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx at aip10pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname at class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps10pt\substyle at post}%
+ \class at info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle at ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle at ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname at class
+ \class at info{Overriding 10pt}%
+ \aipreprint
+}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx at aip11pt\endcsname{\csname rtx at aip12pt\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx at aip12pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname at class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps12pt\substyle at post}%
+ \class at info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle at ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle at ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname at class
+ \class at info{Overriding 12pt}%
+ \aippreprint
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\today}
+% Procedure \cmd\today\ is used in the article class, but not in
+% this document class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June%
+ \or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December%
+ \fi\space
+ \number\year
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{A. Running Title}
+% User-provided running title \cmd\@shorttitle\ to be set.
+%
+% \subsection{B. Equation numbering, figure and table numbering}
+% Equations can be numbered throughout, or by section, with appendix equations prepended by the appendix label.
+% Figures and tables are numbered throughout.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{C. Title}
+% Title page may break above abstract, within author list.
+% Title notes are signified by superior letter followed by right parenthesis.
+%
+% \subsection{D. Author footnote}
+% Set short line above these footnotes.
+%
+% \subsection{E. Author}
+% Class option \classoption{superscriptaddress} is standard.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clo at superscriptaddress
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{F. Affiliations}
+% Set italic.
+%
+% \subsection{G. Received date}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{H. Abstract}
+% Single paragraph, no indent.
+%
+% \subsection{J. Lead Paragraph}
+% Set boldface, flush left before main text, single paragraph.
+% Separated from text by a short centered rule.
+%
+% \subsection{K. Headings}
+% Use labels: ROMAN, LETTER, arabic, letter.
+% Set ALLCAPS, boldface; Initial cap, boldface; Initial cap, bold-italic; Initial cap, italic.
+%
+% Theorem, proof title followed by colon. Follow author.
+%
+% \subsection{L. Text Footnotes}
+% Not permitted; use endnotes.
+%
+% \subsection{M. Citations and Bibliography}
+% Numerical \filename{aipnum.bst}, author-year \filename{aipauth.bst}, and numbered author-year \filename{aipnumauth.bst} are the available choices.
+% Numerical is standard, with all styles permitted in journal classes 3a and 4b.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{N. References}
+%
+% Article Title usage:
+%
+% Article title required in all journals with "unpublished", "to be published", "in press" and "submitted" refs.
+%
+% Exceptions:
+%
+% Journal classes 1a,1b,2,4a:
+%
+% Article title not allowed in published references, except in the case of "in press" or submitted" (see sample references below).
+%
+% Journal class 3a:
+%
+% Article title allowed but not required in author-year references (use must be consistent within a single manuscript).
+%
+% Journal class 3b:
+%
+% Article title required in all journal references and report references.
+%
+% Journal class 4b:
+%
+% Article title allowed in journal references in author-year mode.
+%
+% \subsection{O. Examples of Numerical References}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{P. References in Author-year mode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Q. Numbered Author-year References}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{R. Tables}
+% Placed within text (floated), labeled with Roman numeral.
+%
+% Table caption placed above table, followed by space,
+% two double lines, space, table column headings, space,
+% single line, table contents, two double lines.
+%
+% Footnotes labeled with superior lower-case letter, set below table contents.
+%
+% \subsection{S. Figures}
+% Placed within text (floated), labeled with arabic numbers.
+%
+% Caption set below figure. A citation to be set inline, not superscripted.
+%
+% \subsection{Society defaults}%
+%
+% After this society file is read in, we will process the
+% \cmd\@journal- and \cmd\@pointsize-specific code.
+% Here we define the defaults.
+%
+% We select \textbf{Chaos} as the default journal substyle, because it is
+% the most permissive in terms of bibliography and citation style,
+% and it is formatted in two column in the reprint style.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@journal at default{cha}%
+\def\@pointsize at default{12}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Journal-Specific Code}%
+%
+% For AIP journals, we supply code specific to JCP, POP, RSI, JAP, APL, CHA, POF, BMF, RSE, JMP.
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jcp}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipjcp{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jcp} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{pop}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aippop{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{pop} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{rsi}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aiprsi{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{rsi} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jap}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 1b.
+%
+% No running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipjap{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jap} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{apl}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 2.
+%
+% No running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipapl{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 2 uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{apl} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{cha}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 3a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipcha{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Article titles are allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\aip at jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{cha} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{pof}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 3b.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aippof{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 3b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% Article titles are required, so we include them if available,
+% but if absent, we can do no more than make a warning in the \file{.blg}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+ \@booleanfalse\aip at jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{pof} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{bmf}}%
+% A member of the journal class 4a,
+% the Biomicrofluidics journal is single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipbmf{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% Journal is formatted in a single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{bmf} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{rse}}%
+%A member of the journal class 4a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aiprse{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{rse} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jmp}}%
+% Sole member of the journal class 4b, Journal of Mathematical Physics is single column.
+% For an example of \env{itemize}, see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx at aipjmp{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Article titles are allowed.
+% Journal is formatted in a single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\aip at jtitx@sw
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jmp} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Establish AIP Defaults\label{sec:aip-defaults}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\footinbib at sw}
+% All AIP journals invoke the \classoption{footinbib} option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\footinbib at sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\place at bibnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
+% We install code that will
+% govern the style in which \cmd\cite\ commands are
+% formatted,
+% select the presentation for \cmd\bibitem s
+% and control the \BibTeX\ processing.
+%
+% Note that a journal substyle may override these settings.
+% Likewise, document preamble may itself invoke \cmd\bibpunct\ or \cmd\bibliographystyle,
+% thereby overriding these settings and those of the journal substyle.
+%
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.